Aragorn sped on up the hill. Every now and again he bent to
the ground. Hobbits go light, and their footprints are not easy
even for a Ranger to read, but not far from the top a spring
crossed the path, and in the wet earth he saw what he was
seeking.
\u2018I read the signs aright,\u2019 he said to himself. \u2018Frodo ran to
the hill-top. I wonder what he saw there? But he returned by
the same way, and went down the hill again.\u2019
Aragorn hesitated. He desired to go to the high seat himself,
hoping to see there something that would guide him in his
perplexities; but time was pressing. Suddenly he leaped forward, and ran to the summit, across the great flag-stones,
and up the steps. Then sitting in the high seat he looked out.
But the sun seemed darkened, and the world dim and remote.
He turned from the North back again to North, and saw
nothing save the distant hills, unless it were that far away he
could see again a great bird like an eagle high in the air,
descending slowly in wide circles down towards the earth.
Even as he gazed his quick ears caught sounds in the woodlands below, on the west side of the River. He stiffened.
There were cries, and among them, to his horror, he could
distinguish the harsh voices of Orcs. Then suddenly with a
deep-throated call a great horn blew, and the blasts of it
smote the hills and echoed in the hollows, rising in a mighty
shout above the roaring of the falls.
\u2018The horn of Boromir!\u2019 he cried. \u2018He is in need!\u2019 He sprang
down the steps and away, leaping down the path. \u2018Alas! An
ill fate is on me this day, and all that I do goes amiss. Where
is Sam?\u2019
As he ran the cries came louder, but fainter now and
538 the two towers
desperately the horn was blowing. Fierce and shrill rose the
yells of the Orcs, and suddenly the horn-calls ceased. Aragorn
raced down the last slope, but before he could reach the hill\u2019s
foot, the sounds died away; and as he turned to the left and
ran towards them they retreated, until at last he could hear
them no more. Drawing his bright sword and crying Elendil!
Elendil! he crashed through the trees.
A mile, maybe, from Parth Galen in a little glade not far
from the lake he found Boromir. He was sitting with his back
to a great tree, as if he was resting. But Aragorn saw that he
was pierced with many black-feathered arrows; his sword was
still in his hand, but it was broken near the hilt; his horn
cloven in two was at his side. Many Orcs lay slain, piled all
about him and at his feet.
Aragorn knelt beside him. Boromir opened his eyes and
strove to speak. At last slow words came. \u2018I tried to take the
Ring from Frodo,\u2019 he said. \u2018I am sorry. I have paid.\u2019 His
glance strayed to his fallen enemies; twenty at least lay there.
\u2018They have gone: the Halflings: the Orcs have taken them. I
think they are not dead. Orcs bound them.\u2019 He paused and
his eyes closed wearily. After a moment he spoke again.
\u2018Farewell, Aragorn! Go to Minas Tirith and save my
people! I have failed.\u2019
\u2018No!\u2019 said Aragorn, taking his hand and kissing his brow.
\u2018You have conquered. Few have gained such a victory. Be at
peace! Minas Tirith shall not fall!\u2019
Boromir smiled.
\u2018Which way did they go? Was Frodo there?\u2019 said Aragorn.
But Boromir did not speak again.
\u2018Alas!\u2019 said Aragorn. \u2018Thus passes the heir of Denethor,
Lord of the Tower of Guard! This is a bitter end. Now the
Company is all in ruin. It is I that have failed. Vain was
Gandalf\u2019s trust in me. What shall I do now? Boromir has laid
it on me to go to Minas Tirith, and my heart desires it; but
where are the Ring and the Bearer? How shall I find them
and save the Quest from disaster?\u2019
the departure of boromir 539
He knelt for a while, bent with weeping, still clasping
Boromir\u2019s hand. So it was that Legolas and Gimli found
him. They came from the western slopes of the hill, silently,
creeping through the trees as if they were hunting. Gimli
had his axe in hand, and Legolas his long knife: all his
arrows were spent. When they came into the glade they
halted in amazement; and then they stood a moment with
heads bowed in grief, for it seemed to them plain what had
happened.
\u2018Alas!\u2019 said Legolas, coming to Aragorn\u2019s side. \u2018We have
hunted and slain many Orcs in the woods, but we should
have been of more use here. We came when we heard the
horn \u2013 but too late, it seems. I fear you have taken deadly
hurt.\u2019
\u2018Boromir is dead,\u2019 said Aragorn. \u2018I am unscathed, for I was
not here with him. He fell defending the hobbits, while I was
away upon the hill.\u2019
\u2018The hobbits!\u2019 cried Gimli. \u2018Where are they then? Where
is Frodo?\u2019
\u2018I do not know,\u2019 answered Aragorn wearily. \u2018Before he died
Boromir told me that the Orcs had bound them; he did not
think that they were dead. I sent him to follow Merry and
Pippin; but I did not ask him if Frodo or Sam were with him:
not until it was too late. All that I have done today has gone
amiss. What is to be done now?\u2019
\u2018First we must tend the fallen,\u2019 said Legolas. \u2018We cannot
leave him lying like carrion among these foul Orcs.\u2019
\u2018But we must be swift,\u2019 said Gimli. \u2018He would not wish us
to linger. We must follow the Orcs, if there is hope that any
of our Company are living prisoners.\u2019
\u2018But we do not know whether the Ring-bearer is with them
or not,\u2019 said Aragorn. \u2018Are we to abandon him? Must we not
seek him first? An evil choice is now before us!\u2019
\u2018Then let us do first what we must do,\u2019 said Legolas. \u2018We
have not the time or the tools to bury our comrade fitly, or
to raise a mound over him. A cairn we might build.\u2019
\u2018The labour would be hard and long: there are no stones
540 the two towers
that we could use nearer than the water-side,\u2019 said Gimli.
\u2018Then let us lay him in a boat with his weapons, and the
weapons of his vanquished foes,\u2019 said Aragorn. \u2018We will send
him to the Falls of Rauros and give him to Anduin. The
River of Gondor will take care at least that no evil creature
dishonours his bones.\u2019
Quickly they searched the bodies of the Orcs, gathering
their swords and cloven helms and shields into a heap.
\u2018See!\u2019 cried Aragorn. \u2018Here we find tokens!\u2019 He picked
out from the pile of grim weapons two knives, leaf-bladed,
damasked in gold and red; and searching further he found
also the sheaths, black, set with small red gems. \u2018No orc-tools
these!\u2019 he said. \u2018They were borne by the hobbits. Doubtless
the Orcs despoiled them, but feared to keep the knives, knowing them for what they are: work of Westernesse, wound
about with spells for the bane of Mordor. Well, now, if they
still live, our friends are weaponless. I will take these things,
hoping against hope, to give them back.\u2019
\u2018And I,\u2019 said Legolas, \u2018will take all the arrows that I can
find, for my quiver is empty.\u2019 He searched in the pile and on
the ground about and found not a few that were undamaged
and longer in the shaft than such arrows as the Orcs were
accustomed to use. He looked at them closely.
And Aragorn looked on the slain, and he said: \u2018Here lie
many that are not folk of Mordor. Some are from the North,
from the Misty Mountains, if I know anything of Orcs and
their kinds. And here are others strange to me. Their gear is
not after the manner of Orcs at all!\u2019
There were four goblin-soldiers of greater stature, swart,
slant-eyed, with thick legs and large hands. They were armed
with short broad-bladed swords, not with the curved scimitars usual with Orcs; and they had bows of yew, in length
and shape like the bows of Men. Upon their shields they bore
a strange device: a small white hand in the centre of a black
field; on the front of their iron helms was set an S-rune,
wrought of some white metal.
the departure of boromir 541
\u2018I have not seen these tokens before,\u2019 said Aragorn. \u2018What
do they mean?\u2019
\u2018S is for Sauron,\u2019 said Gimli. \u2018That is easy to read.\u2019
\u2018Nay!\u2019 said Legolas. \u2018Sauron does not use the elf-runes.\u2019
\u2018Neither does he use his right name, nor permit it to be
spelt or spoken,\u2019 said Aragorn. \u2018And he does not use white.
The Orcs in the service of Barad-du\u02c6r use the sign of the Red
Eye.\u2019 He stood for a moment in thought. \u2018S is for Saruman,
I guess,\u2019 he said at length. \u2018There is evil afoot in Isengard,
and the West is no longer safe. It is as Gandalf feared: by
some means the traitor Saruman has had news of our journey.
It is likely too that he knows of Gandalf\u2019s fall. Pursuers from
Moria may have escaped the vigilance of Lo\u00b4rien, or they may
have avoided that land and come to Isengard by other paths.
Orcs travel fast. But Saruman has many ways of learning
news. Do you remember the birds?\u2019
\u2018Well, we have no time to ponder riddles,\u2019 said Gimli. \u2018Let
us bear Boromir away!\u2019
\u2018But after that we must guess the riddles, if we are to choose
our course rightly,\u2019 answered Aragorn.
\u2018Maybe there is no right choice,\u2019 said Gimli.
Taking his axe the Dwarf now cut several branches. These
they lashed together with bowstrings, and spread their cloaks
upon the frame. Upon this rough bier they carried the body
of their companion to the shore, together with such trophies
of his last battle as they chose to send forth with him. It was
only a short way, yet they found it no easy task, for Boromir
was a man both tall and strong.
At the water-side Aragorn remained, watching the bier,
while Legolas and Gimli hastened back on foot to Parth
Galen. It was a mile or more, and it was some time before
they came back, paddling two boats swiftly along the shore.
\u2018There is a strange tale to tell!\u2019 said Legolas. \u2018There are
only two boats upon the bank. We could find no trace of the
other.\u2019
\u2018Have Orcs been there?\u2019 asked Aragorn.
542 the two towers
\u2018We saw no signs of them,\u2019 answered Gimli. \u2018And Orcs
would have taken or destroyed all the boats, and the baggage
as well.\u2019
\u2018I will look at the ground when we come there,\u2019 said
Aragorn.
Now they laid Boromir in the middle of the boat that was
to bear him away. The grey hood and elven-cloak they folded
and placed beneath his head. They combed his long dark
hair and arrayed it upon his shoulders. The golden belt of
Lo\u00b4rien gleamed about his waist. His helm they set beside
him, and across his lap they laid the cloven horn and the hilt
and shards of his sword; beneath his feet they put the swords
of his enemies. Then fastening the prow to the stern of the
other boat, they drew him out into the water. They rowed
sadly along the shore, and turning into the swift-running
channel they passed the green sward of Parth Galen. The
steep sides of Tol Brandir were glowing: it was now midafternoon. As they went south the fume of Rauros rose
and shimmered before them, a haze of gold. The rush and
thunder of the falls shook the windless air.
Sorrowfully they cast loose the funeral boat: there Boromir
lay, restful, peaceful, gliding upon the bosom of the flowing
water. The stream took him while they held their own boat
back with their paddles. He floated by them, and slowly his
boat departed, waning to a dark spot against the golden light;
and then suddenly it vanished. Rauros roared on unchanging.
The River had taken Boromir son of Denethor, and he was
not seen again in Minas Tirith, standing as he used to stand
upon the White Tower in the morning. But in Gondor in
after-days it long was said that the elven-boat rode the falls
and the foaming pool, and bore him down through Osgiliath,
and past the many mouths of Anduin, out into the Great Sea
at night under the stars.
For a while the three companions remained silent, gazing
after him. Then Aragorn spoke. \u2018They will look for him from
the departure of boromir 543
the White Tower,\u2019 he said, \u2018but he will not return from mountain or from sea.\u2019 Then slowly he began to sing:
Through Rohan over fen and field where the long grass
grows
The West Wind comes walking, and about the walls it goes.
\u2018What news from the West, O wandering wind, do you
bring to me tonight?
Have you seen Boromir the Tall by moon or by starlight?\u2019
\u2018I saw him ride over seven streams, over waters wide and
grey;
I saw him walk in empty lands, until he passed away
Into the shadows of the North. I saw him then no more.
The North Wind may have heard the horn of the son of
Denethor.\u2019
\u2018O Boromir! From the high walls westward I looked afar,
But you came not from the empty lands where no men are.\u2019
Then Legolas sang:
From the mouths of the Sea the South Wind flies, from the
sandhills and the stones;
The wailing of the gulls it bears, and at the gate it moans.
\u2018What news from the South, O sighing wind, do you bring
to me at eve?
Where now is Boromir the Fair? He tarries and I grieve.\u2019
\u2018Ask not of me where he doth dwell \u2013 so many bones there
lie
On the white shores and the dark shores under the stormy
sky;
So many have passed down Anduin to find the flowing Sea.
Ask of the North Wind news of them the North Wind sends
to me!\u2019
\u2018O Boromir! Beyond the gate the seaward road runs south,
But you came not with the wailing gulls from the grey sea\u2019s
mouth.\u2019
544 the two towers
Then Aragorn sang again:
From the Gate of Kings the North Wind rides, and past the
roaring falls;
And clear and cold about the tower its loud horn calls.
\u2018What news from the North, O mighty wind, do you bring
to me today?
What news of Boromir the Bold? For he is long away.\u2019
\u2018Beneath Amon Hen I heard his cry. There many foes he
fought.
His cloven shield, his broken sword, they to the water
brought.
His head so proud, his face so fair, his limbs they laid to
rest;
And Rauros, golden Rauros-falls, bore him upon its breast.\u2019
\u2018O Boromir! The Tower of Guard shall ever northward gaze
To Rauros, golden Rauros-falls, until the end of days.\u2019
So they ended. Then they turned their boat and drove it
with all the speed they could against the stream back to Parth
Galen.
\u2018You left the East Wind to me,\u2019 said Gimli, \u2018but I will say
naught of it.\u2019
\u2018That is as it should be,\u2019 said Aragorn. \u2018In Minas Tirith
they endure the East Wind, but they do not ask it for tidings.
But now Boromir has taken his road, and we must make
haste to choose our own.\u2019
He surveyed the green lawn, quickly but thoroughly, stooping often to the earth. \u2018No Orcs have been on this ground,\u2019
he said. \u2018Otherwise nothing can be made out for certain. All
our footprints are here, crossing and re-crossing. I cannot tell
whether any of the hobbits have come back since the search
for Frodo began.\u2019 He returned to the bank, close to where
the rill from the spring trickled out into the River. \u2018There are
some clear prints here,\u2019 he said. \u2018A hobbit waded out into the
water and back; but I cannot say how long ago.\u2019
\u2018How then do you read this riddle?\u2019 asked Gimli.
the departure of boromir 545
Aragorn did not answer at once, but went back to the
camping-place and looked at the baggage. \u2018Two packs are
missing,\u2019 he said, \u2018and one is certainly Sam\u2019s: it was rather
large and heavy. This then is the answer: Frodo has gone by
boat, and his servant has gone with him. Frodo must have
returned while we were all away. I met Sam going up the hill
and told him to follow me; but plainly he did not do so. He
guessed his master\u2019s mind and came back here before Frodo
had gone. He did not find it easy to leave Sam behind!\u2019
\u2018But why should he leave us behind, and without a word?\u2019
said Gimli. \u2018That was a strange deed!\u2019
\u2018And a brave deed,\u2019 said Aragorn. \u2018Sam was right, I think.
Frodo did not wish to lead any friend to death with him in
Mordor. But he knew that he must go himself. Something
happened after he left us that overcame his fear and doubt.\u2019
\u2018Maybe hunting Orcs came on him and he fled,\u2019 said
Legolas.
\u2018He fled, certainly,\u2019 said Aragorn, \u2018but not, I think, from
Orcs.\u2019 What he thought was the cause of Frodo\u2019s sudden
resolve and flight Aragorn did not say. The last words of
Boromir he long kept secret.
\u2018Well, so much at least is now clear,\u2019 said Legolas: \u2018Frodo
is no longer on this side of the River: only he can have taken
the boat. And Sam is with him; only he would have taken his
pack.\u2019
\u2018Our choice then,\u2019 said Gimli, \u2018is either to take the remaining boat and follow Frodo, or else to follow the Orcs on foot.
There is little hope either way. We have already lost precious
hours.\u2019
\u2018Let me think!\u2019 said Aragorn. \u2018And now may I make a right
choice, and change the evil fate of this unhappy day!\u2019 He
stood silent for a moment. \u2018I will follow the Orcs,\u2019 he said at
last. \u2018I would have guided Frodo to Mordor and gone with
him to the end; but if I seek him now in the wilderness, I
must abandon the captives to torment and death. My heart
speaks clearly at last: the fate of the Bearer is in my hands no
longer. The Company has played its part. Yet we that remain
546 the two towers
cannot forsake our companions while we have strength left.
Come! We will go now. Leave all that can be spared behind!
We will press on by day and dark!\u2019
They drew up the last boat and carried it to the trees. They
laid beneath it such of their goods as they did not need
and could not carry away. Then they left Parth Galen. The
afternoon was fading as they came back to the glade where
Boromir had fallen. There they picked up the trail of the
Orcs. It needed little skill to find.
\u2018No other folk make such a trampling,\u2019 said Legolas. \u2018It
seems their delight to slash and beat down growing things
that are not even in their way.\u2019
\u2018But they go with a great speed for all that,\u2019 said Aragorn,
\u2018and they do not tire. And later we may have to search for
our path in hard bare lands.\u2019
\u2018Well, after them!\u2019 said Gimli. \u2018Dwarves too can go swiftly,
and they do not tire sooner than Orcs. But it will be a long
chase: they have a long start.\u2019
\u2018Yes,\u2019 said Aragorn, \u2018we shall all need the endurance of
Dwarves. But come! With hope or without hope we will
follow the trail of our enemies. And woe to them, if we prove
the swifter! We will make such a chase as shall be accounted
a marvel among the Three Kindreds: Elves, Dwarves, and
Men. Forth the Three Hunters!\u2019
Like a deer he sprang away. Through the trees he sped.
On and on he led them, tireless and swift, now that his mind
was at last made up. The woods about the lake they left
behind. Long slopes they climbed, dark, hard-edged against
the sky already red with sunset. Dusk came. They passed
away, grey shadows in a stony land.
Chapter 2
THE RIDERS OF ROHAN
Dusk deepened. Mist lay behind them among the trees below, and brooded on the pale margins of the Anduin, but
the sky was clear. Stars came out. The waxing moon was
riding in the West, and the shadows of the rocks were
black. They had come to the feet of stony hills, and their
pace was slower, for the trail was no longer easy to follow.
Here the highlands of the Emyn Muil ran from North to
South in two long tumbled ridges. The western side of each
ridge was steep and difficult, but the eastward slopes were
gentler, furrowed with many gullies and narrow ravines. All
night the three companions scrambled in this bony land,
climbing to the crest of the first and tallest ridge, and down
again into the darkness of a deep winding valley on the other
side.
There in the still cool hour before dawn they rested for a
brief space. The moon had long gone down before them, the
stars glittered above them; the first light of day had not yet
come over the dark hills behind. For the moment Aragorn
was at a loss: the orc-trail had descended into the valley, but
there it had vanished.
\u2018Which way would they turn, do you think?\u2019 said Legolas.
\u2018Northward to take a straighter road to Isengard, or Fangorn,
if that is their aim as you guess? Or southward to strike the
Entwash?\u2019
\u2018They will not make for the river, whatever mark they aim
at,\u2019 said Aragorn. \u2018And unless there is much amiss in Rohan
and the power of Saruman is greatly increased, they will take
the shortest way that they can find over the fields of the
Rohirrim. Let us search northwards!\u2019<\/p>\n\n\n\n
548 the two towers
The dale ran like a stony trough between the ridged hills,
and a trickling stream flowed among the boulders at the
bottom. A cliff frowned upon their right; to their left rose grey
slopes, dim and shadowy in the late night. They went on for
a mile or more northwards. Aragorn was searching, bent
towards the ground, among the folds and gullies leading up
into the western ridge. Legolas was some way ahead. Suddenly
the Elf gave a cry and the others came running towards him.
\u2018We have already overtaken some of those that we are
hunting,\u2019 he said. \u2018Look!\u2019 He pointed, and they saw that what
they had at first taken to be boulders lying at the foot of the
slope were huddled bodies. Five dead Orcs lay there. They
had been hewn with many cruel strokes, and two had been
beheaded. The ground was wet with their dark blood.
\u2018Here is another riddle!\u2019 said Gimli. \u2018But it needs the light
of day, and for that we cannot wait.\u2019
\u2018Yet however you read it, it seems not unhopeful,\u2019 said
Legolas. \u2018Enemies of the Orcs are likely to be our friends. Do
any folk dwell in these hills?\u2019
\u2018No,\u2019 said Aragorn. \u2018The Rohirrim seldom come here, and
it is far from Minas Tirith. It might be that some company
of Men were hunting here for reasons that we do not know.
Yet I think not.\u2019
\u2018What do you think?\u2019 said Gimli.
\u2018I think that the enemy brought his own enemy with him,\u2019
answered Aragorn. \u2018These are Northern Orcs from far away.
Among the slain are none of the great Orcs with the strange
badges. There was a quarrel, I guess: it is no uncommon
thing with these foul folk. Maybe there was some dispute
about the road.\u2019
\u2018Or about the captives,\u2019 said Gimli. \u2018Let us hope that they,
too, did not meet their end here.\u2019
Aragorn searched the ground in a wide circle, but no other
traces of the fight could be found. They went on. Already
the eastward sky was turning pale; the stars were fading, and
a grey light was slowly growing. A little further north they
the riders of rohan 549
came to a fold in which a tiny stream, falling and winding,
had cut a stony path down into the valley. In it some bushes
grew, and there were patches of grass upon its sides.
\u2018At last!\u2019 said Aragorn. \u2018Here are the tracks that we seek!
Up this water-channel: this is the way that the Orcs went
after their debate.\u2019
Swiftly now the pursuers turned and followed the new
path. As if fresh from a night\u2019s rest they sprang from stone
to stone. At last they reached the crest of the grey hill, and a
sudden breeze blew in their hair and stirred their cloaks: the
chill wind of dawn.
Turning back they saw across the River the far hills
kindled. Day leaped into the sky. The red rim of the sun rose
over the shoulders of the dark land. Before them in the West
the world lay still, formless and grey; but even as they looked,
the shadows of night melted, the colours of the waking earth
returned: green flowed over the wide meads of Rohan; the
white mists shimmered in the water-vales; and far off to the
left, thirty leagues or more, blue and purple stood the White
Mountains, rising into peaks of jet, tipped with glimmering
snows, flushed with the rose of morning.
\u2018Gondor! Gondor!\u2019 cried Aragorn. \u2018Would that I looked on
you again in happier hour! Not yet does my road lie southward to your bright streams.
Gondor! Gondor, between the Mountains and the Sea!
West Wind blew there; the light upon the Silver Tree
Fell like bright rain in gardens of the Kings of old.
O proud walls! White towers! O winge\u00b4d crown and throne of
gold!
O Gondor, Gondor! Shall Men behold the Silver Tree,
Or West Wind blow again between the Mountains and the
Sea?
Now let us go!\u2019 he said, drawing his eyes away from the South,
and looking out west and north to the way that he must tread.<\/p>\n\n\n\n
550 the two towers
The ridge upon which the companions stood went down
steeply before their feet. Below it twenty fathoms or more,
there was a wide and rugged shelf which ended suddenly in
the brink of a sheer cliff: the East Wall of Rohan. So ended
the Emyn Muil, and the green plains of the Rohirrim
stretched away before them to the edge of sight.
\u2018Look!\u2019 cried Legolas, pointing up into the pale sky above
them. \u2018There is the eagle again! He is very high. He seems to
be flying now away, from this land back to the North. He is
going with great speed. Look!\u2019
\u2018No, not even my eyes can see him, my good Legolas,\u2019 said
Aragorn. \u2018He must be far aloft indeed. I wonder what is his
errand, if he is the same bird that I have seen before. But
look! I can see something nearer at hand and more urgent;
there is something moving over the plain!\u2019
\u2018Many things,\u2019 said Legolas. \u2018It is a great company on foot;
but I cannot say more, nor see what kind of folk they may
be. They are many leagues away: twelve, I guess; but the
flatness of the plain is hard to measure.\u2019
\u2018I think, nonetheless, that we no longer need any trail to
tell us which way to go,\u2019 said Gimli. \u2018Let us find a path down
to the fields as quick as may be.\u2019
\u2018I doubt if you will find a path quicker than the one that
the Orcs chose,\u2019 said Aragorn.
They followed their enemies now by the clear light of day.
It seemed that the Orcs had pressed on with all possible
speed. Every now and again the pursuers found things that
had been dropped or cast away: food-bags, the rinds and
crusts of hard grey bread, a torn black cloak, a heavy ironnailed shoe broken on the stones. The trail led them north
along the top of the escarpment, and at length they came to
a deep cleft carved in the rock by a stream that splashed
noisily down. In the narrow ravine a rough path descended
like a steep stair into the plain.
At the bottom they came with a strange suddenness on the
grass of Rohan. It swelled like a green sea up to the very foot
of the Emyn Muil. The falling stream vanished into a deep
the riders of rohan 551
growth of cresses and water-plants, and they could hear it
tinkling away in green tunnels, down long gentle slopes
towards the fens of Entwash Vale far away. They seemed to
have left winter clinging to the hills behind. Here the air was
softer and warmer, and faintly scented, as if spring was
already stirring and the sap was flowing again in herb and
leaf. Legolas took a deep breath, like one that drinks a great
draught after long thirst in barren places.
\u2018Ah! the green smell!\u2019 he said. \u2018It is better than much sleep.
Let us run!\u2019
\u2018Light feet may run swiftly here,\u2019 said Aragorn. \u2018More
swiftly, maybe, than iron-shod Orcs. Now we have a chance
to lessen their lead!\u2019
They went in single file, running like hounds on a strong
scent, and an eager light was in their eyes. Nearly due west
the broad swath of the marching Orcs tramped its ugly slot;
the sweet grass of Rohan had been bruised and blackened as
they passed. Presently Aragorn gave a cry and turned aside.
\u2018Stay!\u2019 he shouted. \u2018Do not follow me yet!\u2019 He ran quickly
to the right, away from the main trail; for he had seen footprints that went that way, branching off from the others, the
marks of small unshod feet. These, however, did not go far
before they were crossed by orc-prints, also coming out from
the main trail behind and in front, and then they curved
sharply back again and were lost in the trampling. At the
furthest point Aragorn stooped and picked up something
from the grass; then he ran back.
\u2018Yes,\u2019 he said, \u2018they are quite plain: a hobbit\u2019s footprints.
Pippin\u2019s, I think. He is smaller than the others. And look at
this!\u2019 He held up a thing that glittered in the sunlight. It
looked like the new-opened leaf of a beech-tree, fair and
strange in that treeless plain.
\u2018The brooch of an elven-cloak!\u2019 cried Legolas and Gimli
together.
\u2018Not idly do the leaves of Lo\u00b4rien fall,\u2019 said Aragorn. \u2018This
did not drop by chance: it was cast away as a token to any
552 the two towers
that might follow. I think Pippin ran away from the trail for
that purpose.\u2019
\u2018Then he at least was alive,\u2019 said Gimli. \u2018And he had the
use of his wits, and of his legs too. That is heartening. We
do not pursue in vain.\u2019
\u2018Let us hope that he did not pay too dearly for his boldness,\u2019
said Legolas. \u2018Come! Let us go on! The thought of those
merry young folk driven like cattle burns my heart.\u2019
The sun climbed to the noon and then rode slowly down
the sky. Light clouds came up out of the sea in the distant
South and were blown away upon the breeze. The sun sank.
Shadows rose behind and reached out long arms from the
East. Still the hunters held on. One day now had passed since
Boromir fell, and the Orcs were yet far ahead. No longer
could any sight of them be seen in the level plains.
As nightshade was closing about them Aragorn halted.
Only twice in the day\u2019s march had they rested for a brief
while, and twelve leagues now lay between them and the
eastern wall where they had stood at dawn.
\u2018We have come at last to a hard choice,\u2019 he said. \u2018Shall we
rest by night, or shall we go on while our will and strength
hold?\u2019
\u2018Unless our enemies rest also, they will leave us far behind,
if we stay to sleep,\u2019 said Legolas.
\u2018Surely even Orcs must pause on the march?\u2019 said Gimli.
\u2018Seldom will Orcs journey in the open under the sun, yet
these have done so,\u2019 said Legolas. \u2018Certainly they will not rest
by night.\u2019
\u2018But if we walk by night, we cannot follow their trail,\u2019 said
Gimli.
\u2018The trail is straight, and turns neither right nor left, as far
as my eyes can see,\u2019 said Legolas.
\u2018Maybe, I could lead you at guess in the darkness and hold
to the line,\u2019 said Aragorn; \u2018but if we strayed, or they turned
aside, then when light came there might be long delay before
the trail was found again.\u2019
the riders of rohan 553
\u2018And there is this also,\u2019 said Gimli: \u2018only by day can we
see if any tracks lead away. If a prisoner should escape, or
if one should be carried off, eastward, say, to the Great
River, towards Mordor, we might pass the signs and never
know it.\u2019
\u2018That is true,\u2019 said Aragorn. \u2018But if I read the signs back
yonder rightly, the Orcs of the White Hand prevailed, and
the whole company is now bound for Isengard. Their present
course bears me out.\u2019
\u2018Yet it would be rash to be sure of their counsels,\u2019 said
Gimli. \u2018And what of escape? In the dark we should have
passed the signs that led you to the brooch.\u2019
\u2018The Orcs will be doubly on their guard since then, and
the prisoners even wearier,\u2019 said Legolas. \u2018There will be no
escape again, if we do not contrive it. How that is to be done
cannot be guessed, but first we must overtake them.\u2019
\u2018And yet even I, Dwarf of many journeys, and not the least
hardy of my folk, cannot run all the way to Isengard without any pause,\u2019 said Gimli. \u2018My heart burns me too, and I
would have started sooner; but now I must rest a little to run
the better. And if we rest, then the blind night is the time to
do so.\u2019
\u2018I said that it was a hard choice,\u2019 said Aragorn. \u2018How shall
we end this debate?\u2019
\u2018You are our guide,\u2019 said Gimli, \u2018and you are skilled in the
chase. You shall choose.\u2019
\u2018My heart bids me go on,\u2019 said Legolas. \u2018But we must hold
together. I will follow your counsel.\u2019
\u2018You give the choice to an ill chooser,\u2019 said Aragorn. \u2018Since
we passed through the Argonath my choices have gone
amiss.\u2019 He fell silent, gazing north and west into the gathering
night for a long while.
\u2018We will not walk in the dark,\u2019 he said at length. \u2018The
peril of missing the trail or signs of other coming and going
seems to me the greater. If the Moon gave enough light, we
would use it, but alas! he sets early and is yet young and
pale.\u2019
554 the two towers
\u2018And tonight he is shrouded anyway,\u2019 Gimli murmured.
\u2018Would that the Lady had given us a light, such a gift as she
gave to Frodo!\u2019
\u2018It will be more needed where it is bestowed,\u2019 said Aragorn.
\u2018With him lies the true Quest. Ours is but a small matter in
the great deeds of this time. A vain pursuit from its beginning,
maybe, which no choice of mine can mar or mend. Well, I
have chosen. So let us use the time as best we may!\u2019
He cast himself on the ground and fell at once into sleep,
for he had not slept since their night under the shadow of
Tol Brandir. Before dawn was in the sky he woke and rose.
Gimli was still deep in slumber, but Legolas was standing,
gazing northwards into the darkness, thoughtful and silent as
a young tree in a windless night.
\u2018They are far far away,\u2019 he said sadly, turning to Aragorn.
\u2018I know in my heart that they have not rested this night. Only
an eagle could overtake them now.\u2019
\u2018Nonetheless we will still follow as we may,\u2019 said Aragorn.
Stooping he roused the Dwarf. \u2018Come! We must go,\u2019 he said.
\u2018The scent is growing cold.\u2019
\u2018But it is still dark,\u2019 said Gimli. \u2018Even Legolas on a hill-top
could not see them till the Sun is up.\u2019
\u2018I fear they have passed beyond my sight from hill or plain,
under moon or sun,\u2019 said Legolas.
\u2018Where sight fails the earth may bring us rumour,\u2019 said
Aragorn. \u2018The land must groan under their hated feet.\u2019 He
stretched himself upon the ground with his ear pressed
against the turf. He lay there motionless, for so long a time
that Gimli wondered if he had swooned or fallen asleep again.
Dawn came glimmering, and slowly a grey light grew about
them. At last he rose, and now his friends could see his face:
it was pale and drawn, and his look was troubled.
\u2018The rumour of the earth is dim and confused,\u2019 he said.
\u2018Nothing walks upon it for many miles about us. Faint and
far are the feet of our enemies. But loud are the hoofs of the
horses. It comes to my mind that I heard them, even as I lay
the riders of rohan 555
on the ground in sleep, and they troubled my dreams: horses
galloping, passing in the West. But now they are drawing
ever further from us, riding northward. I wonder what is
happening in this land!\u2019
\u2018Let us go!\u2019 said Legolas.
So the third day of their pursuit began. During all its long
hours of cloud and fitful sun they hardly paused, now striding, now running, as if no weariness could quench the fire
that burned them. They seldom spoke. Over the wide solitude
they passed and their elven-cloaks faded against the background of the grey-green fields; even in the cool sunlight of
mid-day few but Elvish eyes would have marked them, until
they were close at hand. Often in their hearts they thanked
the Lady of Lo\u00b4rien for the gift of lembas, for they could eat
of it and find new strength even as they ran.
All day the track of their enemies led straight on, going
north-west without a break or turn. As once again the day
wore to its end they came to long treeless slopes, where the
land rose, swelling up towards a line of low humpbacked
downs ahead. The orc-trail grew fainter as it bent north
towards them, for the ground became harder and the grass
shorter. Far away to the left the river Entwash wound, a silver
thread in a green floor. No moving thing could be seen. Often
Aragorn wondered that they saw no sign of beast or man.
The dwellings of the Rohirrim were for the most part many
leagues away to the South, under the wooded eaves of the
White Mountains, now hidden in mist and cloud; yet the
Horse-lords had formerly kept many herds and studs in
the Eastemnet, this easterly region of their realm, and there
the herdsmen had wandered much, living in camp and tent,
even in winter-time. But now all the land was empty, and
there was a silence that did not seem to be the quiet of peace.
At dusk they halted again. Now twice twelve leagues they
had passed over the plains of Rohan and the wall of the Emyn
Muil was lost in the shadows of the East. The young moon
556 the two towers
was glimmering in a misty sky, but it gave small light, and
the stars were veiled.
\u2018Now do I most grudge a time of rest or any halt in our
chase,\u2019 said Legolas. \u2018The Orcs have run before us, as if the
very whips of Sauron were behind them. I fear they have
already reached the forest and the dark hills, and even now
are passing into the shadows of the trees.\u2019
Gimli ground his teeth. \u2018This is a bitter end to our hope
and to all our toil!\u2019 he said.
\u2018To hope, maybe, but not to toil,\u2019 said Aragorn. \u2018We shall
not turn back here. Yet I am weary.\u2019 He gazed back along
the way that they had come towards the night gathering in
the East. \u2018There is something strange at work in this land. I
distrust the silence. I distrust even the pale Moon. The stars
are faint; and I am weary as I have seldom been before, weary
as no Ranger should be with a clear trail to follow. There is
some will that lends speed to our foes and sets an unseen
barrier before us: a weariness that is in the heart more than
in the limb.\u2019
\u2018Truly!\u2019 said Legolas. \u2018That I have known since first we
came down from the Emyn Muil. For the will is not behind
us but before us.\u2019 He pointed away over the land of Rohan
into the darkling West under the sickle moon.
\u2018Saruman!\u2019 muttered Aragorn. \u2018But he shall not turn us
back! Halt we must once more; for, see! even the Moon is
falling into gathering cloud. But north lies our road between
down and fen when day returns.\u2019
As before Legolas was first afoot, if indeed he had ever
slept. \u2018Awake! Awake!\u2019 he cried. \u2018It is a red dawn. Strange
things await us by the eaves of the forest. Good or evil, I do
not know; but we are called. Awake!\u2019
The others sprang up, and almost at once they set off
again. Slowly the downs drew near. It was still an hour before
noon when they reached them: green slopes rising to bare
ridges that ran in a line straight towards the North. At their
feet the ground was dry and the turf short, but a long strip
the riders of rohan 557
of sunken land, some ten miles wide, lay between them and
the river wandering deep in dim thickets of reed and rush.
Just to the West of the southernmost slope there was a great
ring, where the turf had been torn and beaten by many trampling feet. From it the orc-trail ran out again, turning north
along the dry skirts of the hills. Aragorn halted and examined
the tracks closely.
\u2018They rested here a while,\u2019 he said, \u2018but even the outward
trail is already old. I fear that your heart spoke truly, Legolas:
it is thrice twelve hours, I guess, since the Orcs stood where
we now stand. If they held to their pace, then at sundown
yesterday they would reach the borders of Fangorn.\u2019
\u2018I can see nothing away north or west but grass dwindling
into mist,\u2019 said Gimli. \u2018Could we see the forest, if we climbed
the hills?\u2019
\u2018It is still far away,\u2019 said Aragorn. \u2018If I remember rightly,
these downs run eight leagues or more to the north, and then
north-west to the issuing of the Entwash there lies still a wide
land, another fifteen leagues it may be.\u2019
\u2018Well, let us go on,\u2019 said Gimli. \u2018My legs must forget the
miles. They would be more willing, if my heart were less
heavy.\u2019
The sun was sinking when at last they drew near to the
end of the line of downs. For many hours they had marched
without rest. They were going slowly now, and Gimli\u2019s back
was bent. Stone-hard are the Dwarves in labour or journey,
but this endless chase began to tell on him, as all hope failed
in his heart. Aragorn walked behind him, grim and silent,
stooping now and again to scan some print or mark upon the
ground. Only Legolas still stepped as lightly as ever, his feet
hardly seeming to press the grass, leaving no footprints as he
passed; but in the waybread of the Elves he found all the
sustenance that he needed, and he could sleep, if sleep it
could be called by Men, resting his mind in the strange paths
of Elvish dreams, even as he walked open-eyed in the light
of this world.
558 the two towers
\u2018Let us go up on to this green hill!\u2019 he said. Wearily they
followed him, climbing the long slope, until they came out
upon the top. It was a round hill smooth and bare, standing by itself, the most northerly of the downs. The sun sank
and the shadows of evening fell like a curtain. They were
alone in a grey formless world without mark or measure.
Only far away north-west there was a deeper darkness against
the dying light: the Mountains of Mist and the forest at their
feet.
\u2018Nothing can we see to guide us here,\u2019 said Gimli. \u2018Well,
now we must halt again and wear the night away. It is growing
cold!\u2019
\u2018The wind is north from the snows,\u2019 said Aragorn.
\u2018And ere morning it will be in the East,\u2019 said Legolas. \u2018But
rest, if you must. Yet do not cast all hope away. Tomorrow
is unknown. Rede oft is found at the rising of the Sun.\u2019
\u2018Three suns already have risen on our chase and brought
no counsel,\u2019 said Gimli.
The night grew ever colder. Aragorn and Gimli slept fitfully, and whenever they awoke they saw Legolas standing
beside them, or walking to and fro, singing softly to himself
in his own tongue, and as he sang the white stars opened in
the hard black vault above. So the night passed. Together
they watched the dawn grow slowly in the sky, now bare and
cloudless, until at last the sunrise came. It was pale and clear.
The wind was in the East and all the mists had rolled away;
wide lands lay bleak about them in the bitter light.
Ahead and eastward they saw the windy uplands of the
Wold of Rohan that they had already glimpsed many days
ago from the Great River. North-westward stalked the dark
forest of Fangorn; still ten leagues away stood its shadowy
eaves, and its further slopes faded into the distant blue.
Beyond there glimmered far away, as if floating on a grey
cloud, the white head of tall Methedras, the last peak of the
Misty Mountains. Out of the forest the Entwash flowed
to meet them, its stream now swift and narrow, and its
the riders of rohan 559
banks deep-cloven. The orc-trail turned from the downs
towards it.
Following with his keen eyes the trail to the river, and then
the river back towards the forest, Aragorn saw a shadow on
the distant green, a dark swift-moving blur. He cast himself
upon the ground and listened again intently. But Legolas
stood beside him, shading his bright elven-eyes with his long
slender hand, and he saw not a shadow, nor a blur, but the
small figures of horsemen, many horsemen, and the glint of
morning on the tips of their spears was like the twinkle of
minute stars beyond the edge of mortal sight. Far behind
them a dark smoke rose in thin curling threads.
There was a silence in the empty fields, and Gimli could
hear the air moving in the grass.
\u2018Riders!\u2019 cried Aragorn, springing to his feet. \u2018Many riders
on swift steeds are coming towards us!\u2019
\u2018Yes,\u2019 said Legolas, \u2018there are one hundred and five. Yellow
is their hair, and bright are their spears. Their leader is very
tall.\u2019
Aragorn smiled. \u2018Keen are the eyes of the Elves,\u2019 he said.
\u2018Nay! The riders are little more than five leagues distant,\u2019
said Legolas.
\u2018Five leagues or one,\u2019 said Gimli, \u2018we cannot escape them
in this bare land. Shall we wait for them here or go on our
way?\u2019
\u2018We will wait,\u2019 said Aragorn. \u2018I am weary, and our hunt
has failed. Or at least others were before us; for these horsemen are riding back down the orc-trail. We may get news
from them.\u2019
\u2018Or spears,\u2019 said Gimli.
\u2018There are three empty saddles, but I see no hobbits,\u2019 said
Legolas.
\u2018I did not say that we should hear good news,\u2019 said Aragorn.
\u2018But evil or good we will await it here.\u2019
The three companions now left the hill-top, where they
might be an easy mark against the pale sky, and they walked
slowly down the northward slope. A little above the hill\u2019s foot
560 the two towers
they halted, and wrapping their cloaks about them, they sat
huddled together upon the faded grass. The time passed
slowly and heavily. The wind was thin and searching. Gimli
was uneasy.
\u2018What do you know of these horsemen, Aragorn?\u2019 he said.
\u2018Do we sit here waiting for sudden death?\u2019
\u2018I have been among them,\u2019 answered Aragorn. \u2018They are
proud and wilful, but they are true-hearted, generous in
thought and deed; bold but not cruel; wise but unlearned,
writing no books but singing many songs, after the manner
of the children of Men before the Dark Years. But I do not
know what has happened here of late, nor in what mind the
Rohirrim may now be between the traitor Saruman and
the threat of Sauron. They have long been the friends of the
people of Gondor, though they are not akin to them. It was
in forgotten years long ago that Eorl the Young brought them
out of the North, and their kinship is rather with the Bardings
of Dale, and with the Beornings of the Wood, among whom
may still be seen many men tall and fair, as are the Riders of
Rohan. At least they will not love the Orcs.\u2019
\u2018But Gandalf spoke of a rumour that they pay tribute to
Mordor,\u2019 said Gimli.
\u2018I believe it no more than did Boromir,\u2019 answered Aragorn.
\u2018You will soon learn the truth,\u2019 said Legolas. \u2018Already they
approach.\u2019
At length even Gimli could hear the distant beat of galloping hoofs. The horsemen, following the trail, had turned from
the river, and were drawing near the downs. They were riding
like the wind.
Now the cries of clear strong voices came ringing over the
fields. Suddenly they swept up with a noise like thunder, and
the foremost horseman swerved, passing by the foot of the
hill, and leading the host back southward along the western
skirts of the downs. After him they rode: a long line of mailclad men, swift, shining, fell and fair to look upon.
Their horses were of great stature, strong and clean-
the riders of rohan 561
limbed; their grey coats glistened, their long tails flowed in
the wind, their manes were braided on their proud necks.
The Men that rode them matched them well: tall and longlimbed; their hair, flaxen-pale, flowed under their light helms,
and streamed in long braids behind them; their faces were
stern and keen. In their hands were tall spears of ash, painted
shields were slung at their backs, long swords were at their
belts, their burnished shirts of mail hung down upon their
knees.
In pairs they galloped by, and though every now and then
one rose in his stirrups and gazed ahead and to either side,
they appeared not to perceive the three strangers sitting
silently and watching them. The host had almost passed when
suddenly Aragorn stood up, and called in a loud voice:
\u2018What news from the North, Riders of Rohan?\u2019
With astonishing speed and skill they checked their steeds,
wheeled, and came charging round. Soon the three companions found themselves in a ring of horsemen moving in a
running circle, up the hill-slope behind them and down,
round and round them, and drawing ever inwards. Aragorn
stood silent, and the other two sat without moving, wondering
what way things would turn.
Without a word or cry, suddenly, the Riders halted. A
thicket of spears were pointed towards the strangers; and
some of the horsemen had bows in hand, and their arrows
were already fitted to the string. Then one rode forward, a
tall man, taller than all the rest; from his helm as a crest a
white horsetail flowed. He advanced until the point of his
spear was within a foot of Aragorn\u2019s breast. Aragorn did not
stir.
\u2018Who are you, and what are you doing in this land?\u2019 said
the Rider, using the Common Speech of the West, in manner
and tone like to the speech of Boromir, Man of Gondor.
\u2018I am called Strider,\u2019 answered Aragorn. \u2018I came out of the
North. I am hunting Orcs.\u2019
The Rider leaped from his horse. Giving his spear to
562 the two towers
another who rode up and dismounted at his side, he drew his
sword and stood face to face with Aragorn, surveying him
keenly, and not without wonder. At length he spoke again.
\u2018At first I thought that you yourselves were Orcs,\u2019 he said;
\u2018but now I see that it is not so. Indeed you know little of Orcs,
if you go hunting them in this fashion. They were swift and
well-armed, and they were many. You would have changed
from hunters to prey, if ever you had overtaken them. But
there is something strange about you, Strider.\u2019 He bent his
clear bright eyes again upon the Ranger. \u2018That is no name
for a Man that you give. And strange too is your raiment.
Have you sprung out of the grass? How did you escape our
sight? Are you Elvish folk?\u2019
\u2018No,\u2019 said Aragorn. \u2018One only of us is an Elf, Legolas
from the Woodland Realm in distant Mirkwood. But we have
passed through Lothlo\u00b4rien, and the gifts and favour of the
Lady go with us.\u2019
The Rider looked at them with renewed wonder, but his
eyes hardened. \u2018Then there is a Lady in the Golden Wood,
as old tales tell!\u2019 he said. \u2018Few escape her nets, they say. These
are strange days! But if you have her favour, then you also
are net-weavers and sorcerers, maybe.\u2019 He turned a cold
glance suddenly upon Legolas and Gimli. \u2018Why do you not
speak, silent ones?\u2019 he demanded.
Gimli rose and planted his feet firmly apart: his hand
gripped the handle of his axe, and his dark eyes flashed. \u2018Give
me your name, horse-master, and I will give you mine, and
more besides,\u2019 he said.
\u2018As for that,\u2019 said the Rider, staring down at the Dwarf,
\u2018the stranger should declare himself first. Yet I am named
E\u00b4 omer son of E\u00b4 omund, and am called the Third Marshal of
Riddermark.\u2019
\u2018Then E\u00b4 omer son of E\u00b4 omund, Third Marshal of Riddermark, let Gimli the Dwarf Glo\u00b4in\u2019s son warn you against
foolish words. You speak evil of that which is fair beyond the
reach of your thought, and only little wit can excuse you.\u2019
E\u00b4 omer\u2019s eyes blazed, and the Men of Rohan murmured
the riders of rohan 563
angrily, and closed in, advancing their spears. \u2018I would cut
off your head, beard and all, Master Dwarf, if it stood but a
little higher from the ground,\u2019 said E\u00b4 omer.
\u2018He stands not alone,\u2019 said Legolas, bending his bow and
fitting an arrow with hands that moved quicker than sight.
\u2018You would die before your stroke fell.\u2019
E\u00b4 omer raised his sword, and things might have gone ill,
but Aragorn sprang between them, and raised his hand. \u2018Your
pardon, E\u00b4 omer!\u2019 he cried. \u2018When you know more you will
understand why you have angered my companions. We
intend no evil to Rohan, nor to any of its folk, neither to man
nor to horse. Will you not hear our tale before you strike?\u2019
\u2018I will,\u2019 said E\u00b4 omer lowering his blade. \u2018But wanderers in
the Riddermark would be wise to be less haughty in these
days of doubt. First tell me your right name.\u2019
\u2018First tell me whom you serve,\u2019 said Aragorn. \u2018Are you
friend or foe of Sauron, the Dark Lord of Mordor?\u2019
\u2018I serve only the Lord of the Mark, The\u00b4oden King son of
Thengel,\u2019 answered E\u00b4 omer. \u2018We do not serve the Power of
the Black Land far away, but neither are we yet at open war
with him; and if you are fleeing from him, then you had best
leave this land. There is trouble now on all our borders, and
we are threatened; but we desire only to be free, and to live
as we have lived, keeping our own, and serving no foreign
lord, good or evil. We welcomed guests kindly in the better
days, but in these times the unbidden stranger finds us swift
and hard. Come! Who are you? Whom do you serve? At
whose command do you hunt Orcs in our land?\u2019
\u2018I serve no man,\u2019 said Aragorn; \u2018but the servants of Sauron
I pursue into whatever land they may go. There are few
among mortal Men who know more of Orcs; and I do not
hunt them in this fashion out of choice. The Orcs whom we
pursued took captive two of my friends. In such need a man
that has no horse will go on foot, and he will not ask for leave
to follow the trail. Nor will he count the heads of the enemy
save with a sword. I am not weaponless.\u2019
Aragorn threw back his cloak. The elven-sheath glittered
564 the two towers
as he grasped it, and the bright blade of Andu\u00b4ril shone like a
sudden flame as he swept it out. \u2018Elendil!\u2019 he cried. \u2018I am
Aragorn son of Arathorn, and am called Elessar, the Elfstone,
Du\u00b4nadan, the heir of Isildur Elendil\u2019s son of Gondor. Here
is the Sword that was Broken and is forged again! Will you
aid me or thwart me? Choose swiftly!\u2019
Gimli and Legolas looked at their companion in amazement, for they had not seen him in this mood before. He
seemed to have grown in stature while E\u00b4 omer had shrunk;
and in his living face they caught a brief vision of the power
and majesty of the kings of stone. For a moment it seemed
to the eyes of Legolas that a white flame flickered on the
brows of Aragorn like a shining crown.
E\u00b4 omer stepped back and a look of awe was in his face. He
cast down his proud eyes. \u2018These are indeed strange days,\u2019
he muttered. \u2018Dreams and legends spring to life out of the
grass.
\u2018Tell me, lord,\u2019 he said, \u2018what brings you here? And what
was the meaning of the dark words? Long has Boromir son
of Denethor been gone seeking an answer, and the horse that
we lent him came back riderless. What doom do you bring
out of the North?\u2019
\u2018The doom of choice,\u2019 said Aragorn. \u2018You may say this to
The\u00b4oden son of Thengel: open war lies before him, with
Sauron or against him. None may live now as they have lived,
and few shall keep what they call their own. But of these great
matters we will speak later. If chance allows, I will come
myself to the king. Now I am in great need, and I ask for
help, or at least for tidings. You heard that we are pursuing
an orc-host that carried off our friends. What can you tell
us?\u2019
\u2018That you need not pursue them further,\u2019 said E\u00b4 omer. \u2018The
Orcs are destroyed.\u2019
\u2018And our friends?\u2019
\u2018We found none but Orcs.\u2019
\u2018But that is strange indeed,\u2019 said Aragorn. \u2018Did you search
the slain? Were there no bodies other than those of orc-kind?
the riders of rohan 565
They would be small, only children to your eyes, unshod but
clad in grey.\u2019
\u2018There were no dwarves nor children,\u2019 said E\u00b4 omer. \u2018We
counted all the slain and despoiled them, and then we piled
the carcases and burned them, as is our custom. The ashes
are smoking still.\u2019
\u2018We do not speak of dwarves or children,\u2019 said Gimli. \u2018Our
friends were hobbits.\u2019
\u2018Hobbits?\u2019 said E\u00b4 omer. \u2018And what may they be? It is a
strange name.\u2019
\u2018A strange name for a strange folk,\u2019 said Gimli. \u2018But these
were very dear to us. It seems that you have heard in Rohan
of the words that troubled Minas Tirith. They spoke of the
Halfling. These hobbits are Halflings.\u2019
\u2018Halflings!\u2019 laughed the Rider that stood beside E\u00b4 omer.
\u2018Halflings! But they are only a little people in old songs and
children\u2019s tales out of the North. Do we walk in legends or
on the green earth in the daylight?\u2019
\u2018A man may do both,\u2019 said Aragorn. \u2018For not we but those
who come after will make the legends of our time. The green
earth, say you? That is a mighty matter of legend, though
you tread it under the light of day!\u2019
\u2018Time is pressing,\u2019 said the Rider, not heeding Aragorn.
\u2018We must hasten south, lord. Let us leave these wild folk to
their fancies. Or let us bind them and take them to the king.\u2019
\u2018Peace, E\u00b4 othain!\u2019 said E\u00b4 omer in his own tongue. \u2018Leave me
a while. Tell the e\u00b4ored to assemble on the path, and make
ready to ride to the Entwade.\u2019
Muttering E\u00b4 othain retired, and spoke to the others. Soon
they drew off and left E\u00b4 omer alone with the three companions.
\u2018All that you say is strange, Aragorn,\u2019 he said. \u2018Yet you
speak the truth, that is plain: the Men of the Mark do not lie,
and therefore they are not easily deceived. But you have not
told all. Will you not now speak more fully of your errand,
so that I may judge what to do?\u2019
566 the two towers
\u2018I set out from Imladris, as it is named in the rhyme, many
weeks ago,\u2019 answered Aragorn. \u2018With me went Boromir of
Minas Tirith. My errand was to go to that city with the son
of Denethor, to aid his folk in their war against Sauron. But
the Company that I journeyed with had other business. Of
that I cannot speak now. Gandalf the Grey was our leader.\u2019
\u2018Gandalf!\u2019 E\u00b4 omer exclaimed. \u2018Gandalf Greyhame is known
in the Mark; but his name, I warn you, is no longer a password
to the king\u2019s favour. He has been a guest in the land many
times in the memory of men, coming as he will, after a season,
or after many years. He is ever the herald of strange events:
a bringer of evil, some now say.
\u2018Indeed since his last coming in the summer all things have
gone amiss. At that time our trouble with Saruman began.
Until then we counted Saruman our friend, but Gandalf
came then and warned us that sudden war was preparing in
Isengard. He said that he himself had been a prisoner in
Orthanc and had hardly escaped, and he begged for help.
But The\u00b4oden would not listen to him, and he went away.
Speak not the name of Gandalf loudly in The\u00b4oden\u2019s ears! He
is wroth. For Gandalf took the horse that is called Shadowfax,
the most precious of all the king\u2019s steeds, chief of the Mearas,
which only the Lord of the Mark may ride. For the sire of
their race was the great horse of Eorl that knew the speech
of Men. Seven nights ago Shadowfax returned; but the king\u2019s
anger is not less, for now the horse is wild and will let no
man handle him.\u2019
\u2018Then Shadowfax has found his way alone from the far
North,\u2019 said Aragorn; \u2018for it was there that he and Gandalf
parted. But alas! Gandalf will ride no longer. He fell into
darkness in the Mines of Moria and comes not again.\u2019
\u2018That is heavy tidings,\u2019 said E\u00b4 omer. \u2018At least to me, and to
many; though not to all, as you may find, if you come to the
king.\u2019
\u2018It is tidings more grievous than any in this land can understand, though it may touch them sorely ere the year is much
older,\u2019 said Aragorn. \u2018But when the great fall, the less must
the riders of rohan 567
lead. My part it has been to guide our Company on the long
road from Moria. Through Lo\u00b4rien we came \u2013 of which it
were well that you should learn the truth ere you speak of it
again \u2013 and thence down the leagues of the Great River to
the falls of Rauros. There Boromir was slain by the same
Orcs whom you destroyed.\u2019
\u2018Your news is all of woe!\u2019 cried E\u00b4 omer in dismay. \u2018Great
harm is this death to Minas Tirith, and to us all. That was a
worthy man! All spoke his praise. He came seldom to the
Mark, for he was ever in the wars on the East-borders; but I
have seen him. More like to the swift sons of Eorl than to the
grave Men of Gondor he seemed to me, and likely to prove
a great captain of his people when his time came. But we
have had no word of this grief out of Gondor. When did he
fall?\u2019
\u2018It is now the fourth day since he was slain,\u2019 answered
Aragorn; \u2018and since the evening of that day we have journeyed from the shadow of Tol Brandir.\u2019
\u2018On foot?\u2019 cried E\u00b4 omer.
\u2018Yes, even as you see us.\u2019
Wide wonder came into E\u00b4 omer\u2019s eyes. \u2018Strider is too poor
a name, son of Arathorn,\u2019 he said. \u2018Wingfoot I name you.
This deed of the three friends should be sung in many a hall.
Forty leagues and five you have measured ere the fourth day
is ended! Hardy is the race of Elendil!
\u2018But now, lord, what would you have me do! I must return
in haste to The\u00b4oden. I spoke warily before my men. It is true
that we are not yet at open war with the Black Land, and
there are some, close to the king\u2019s ear, that speak craven
counsels; but war is coming. We shall not forsake our old
alliance with Gondor, and while they fight we shall aid them:
so say I and all who hold with me. The East-mark is my
charge, the ward of the Third Marshal, and I have removed
all our herds and herdfolk, withdrawing them beyond
Entwash, and leaving none here but guards and swift scouts.\u2019
\u2018Then you do not pay tribute to Sauron?\u2019 said Gimli.
\u2018We do not and we never have,\u2019 said E\u00b4 omer with a flash of
568 the two towers
his eyes; \u2018though it comes to my ears that that lie has been
told. Some years ago the Lord of the Black Land wished to
purchase horses of us at great price, but we refused him, for
he puts beasts to evil use. Then he sent plundering Orcs, and
they carry off what they can, choosing always the black
horses: few of these are now left. For that reason our feud
with the Orcs is bitter.
\u2018But at this time our chief concern is with Saruman. He
has claimed lordship over all this land, and there has been
war between us for many months. He has taken Orcs into his
service, and Wolf-riders, and evil Men, and he has closed the
Gap against us, so that we are likely to be beset both east and
west.
\u2018It is ill dealing with such a foe: he is a wizard both cunning
and dwimmer-crafty, having many guises. He walks here and
there, they say, as an old man hooded and cloaked, very like
to Gandalf, as many now recall. His spies slip through every
net, and his birds of ill omen are abroad in the sky. I do not
know how it will all end, and my heart misgives me; for it
seems to me that his friends do not all dwell in Isengard. But
if you come to the king\u2019s house, you shall see for yourself.
Will you not come? Do I hope in vain that you have been
sent to me for a help in doubt and need?\u2019
\u2018I will come when I may,\u2019 said Aragorn.
\u2018Come now!\u2019 said E\u00b4 omer. \u2018The Heir of Elendil would be a
strength indeed to the Sons of Eorl in this evil tide. There is
battle even now upon the Westemnet, and I fear that it may
go ill for us.
\u2018Indeed in this riding north I went without the king\u2019s leave,
for in my absence his house is left with little guard. But scouts
warned me of the orc-host coming down out of the East Wall
four nights ago, and among them they reported that some
bore the white badges of Saruman. So suspecting what I most
fear, a league between Orthanc and the Dark Tower, I led
forth my e\u00b4ored, men of my own household; and we overtook
the Orcs at nightfall two days ago, near to the borders of
the Entwood. There we surrounded them, and gave battle
the riders of rohan 569
yesterday at dawn. Fifteen of my men I lost, and twelve
horses alas! For the Orcs were greater in number than we
counted on. Others joined them, coming out of the East
across the Great River: their trail is plain to see a little north
of this spot. And others, too, came out of the forest. Great
Orcs, who also bore the White Hand of Isengard: that kind
is stronger and more fell than all others.
\u2018Nonetheless we put an end to them. But we have been too
long away. We are needed south and west. Will you not
come? There are spare horses as you see. There is work for
the Sword to do. Yes, and we could find a use for Gimli\u2019s
axe and the bow of Legolas, if they will pardon my rash
words concerning the Lady of the Wood. I spoke only as do
all men in my land, and I would gladly learn better.\u2019
\u2018I thank you for your fair words,\u2019 said Aragorn, \u2018and my
heart desires to come with you; but I cannot desert my friends
while hope remains.\u2019
\u2018Hope does not remain,\u2019 said E\u00b4 omer. \u2018You will not find
your friends on the North-borders.\u2019
\u2018Yet my friends are not behind. We found a clear token
not far from the East Wall that one at least of them was still
alive there. But between the wall and the downs we have
found no other trace of them, and no trail has turned aside,
this way or that, unless my skill has wholly left me.\u2019
\u2018Then what do you think has become of them?\u2019
\u2018I do not know. They may have been slain and burned
among the Orcs; but that you will say cannot be, and I do
not fear it. I can only think that they were carried off into the
forest before the battle, even before you encircled your foes,
maybe. Can you swear that none escaped your net in such a
way?\u2019
\u2018I would swear that no Orc escaped after we sighted them,\u2019
said E\u00b4 omer. \u2018We reached the forest-eaves before them, and
if after that any living thing broke through our ring, then it
was no Orc and had some Elvish power.\u2019
\u2018Our friends were attired even as we are,\u2019 said Aragorn;
\u2018and you passed us by under the full light of day.\u2019
570 the two towers
\u2018I had forgotten that,\u2019 said E\u00b4 omer. \u2018It is hard to be sure of
anything among so many marvels. The world is all grown
strange. Elf and Dwarf in company walk in our daily fields;
and folk speak with the Lady of the Wood and yet live; and
the Sword comes back to war that was broken in the long
ages ere the fathers of our fathers rode into the Mark! How
shall a man judge what to do in such times?\u2019
\u2018As he ever has judged,\u2019 said Aragorn. \u2018Good and ill have
not changed since yesteryear; nor are they one thing among
Elves and Dwarves and another among Men. It is a man\u2019s
part to discern them, as much in the Golden Wood as in his
own house.\u2019
\u2018True indeed,\u2019 said E\u00b4 omer. \u2018But I do not doubt you, nor
the deed which my heart would do. Yet I am not free to do
all as I would. It is against our law to let strangers wander at
will in our land, until the king himself shall give them leave,
and more strict is the command in these days of peril. I have
begged you to come back willingly with me, and you will not.
Loth am I to begin a battle of one hundred against three.\u2019
\u2018I do not think your law was made for such a chance,\u2019 said
Aragorn. \u2018Nor indeed am I a stranger; for I have been in this
land before, more than once, and ridden with the host of the
Rohirrim, though under other name and in other guise. You
I have not seen before, for you are young, but I have spoken
with E\u00b4 omund your father, and with The\u00b4oden son of Thengel.
Never in former days would any high lord of this land have
constrained a man to abandon such a quest as mine. My duty
at least is clear, to go on. Come now, son of E\u00b4 omund, the
choice must be made at last. Aid us, or at the worst let us go
free. Or seek to carry out your law. If you do so there will be
fewer to return to your war or to your king.\u2019
E\u00b4 omer was silent for a moment, then he spoke. \u2018We both
have need of haste,\u2019 he said. \u2018My company chafes to be away,
and every hour lessens your hope. This is my choice. You
may go; and what is more, I will lend you horses. This only
I ask: when your quest is achieved, or is proved vain, return
with the horses over the Entwade to Meduseld, the high
the riders of rohan 571
house in Edoras where The\u00b4oden now sits. Thus you shall
prove to him that I have not misjudged. In this I place myself,
and maybe my very life, in the keeping of your good faith.
Do not fail.\u2019
\u2018I will not,\u2019 said Aragorn.
There was great wonder, and many dark and doubtful
glances, among his men, when E\u00b4 omer gave orders that the
spare horses were to be lent to the strangers; but only E\u00b4 othain
dared to speak openly.
\u2018It may be well enough for this lord of the race of Gondor,
as he claims,\u2019 he said, \u2018but who has heard of a horse of the
Mark being given to a Dwarf ?\u2019
\u2018No one,\u2019 said Gimli. \u2018And do not trouble: no one will ever
hear of it. I would sooner walk than sit on the back of any
beast so great, free or begrudged.\u2019
\u2018But you must ride now, or you will hinder us,\u2019 said
Aragorn.
\u2018Come, you shall sit behind me, friend Gimli,\u2019 said Legolas.
\u2018Then all will be well, and you need neither borrow a horse
nor be troubled by one.\u2019
A great dark-grey horse was brought to Aragorn, and he
mounted it. \u2018Hasufel is his name,\u2019 said E\u00b4 omer. \u2018May he bear
you well and to better fortune than Ga\u00b4rulf, his late master!\u2019
A smaller and lighter horse, but restive and fiery, was
brought to Legolas. Arod was his name. But Legolas asked
them to take off saddle and rein. \u2018I need them not,\u2019 he said,
and leaped lightly up, and to their wonder Arod was tame
and willing beneath him, moving here and there with but a
spoken word: such was the Elvish way with all good beasts.
Gimli was lifted up behind his friend, and he clung to him,
not much more at ease than Sam Gamgee in a boat.
\u2018Farewell, and may you find what you seek!\u2019 cried E\u00b4 omer.
\u2018Return with what speed you may, and let our swords hereafter shine together!\u2019
\u2018I will come,\u2019 said Aragorn.
\u2018And I will come, too,\u2019 said Gimli. \u2018The matter of the Lady
572 the two towers
Galadriel lies still between us. I have yet to teach you gentle
speech.\u2019
\u2018We shall see,\u2019 said E\u00b4 omer. \u2018So many strange things have
chanced that to learn the praise of a fair lady under the loving
strokes of a Dwarf\u2019s axe will seem no great wonder. Farewell!\u2019
With that they parted. Very swift were the horses of Rohan.
When after a little Gimli looked back, the company of E\u00b4 omer
were already small and far away. Aragorn did not look back:
he was watching the trail as they sped on their way, bending
low with his head beside the neck of Hasufel. Before long
they came to the borders of the Entwash, and there they met
the other trail of which E\u00b4 omer had spoken, coming down
from the East out of the Wold.
Aragorn dismounted and surveyed the ground, then leaping back into the saddle, he rode away for some distance
eastward, keeping to one side and taking care not to override
the footprints. Then he again dismounted and examined the
ground, going backwards and forwards on foot.
\u2018There is little to discover,\u2019 he said when he returned. \u2018The
main trail is all confused with the passage of the horsemen
as they came back; their outward course must have lain nearer
the river. But this eastward trail is fresh and clear. There is
no sign there of any feet going the other way, back towards
Anduin. Now we must ride slower, and make sure that no
trace or footstep branches off on either side. The Orcs must
have been aware from this point that they were pursued; they
may have made some attempt to get their captives away
before they were overtaken.\u2019
As they rode forward the day was overcast. Low grey
clouds came over the Wold. A mist shrouded the sun. Ever
nearer the tree-clad slopes of Fangorn loomed, slowly darkling as the sun went west. They saw no sign of any trail to
right or left, but here and there they passed single Orcs, fallen
in their tracks as they ran, with grey-feathered arrows sticking
in back or throat.
the riders of rohan 573
At last as the afternoon was waning they came to the eaves
of the forest, and in an open glade among the first trees they
found the place of the great burning: the ashes were still hot
and smoking. Beside it was a great pile of helms and mail,
cloven shields, and broken swords, bows and darts and other
gear of war. Upon a stake in the middle was set a great goblin
head; upon its shattered helm the white badge could still be
seen. Further away, not far from the river, where it came
streaming out from the edge of the wood, there was a mound.
It was newly raised: the raw earth was covered with fresh-cut
turves: about it were planted fifteen spears.
Aragorn and his companions searched far and wide about
the field of battle, but the light faded, and evening soon drew
down, dim and misty. By nightfall they had discovered no
trace of Merry and Pippin.
\u2018We can do no more,\u2019 said Gimli sadly. \u2018We have been set
many riddles since we came to Tol Brandir, but this is the
hardest to unravel. I would guess that the burned bones of
the hobbits are now mingled with the Orcs\u2019. It will be hard
news for Frodo, if he lives to hear it; and hard too for the
old hobbit who waits in Rivendell. Elrond was against their
coming.\u2019
\u2018But Gandalf was not,\u2019 said Legolas.
\u2018But Gandalf chose to come himself, and he was the first
to be lost,\u2019 answered Gimli. \u2018His foresight failed him.\u2019
\u2018The counsel of Gandalf was not founded on foreknowledge of safety, for himself or for others,\u2019 said Aragorn. \u2018There
are some things that it is better to begin than to refuse, even
though the end may be dark. But I shall not depart from this
place yet. In any case we must here await the morning-light.\u2019
A little way beyond the battle-field they made their camp
under a spreading tree: it looked like a chestnut, and yet it
still bore many broad brown leaves of a former year, like dry
hands with long splayed fingers; they rattled mournfully in
the night-breeze.
Gimli shivered. They had brought only one blanket apiece.
574 the two towers
\u2018Let us light a fire,\u2019 he said. \u2018I care no longer for the danger.
Let the Orcs come as thick as summer-moths round a candle!\u2019
\u2018If those unhappy hobbits are astray in the woods, it might
draw them hither,\u2019 said Legolas.
\u2018And it might draw other things, neither Orc nor Hobbit,\u2019
said Aragorn. \u2018We are near to the mountain-marches of the
traitor Saruman. Also we are on the very edge of Fangorn,
and it is perilous to touch the trees of that wood, it is said.\u2019
\u2018But the Rohirrim made a great burning here yesterday,\u2019
said Gimli, \u2018and they felled trees for the fire, as can be seen.
Yet they passed the night after safely here, when their labour
was ended.\u2019
\u2018They were many,\u2019 said Aragorn, \u2018and they do not heed
the wrath of Fangorn, for they come here seldom, and they
do not go under the trees. But our paths are likely to lead us
into the very forest itself. So have a care! Cut no living wood!\u2019
\u2018There is no need,\u2019 said Gimli. \u2018The Riders have left chip
and bough enough, and there is dead wood lying in plenty.\u2019
He went off to gather fuel, and busied himself with building
and kindling a fire; but Aragorn sat silent with his back to the
great tree, deep in thought; and Legolas stood alone in the
open, looking towards the profound shadow of the wood,
leaning forward, as one who listens to voices calling from a
distance.
When the Dwarf had a small bright blaze going, the three
companions drew close to it and sat together, shrouding the
light with their hooded forms. Legolas looked up at the
boughs of the tree reaching out above them.
\u2018Look!\u2019 he said. \u2018The tree is glad of the fire!\u2019
It may have been that the dancing shadows tricked their
eyes, but certainly to each of the companions the boughs
appeared to be bending this way and that so as to come above
the flames, while the upper branches were stooping down;
the brown leaves now stood out stiff, and rubbed together
like many cold cracked hands taking comfort in the warmth.
There was a silence, for suddenly the dark and unknown
forest, so near at hand, made itself felt as a great brooding
the riders of rohan 575
presence, full of secret purpose. After a while Legolas spoke
again.
\u2018Celeborn warned us not to go far into Fangorn,\u2019 he said.
\u2018Do you know why, Aragorn? What are the fables of the
forest that Boromir had heard?\u2019
\u2018I have heard many tales in Gondor and elsewhere,\u2019 said
Aragorn, \u2018but if it were not for the words of Celeborn I
should deem them only fables that Men have made as true
knowledge fades. I had thought of asking you what was the
truth of the matter. And if an Elf of the wood does not know,
how shall a Man answer?\u2019
\u2018You have journeyed further than I,\u2019 said Legolas. \u2018I have
heard nothing of this in my own land, save only songs that
tell how the Onodrim, that Men call Ents, dwelt there long
ago; for Fangorn is old, old even as the Elves would reckon
it.\u2019
\u2018Yes, it is old,\u2019 said Aragorn, \u2018as old as the forest by the
Barrow-downs, and it is far greater. Elrond says that the two
are akin, the last strongholds of the mighty woods of the
Elder Days, in which the Firstborn roamed while Men still
slept. Yet Fangorn holds some secret of its own. What it is I
do not know.\u2019
\u2018And I do not wish to know,\u2019 said Gimli. \u2018Let nothing that
dwells in Fangorn be troubled on my account!\u2019
They now drew lots for the watches, and the lot for the
first watch fell to Gimli. The others lay down. Almost at
once sleep laid hold on them. \u2018Gimli!\u2019 said Aragorn drowsily.
\u2018Remember, it is perilous to cut bough or twig from a living
tree in Fangorn. But do not stray far in search of dead wood.
Let the fire die rather! Call me at need!\u2019
With that he fell asleep. Legolas already lay motionless, his
fair hands folded upon his breast, his eyes unclosed, blending
living night and deep dream, as is the way with Elves. Gimli
sat hunched by the fire, running his thumb thoughtfully along
the edge of his axe. The tree rustled. There was no other
sound.
Suddenly Gimli looked up, and there just on the edge of
576 the two towers
the firelight stood an old bent man, leaning on a staff, and
wrapped in a great cloak; his wide-brimmed hat was pulled
down over his eyes. Gimli sprang up, too amazed for the
moment to cry out, though at once the thought flashed into
his mind that Saruman had caught them. Both Aragorn and
Legolas, roused by his sudden movement, sat up and stared.
The old man did not speak or make a sign.
\u2018Well, father, what can we do for you?\u2019 said Aragorn, leaping to his feet. \u2018Come and be warm, if you are cold!\u2019 He
strode forward, but the old man was gone. There was no
trace of him to be found near at hand, and they did not dare
to wander far. The moon had set and the night was very
dark.
Suddenly Legolas gave a cry. \u2018The horses! The horses!\u2019
The horses were gone. They had dragged their pickets and
disappeared. For some time the three companions stood still
and silent, troubled by this new stroke of ill fortune. They
were under the eaves of Fangorn, and endless leagues lay
between them and the Men of Rohan, their only friends in
this wide and dangerous land. As they stood, it seemed to
them that they heard, far off in the night, the sound of horses
whinnying and neighing. Then all was quiet again, except for
the cold rustle of the wind.
\u2018Well, they are gone,\u2019 said Aragorn at last. \u2018We cannot find
them or catch them; so that if they do not return of their own
will, we must do without. We started on our feet, and we
have those still.\u2019
\u2018Feet!\u2019 said Gimli. \u2018But we cannot eat them as well as walk
on them.\u2019 He threw some fuel on the fire and slumped down
beside it.
\u2018Only a few hours ago you were unwilling to sit on a horse
of Rohan,\u2019 laughed Legolas. \u2018You will make a rider yet.\u2019
\u2018It seems unlikely that I shall have the chance,\u2019 said Gimli.
\u2018If you wish to know what I think,\u2019 he began again after a
while, \u2018I think it was Saruman. Who else? Remember the
words of E\u00b4 omer: he walks about like an old man hooded and
the riders of rohan 577
cloaked. Those were the words. He has gone off with our
horses, or scared them away, and here we are. There is more
trouble coming to us, mark my words!\u2019
\u2018I mark them,\u2019 said Aragorn. \u2018But I marked also that this
old man had a hat not a hood. Still I do not doubt that you
guess right, and that we are in peril here, by night or day.
Yet in the meantime there is nothing that we can do but rest,
while we may. I will watch for a while now, Gimli. I have
more need of thought than of sleep.\u2019
The night passed slowly. Legolas followed Aragorn, and
Gimli followed Legolas, and their watches wore away. But
nothing happened. The old man did not appear again, and
the horses did not return.
Chapter 3
THE URUK-HAI
Pippin lay in a dark and troubled dream: it seemed that he
could hear his own small voice echoing in black tunnels,
calling Frodo, Frodo! But instead of Frodo hundreds of hideous orc-faces grinned at him out of the shadows, hundreds
of hideous arms grasped at him from every side. Where was
Merry?
He woke. Cold air blew on his face. He was lying on his
back. Evening was coming and the sky above was growing
dim. He turned and found that the dream was little worse
than the waking. His wrists, legs, and ankles were tied with
cords. Beside him Merry lay, white-faced, with a dirty rag
bound across his brows. All about them sat or stood a great
company of Orcs.
Slowly in Pippin\u2019s aching head memory pieced itself
together and became separated from dream-shadows. Of
course: he and Merry had run off into the woods. What had
come over them? Why had they dashed off like that, taking
no notice of old Strider? They had run a long way shouting
\u2013 he could not remember how far or how long; and then
suddenly they had crashed right into a group of Orcs: they
were standing listening, and they did not appear to see Merry
and Pippin until they were almost in their arms. Then they
yelled and dozens of other goblins had sprung out of the
trees. Merry and he had drawn their swords, but the Orcs
did not wish to fight, and had tried only to lay hold of them,
even when Merry had cut off several of their arms and hands.
Good old Merry!
Then Boromir had come leaping through the trees. He had
made them fight. He slew many of them and the rest fled.
But they had not gone far on the way back when they were
the uruk-hai 579
attacked again, by a hundred Orcs at least, some of them
very large, and they shot a rain of arrows: always at Boromir.
Boromir had blown his great horn till the woods rang, and at
first the Orcs had been dismayed and had drawn back; but
when no answer but the echoes came, they had attacked more
fiercely than ever. Pippin did not remember much more. His
last memory was of Boromir leaning against a tree, plucking
out an arrow; then darkness fell suddenly.
\u2018I suppose I was knocked on the head,\u2019 he said to himself.
\u2018I wonder if poor Merry is much hurt. What has happened
to Boromir? Why didn\u2019t the Orcs kill us? Where are we, and
where are we going?\u2019
He could not answer the questions. He felt cold and
sick. \u2018I wish Gandalf had never persuaded Elrond to let us
come,\u2019 he thought. \u2018What good have I been? Just a nuisance:
a passenger, a piece of luggage. And now I have been stolen
and I am just a piece of luggage for the Orcs. I hope Strider
or someone will come and claim us! But ought I to hope
for it? Won\u2019t that throw out all the plans? I wish I could get
free!\u2019
He struggled a little, quite uselessly. One of the Orcs sitting
near laughed and said something to a companion in their
abominable tongue. \u2018Rest while you can, little fool!\u2019 he said
then to Pippin, in the Common Speech, which he made
almost as hideous as his own language. \u2018Rest while you can!
We\u2019ll find a use for your legs before long. You\u2019ll wish you
had got none before we get home.\u2019
\u2018If I had my way, you\u2019d wish you were dead now,\u2019 said the
other. \u2018I\u2019d make you squeak, you miserable rat.\u2019 He stooped
over Pippin, bringing his yellow fangs close to his face. He
had a black knife with a long jagged blade in his hand. \u2018Lie
quiet, or I\u2019ll tickle you with this,\u2019 he hissed. \u2018Don\u2019t draw
attention to yourself, or I may forget my orders. Curse the
Isengarders! Uglu\u00b4k u bagronk sha pushdug Saruman-glob bu\u00b4bhosh skai\u2019: he passed into a long angry speech in his own
tongue that slowly died away into muttering and snarling.
580 the two towers
Terrified Pippin lay still, though the pain at his wrists and
ankles was growing, and the stones beneath him were boring
into his back. To take his mind off himself he listened intently
to all that he could hear. There were many voices round
about, and though orc-speech sounded at all times full of
hate and anger, it seemed plain that something like a quarrel
had begun, and was getting hotter.
To Pippin\u2019s surprise he found that much of the talk was
intelligible; many of the Orcs were using ordinary language.
Apparently the members of two or three quite different tribes
were present, and they could not understand one another\u2019s
orc-speech. There was an angry debate concerning what they
were to do now: which way they were to take and what should
be done with the prisoners.
\u2018There\u2019s no time to kill them properly,\u2019 said one. \u2018No time
for play on this trip.\u2019
\u2018That can\u2019t be helped,\u2019 said another. \u2018But why not kill them
quick, kill them now? They\u2019re a cursed nuisance, and we\u2019re
in a hurry. Evening\u2019s coming on, and we ought to get a move
on.\u2019
\u2018Orders,\u2019 said a third voice in a deep growl. \u2018Kill all but
not the Halflings; they are to be brought back alive as quickly
as possible. That\u2019s my orders.\u2019
\u2018What are they wanted for?\u2019 asked several voices. \u2018Why
alive? Do they give good sport?\u2019
\u2018No! I heard that one of them has got something, something
that\u2019s wanted for the War, some Elvish plot or other. Anyway
they\u2019ll both be questioned.\u2019
\u2018Is that all you know? Why don\u2019t we search them and find
out? We might find something that we could use ourselves.\u2019
\u2018That is a very interesting remark,\u2019 sneered a voice, softer
than the others but more evil. \u2018I may have to report that. The
prisoners are not to be searched or plundered: those are my
orders.\u2019
\u2018And mine too,\u2019 said the deep voice. \u2018Alive and as captured;
no spoiling. That\u2019s my orders.\u2019
\u2018Not our orders!\u2019 said one of the earlier voices. \u2018We have
the uruk-hai 581
come all the way from the Mines to kill, and avenge our folk.
I wish to kill, and then go back north.\u2019
\u2018Then you can wish again,\u2019 said the growling voice. \u2018I am
Uglu\u00b4k. I command. I return to Isengard by the shortest road.\u2019
\u2018Is Saruman the master or the Great Eye?\u2019 said the evil
voice. \u2018We should go back at once to Lugbu\u00b4rz.\u2019
\u2018If we could cross the Great River, we might,\u2019 said another
voice. \u2018But there are not enough of us to venture down to the
bridges.\u2019
\u2018I came across,\u2019 said the evil voice. \u2018A winged Nazgu\u02c6l awaits
us northward on the east-bank.\u2019
\u2018Maybe, maybe! Then you\u2019ll fly off with our prisoners, and
get all the pay and praise in Lugbu\u00b4rz, and leave us to foot it
as best we can through the Horse-country. No, we must stick
together. These lands are dangerous: full of foul rebels and
brigands.\u2019
\u2018Aye, we must stick together,\u2019 growled Uglu\u00b4k. \u2018I don\u2019t trust
you little swine. You\u2019ve no guts outside your own sties. But
for us you\u2019d all have run away. We are the fighting Uruk-hai!
We slew the great warrior. We took the prisoners. We are the
servants of Saruman the Wise, the White Hand: the Hand
that gives us man\u2019s-flesh to eat. We came out of Isengard,
and led you here, and we shall lead you back by the way we
choose. I am Uglu\u00b4k. I have spoken.\u2019
\u2018You have spoken more than enough, Uglu\u00b4k,\u2019 sneered the
evil voice. \u2018I wonder how they would like it in Lugbu\u00b4rz.
They might think that Uglu\u00b4k\u2019s shoulders needed relieving of
a swollen head. They might ask where his strange ideas came
from. Did they come from Saruman, perhaps? Who does he
think he is, setting up on his own with his filthy white badges?
They might agree with me, with Grishna\u00b4kh their trusted
messenger; and I Grishna\u00b4kh say this: Saruman is a fool, and
a dirty treacherous fool. But the Great Eye is on him.
\u2018Swine is it? How do you folk like being called swine by the
muck-rakers of a dirty little wizard? It\u2019s orc-flesh they eat, I\u2019ll
warrant.\u2019
Many loud yells in orc-speech answered him, and the
582 the two towers
ringing clash of weapons being drawn. Cautiously Pippin
rolled over, hoping to see what would happen. His guards
had gone to join in the fray. In the twilight he saw a large
black Orc, probably Uglu\u00b4k, standing facing Grishna\u00b4kh, a
short crook-legged creature, very broad and with long arms
that hung almost to the ground. Round them were many
smaller goblins. Pippin supposed that these were the ones
from the North. They had drawn their knives and swords,
but hesitated to attack Uglu\u00b4k.
Uglu\u00b4k shouted, and a number of other Orcs of nearly his
own size ran up. Then suddenly, without warning, Uglu\u00b4k
sprang forwards, and with two swift strokes swept the heads
off two of his opponents. Grishna\u00b4kh stepped aside and
vanished into the shadows. The others gave way, and one
stepped backwards and fell over Merry\u2019s prostrate form with
a curse. Yet that probably saved his life, for Uglu\u00b4k\u2019s followers
leaped over him and cut down another with their broadbladed swords. It was the yellow-fanged guard. His body fell
right on top of Pippin, still clutching its long saw-edged knife.
\u2018Put up your weapons!\u2019 shouted Uglu\u00b4k. \u2018And let\u2019s have no
more nonsense! We go straight west from here, and down
the stair. From there straight to the downs, then along the
river to the forest. And we march day and night. That clear?\u2019
\u2018Now,\u2019 thought Pippin, \u2018if only it takes that ugly fellow a
little while to get his troop under control, I\u2019ve got a chance.\u2019
A gleam of hope had come to him. The edge of the black
knife had snicked his arm, and then slid down to his wrist.
He felt the blood trickling on to his hand, but he also felt the
cold touch of steel against his skin.
The Orcs were getting ready to march again, but some of
the Northerners were still unwilling, and the Isengarders slew
two more before the rest were cowed. There was much cursing and confusion. For the moment Pippin was unwatched.
His legs were securely bound, but his arms were only tied
about the wrists, and his hands were in front of him. He
could move them both together, though the bonds were
cruelly tight. He pushed the dead Orc to one side, then hardly
the uruk-hai 583
daring to breathe, he drew the knot of the wrist-cord up and
down against the blade of the knife. It was sharp and the
dead hand held it fast. The cord was cut! Quickly Pippin
took it in his fingers and knotted it again into a loose bracelet
of two loops and slipped it over his hands. Then he lay very
still.
\u2018Pick up those prisoners!\u2019 shouted Uglu\u00b4k. \u2018Don\u2019t play any
tricks with them! If they are not alive when we get back,
someone else will die too.\u2019
An Orc seized Pippin like a sack, put its head between his
tied hands, grabbed his arms and dragged them down, until
Pippin\u2019s face was crushed against its neck; then it jolted off
with him. Another treated Merry in the same way. The Orc\u2019s
clawlike hand gripped Pippin\u2019s arms like iron; the nails bit
into him. He shut his eyes and slipped back into evil dreams.
Suddenly he was thrown on to the stony floor again. It
was early night, but the slim moon was already falling westward. They were on the edge of a cliff that seemed to look
out over a sea of pale mist. There was a sound of water falling
nearby.
\u2018The scouts have come back at last,\u2019 said an Orc close at
hand.
\u2018Well, what did you discover?\u2019 growled the voice of Uglu\u00b4k.
\u2018Only a single horseman, and he made off westwards. All\u2019s
clear now.\u2019
\u2018Now, I daresay. But how long? You fools! You should
have shot him. He\u2019ll raise the alarm. The cursed horsebreeders will hear of us by morning. Now we\u2019ll have to leg it
double quick.\u2019
A shadow bent over Pippin. It was Uglu\u00b4k. \u2018Sit up!\u2019 said the
Orc. \u2018My lads are tired of lugging you about. We have got to
climb down, and you must use your legs. Be helpful now.
No crying out, no trying to escape. We have ways of paying
for tricks that you won\u2019t like, though they won\u2019t spoil your
usefulness for the Master.\u2019
He cut the thongs round Pippin\u2019s legs and ankles, picked
584 the two towers
him up by his hair and stood him on his feet. Pippin fell
down, and Uglu\u00b4k dragged him up by his hair again. Several
Orcs laughed. Uglu\u00b4k thrust a flask between his teeth and
poured some burning liquid down his throat: he felt a hot
fierce glow flow through him. The pain in his legs and ankles
vanished. He could stand.
\u2018Now for the other!\u2019 said Uglu\u00b4k. Pippin saw him go to
Merry, who was lying close by, and kick him. Merry groaned.
Seizing him roughly Uglu\u00b4k pulled him into a sitting position,
and tore the bandage off his head. Then he smeared the
wound with some dark stuff out of a small wooden box.
Merry cried out and struggled wildly.
The Orcs clapped and hooted. \u2018Can\u2019t take his medicine,\u2019
they jeered. \u2018Doesn\u2019t know what\u2019s good for him. Ai! We shall
have some fun later.\u2019
But at the moment Uglu\u00b4k was not engaged in sport. He
needed speed and had to humour unwilling followers. He
was healing Merry in orc-fashion; and his treatment worked
swiftly. When he had forced a drink from his flask down the
hobbit\u2019s throat, cut his leg-bonds, and dragged him to his
feet, Merry stood up, looking pale but grim and defiant, and
very much alive. The gash in his forehead gave him no more
trouble, but he bore a brown scar to the end of his days.
\u2018Hullo, Pippin!\u2019 he said. \u2018So you\u2019ve come on this little
expedition, too? Where do we get bed and breakfast?\u2019
\u2018Now then!\u2019 said Uglu\u00b4k. \u2018None of that! Hold your tongues.
No talk to one another. Any trouble will be reported at the
other end, and He\u2019ll know how to pay you. You\u2019ll get bed
and breakfast all right: more than you can stomach.\u2019
The orc-band began to descend a narrow ravine leading
down into the misty plain below. Merry and Pippin, separated by a dozen Orcs or more, climbed down with them. At
the bottom they stepped on to grass, and the hearts of the
hobbits rose.
\u2018Now straight on!\u2019 shouted Uglu\u00b4k. \u2018West and a little north.
Follow Lugdush.\u2019
the uruk-hai 585
\u2018But what are we going to do at sunrise?\u2019 said some of the
Northerners.
\u2018Go on running,\u2019 said Uglu\u00b4k. \u2018What do you think? Sit on
the grass and wait for the Whiteskins to join the picnic?\u2019
\u2018But we can\u2019t run in the sunlight.\u2019
\u2018You\u2019ll run with me behind you,\u2019 said Uglu\u00b4k. \u2018Run! Or
you\u2019ll never see your beloved holes again. By the White Hand!
What\u2019s the use of sending out mountain-maggots on a trip,
only half trained. Run, curse you! Run while night lasts!\u2019
Then the whole company began to run with the long loping
strides of Orcs. They kept no order, thrusting, jostling, and
cursing; yet their speed was very great. Each hobbit had a
guard of three. Pippin was far back in the line. He wondered
how long he would be able to go on at this pace: he had had
no food since the morning. One of his guards had a whip.
But at present the orc-liquor was still hot in him. His wits,
too, were wide-awake.
Every now and again there came into his mind unbidden
a vision of the keen face of Strider bending over a dark trail,
and running, running behind. But what could even a Ranger
see except a confused trail of orc-feet? His own little prints
and Merry\u2019s were overwhelmed by the trampling of the ironshod shoes before them and behind them and about them.
They had gone only a mile or so from the cliff when the
land sloped down into a wide shallow depression, where the
ground was soft and wet. Mist lay there, pale-glimmering in
the last rays of the sickle moon. The dark shapes of the Orcs
in front grew dim, and then were swallowed up.
\u2018Ai! Steady now!\u2019 shouted Uglu\u00b4k from the rear.
A sudden thought leaped into Pippin\u2019s mind, and he acted
on it at once. He swerved aside to the right, and dived out of
the reach of his clutching guard, headfirst into the mist; he
landed sprawling on the grass.
\u2018Halt!\u2019 yelled Uglu\u00b4k.
There was for a moment turmoil and confusion. Pippin
sprang up and ran. But the Orcs were after him. Some
suddenly loomed up right in front of him.
586 the two towers
\u2018No hope of escape!\u2019 thought Pippin. \u2018But there is a hope
that I have left some of my own marks unspoilt on the wet
ground.\u2019 He groped with his two tied hands at his throat, and
unclasped the brooch of his cloak. Just as long arms and hard
claws seized him, he let it fall. \u2018There I suppose it will lie until
the end of time,\u2019 he thought. \u2018I don\u2019t know why I did it.
If the others have escaped, they\u2019ve probably all gone with
Frodo.\u2019
A whip-thong curled round his legs, and he stifled a cry.
\u2018Enough!\u2019 shouted Uglu\u00b4k running up. \u2018He\u2019s still got to run
a long way yet. Make \u2019em both run! Just use the whip as a
reminder.\u2019
\u2018But that\u2019s not all,\u2019 he snarled, turning to Pippin. \u2018I shan\u2019t
forget. Payment is only put off. Leg it!\u2019
Neither Pippin nor Merry remembered much of the later
part of the journey. Evil dreams and evil waking were blended
into a long tunnel of misery, with hope growing ever fainter
behind. They ran, and they ran, striving to keep up the pace
set by the Orcs, licked every now and again with a cruel
thong cunningly handled. If they halted or stumbled, they
were seized and dragged for some distance.
The warmth of the orc-draught had gone. Pippin felt cold
and sick again. Suddenly he fell face downward on the turf.
Hard hands with rending nails gripped and lifted him. He
was carried like a sack once more, and darkness grew about
him: whether the darkness of another night, or a blindness of
his eyes, he could not tell.
Dimly he became aware of voices clamouring: it seemed
that many of the Orcs were demanding a halt. Uglu\u00b4k was
shouting. He felt himself flung to the ground, and he lay as
he fell, till black dreams took him. But he did not long escape
from pain; soon the iron grip of merciless hands was on him
again. For a long time he was tossed and shaken, and then
slowly the darkness gave way, and he came back to the waking
world and found that it was morning. Orders were shouted
and he was thrown roughly on the grass.
the uruk-hai 587
There he lay for a while, fighting with despair. His head
swam, but from the heat in his body he guessed that he had
been given another draught. An Orc stooped over him, and
flung him some bread and a strip of raw dried flesh. He ate
the stale grey bread hungrily, but not the meat. He was famished but not yet so famished as to eat flesh flung to him by
an Orc, the flesh of he dared not guess what creature.
He sat up and looked about. Merry was not far away. They
were by the banks of a swift narrow river. Ahead mountains
loomed: a tall peak was catching the first rays of the sun. A
dark smudge of forest lay on the lower slopes before them.
There was much shouting and debating among the Orcs;
a quarrel seemed on the point of breaking out again between
the Northerners and the Isengarders. Some were pointing
back away south, and some were pointing eastward.
\u2018Very well,\u2019 said Uglu\u00b4k. \u2018Leave them to me then! No killing,
as I\u2019ve told you before; but if you want to throw away what
we\u2019ve come all the way to get, throw it away! I\u2019ll look after it.
Let the fighting Uruk-hai do the work, as usual. If you\u2019re
afraid of the Whiteskins, run! Run! There\u2019s the forest,\u2019 he
shouted, pointing ahead. \u2018Get to it! It\u2019s your best hope. Off
you go! And quick, before I knock a few more heads off, to
put some sense into the others.\u2019
There was some cursing and scuffling, and then most of
the Northerners broke away and dashed off, over a hundred
of them, running wildly along the river towards the mountains. The hobbits were left with the Isengarders: a grim dark
band, four score at least of large, swart, slant-eyed Orcs with
great bows and short broad-bladed swords. A few of the
larger and bolder Northerners remained with them.
\u2018Now we\u2019ll deal with Grishna\u00b4kh,\u2019 said Uglu\u00b4k; but some
even of his own followers were looking uneasily southwards.
\u2018I know,\u2019 growled Uglu\u00b4k. \u2018The cursed horse-boys have got
wind of us. But that\u2019s all your fault, Snaga. You and the other
scouts ought to have your ears cut off. But we are the fighters.
We\u2019ll feast on horseflesh yet, or something better.\u2019
At that moment Pippin saw why some of the troop had
588 the two towers
been pointing eastward. From that direction there now came
hoarse cries, and there was Grishna\u00b4kh again, and at his back
a couple of score of others like him: long-armed crook-legged
Orcs. They had a red eye painted on their shields. Uglu\u00b4k
stepped forward to meet them.
\u2018So you\u2019ve come back?\u2019 he said. \u2018Thought better of it, eh?\u2019
\u2018I\u2019ve returned to see that Orders are carried out and the
prisoners safe,\u2019 answered Grishna\u00b4kh.
\u2018Indeed!\u2019 said Uglu\u00b4k. \u2018Waste of effort. I\u2019ll see that orders
are carried out in my command. And what else did you
come back for? You went in a hurry. Did you leave anything
behind?\u2019
\u2018I left a fool,\u2019 snarled Grishna\u00b4kh. \u2018But there were some
stout fellows with him that are too good to lose. I knew you\u2019d
lead them into a mess. I\u2019ve come to help them.\u2019
\u2018Splendid!\u2019 laughed Uglu\u00b4k. \u2018But unless you\u2019ve got some
guts for fighting, you\u2019ve taken the wrong way. Lugbu\u00b4rz was
your road. The Whiteskins are coming. What\u2019s happened to
your precious Nazgu\u02c6l? Has he had another mount shot under
him? Now, if you\u2019d brought him along, that might have been
useful \u2013 if these Nazgu\u02c6l are all they make out.\u2019
\u2018Nazgu\u02c6l, Nazgu\u02c6l,\u2019 said Grishna\u00b4kh, shivering and licking
his lips, as if the word had a foul taste that he savoured painfully. \u2018You speak of what is deep beyond the reach of your
muddy dreams, Uglu\u00b4k,\u2019 he said. \u2018Nazgu\u02c6l! Ah! All that they
make out! One day you\u2019ll wish that you had not said that.
Ape!\u2019 he snarled fiercely. \u2018You ought to know that they\u2019re the
apple of the Great Eye. But the winged Nazgu\u02c6l: not yet, not
yet. He won\u2019t let them show themselves across the Great
River yet, not too soon. They\u2019re for the War \u2013 and other
purposes.\u2019
\u2018You seem to know a lot,\u2019 said Uglu\u00b4k. \u2018More than is good
for you, I guess. Perhaps those in Lugbu\u00b4rz might wonder
how, and why. But in the meantime the Uruk-hai of Isengard
can do the dirty work, as usual. Don\u2019t stand slavering there!
Get your rabble together! The other swine are legging it to
the forest. You\u2019d better follow. You wouldn\u2019t get back to the
the uruk-hai 589
Great River alive. Right off the mark! Now! I\u2019ll be on your
heels.\u2019
The Isengarders seized Merry and Pippin again and slung
them on their backs. Then the troop started off. Hour after
hour they ran, pausing now and again only to sling the hobbits
to fresh carriers. Either because they were quicker and hardier, or because of some plan of Grishna\u00b4kh\u2019s, the Isengarders
gradually passed through the Orcs of Mordor, and Grishna\u00b4kh\u2019s folk closed in behind. Soon they were gaining also on
the Northerners ahead. The forest began to draw nearer.
Pippin was bruised and torn, his aching head was grated
by the filthy jowl and hairy ear of the Orc that held him.
Immediately in front were bowed backs, and tough thick legs
going up and down, up and down, unresting, as if they were
made of wire and horn, beating out the nightmare seconds
of an endless time.
In the afternoon Uglu\u00b4k\u2019s troop overtook the Northerners.
They were flagging in the rays of the bright sun, winter sun
shining in a pale cool sky though it was; their heads were
down and their tongues lolling out.
\u2018Maggots!\u2019 jeered the Isengarders. \u2018You\u2019re cooked. The
Whiteskins will catch you and eat you. They\u2019re coming!\u2019
A cry from Grishna\u00b4kh showed that this was not mere jest.
Horsemen, riding very swiftly, had indeed been sighted: still
far behind but gaining on the Orcs, gaining on them like a
tide over the flats on folk straying in a quicksand.
The Isengarders began to run with a redoubled pace that
astonished Pippin, a terrific spurt it seemed for the end of a
race. Then he saw that the sun was sinking, falling behind the
MistyMountains; shadows reached over the land. The soldiers
of Mordor lifted their heads and also began to put on speed.
The forest was dark and close. Already they had passed a
few outlying trees. The land was beginning to slope upwards,
ever more steeply; but the Orcs did not halt. Both Uglu\u00b4k and
Grishna\u00b4kh shouted, spurring them on to a last effort.<\/p>\n\n\n\n
590 the two towers
\u2018They will make it yet. They will escape,\u2019 thought Pippin.
And then he managed to twist his neck, so as to glance back
with one eye over his shoulder. He saw that riders away
eastward were already level with the Orcs, galloping over the
plain. The sunset gilded their spears and helmets, and glinted
in their pale flowing hair. They were hemming the Orcs in,
preventing them from scattering, and driving them along the
line of the river.
He wondered very much what kind of folk they were. He
wished now that he had learned more in Rivendell, and
looked more at maps and things; but in those days the plans
for the journey seemed to be in more competent hands, and
he had never reckoned with being cut off from Gandalf, or
from Strider, and even from Frodo. All that he could remember about Rohan was that Gandalf\u2019s horse, Shadowfax, had
come from that land. That sounded hopeful, as far as it went.
\u2018But how will they know that we are not Orcs?\u2019 he thought.
\u2018I don\u2019t suppose they\u2019ve ever heard of hobbits down here. I
suppose I ought to be glad that the beastly Orcs look like
being destroyed, but I would rather be saved myself.\u2019 The
chances were that he and Merry would be killed together with
their captors, before ever the Men of Rohan were aware of
them.
A few of the riders appeared to be bowmen, skilled at
shooting from a running horse. Riding swiftly into range they
shot arrows at the Orcs that straggled behind, and several of
them fell; then the riders wheeled away out of the range of
the answering bows of their enemies, who shot wildly, not
daring to halt. This happened many times, and on one
occasion arrows fell among the Isengarders. One of them,
just in front of Pippin, stumbled and did not get up again.
Night came down without the Riders closing in for battle.
Many Orcs had fallen, but fully two hundred remained. In
the early darkness the Orcs came to a hillock. The eaves of
the forest were very near, probably no more than three furlongs away, but they could go no further. The horsemen had
the uruk-hai 591
encircled them. A small band disobeyed Uglu\u00b4k\u2019s command,
and ran on towards the forest: only three returned.
\u2018Well, here we are,\u2019 sneered Grishna\u00b4kh. \u2018Fine leadership! I
hope the great Uglu\u00b4k will lead us out again.\u2019
\u2018Put those Halflings down!\u2019 ordered Uglu\u00b4k, taking no notice
of Grishna\u00b4kh. \u2018You, Lugdush, get two others and stand guard
over them! They\u2019re not to be killed, unless the filthy
Whiteskins break through. Understand? As long as I\u2019m alive,
I want \u2019em. But they\u2019re not to cry out, and they\u2019re not to be
rescued. Bind their legs!\u2019
The last part of the order was carried out mercilessly. But
Pippin found that for the first time he was close to Merry.
The Orcs were making a great deal of noise, shouting and
clashing their weapons, and the hobbits managed to whisper
together for a while.
\u2018I don\u2019t think much of this,\u2019 said Merry. \u2018I feel nearly done
in. Don\u2019t think I could crawl away far, even if I was free.\u2019
\u2018Lembas!\u2019 whispered Pippin. \u2018Lembas: I\u2019ve got some. Have
you? I don\u2019t think they\u2019ve taken anything but our swords.\u2019
\u2018Yes, I had a packet in my pocket,\u2019 answered Merry, \u2018but
it must be battered to crumbs. Anyway I can\u2019t put my mouth
in my pocket!\u2019
\u2018You won\u2019t have to. I\u2019ve\u2014\u2014\u2019; but just then a savage kick
warned Pippin that the noise had died down, and the guards
were watchful.
The night was cold and still. All round the knoll on which
the Orcs were gathered little watch-fires sprang up, goldenred in the darkness, a complete ring of them. They were
within a long bowshot, but the riders did not show themselves
against the light, and the Orcs wasted many arrows shooting
at the fires, until Uglu\u00b4k stopped them. The riders made no
sound. Later in the night when the moon came out of the
mist, then occasionally they could be seen, shadowy shapes
that glinted now and again in the white light, as they moved
in ceaseless patrol.
\u2018They\u2019ll wait for the Sun, curse them!\u2019 growled one of the
592 the two towers
guards. \u2018Why don\u2019t we get together and charge through?
What\u2019s old Uglu\u00b4k think he\u2019s doing, I should like to know?\u2019
\u2018I daresay you would,\u2019 snarled Uglu\u00b4k stepping up from
behind. \u2018Meaning I don\u2019t think at all, eh? Curse you! You\u2019re
as bad as the other rabble: the maggots and the apes of
Lugbu\u00b4rz. No good trying to charge with them. They\u2019d just
squeal and bolt, and there are more than enough of these
filthy horse-boys to mop up our lot on the flat.
\u2018There\u2019s only one thing those maggots can do: they can
see like gimlets in the dark. But these Whiteskins have better
night-eyes than most Men, from all I\u2019ve heard; and don\u2019t
forget their horses! They can see the night-breeze, or so
it\u2019s said. Still there\u2019s one thing the fine fellows don\u2019t know:
Mauhu\u00b4r and his lads are in the forest, and they should turn
up any time now.\u2019
Uglu\u00b4k\u2019s words were enough, apparently, to satisfy the
Isengarders; but the other Orcs were both dispirited and
rebellious. They posted a few watchers, but most of them lay
on the ground, resting in the pleasant darkness. It did indeed
become very dark again; for the moon passed westward into
thick cloud, and Pippin could not see anything a few feet
away. The fires brought no light to the hillock. The riders
were not, however, content merely to wait for the dawn and
let their enemies rest. A sudden outcry on the east side of the
knoll showed that something was wrong. It seemed that some
of the Men had ridden in close, slipped off their horses,
crawled to the edge of the camp and killed several Orcs,
and then had faded away again. Uglu\u00b4k dashed off to stop a
stampede.
Pippin and Merry sat up. Their guards, Isengarders, had
gone with Uglu\u00b4k. But if the hobbits had any thought of
escape, it was soon dashed. A long hairy arm took each of
them by the neck and drew them close together. Dimly they
were aware of Grishna\u00b4kh\u2019s great head and hideous face
between them; his foul breath was on their cheeks. He began
to paw them and feel them. Pippin shuddered as hard cold
fingers groped down his back.
the uruk-hai 593
\u2018Well, my little ones!\u2019 said Grishna\u00b4kh in a soft whisper.
\u2018Enjoying your nice rest? Or not? A little awkwardly placed
perhaps: swords and whips on one side, and nasty spears on
the other! Little people should not meddle in affairs that are
too big for them.\u2019 His fingers continued to grope. There was
a light like a pale but hot fire behind his eyes.
The thought came suddenly into Pippin\u2019s mind, as if
caught direct from the urgent thought of his enemy: \u2018Grishna\u00b4kh knows about the Ring! He\u2019s looking for it, while Uglu\u00b4k
is busy: he probably wants it for himself.\u2019 Cold fear was in
Pippin\u2019s heart, yet at the same time he was wondering what
use he could make of Grishna\u00b4kh\u2019s desire.
\u2018I don\u2019t think you will find it that way,\u2019 he whispered. \u2018It
isn\u2019t easy to find.\u2019
\u2018Find it?\u2019 said Grishna\u00b4kh: his fingers stopped crawling and
gripped Pippin\u2019s shoulder. \u2018Find what? What are you talking
about, little one?\u2019
For a moment Pippin was silent. Then suddenly in the
darkness he made a noise in his throat: gollum, gollum. \u2018Nothing, my precious,\u2019 he added.
The hobbits felt Grishna\u00b4kh\u2019s fingers twitch. \u2018O ho!\u2019 hissed
the goblin softly. \u2018That\u2019s what he means, is it? O ho! Very
ve-ry dangerous, my little ones.\u2019
\u2018Perhaps,\u2019 said Merry, now alert and aware of Pippin\u2019s
guess. \u2018Perhaps; and not only for us. Still you know your own
business best. Do you want it, or not? And what would you
give for it?\u2019
\u2018Do I want it? Do I want it?\u2019 said Grishna\u00b4kh, as if puzzled;
but his arms were trembling. \u2018What would I give for it? What
do you mean?\u2019
\u2018We mean,\u2019 said Pippin, choosing his words carefully, \u2018that
it\u2019s no good groping in the dark. We could save you time and
trouble. But you must untie our legs first, or we\u2019ll do nothing,
and say nothing.\u2019
\u2018My dear tender little fools,\u2019 hissed Grishna\u00b4kh, \u2018everything
you have, and everything you know, will be got out of you in
due time: everything! You\u2019ll wish there was more that you
594 the two towers
could tell to satisfy the Questioner, indeed you will: quite
soon. We shan\u2019t hurry the enquiry. Oh dear no! What do you
think you\u2019ve been kept alive for? My dear little fellows, please
believe me when I say that it was not out of kindness: that\u2019s
not even one of Uglu\u00b4k\u2019s faults.\u2019
\u2018I find it quite easy to believe,\u2019 said Merry. \u2018But you haven\u2019t
got your prey home yet. And it doesn\u2019t seem to be going your
way, whatever happens. If we come to Isengard, it won\u2019t be
the great Grishna\u00b4kh that benefits: Saruman will take all that
he can find. If you want anything for yourself, now\u2019s the time
to do a deal.\u2019
Grishna\u00b4kh began to lose his temper. The name of Saruman
seemed specially to enrage him. Time was passing and the
disturbance was dying down. Uglu\u00b4k or the Isengarders might
return at any minute. \u2018Have you got it \u2013 either of you?\u2019 he
snarled.
\u2018Gollum, gollum!\u2019 said Pippin.
\u2018Untie our legs!\u2019 said Merry.
They felt the Orc\u2019s arms trembling violently. \u2018Curse you,
you filthy little vermin!\u2019 he hissed. \u2018Untie your legs? I\u2019ll untie
every string in your bodies. Do you think I can\u2019t search you to
the bones? Search you! I\u2019ll cut you both to quivering shreds. I
don\u2019t need the help of your legs to get you away \u2013 and have
you all to myself!\u2019
Suddenly he seized them. The strength in his long arms
and shoulders was terrifying. He tucked them one under each
armpit, and crushed them fiercely to his sides; a great stifling
hand was clapped over each of their mouths. Then he sprang
forward, stooping low. Quickly and silently he went, until he
came to the edge of the knoll. There, choosing a gap between
the watchers, he passed like an evil shadow out into the night,
down the slope and away westward towards the river that
flowed out of the forest. In that direction there was a wide
open space with only one fire.
After going a dozen yards he halted, peering and listening.
Nothing could be seen or heard. He crept slowly on, bent
almost double. Then he squatted and listened again. Then
the uruk-hai 595
he stood up, as if to risk a sudden dash. At that very moment
the dark form of a rider loomed up right in front of him. A
horse snorted and reared. A man called out.
Grishna\u00b4kh flung himself on the ground flat, dragging the
hobbits under him; then he drew his sword. No doubt he
meant to kill his captives, rather than allow them to escape
or to be rescued; but it was his undoing. The sword rang
faintly, and glinted a little in the light of the fire away to his
left. An arrow came whistling out of the gloom: it was aimed
with skill, or guided by fate, and it pierced his right hand. He
dropped the sword and shrieked. There was a quick beat of
hoofs, and even as Grishna\u00b4kh leaped up and ran, he was
ridden down and a spear passed through him. He gave a
hideous shivering cry and lay still.
The hobbits remained flat on the ground, as Grishna\u00b4kh
had left them. Another horseman came riding swiftly to his
comrade\u2019s aid. Whether because of some special keenness of
sight, or because of some other sense, the horse lifted and
sprang lightly over them; but its rider did not see them, lying
covered in their elven-cloaks, too crushed for the moment,
and too afraid to move.
At last Merry stirred and whispered softly: \u2018So far so good;
but how are we to avoid being spitted?\u2019
The answer came almost immediately. The cries of Grishna\u00b4kh had roused the Orcs. From the yells and screeches that
came from the knoll the hobbits guessed that their disappearance had been discovered: Uglu\u00b4k was probably knocking off
a few more heads. Then suddenly the answering cries of
orc-voices came from the right, outside the circle of watchfires, from the direction of the forest and the mountains.
Mauhu\u00b4r had apparently arrived and was attacking the
besiegers. There was the sound of galloping horses. The
Riders were drawing in their ring close round the knoll,
risking the orc-arrows, so as to prevent any sortie, while a
company rode off to deal with the newcomers. Suddenly
Merry and Pippin realized that without moving they were
596 the two towers
now outside the circle: there was nothing between them and
escape.
\u2018Now,\u2019 said Merry, \u2018if only we had our legs and hands free,
we might get away. But I can\u2019t touch the knots, and I can\u2019t
bite them.\u2019
\u2018No need to try,\u2019 said Pippin. \u2018I was going to tell you: I\u2019ve
managed to free my hands. These loops are only left for
show. You\u2019d better have a bit of lembas first.\u2019
He slipped the cords off his wrists, and fished out a packet.
The cakes were broken, but good, still in their leaf-wrappings.
The hobbits each ate two or three pieces. The taste brought
back to them the memory of fair faces, and laughter, and
wholesome food in quiet days now far away. For a while they
ate thoughtfully, sitting in the dark, heedless of the cries and
sounds of battle nearby. Pippin was the first to come back to
the present.
\u2018We must be off,\u2019 he said. \u2018Half a moment!\u2019 Grishna\u00b4kh\u2019s
sword was lying close at hand, but it was too heavy and
clumsy for him to use; so he crawled forward, and finding
the body of the goblin he drew from its sheath a long sharp
knife. With this he quickly cut their bonds.
\u2018Now for it!\u2019 he said. \u2018When we\u2019ve warmed up a bit, perhaps we shall be able to stand again, and walk. But in any
case we had better start by crawling.\u2019
They crawled. The turf was deep and yielding, and that
helped them; but it seemed a long slow business. They gave
the watch-fire a wide berth, and wormed their way forward
bit by bit, until they came to the edge of the river, gurgling
away in the black shadows under its deep banks. Then they
looked back.
The sounds had died away. Evidently Mauhu\u00b4r and his
\u2018lads\u2019 had been killed or driven off. The Riders had returned
to their silent ominous vigil. It would not last very much
longer. Already the night was old. In the East, which had
remained unclouded, the sky was beginning to grow pale.
\u2018We must get under cover,\u2019 said Pippin, \u2018or we shall be
seen. It will not be any comfort to us, if these riders discover
the uruk-hai 597
that we are not Orcs after we are dead.\u2019 He got up and
stamped his feet. \u2018Those cords have cut me like wires; but
my feet are getting warm again. I could stagger on now. What
about you, Merry?\u2019
Merry got up. \u2018Yes,\u2019 he said, \u2018I can manage it. Lembas does
put heart into you! A more wholesome sort of feeling, too,
than the heat of that orc-draught. I wonder what it was made
of. Better not to know, I expect. Let\u2019s get a drink of water to
wash away the thought of it!\u2019
\u2018Not here, the banks are too steep,\u2019 said Pippin. \u2018Forward
now!\u2019
They turned and walked side by side slowly along the line
of the river. Behind them the light grew in the East. As they
walked they compared notes, talking lightly in hobbit-fashion
of the things that had happened since their capture. No
listener would have guessed from their words that they had
suffered cruelly, and been in dire peril, going without hope
towards torment and death; or that even now, as they knew
well, they had little chance of ever finding friend or safety
again.
\u2018You seem to have been doing well, Master Took,\u2019 said
Merry. \u2018You will get almost a chapter in old Bilbo\u2019s book, if
ever I get a chance to report to him. Good work: especially
guessing that hairy villain\u2019s little game, and playing up to
him. But I wonder if anyone will ever pick up your trail and
find that brooch. I should hate to lose mine, but I am afraid
yours is gone for good.
\u2018I shall have to brush up my toes, if I am to get level with
you. Indeed Cousin Brandybuck is going in front now. This
is where he comes in. I don\u2019t suppose you have much notion
where we are; but I spent my time at Rivendell rather better.
We are walking west along the Entwash. The butt-end of the
Misty Mountains is in front, and Fangorn Forest.\u2019
Even as he spoke the dark edge of the forest loomed up
straight before them. Night seemed to have taken refuge
under its great trees, creeping away from the coming Dawn.
\u2018Lead on, Master Brandybuck!\u2019 said Pippin. \u2018Or lead back!
598 the two towers
We have been warned against Fangorn. But one so knowing
will not have forgotten that.\u2019
\u2018I have not,\u2019 answered Merry; \u2018but the forest seems better
to me, all the same, than turning back into the middle of a
battle.\u2019
He led the way in under the huge branches of the trees.
Old beyond guessing, they seemed. Great trailing beards of
lichen hung from them, blowing and swaying in the breeze.
Out of the shadows the hobbits peeped, gazing back down
the slope: little furtive figures that in the dim light looked like
elf-children in the deeps of time peering out of the Wild
Wood in wonder at their first Dawn.
Far over the Great River, and the Brown Lands, leagues
upon grey leagues away, the Dawn came, red as flame. Loud
rang the hunting-horns to greet it. The Riders of Rohan
sprang suddenly to life. Horn answered horn again.
Merry and Pippin heard, clear in the cold air, the neighing
of war-horses, and the sudden singing of many men. The
Sun\u2019s limb was lifted, an arc of fire, above the margin of
the world. Then with a great cry the Riders charged from the
East; the red light gleamed on mail and spear. The Orcs
yelled and shot all the arrows that remained to them. The
hobbits saw several horsemen fall; but their line held on up
the hill and over it, and wheeled round and charged again.
Most of the raiders that were left alive then broke and fled,
this way and that, pursued one by one to the death. But
one band, holding together in a black wedge, drove forward
resolutely in the direction of the forest. Straight up the slope
they charged towards the watchers. Now they were drawing
near, and it seemed certain that they would escape: they had
already hewn down three Riders that barred their way.
\u2018We have watched too long,\u2019 said Merry. \u2018There\u2019s Uglu\u00b4k!
I don\u2019t want to meet him again.\u2019 The hobbits turned and fled
deep into the shadows of the wood.
So it was that they did not see the last stand, when Uglu\u00b4k
was overtaken and brought to bay at the very edge of
the uruk-hai 599
Fangorn. There he was slain at last by E\u00b4 omer, the Third
Marshal of the Mark, who dismounted and fought him sword
to sword. And over the wide fields the keen-eyed Riders
hunted down the few Orcs that had escaped and still had
strength to fly.
Then when they had laid their fallen comrades in a mound
and had sung their praises, the Riders made a great fire and
scattered the ashes of their enemies. So ended the raid, and
no news of it came ever back either to Mordor or to Isengard;
but the smoke of the burning rose high to heaven and was
seen by many watchful eyes.
Chapter 4
TREEBEARD
Meanwhile the hobbits went with as much speed as the dark
and tangled forest allowed, following the line of the running
stream, westward and up towards the slopes of the mountains, deeper and deeper into Fangorn. Slowly their fear of
the Orcs died away, and their pace slackened. A queer stifling
feeling came over them, as if the air were too thin or too
scanty for breathing.
At last Merry halted. \u2018We can\u2019t go on like this,\u2019 he panted.
\u2018I want some air.\u2019
\u2018Let\u2019s have a drink at any rate,\u2019 said Pippin. \u2018I\u2019m parched.\u2019
He clambered on to a great tree-root that wound down into
the stream, and stooping drew up some water in his cupped
hands. It was clear and cold, and he took many draughts.
Merry followed him. The water refreshed them and seemed
to cheer their hearts; for a while they sat together on the brink
of the stream, dabbling their sore feet and legs, and peering
round at the trees that stood silently about them, rank upon
rank, until they faded away into grey twilight in every
direction.
\u2018I suppose you haven\u2019t lost us already?\u2019 said Pippin, leaning
back against a great tree-trunk. \u2018We can at least follow the
course of this stream, the Entwash or whatever you call it,
and get out again the way we came.\u2019
\u2018We could, if our legs would do it,\u2019 said Merry; \u2018and if we
could breathe properly.\u2019
\u2018Yes, it is all very dim, and stuffy, in here,\u2019 said Pippin. \u2018It
reminds me, somehow, of the old room in the Great Place of
the Tooks away back in the Smials at Tuckborough: a huge
place, where the furniture has never been moved or changed
for generations. They say the Old Took lived in it year after
treebeard 601
year, while he and the room got older and shabbier together
\u2013 and it has never been changed since he died, a century ago.
And Old Gerontius was my great-great-grandfather: that puts
it back a bit. But that is nothing to the old feeling of this
wood. Look at all those weeping, trailing, beards and whiskers
of lichen! And most of the trees seem to be half covered
with ragged dry leaves that have never fallen. Untidy. I can\u2019t
imagine what spring would look like here, if it ever comes;
still less a spring-cleaning.\u2019
\u2018But the Sun at any rate must peep in sometimes,\u2019 said
Merry. \u2018It does not look or feel at all like Bilbo\u2019s description
of Mirkwood. That was all dark and black, and the home of
dark black things. This is just dim, and frightfully tree-ish.
You can\u2019t imagine animals living here at all, or staying for
long.\u2019
\u2018No, nor hobbits,\u2019 said Pippin. \u2018And I don\u2019t like the thought
of trying to get through it either. Nothing to eat for a hundred
miles, I should guess. How are our supplies?\u2019
\u2018Low,\u2019 said Merry. \u2018We ran off with nothing but a couple
of spare packets of lembas, and left everything else behind.\u2019
They looked at what remained of the elven-cakes: broken
fragments for about five meagre days, that was all. \u2018And not
a wrap or a blanket,\u2019 said Merry. \u2018We shall be cold tonight,
whichever way we go.\u2019
\u2018Well, we\u2019d better decide on the way now,\u2019 said Pippin.
\u2018The morning must be getting on.\u2019
Just then they became aware of a yellow light that had
appeared, some way further on into the wood: shafts of sunlight seemed suddenly to have pierced the forest-roof.
\u2018Hullo!\u2019 said Merry. \u2018The Sun must have run into a cloud
while we\u2019ve been under these trees, and now she has run out
again; or else she has climbed high enough to look down
through some opening. It isn\u2019t far \u2013 let\u2019s go and investigate!\u2019
They found it was further than they thought. The ground
was rising steeply still, and it was becoming increasingly
stony. The light grew broader as they went on, and soon they
602 the two towers
saw that there was a rock-wall before them: the side of a hill,
or the abrupt end of some long root thrust out by the distant
mountains. No trees grew on it, and the sun was falling full
on its stony face. The twigs of the trees at its foot were
stretched out stiff and still, as if reaching out to the warmth.
Where all had looked so shabby and grey before, the wood
now gleamed with rich browns, and with the smooth blackgreys of bark like polished leather. The boles of the trees
glowed with a soft green like young grass: early spring or a
fleeting vision of it was about them.
In the face of the stony wall there was something like a stair:
natural perhaps, and made by the weathering and splitting of
the rock, for it was rough and uneven. High up, almost level
with the tops of forest-trees, there was a shelf under a cliff.
Nothing grew there but a few grasses and weeds at its edge,
and one old stump of a tree with only two bent branches left:
it looked almost like the figure of some gnarled old man,
standing there, blinking in the morning-light.
\u2018Up we go!\u2019 said Merry joyfully. \u2018Now for a breath of air,
and a sight of the land!\u2019
They climbed and scrambled up the rock. If the stair had
been made it was for bigger feet and longer legs than theirs.
They were too eager to be surprised at the remarkable way
in which the cuts and sores of their captivity had healed and
their vigour had returned. They came at length to the edge
of the shelf almost at the feet of the old stump; then they
sprang up and turned round with their backs to the hill,
breathing deep, and looking out eastward. They saw that
they had only come some three or four miles into the forest:
the heads of the trees marched down the slopes towards the
plain. There, near the fringe of the forest, tall spires of curling black smoke went up, wavering and floating towards
them.
\u2018The wind\u2019s changing,\u2019 said Merry. \u2018It\u2019s turned east again.
It feels cool up here.\u2019
\u2018Yes,\u2019 said Pippin; \u2018I\u2019m afraid this is only a passing gleam,
and it will all go grey again. What a pity! This shaggy old
treebeard 603
forest looked so different in the sunlight. I almost felt I liked
the place.\u2019
\u2018Almost felt you liked the Forest! That\u2019s good! That\u2019s
uncommonly kind of you,\u2019 said a strange voice. \u2018Turn round
and let me have a look at your faces. I almost feel that I dislike
you both, but do not let us be hasty. Turn around!\u2019 A large
knob-knuckled hand was laid on each of their shoulders, and
they were twisted round, gently but irresistibly; then two great
arms lifted them up.
They found that they were looking at a most extraordinary
face. It belonged to a large Man-like, almost Troll-like, figure,
at least fourteen foot high, very sturdy, with a tall head, and
hardly any neck. Whether it was clad in stuff like green and
grey bark, or whether that was its hide, was difficult to say.
At any rate the arms, at a short distance from the trunk, were
not wrinkled, but covered with a brown smooth skin. The
large feet had seven toes each. The lower part of the long
face was covered with a sweeping grey beard, bushy, almost
twiggy at the roots, thin and mossy at the ends. But at the
moment the hobbits noted little but the eyes. These deep
eyes were now surveying them, slow and solemn, but very
penetrating. They were brown, shot with a green light. Often
afterwards Pippin tried to describe his first impression of
them.
\u2018One felt as if there was an enormous well behind them,
filled up with ages of memory and long, slow, steady thinking;
but their surface was sparkling with the present; like sun
shimmering on the outer leaves of a vast tree, or on the ripples
of a very deep lake. I don\u2019t know, but it felt as if something
that grew in the ground \u2013 asleep, you might say, or just feeling
itself as something between root-tip and leaf-tip, between
deep earth and sky had suddenly waked up, and was considering you with the same slow care that it had given to its
own inside affairs for endless years.\u2019
\u2018Hrum, Hoom,\u2019 murmured the voice, a deep voice like a
very deep woodwind instrument. \u2018Very odd indeed! Do not
604 the two towers
be hasty, that is my motto. But if I had seen you, before I
heard your voices \u2013 I liked them: nice little voices; they
reminded me of something I cannot remember \u2013 if I had seen
you before I heard you, I should have just trodden on you,
taking you for little Orcs, and found out my mistake afterwards. Very odd you are, indeed. Root and twig, very odd!\u2019
Pippin, though still amazed, no longer felt afraid. Under
those eyes he felt a curious suspense, but not fear. \u2018Please,\u2019
he said, \u2018who are you? And what are you?\u2019
A queer look came into the old eyes, a kind of wariness;
the deep wells were covered over. \u2018Hrum, now,\u2019 answered the
voice; \u2018well, I am an Ent, or that\u2019s what they call me. Yes,
Ent is the word. The Ent, I am, you might say, in your
manner of speaking. Fangorn is my name according to some,
Treebeard others make it. Treebeard will do.\u2019
\u2018An Ent?\u2019 said Merry. \u2018What\u2019s that? But what do you call
yourself ? What\u2019s your real name?\u2019
\u2018Hoo now!\u2019 replied Treebeard. \u2018Hoo! Now that would be
telling! Not so hasty. And I am doing the asking. You are in
my country. What are you, I wonder? I cannot place you.
You do not seem to come in the old lists that I learned when
I was young. But that was a long, long time ago, and they
may have made new lists. Let me see! Let me see! How did
it go?
Learn now the lore of Living Creatures!
First name the four, the free peoples:
Eldest of all, the elf-children;
Dwarf the delver, dark are his houses;
Ent the earthborn, old as mountains;
Man the mortal, master of horses:
Hm, hm, hm.
Beaver the builder, buck the leaper,
Bear bee-hunter, boar the fighter;
Hound is hungry, hare is fearful\u2026
treebeard 605
hm, hm.
Eagle in eyrie, ox in pasture,
Hart horn-crowne\u00b4d; hawk is swiftest,
Swan the whitest, serpent coldest\u2026
Hoom, hm; hoom, hm, how did it go? Room tum, room tum,
roomty toom tum. It was a long list. But anyway you do not
seem to fit in anywhere!\u2019
\u2018We always seem to have got left out of the old lists, and
the old stories,\u2019 said Merry. \u2018Yet we\u2019ve been about for quite
a long time. We\u2019re hobbits.\u2019
\u2018Why not make a new line?\u2019 said Pippin.
\u2018Half-grown hobbits, the hole-dwellers.
Put us in amongst the four, next to Man (the Big People)
and you\u2019ve got it.\u2019
\u2018Hm! Not bad, not bad,\u2019 said Treebeard. \u2018That would do.
So you live in holes, eh? It sounds very right and proper.
Who calls you hobbits, though? That does not sound Elvish
to me. Elves made all the old words: they began it.\u2019
\u2018Nobody else calls us hobbits; we call ourselves that,\u2019 said
Pippin.
\u2018Hoom, hmm! Come now! Not so hasty! You call yourselves
hobbits? But you should not go telling just anybody. You\u2019ll
be letting out your own right names if you\u2019re not careful.\u2019
\u2018We aren\u2019t careful about that,\u2019 said Merry. \u2018As a matter of
fact I\u2019m a Brandybuck, Meriadoc Brandybuck, though most
people call me just Merry.\u2019
\u2018And I\u2019m a Took, Peregrin Took, but I\u2019m generally called
Pippin, or even Pip.\u2019
\u2018Hm, but you are hasty folk, I see,\u2019 said Treebeard. \u2018I am
honoured by your confidence; but you should not be too free
all at once. There are Ents and Ents, you know; or there are
Ents and things that look like Ents but ain\u2019t, as you might
say. I\u2019ll call you Merry and Pippin, if you please \u2013 nice names.
606 the two towers
For I am not going to tell you my name, not yet at any rate.\u2019
A queer half-knowing, half-humorous look came with a green
flicker into his eyes. \u2018For one thing it would take a long while:
my name is growing all the time, and I\u2019ve lived a very long,
long time; so my name is like a story. Real names tell you the
story of the things they belong to in my language, in the Old
Entish as you might say. It is a lovely language, but it takes
a very long time to say anything in it, because we do not say
anything in it, unless it is worth taking a long time to say,
and to listen to.
\u2018But now,\u2019 and the eyes became very bright and \u2018present\u2019,
seeming to grow smaller and almost sharp, \u2018what is going on?
What are you doing in it all? I can see and hear (and smell
and feel) a great deal from this, from this, from this a-lallalalla-rumba-kamanda-lind-or-buru\u00b4me\u00a8. Excuse me: that is a
part of my name for it; I do not know what the word is in the
outside languages: you know, the thing we are on, where I
stand and look out on fine mornings, and think about the
Sun, and the grass beyond the wood, and the horses, and the
clouds, and the unfolding of the world. What is going on?
What is Gandalf up to? And these \u2013 bura\u00b4rum,\u2019 he made a
deep rumbling noise like a discord on a great organ \u2013 \u2018these
Orcs, and young Saruman down at Isengard? I like news.
But not too quick now.\u2019
\u2018There is quite a lot going on,\u2019 said Merry; \u2018and even if we
tried to be quick, it would take a long time to tell. But you
told us not to be hasty. Ought we to tell you anything so
soon? Would you think it rude, if we asked what you are
going to do with us, and which side you are on? And did you
know Gandalf ?\u2019
\u2018Yes, I do know him: the only wizard that really cares about
trees,\u2019 said Treebeard. \u2018Do you know him?\u2019
\u2018Yes,\u2019 said Pippin sadly, \u2018we did. He was a great friend,
and he was our guide.\u2019
\u2018Then I can answer your other questions,\u2019 said Treebeard.
\u2018I am not going to do anything with you: not if you mean by
that \u2018\u2018do something to you\u2019\u2019 without your leave. We might do
treebeard 607
some things together. I don\u2019t know about sides. I go my own
way; but your way may go along with mine for a while. But
you speak of Master Gandalf, as if he was in a story that had
come to an end.\u2019
\u2018Yes, we do,\u2019 said Pippin sadly. \u2018The story seems to be
going on, but I am afraid Gandalf has fallen out of it.\u2019
\u2018Hoo, come now!\u2019 said Treebeard. \u2018Hoom, hm, ah well.\u2019
He paused, looking long at the hobbits. \u2018Hoom, ah, well I do
not know what to say. Come now!\u2019
\u2018If you would like to hear more,\u2019 said Merry, \u2018we will tell
you. But it will take some time. Wouldn\u2019t you like to put us
down? Couldn\u2019t we sit here together in the sun, while it lasts?
You must be getting tired of holding us up.\u2019
\u2018Hm, tired? No, I am not tired. I do not easily get tired.
And I do not sit down. I am not very, hm, bendable. But
there, the Sun is going in. Let us leave this \u2013 did you say
what you call it?\u2019
\u2018Hill?\u2019 suggested Pippin. \u2018Shelf ? Step?\u2019 suggested Merry.
Treebeard repeated the words thoughtfully. \u2018Hill. Yes, that
was it. But it is a hasty word for a thing that has stood here
ever since this part of the world was shaped. Never mind.
Let us leave it, and go.\u2019
\u2018Where shall we go?\u2019 asked Merry.
\u2018To my home, or one of my homes,\u2019 answered Treebeard.
\u2018Is it far?\u2019
\u2018I do not know. You might call it far, perhaps. But what
does that matter?\u2019
\u2018Well, you see, we have lost all our belongings,\u2019 said Merry.
\u2018We have only a little food.\u2019
\u2018O! Hm! You need not trouble about that,\u2019 said Treebeard.
\u2018I can give you a drink that will keep you green and growing
for a long, long while. And if we decide to part company, I
can set you down outside my country at any point you
choose. Let us go!\u2019
Holding the hobbits gently but firmly, one in the crook of
each arm, Treebeard lifted up first one large foot and then
608 the two towers
the other, and moved them to the edge of the shelf. The
rootlike toes grasped the rocks. Then carefully and solemnly,
he stalked down from step to step, and reached the floor of
the Forest.
At once he set off with long deliberate strides through the
trees, deeper and deeper into the wood, never far from the
stream, climbing steadily up towards the slopes of the mountains. Many of the trees seemed asleep, or as unaware of him
as of any other creature that merely passed by; but some
quivered, and some raised up their branches above his head
as he approached. All the while, as he walked, he talked to
himself in a long running stream of musical sounds.
The hobbits were silent for some time. They felt, oddly
enough, safe and comfortable, and they had a great deal to
think and wonder about. At last Pippin ventured to speak
again.
\u2018Please, Treebeard,\u2019 he said, \u2018could I ask you something?
Why did Celeborn warn us against your forest? He told us
not to risk getting entangled in it.\u2019
\u2018Hmm, did he now?\u2019 rumbled Treebeard. \u2018And I might
have said much the same, if you had been going the other
way. Do not risk getting entangled in the woods of Laurelindo\u00b4-
renan! That is what the Elves used to call it, but now they
make the name shorter: Lothlo\u00b4rien they call it. Perhaps they
are right: maybe it is fading, not growing. Land of the Valley
of Singing Gold, that was it, once upon a time. Now it is the
Dreamflower. Ah well! But it is a queer place, and not for
just anyone to venture in. I am surprised that you ever got
out, but much more surprised that you ever got in: that has
not happened to strangers for many a year. It is a queer land.
\u2018And so is this. Folk have come to grief here. Aye, they
have, to grief. Laurelindo\u00b4renan lindelorendor malinorne\u00b4lion
ornemalin,\u2019 he hummed to himself. \u2018They are falling rather
behind the world in there, I guess,\u2019 he said. \u2018Neither this
country, nor anything else outside the Golden Wood, is what
it was when Celeborn was young. Still:
treebeard 609
Taurelilo\u00b4me\u00a8a-tumbalemorna Tumbaletaure\u00a8a Lo\u00b4me\u00a8anor*
that is what they used to say. Things have changed, but it is
still true in places.\u2019
\u2018What do you mean?\u2019 said Pippin. \u2018What is true?\u2019
\u2018The trees and the Ents,\u2019 said Treebeard. \u2018I do not understand all that goes on myself, so I cannot explain it to you.
Some of us are still true Ents, and lively enough in our
fashion, but many are growing sleepy, going tree-ish, as
you might say. Most of the trees are just trees, of course;
but many are half awake. Some are quite wide awake, and a
few are, well, ah, well getting Entish. That is going on all the
time.
\u2018When that happens to a tree, you find that some have bad
hearts. Nothing to do with their wood: I do not mean that.
Why, I knew some good old willows down the Entwash, gone
long ago, alas! They were quite hollow, indeed they were
falling all to pieces, but as quiet and sweet-spoken as a young
leaf. And then there are some trees in the valleys under the
mountains, sound as a bell, and bad right through. That
sort of thing seems to spread. There used to be some very
dangerous parts in this country. There are still some very
black patches.\u2019
\u2018Like the Old Forest away to the north, do you mean?\u2019
asked Merry.
\u2018Aye, aye, something like, but much worse. I do not doubt
there is some shadow of the Great Darkness lying there still
away north; and bad memories are handed down. But there
are hollow dales in this land where the Darkness has never
been lifted, and the trees are older than I am. Still, we do
what we can. We keep off strangers and the foolhardy; and
we train and we teach, we walk and we weed.
\u2018We are tree-herds, we old Ents. Few enough of us are left
now. Sheep get like shepherd, and shepherds like sheep, it is
said; but slowly, and neither have long in the world. It is<\/p>\n\n\n\n
618 the two towers
After some time the hobbits heard him murmuring
again. He seemed to be counting on his fingers. \u2018Fangorn,
Finglas, Fladrif, aye, aye,\u2019 he sighed. \u2018The trouble is that there
are so few of us left,\u2019 he said turning towards the hobbits.
\u2018Only three remain of the first Ents that walked in the woods
before the Darkness: only myself, Fangorn, and Finglas
and Fladrif \u2013 to give them their Elvish names; you may call
them Leaflock and Skinbark if you like that better. And of us
three, Leaflock and Skinbark are not much use for this
business. Leaflock has grown sleepy, almost tree-ish, you
might say: he has taken to standing by himself half-asleep all
through the summer with the deep grass of the meadows
round his knees. Covered with leafy hair he is. He used to
rouse up in winter; but of late he has been too drowsy to walk
far even then. Skinbark lived on the mountain-slopes west of
Isengard. That is where the worst trouble has been. He was
wounded by the Orcs, and many of his folk and his tree-herds
have been murdered and destroyed. He has gone up into the
high places, among the birches that he loves best, and he will
not come down. Still, I daresay I could get together a fair
company of our younger folks \u2013 if I could make them understand the need; if I could rouse them: we are not a hasty folk.
What a pity there are so few of us!\u2019
\u2018Why are there so few, when you have lived in this country
so long?\u2019 asked Pippin. \u2018Have a great many died?\u2019
\u2018Oh, no!\u2019 said Treebeard. \u2018None have died from inside, as
you might say. Some have fallen in the evil chances of the
long years, of course; and more have grown tree-ish. But
there were never many of us and we have not increased.
There have been no Entings \u2013 no children, you would say,
not for a terrible long count of years. You see, we lost the
Entwives.\u2019
\u2018How very sad!\u2019 said Pippin. \u2018How was it that they all
died?\u2019
\u2018They did not die!\u2019 said Treebeard. \u2018I never said died. We
lost them, I said. We lost them and we cannot find them.\u2019 He
sighed. \u2018I thought most folk knew that. There were songs
treebeard 619
about the hunt of the Ents for the Entwives sung among
Elves and Men from Mirkwood to Gondor. They cannot be
quite forgotten.\u2019
\u2018Well, I am afraid the songs have not come west over the
Mountains to the Shire,\u2019 said Merry. \u2018Won\u2019t you tell us some
more, or sing us one of the songs?\u2019
\u2018Yes, I will indeed,\u2019 said Treebeard, seeming pleased with
the request. \u2018But I cannot tell it properly, only in short; and
then we must end our talk: tomorrow we have councils to
call, and work to do, and maybe a journey to begin.\u2019
\u2018It is rather a strange and sad story,\u2019 he went on after a
pause. \u2018When the world was young, and the woods were
wide and wild, the Ents and the Entwives \u2013 and there were
Entmaidens then: ah! the loveliness of Fimbrethil, of Wandlimb the lightfooted, in the days of our youth! \u2013 they walked
together and they housed together. But our hearts did not
go on growing in the same way: the Ents gave their love to
things that they met in the world, and the Entwives gave their
thought to other things, for the Ents loved the great trees,
and the wild woods, and the slopes of the high hills; and they
drank of the mountain-streams, and ate only such fruit as the
trees let fall in their path; and they learned of the Elves and
spoke with the Trees. But the Entwives gave their minds to
the lesser trees, and to the meads in the sunshine beyond the
feet of the forests; and they saw the sloe in the thicket, and
the wild apple and the cherry blossoming in spring, and the
green herbs in the waterlands in summer, and the seeding
grasses in the autumn fields. They did not desire to speak
with these things; but they wished them to hear and obey
what was said to them. The Entwives ordered them to grow
according to their wishes, and bear leaf and fruit to their
liking; for the Entwives desired order, and plenty, and peace
(by which they meant that things should remain where they
had set them). So the Entwives made gardens to live in. But
we Ents went on wandering, and we only came to the gardens
now and again. Then when the Darkness came in the North,
620 the two towers
the Entwives crossed the Great River, and made new gardens, and tilled new fields, and we saw them more seldom.
After the Darkness was overthrown the land of the Entwives
blossomed richly, and their fields were full of corn. Many
men learned the crafts of the Entwives and honoured them
greatly; but we were only a legend to them, a secret in the
heart of the forest. Yet here we still are, while all the gardens
of the Entwives are wasted: Men call them the Brown Lands
now.
\u2018I remember it was long ago \u2013 in the time of the war
between Sauron and the Men of the Sea \u2013 desire came over
me to see Fimbrethil again. Very fair she was still in my eyes,
when I had last seen her, though little like the Entmaiden of
old. For the Entwives were bent and browned by their labour;
their hair parched by the sun to the hue of ripe corn and their
cheeks like red apples. Yet their eyes were still the eyes of our
own people. We crossed over Anduin and came to their land;
but we found a desert: it was all burned and uprooted, for
war had passed over it. But the Entwives were not there.
Long we called, and long we searched; and we asked all folk
that we met which way the Entwives had gone. Some said
they had never seen them; and some said that they had seen
them walking away west, and some said east, and others
south. But nowhere that we went could we find them. Our
sorrow was very great. Yet the wild wood called, and we
returned to it. For many years we used to go out every now
and again and look for the Entwives, walking far and wide
and calling them by their beautiful names. But as time passed
we went more seldom and wandered less far. And now the
Entwives are only a memory for us, and our beards are long
and grey. The Elves made many songs concerning the Search
of the Ents, and some of the songs passed into the tongues
of Men. But we made no songs about it, being content to
chant their beautiful names when we thought of the Entwives.
We believe that we may meet again in a time to come, and
perhaps we shall find somewhere a land where we can live
together and both be content. But it is foreboded that that
treebeard 621
will only be when we have both lost all that we now have.
And it may well be that that time is drawing near at last. For
if Sauron of old destroyed the gardens, the Enemy today
seems likely to wither all the woods.
\u2018There was an Elvish song that spoke of this, or at least
so I understand it. It used to be sung up and down the
Great River. It was never an Entish song, mark you: it would
have been a very long song in Entish! But we know it by
heart, and hum it now and again. This is how it runs in your
tongue:
ent. When Spring unfolds the beechen leaf, and sap is in
the bough;
When light is on the wild-wood stream, and wind is
on the brow;
When stride is long, and breath is deep, and keen the
mountain-air,
Come back to me! Come back to me, and say my
land is fair!
entwife. When Spring is come to garth and field, and corn is
in the blade;
When blossom like a shining snow is on the orchard
laid;
When shower and Sun upon the Earth with
fragrance fill the air,
I\u2019ll linger here, and will not come, because my land is
fair.
ent. When Summer lies upon the world, and in a noon of
gold
Beneath the roof of sleeping leaves the dreams of trees
unfold;
When woodland halls are green and cool, and wind
is in the West,
Come back to me! Come back to me, and say my
land is best!
entwife. When Summer warms the hanging fruit and burns
the berry brown;
622 the two towers
When straw is gold, and ear is white, and harvest
comes to town;
When honey spills, and apple swells, though wind be
in the West,
I\u2019ll linger here beneath the Sun, because my land is
best!
ent. When Winter comes, the winter wild that hill and
wood shall slay;
When trees shall fall and starless night devour the
sunless day;
When wind is in the deadly East, then in the bitter
rain
I\u2019ll look for thee, and call to thee; I\u2019ll come to thee
again!
entwife. When Winter comes, and singing ends; when
darkness falls at last;
When broken is the barren bough, and light and
labour past;
I\u2019ll look for thee, and wait for thee, until we meet
again:
Together we will take the road beneath the bitter
rain!
both. Together we will take the road that leads into the
West,
And far away will find a land where both our hearts
may rest.\u2019
Treebeard ended his song. \u2018That is how it goes,\u2019 he said. \u2018It is
Elvish, of course: lighthearted, quickworded, and soon over. I
daresay it is fair enough. But the Ents could say more on
their side, if they had time! But now I am going to stand up
and take a little sleep. Where will you stand?\u2019
\u2018We usually lie down to sleep,\u2019 said Merry. \u2018We shall be all
right where we are.\u2019
\u2018Lie down to sleep!\u2019 said Treebeard. \u2018Why of course you
do! Hm, hoom: I was forgetting: singing that song put me in
mind of old times; almost thought that I was talking to young
treebeard 623
Entings, I did. Well, you can lie on the bed. I am going to
stand in the rain. Good night!\u2019
Merry and Pippin climbed on to the bed and curled up
in the soft grass and fern. It was fresh, and sweet-scented,
and warm. The lights died down, and the glow of the trees
faded; but outside under the arch they could see old Treebeard standing, motionless, with his arms raised above
his head. The bright stars peered out of the sky, and lit
the falling water as it spilled on to his fingers and head,
and dripped, dripped, in hundreds of silver drops on to his
feet. Listening to the tinkling of the drops the hobbits fell
asleep.
They woke to find a cool sun shining into the great court,
and on to the floor of the bay. Shreds of high cloud were
overhead, running on a stiff easterly wind. Treebeard was
not to be seen; but while Merry and Pippin were bathing in
the basin by the arch, they heard him humming and singing,
as he came up the path between the trees.
\u2018Hoo, ho! Good morning, Merry and Pippin!\u2019 he boomed,
when he saw them. \u2018You sleep long. I have been many a
hundred strides already today. Now we will have a drink, and
go to Entmoot.\u2019
He poured them out two full bowls from a stone jar; but
from a different jar. The taste was not the same as it had
been the night before: it was earthier and richer, more sustaining and food-like, so to speak. While the hobbits drank, sitting
on the edge of the bed, and nibbling small pieces of elf-cake
(more because they felt that eating was a necessary part of
breakfast than because they felt hungry), Treebeard stood,
humming in Entish or Elvish or some strange tongue, and
looking up at the sky.
\u2018Where is Entmoot?\u2019 Pippin ventured to ask.
\u2018Hoo, eh? Entmoot?\u2019 said Treebeard, turning round. \u2018It is
not a place, it is a gathering of Ents \u2013 which does not often
happen nowadays. But I have managed to make a fair number
promise to come. We shall meet in the place where we have
624 the two towers
always met: Derndingle Men call it. It is away south from
here. We must be there before noon.\u2019
Before long they set off. Treebeard carried the hobbits in
his arms as on the previous day. At the entrance to the court
he turned to the right, stepped over the stream, and strode
away southwards along the feet of great tumbled slopes where
trees were scanty. Above these the hobbits saw thickets
of birch and rowan, and beyond them dark climbing pinewoods. Soon Treebeard turned a little away from the hills
and plunged into deep groves, where the trees were larger,
taller, and thicker than any that the hobbits had ever seen
before. For a while they felt faintly the sense of stifling which
they had noticed when they first ventured into Fangorn, but
it soon passed. Treebeard did not talk to them. He hummed
to himself deeply and thoughtfully, but Merry and Pippin
caught no proper words: it sounded like boom, boom, rumboom, boorar, boom boom, dahrar boom boom, dahrar boom, and
so on with a constant change of note and rhythm. Now and
again they thought they heard an answer, a hum or a quiver of
sound, that seemed to come out of the earth, or from boughs
above their heads, or perhaps from the boles of the trees; but
Treebeard did not stop or turn his head to either side.
They had been going for a long while \u2013 Pippin had tried
to keep count of the \u2018ent-strides\u2019 but had failed, getting lost
at about three thousand \u2013 when Treebeard began to slacken
his pace. Suddenly he stopped, put the hobbits down, and
raised his curled hands to his mouth so that they made a
hollow tube; then he blew or called through them. A great
hoom, hom rang out like a deep-throated horn in the woods,
and seemed to echo from the trees. Far off there came from
several directions a similar hoom, hom, hoom that was not an
echo but an answer.
Treebeard now perched Merry and Pippin on his shoulders and strode on again, every now and then sending out
another horn-call, and each time the answers came louder
and nearer. In this way they came at last to what looked like
treebeard 625
an impenetrable wall of dark evergreen trees, trees of a kind
that the hobbits had never seen before: they branched out
right from the roots, and were densely clad in dark glossy
leaves like thornless holly, and they bore many stiff upright
flower-spikes with large shining olive-coloured buds.
Turning to the left and skirting this huge hedge Treebeard
came in a few strides to a narrow entrance. Through it a
worn path passed and dived suddenly down a long steep
slope. The hobbits saw that they were descending into a
great dingle, almost as round as a bowl, very wide and deep,
crowned at the rim with the high dark evergreen hedge. It
was smooth and grassclad inside, and there were no trees
except three very tall and beautiful silver-birches that stood
at the bottom of the bowl. Two other paths led down into
the dingle: from the west and from the east.
Several Ents had already arrived. More were coming in
down the other paths, and some were now following Treebeard. As they drew near the hobbits gazed at them. They
had expected to see a number of creatures as much like
Treebeard as one hobbit is like another (at any rate to a
stranger\u2019s eye); and they were very much surprised to see
nothing of the kind. The Ents were as different from one
another as trees from trees: some as different as one tree is
from another of the same name but quite different growth
and history; and some as different as one tree-kind from
another, as birch from beech, oak from fir. There were a few
older Ents, bearded and gnarled like hale but ancient trees
(though none looked as ancient as Treebeard); and there
were tall strong Ents, clean-limbed and smooth-skinned like
forest-trees in their prime; but there were no young Ents, no
saplings. Altogether there were about two dozen standing on
the wide grassy floor of the dingle, and as many more were
marching in.
At first Merry and Pippin were struck chiefly by the variety
that they saw: the many shapes, and colours, the differences
in girth, and height, and length of leg and arm; and in the
number of toes and fingers (anything from three to nine). A
626 the two towers
few seemed more or less related to Treebeard, and reminded
them of beech-trees or oaks. But there were other kinds.
Some recalled the chestnut: brown-skinned Ents with large
splayfingered hands, and short thick legs. Some recalled the
ash: tall straight grey Ents with many-fingered hands and
long legs; some the fir (the tallest Ents), and others the birch,
the rowan, and the linden. But when the Ents all gathered
round Treebeard, bowing their heads slightly, murmuring in
their slow musical voices, and looking long and intently at
the strangers, then the hobbits saw that they were all of the
same kindred, and all had the same eyes: not all so old or
so deep as Treebeard\u2019s, but all with the same slow, steady,
thoughtful expression, and the same green flicker.
As soon as the whole company was assembled, standing in
a wide circle round Treebeard, a curious and unintelligible
conversation began. The Ents began to murmur slowly: first
one joined and then another, until they were all chanting
together in a long rising and falling rhythm, now louder on
one side of the ring, now dying away there and rising to a
great boom on the other side. Though he could not catch or
understand any of the words \u2013 he supposed the language was
Entish \u2013 Pippin found the sound very pleasant to listen to at
first; but gradually his attention wavered. After a long time
(and the chant showed no signs of slackening) he found
himself wondering, since Entish was such an \u2018unhasty\u2019 language, whether they had yet got further than Good Morning;
and if Treebeard was to call the roll, how many days it would
take to sing all their names. \u2018I wonder what the Entish is for
yes or no,\u2019 he thought. He yawned.
Treebeard was immediately aware of him. \u2018Hm, ha, hey,
my Pippin!\u2019 he said, and the other Ents all stopped their
chant. \u2018You are a hasty folk, I was forgetting; and anyway it
is wearisome listening to a speech you do not understand.
You may get down now. I have told your names to the
Entmoot, and they have seen you, and they have agreed that
you are not Orcs, and that a new line shall be put in the old
lists. We have got no further yet, but that is quick work for
treebeard 627
an Entmoot. You and Merry can stroll about in the dingle, if
you like. There is a well of good water, if you need refreshing,
away yonder in the north bank. There are still some words
to speak before the Moot really begins. I will come and see
you again, and tell you how things are going.\u2019
He put the hobbits down. Before they walked away, they
bowed low. This feat seemed to amuse the Ents very much,
to judge by the tone of their murmurs, and the flicker of their
eyes; but they soon turned back to their own business. Merry
and Pippin climbed up the path that came in from the west,
and looked through the opening in the great hedge. Long
tree-clad slopes rose from the lip of the dingle, and away
beyond them, above the fir-trees of the furthest ridge there
rose, sharp and white, the peak of a high mountain. Southwards to their left they could see the forest falling away down
into the grey distance. There far away there was a pale green
glimmer that Merry guessed to be a glimpse of the plains of
Rohan.
\u2018I wonder where Isengard is?\u2019 said Pippin.
\u2018I don\u2019t know quite where we are,\u2019 said Merry; \u2018but that
peak is probably Methedras, and as far as I can remember
the ring of Isengard lies in a fork or deep cleft at the end of
the mountains. It is probably down behind this great ridge.
There seems to be a smoke or haze over there, left of the
peak, don\u2019t you think?\u2019
\u2018What is Isengard like?\u2019 said Pippin. \u2018I wonder what Ents
can do about it anyway.\u2019
\u2018So do I,\u2019 said Merry. \u2018Isengard is a sort of ring of rocks or
hills, I think, with a flat space inside and an island or pillar
of rock in the middle, called Orthanc. Saruman has a tower
on it. There is a gate, perhaps more than one, in the encircling
wall, and I believe there is a stream running through it; it
comes out of the mountains, and flows on across the Gap of
Rohan. It does not seem the sort of place for Ents to tackle.
But I have an odd feeling about these Ents: somehow I don\u2019t
think they are quite as safe and, well, funny as they seem.
628 the two towers
They seem slow, queer, and patient, almost sad; and yet I
believe they could be roused. If that happened, I would rather
not be on the other side.\u2019
\u2018Yes!\u2019 said Pippin. \u2018I know what you mean. There might be
all the difference between an old cow sitting and thoughtfully
chewing, and a bull charging; and the change might come
suddenly. I wonder if Treebeard will rouse them. I am sure
he means to try. But they don\u2019t like being roused. Treebeard
got roused himself last night, and then bottled it up again.\u2019
The hobbits turned back. The voices of the Ents were still
rising and falling in their conclave. The sun had now risen
high enough to look over the high hedge: it gleamed on the
tops of the birches and lit the northward side of the dingle
with a cool yellow light. There they saw a little glittering
fountain. They walked along the rim of the great bowl at the
feet of the evergreens \u2013 it was pleasant to feel cool grass about
their toes again, and not to be in a hurry \u2013 and then they
climbed down to the gushing water. They drank a little, a
clean, cold, sharp draught, and sat down on a mossy stone,
watching the patches of sun on the grass and the shadows of
the sailing clouds passing over the floor of the dingle. The
murmur of the Ents went on. It seemed a very strange and
remote place, outside their world, and far from everything
that had ever happened to them. A great longing came over
them for the faces and voices of their companions, especially
for Frodo and Sam, and for Strider.
At last there came a pause in the Ent-voices; and looking
up they saw Treebeard coming towards them, with another
Ent at his side.
\u2018Hm, hoom, here I am again,\u2019 said Treebeard. \u2018Are you
getting weary, or feeling impatient, hmm, eh? Well, I am
afraid that you must not get impatient yet. We have finished
the first stage now; but I have still got to explain things again
to those that live a long way off, far from Isengard, and those
that I could not get round to before the Moot, and after that
we shall have to decide what to do. However, deciding what
to do does not take Ents so long as going over all the facts
treebeard 629
and events that they have to make up their minds about. Still,
it is no use denying, we shall be here a long time yet: a couple
of days very likely. So I have brought you a companion. He
has an ent-house nearby. Bregalad is his Elvish name. He
says he has already made up his mind and does not need to
remain at the Moot. Hm, hm, he is the nearest thing among
us to a hasty Ent. You ought to get on together. Good-bye!\u2019
Treebeard turned and left them.
Bregalad stood for some time surveying the hobbits solemnly; and they looked at him, wondering when he would
show any signs of \u2018hastiness\u2019. He was tall, and seemed to be
one of the younger Ents; he had smooth shining skin on his
arms and legs; his lips were ruddy, and his hair was greygreen. He could bend and sway like a slender tree in the
wind. At last he spoke, and his voice though resonant was
higher and clearer than Treebeard\u2019s.
\u2018Ha, hmm, my friends, let us go for a walk!\u2019 he said. \u2018I am
Bregalad, that is Quickbeam in your language. But it is only
a nickname, of course. They have called me that ever since I
said yes to an elder Ent before he had finished his question.
Also I drink quickly, and go out while some are still wetting
their beards. Come with me!\u2019
He reached down two shapely arms and gave a longfingered hand to each of the hobbits. All that day they walked
about, in the woods with him, singing, and laughing; for
Quickbeam often laughed. He laughed if the sun came out
from behind a cloud, he laughed if they came upon a stream
or spring: then he stooped and splashed his feet and head
with water; he laughed sometimes at some sound or whisper in the trees. Whenever he saw a rowan-tree he halted a
while with his arms stretched out, and sang, and swayed as
he sang.
At nightfall he brought them to his ent-house: nothing
more than a mossy stone set upon turves under a green bank.
Rowan-trees grew in a circle about it, and there was water
(as in all ent-houses), a spring bubbling out from the bank.
They talked for a while as darkness fell on the forest. Not far
630 the two towers
away the voices of the Entmoot could be heard still going on;
but now they seemed deeper and less leisurely, and every
now and again one great voice would rise in a high and
quickening music, while all the others died away. But beside
them Bregalad spoke gently in their own tongue, almost whispering; and they learned that he belonged to Skinbark\u2019s
people, and the country where they had lived had been ravaged. That seemed to the hobbits quite enough to explain his
\u2018hastiness\u2019, at least in the matter of Orcs.
\u2018There were rowan-trees in my home,\u2019 said Bregalad, softly
and sadly, \u2018rowan-trees that took root when I was an Enting,
many many years ago in the quiet of the world. The oldest
were planted by the Ents to try and please the Entwives; but
they looked at them and smiled and said that they knew where
whiter blossom and richer fruit were growing. Yet there are
no trees of all that race, the people of the Rose, that are so
beautiful to me. And these trees grew and grew, till the
shadow of each was like a green hall, and their red berries in
the autumn were a burden, and a beauty and a wonder. Birds
used to flock there. I like birds, even when they chatter; and
the rowan has enough and to spare. But the birds became
unfriendly and greedy and tore at the trees, and threw the
fruit down and did not eat it. Then Orcs came with axes and
cut down my trees. I came and called them by their long
names, but they did not quiver, they did not hear or answer:
they lay dead.
O Orofarne\u00a8, Lassemista, Carnim\u0131\u00b4rie\u00a8!
O rowan fair, upon your hair how white the blossom lay!
O rowan mine, I saw you shine upon a summer\u2019s day,
Your rind so bright, your leaves so light, your voice so cool
and soft:
Upon your head how golden-red the crown you bore aloft!
O rowan dead, upon your head your hair is dry and grey;
Your crown is spilled, your voice is stilled for ever and a
day.
O Orofarne\u00a8, Lassemista, Carnim\u0131\u00b4rie\u00a8!\u2019
treebeard 631
The hobbits fell asleep to the sound of the soft singing of
Bregalad, that seemed to lament in many tongues the fall of
trees that he had loved.
The next day they spent also in his company, but they did
not go far from his \u2018house\u2019. Most of the time they sat silent
under the shelter of the bank; for the wind was colder, and
the clouds closer and greyer; there was little sunshine, and in
the distance the voices of the Ents at the Moot still rose and
fell, sometimes loud and strong, sometimes low and sad,
sometimes quickening, sometimes slow and solemn as a
dirge. A second night came and still the Ents held conclave
under hurrying clouds and fitful stars.
The third day broke, bleak and windy. At sunrise the Ents\u2019
voices rose to a great clamour and then died down again. As
the morning wore on the wind fell and the air grew heavy
with expectancy. The hobbits could see that Bregalad was
now listening intently, although to them, down in the dell of
his ent-house, the sound of the Moot was faint.
The afternoon came, and the sun, going west towards the
mountains, sent out long yellow beams between the cracks
and fissures of the clouds. Suddenly they were aware that
everything was very quiet; the whole forest stood in listening
silence. Of course, the Ent-voices had stopped. What did that
mean? Bregalad was standing up erect and tense, looking
back northwards towards Derndingle.
Then with a crash came a great ringing shout: ra-hoom-rah!
The trees quivered and bent as if a gust had struck them.
There was another pause, and then a marching music began
like solemn drums, and above the rolling beats and booms
there welled voices singing high and strong.
We come, we come with roll of drum: ta-runda runda runda
rom!
The Ents were coming: ever nearer and louder rose their
song:
632 the two towers
We come, we come with horn and drum: ta-ru\u00afna ru\u00afna ru\u00afna
rom!
Bregalad picked up the hobbits and strode from his house.
Before long they saw the marching line approaching: the
Ents were swinging along with great strides down the slope
towards them. Treebeard was at their head, and some fifty
followers were behind him, two abreast, keeping step with
their feet and beating time with their hands upon their flanks.
As they drew near the flash and flicker of their eyes could be
seen.
\u2018Hoom, hom! Here we come with a boom, here we come
at last!\u2019 called Treebeard when he caught sight of Bregalad
and the hobbits. \u2018Come, join the Moot! We are off. We are
off to Isengard!\u2019
\u2018To Isengard!\u2019 the Ents cried in many voices.
\u2018To Isengard!\u2019
To Isengard! Though Isengard be ringed and barred with
doors of stone;
Though Isengard be strong and hard, as cold as stone and
bare as bone,
We go, we go, we go to war, to hew the stone and break the
door;
For bole and bough are burning now, the furnace roars \u2013 we
go to war!
To land of gloom with tramp of doom, with roll of drum, we
come, we come;
To Isengard with doom we come!
With doom we come, with doom we come!
So they sang as they marched southwards.
Bregalad, his eyes shining, swung into the line beside Treebeard. The old Ent now took the hobbits back, and set them
on his shoulders again, and so they rode proudly at the head
treebeard 633
of the singing company with beating hearts and heads held
high. Though they had expected something to happen
eventually, they were amazed at the change that had come
over the Ents. It seemed now as sudden as the bursting of a
flood that had long been held back by a dike.
\u2018The Ents made up their minds rather quickly, after all,
didn\u2019t they?\u2019 Pippin ventured to say after some time, when
for a moment the singing paused, and only the beating of
hands and feet was heard.
\u2018Quickly?\u2019 said Treebeard. \u2018Hoom! Yes, indeed. Quicker
than I expected. Indeed I have not seen them roused like this
for many an age. We Ents do not like being roused; and we
never are roused unless it is clear to us that our trees and our
lives are in great danger. That has not happened in this Forest
since the wars of Sauron and the Men of the Sea. It is the
orc-work, the wanton hewing \u2013 ra\u00b4rum \u2013 without even the bad
excuse of feeding the fires, that has so angered us; and the
treachery of a neighbour, who should have helped us. Wizards ought to know better: they do know better. There is no
curse in Elvish, Entish, or the tongues of Men bad enough
for such treachery. Down with Saruman!\u2019
\u2018Will you really break the doors of Isengard?\u2019 asked Merry.
\u2018Ho, hm, well, we could, you know! You do not know,
perhaps, how strong we are. Maybe you have heard of Trolls?
They are mighty strong. But Trolls are only counterfeits,
made by the Enemy in the Great Darkness, in mockery of
Ents, as Orcs were of Elves. We are stronger than Trolls. We
are made of the bones of the earth. We can split stone like
the roots of trees, only quicker, far quicker, if our minds are
roused! If we are not hewn down, or destroyed by fire or
blast of sorcery, we could split Isengard into splinters and
crack its walls into rubble.\u2019
\u2018But Saruman will try to stop you, won\u2019t he?\u2019
\u2018Hm, ah, yes, that is so. I have not forgotten it. Indeed I
have thought long about it. But, you see, many of the Ents
are younger than I am, by many lives of trees. They are all
roused now, and their mind is all on one thing: breaking
634 the two towers
Isengard. But they will start thinking again before long; they
will cool down a little, when we take our evening drink. What
a thirst we shall have! But let them march now and sing! We
have a long way to go, and there is time ahead for thought.
It is something to have started.\u2019
Treebeard marched on, singing with the others for a while.
But after a time his voice died to a murmur and fell silent
again. Pippin could see that his old brow was wrinkled and
knotted. At last he looked up, and Pippin could see a sad
look in his eyes, sad but not unhappy. There was a light in
them, as if the green flame had sunk deeper into the dark
wells of his thought.
\u2018Of course, it is likely enough, my friends,\u2019 he said slowly,
\u2018likely enough that we are going to our doom: the last march
of the Ents. But if we stayed at home and did nothing, doom
would find us anyway, sooner or later. That thought has long
been growing in our hearts; and that is why we are marching
now. It was not a hasty resolve. Now at least the last march
of the Ents may be worth a song. Aye,\u2019 he sighed, \u2018we may
help the other peoples before we pass away. Still, I should
have liked to see the songs come true about the Entwives. I
should dearly have liked to see Fimbrethil again. But there,
my friends, songs like trees bear fruit only in their own time
and their own way: and sometimes they are withered
untimely.\u2019
The Ents went striding on at a great pace. They had
descended into a long fold of the land that fell away southward; now they began to climb up, and up, on to the high
western ridge. The woods fell away and they came to scattered groups of birch, and then to bare slopes where only a
few gaunt pine-trees grew. The sun sank behind the dark
hill-back in front. Grey dusk fell.
Pippin looked behind. The number of the Ents had grown
\u2013 or what was happening? Where the dim bare slopes that
they had crossed should lie, he thought he saw groves of
trees. But they were moving! Could it be that the trees of
treebeard 635
Fangorn were awake, and the forest was rising, marching
over the hills to war? He rubbed his eyes wondering if sleep
and shadow had deceived him; but the great grey shapes
moved steadily onward. There was a noise like wind in many
branches. The Ents were drawing near the crest of the ridge
now, and all song had ceased. Night fell, and there was
silence: nothing was to be heard save a faint quiver of the
earth beneath the feet of the Ents, and a rustle, the shade of
a whisper as of many drifting leaves. At last they stood upon
the summit, and looked down into a dark pit: the great cleft
at the end of the mountains: Nan Curun\u0131\u00b4r, the Valley of
Saruman.
\u2018Night lies over Isengard,\u2019 said Treebeard.
Chapter 5
THE WHITE RIDER
\u2018My very bones are chilled,\u2019 said Gimli, flapping his arms
and stamping his feet. Day had come at last. At dawn the
companions had made such breakfast as they could; now in
the growing light they were getting ready to search the ground
again for signs of the hobbits.
\u2018And do not forget that old man!\u2019 said Gimli. \u2018I should be
happier if I could see the print of a boot.\u2019
\u2018Why would that make you happy?\u2019 said Legolas.
\u2018Because an old man with feet that leave marks might be
no more than he seemed,\u2019 answered the Dwarf.
\u2018Maybe,\u2019 said the Elf; \u2018but a heavy boot might leave no
print here: the grass is deep and springy.\u2019
\u2018That would not baffle a Ranger,\u2019 said Gimli. \u2018A bent blade
is enough for Aragorn to read. But I do not expect him to
find any traces. It was an evil phantom of Saruman that we
saw last night. I am sure of it, even under the light of morning.
His eyes are looking out on us from Fangorn even now,
maybe.\u2019
\u2018It is likely enough,\u2019 said Aragorn; \u2018yet I am not sure. I am
thinking of the horses. You said last night, Gimli, that they
were scared away. But I did not think so. Did you hear them,
Legolas? Did they sound to you like beasts in terror?\u2019
\u2018No,\u2019 said Legolas. \u2018I heard them clearly. But for the darkness and our own fear I should have guessed that they were
beasts wild with some sudden gladness. They spoke as horses
will when they meet a friend that they have long missed.\u2019
\u2018So I thought,\u2019 said Aragorn; \u2018but I cannot read the riddle,
unless they return. Come! The light is growing fast. Let us
look first and guess later! We should begin here, near to
our own camping-ground, searching carefully all about, and
the white rider 637
working up the slope towards the forest. To find the hobbits
is our errand, whatever we may think of our visitor in the
night. If they escaped by some chance, then they must have
hidden in the trees, or they would have been seen. If we find
nothing between here and the eaves of the wood, then we
will make a last search upon the battle-field and among the
ashes. But there is little hope there: the horsemen of Rohan
did their work too well.\u2019
For some time the companions crawled and groped upon
the ground. The tree stood mournfully above them, its dry
leaves now hanging limp, and rattling in the chill easterly
wind. Aragorn moved slowly away. He came to the ashes of
the watch-fire near the river-bank, and then began to retrace
the ground back towards the knoll where the battle had been
fought. Suddenly he stooped and bent low with his face
almost in the grass. Then he called to the others. They came
running up.
\u2018Here at last we find news!\u2019 said Aragorn. He lifted up a
broken leaf for them to see, a large pale leaf of golden hue,
now fading and turning brown. \u2018Here is a mallorn-leaf of
Lo\u00b4rien, and there are small crumbs on it, and a few more
crumbs in the grass. And see! there are some pieces of cut
cord lying nearby!\u2019
\u2018And here is the knife that cut them!\u2019 said Gimli. He
stooped and drew out of a tussock, into which some heavy
foot had trampled it, a short jagged blade. The haft from
which it had been snapped was beside it. \u2018It was an orcweapon,\u2019 he said, holding it gingerly, and looking with disgust
at the carved handle: it had been shaped like a hideous head
with squinting eyes and leering mouth.
\u2018Well, here is the strangest riddle that we have yet found!\u2019
exclaimed Legolas. \u2018A bound prisoner escapes both from the
Orcs and from the surrounding horsemen. He then stops,
while still in the open, and cuts his bonds with an orc-knife.
But how and why? For if his legs were tied, how did he walk?
And if his arms were tied, how did he use the knife? And if
638 the two towers
neither were tied, why did he cut the cords at all? Being
pleased with his skill, he then sat down and quietly ate some
waybread! That at least is enough to show that he was a
hobbit, without the mallorn-leaf. After that, I suppose, he
turned his arms into wings and flew away singing into the
trees. It should be easy to find him: we only need wings
ourselves!\u2019
\u2018There was sorcery here right enough,\u2019 said Gimli. \u2018What
was that old man doing? What have you to say, Aragorn, to
the reading of Legolas. Can you better it?\u2019
\u2018Maybe, I could,\u2019 said Aragorn, smiling. \u2018There are some
other signs near at hand that you have not considered. I agree
that the prisoner was a hobbit and must have had either legs
or hands free, before he came here. I guess that it was hands,
because the riddle then becomes easier, and also because,
as I read the marks, he was carried to this point by an Orc.
Blood was spilled there, a few paces away, orc-blood. There
are deep prints of hoofs all about this spot, and signs that a
heavy thing was dragged away. The Orc was slain by horsemen, and later his body was hauled to the fire. But the hobbit
was not seen: he was not \u2018\u2018in the open\u2019\u2019, for it was night and
he still had his elven-cloak. He was exhausted and hungry,
and it is not to be wondered at that, when he had cut his
bonds with the knife of his fallen enemy, he rested and ate a
little before he crept away. But it is a comfort to know that
he had some lembas in his pocket, even though he ran away
without gear or pack; that, perhaps, is like a hobbit. I say he,
though I hope and guess that both Merry and Pippin were
here together. There is, however, nothing to show that for
certain.\u2019
\u2018And how do you suppose that either of our friends came
to have a hand free?\u2019 asked Gimli.
\u2018I do not know how it happened,\u2019 answered Aragorn. \u2018Nor
do I know why an Orc was carrying them away. Not to help
them to escape, we may be sure. Nay, rather I think that I
now begin to understand a matter that has puzzled me from
the beginning: why when Boromir had fallen were the Orcs
the white rider 639
content with the capture of Merry and Pippin? They did not
seek out the rest of us, nor attack our camp; but instead they
went with all speed towards Isengard. Did they suppose they
had captured the Ring-bearer and his faithful comrade? I
think not. Their masters would not dare to give such plain
orders to Orcs, even if they knew so much themselves; they
would not speak openly to them of the Ring: they are not
trusty servants. But I think the Orcs had been commanded
to capture hobbits, alive, at all costs. An attempt was made
to slip out with the precious prisoners before the battle.
Treachery perhaps, likely enough with such folk; some large
and bold Orc may have been trying to escape with the prize
alone, for his own ends. There, that is my tale. Others might
be devised. But on this we may count in any case: one at least
of our friends escaped. It is our task to find him and help
him before we return to Rohan. We must not be daunted by
Fangorn, since need drove him into that dark place.\u2019
\u2018I do not know which daunts me more: Fangorn, or the
thought of the long road through Rohan on foot,\u2019 said Gimli.
\u2018Then let us go to the forest,\u2019 said Aragorn.
It was not long before Aragorn found fresh signs. At one
point, near the bank of the Entwash, he came upon footprints:
hobbit-prints, but too light for much to be made of them.
Then again beneath the bole of a great tree on the very edge
of the wood more prints were discovered. The earth was bare
and dry, and did not reveal much.
\u2018One hobbit at least stood here for a while and looked back;
and then he turned away into the forest,\u2019 said Aragorn.
\u2018Then we must go in, too,\u2019 said Gimli. \u2018But I do not like
the look of this Fangorn; and we were warned against it. I
wish the chase had led anywhere else!\u2019
\u2018I do not think the wood feels evil, whatever tales may say,\u2019
said Legolas. He stood under the eaves of the forest, stooping
forward, as if he were listening, and peering with wide eyes
into the shadows. \u2018No, it is not evil; or what evil is in it is far
away. I catch only the faintest echoes of dark places where
640 the two towers
the hearts of the trees are black. There is no malice near us;
but there is watchfulness, and anger.\u2019
\u2018Well, it has no cause to be angry with me,\u2019 said Gimli. \u2018I
have done it no harm.\u2019
\u2018That is just as well,\u2019 said Legolas. \u2018But nonetheless it
has suffered harm. There is something happening inside, or
going to happen. Do you not feel the tenseness? It takes my
breath.\u2019
\u2018I feel the air is stuffy,\u2019 said the Dwarf. \u2018This wood is lighter
than Mirkwood, but it is musty and shabby.\u2019
\u2018It is old, very old,\u2019 said the Elf. \u2018So old that almost I feel
young again, as I have not felt since I journeyed with you
children. It is old and full of memory. I could have been
happy here, if I had come in days of peace.\u2019
\u2018I dare say you could,\u2019 snorted Gimli. \u2018You are a Wood-elf,
anyway, though Elves of any kind are strange folk. Yet you
comfort me. Where you go, I will go. But keep your bow
ready to hand, and I will keep my axe loose in my belt. Not
for use on trees,\u2019 he added hastily, looking up at the tree
under which they stood. \u2018I do not wish to meet that old man
at unawares without an argument ready to hand, that is all.
Let us go!\u2019
With that the three hunters plunged into the forest of
Fangorn. Legolas and Gimli left the tracking to Aragorn.
There was little for him to see. The floor of the forest was
dry and covered with a drift of leaves; but guessing that the
fugitives would stay near the water, he returned often to the
banks of the stream. So it was that he came upon the place
where Merry and Pippin had drunk and bathed their feet.
There plain for all to see were the footprints of two hobbits,
one somewhat smaller than the other.
\u2018This is good tidings,\u2019 said Aragorn. \u2018Yet the marks are two
days old. And it seems that at this point the hobbits left the
water-side.\u2019
\u2018Then what shall we do now?\u2019 said Gimli. \u2018We cannot
pursue them through the whole fastness of Fangorn. We have
the white rider 641
come ill supplied. If we do not find them soon, we shall be
of no use to them, except to sit down beside them and show
our friendship by starving together.\u2019
\u2018If that is indeed all we can do, then we must do that,\u2019 said
Aragorn. \u2018Let us go on.\u2019
They came at length to the steep abrupt end of Treebeard\u2019s
Hill, and looked up at the rock-wall with its rough steps
leading to the high shelf. Gleams of sun were striking through
the hurrying clouds, and the forest now looked less grey and
drear.
\u2018Let us go up and look about us!\u2019 said Legolas. \u2018I still feel
my breath short. I should like to taste a freer air for a while.\u2019
The companions climbed up. Aragorn came last, moving
slowly: he was scanning the steps and ledges closely.
\u2018I am almost sure that the hobbits have been up here,\u2019 he
said. \u2018But there are other marks, very strange marks, which
I do not understand. I wonder if we can see anything from
this ledge which will help us to guess which way they went
next?\u2019
He stood up and looked about, but he saw nothing that
was of any use. The shelf faced southward and eastward; but
only on the east was the view open. There he could see the
heads of the trees descending in ranks towards the plain from
which they had come.
\u2018We have journeyed a long way round,\u2019 said Legolas. \u2018We
could have all come here safe together, if we had left the
Great River on the second or third day and struck west. Few
can foresee whither their road will lead them, till they come
to its end.\u2019
\u2018But we did not wish to come to Fangorn,\u2019 said Gimli.
\u2018Yet here we are \u2013 and nicely caught in the net,\u2019 said
Legolas. \u2018Look!\u2019
\u2018Look at what?\u2019 said Gimli.
\u2018There in the trees.\u2019
\u2018Where? I have not elf-eyes.\u2019
\u2018Hush! Speak more softly! Look!\u2019 said Legolas pointing.
\u2018Down in the wood, back in the way that we have just come.
642 the two towers
It is he. Cannot you see him, passing from tree to tree?\u2019
\u2018I see, I see now!\u2019 hissed Gimli. \u2018Look, Aragorn! Did I not
warn you? There is the old man. All in dirty grey rags: that
is why I could not see him at first.\u2019
Aragorn looked and beheld a bent figure moving slowly. It
was not far away. It looked like an old beggar-man, walking
wearily, leaning on a rough staff. His head was bowed, and
he did not look towards them. In other lands they would have
greeted him with kind words; but now they stood silent, each
feeling a strange expectancy: something was approaching that
held a hidden power \u2013 or menace.
Gimli gazed with wide eyes for a while, as step by step the
figure drew nearer. Then suddenly, unable to contain himself
longer, he burst out: \u2018Your bow, Legolas! Bend it! Get ready!
It is Saruman. Do not let him speak, or put a spell upon us!
Shoot first!\u2019
Legolas took his bow and bent it, slowly and as if some
other will resisted him. He held an arrow loosely in his hand
but did not fit it to the string. Aragorn stood silent, his face
was watchful and intent.
\u2018Why are you waiting? What is the matter with you?\u2019 said
Gimli in a hissing whisper.
\u2018Legolas is right,\u2019 said Aragorn quietly. \u2018We may not shoot
an old man so, at unawares and unchallenged, whatever fear
or doubt be on us. Watch and wait!\u2019
At that moment the old man quickened his pace and came
with surprising speed to the foot of the rock-wall. Then suddenly he looked up, while they stood motionless looking
down. There was no sound.
They could not see his face: he was hooded, and above the
hood he wore a wide-brimmed hat, so that all his features
were overshadowed, except for the end of his nose and his
grey beard. Yet it seemed to Aragorn that he caught the
gleam of eyes keen and bright from within the shadow of the
hooded brows.
At last the old man broke the silence. \u2018Well met indeed,
the white rider 643
my friends,\u2019 he said in a soft voice. \u2018I wish to speak to you.
Will you come down, or shall I come up?\u2019 Without waiting
for an answer he began to climb.
\u2018Now!\u2019 cried Gimli. \u2018Stop him, Legolas!\u2019
\u2018Did I not say that I wished to speak to you?\u2019 said the old
man. \u2018Put away that bow, Master Elf!\u2019
The bow and arrow fell from Legolas\u2019 hands, and his arms
hung loose at his sides.
\u2018And you, Master Dwarf, pray take your hand from your
axe-haft, till I am up! You will not need such arguments.\u2019
Gimli started and then stood still as stone, staring, while
the old man sprang up the rough steps as nimbly as a goat.
All weariness seemed to have left him. As he stepped up on
to the shelf there was a gleam, too brief for certainty, a quick
glint of white, as if some garment shrouded by the grey rags
had been for an instant revealed. The intake of Gimli\u2019s breath
could be heard as a loud hiss in the silence.
\u2018Well met, I say again!\u2019 said the old man, coming towards
them. When he was a few feet away, he stood, stooping over
his staff, with his head thrust forward, peering at them from
under his hood. \u2018And what may you be doing in these parts?
An Elf, a Man, and a Dwarf, all clad in Elvish fashion. No
doubt there is a tale worth hearing behind it all. Such things
are not often seen here.\u2019
\u2018You speak as one that knows Fangorn well,\u2019 said Aragorn.
\u2018Is that so?\u2019
\u2018Not well,\u2019 said the old man: \u2018that would be the study of
many lives. But I come here now and again.\u2019
\u2018Might we know your name, and then hear what it is that
you have to say to us?\u2019 said Aragorn. \u2018The morning passes,
and we have an errand that will not wait.\u2019
\u2018As for what I wished to say, I have said it: What may you
be doing, and what tale can you tell of yourselves? As for my
name!\u2019 He broke off, laughing long and softly. Aragorn felt a
shudder run through him at the sound, a strange cold thrill;
and yet it was not fear or terror that he felt: rather it was like
644 the two towers
the sudden bite of a keen air, or the slap of a cold rain that
wakes an uneasy sleeper.
\u2018My name!\u2019 said the old man again. \u2018Have you not guessed
it already? You have heard it before, I think. Yes, you have
heard it before. But come now, what of your tale?\u2019
The three companions stood silent and made no answer.
\u2018There are some who would begin to doubt whether your
errand is fit to tell,\u2019 said the old man. \u2018Happily I know something of it. You are tracking the footsteps of two young hobbits, I believe. Yes, hobbits. Don\u2019t stare, as if you had never
heard the strange name before. You have, and so have I.
Well, they climbed up here the day before yesterday; and
they met someone that they did not expect. Does that comfort
you? And now you would like to know where they were
taken? Well, well, maybe I can give you some news about
that. But why are we standing? Your errand, you see, is no
longer as urgent as you thought. Let us sit down and be more
at ease.\u2019
The old man turned away and went towards a heap of
fallen stones and rock at the foot of the cliff behind. Immediately, as if a spell had been removed, the others relaxed and
stirred. Gimli\u2019s hand went at once to his axe-haft. Aragorn
drew his sword. Legolas picked up his bow.
The old man took no notice, but stooped and sat himself
on a low flat stone. Then his grey cloak drew apart, and they
saw, beyond doubt, that he was clothed beneath all in white.
\u2018Saruman!\u2019 cried Gimli, springing towards him with axe in
hand. \u2018Speak! Tell us where you have hidden our friends!
What have you done with them? Speak, or I will make a dint
in your hat that even a wizard will find it hard to deal with!\u2019
The old man was too quick for him. He sprang to his feet
and leaped to the top of a large rock. There he stood, grown
suddenly tall, towering above them. His hood and his grey
rags were flung away. His white garments shone. He lifted
up his staff, and Gimli\u2019s axe leaped from his grasp and fell
ringing on the ground. The sword of Aragorn, stiff in his
the white rider 645
motionless hand, blazed with a sudden fire. Legolas gave a
great shout and shot an arrow high into the air: it vanished
in a flash of flame.
\u2018Mithrandir!\u2019 he cried. \u2018Mithrandir!\u2019
\u2018Well met, I say to you again, Legolas!\u2019 said the old man.
They all gazed at him. His hair was white as snow in the
sunshine; and gleaming white was his robe; the eyes under
his deep brows were bright, piercing as the rays of the sun;
power was in his hand. Between wonder, joy, and fear they
stood and found no words to say.
At last Aragorn stirred. \u2018Gandalf!\u2019 he said. \u2018Beyond all
hope you return to us in our need! What veil was over my
sight? Gandalf!\u2019 Gimli said nothing, but sank to his knees,
shading his eyes.
\u2018Gandalf,\u2019 the old man repeated, as if recalling from old
memory a long disused word. \u2018Yes, that was the name. I was
Gandalf.\u2019
He stepped down from the rock, and picking up his grey
cloak wrapped it about him: it seemed as if the sun had been
shining, but now was hid in cloud again. \u2018Yes, you may still
call me Gandalf,\u2019 he said, and the voice was the voice of their
old friend and guide. \u2018Get up, my good Gimli! No blame to
you, and no harm done to me. Indeed my friends, none of
you have any weapon that could hurt me. Be merry! We meet
again. At the turn of the tide. The great storm is coming, but
the tide has turned.\u2019
He laid his hand on Gimli\u2019s head, and the Dwarf looked
up and laughed suddenly. \u2018Gandalf!\u2019 he said. \u2018But you are all
in white!\u2019
\u2018Yes, I am white now,\u2019 said Gandalf. \u2018Indeed I am
Saruman, one might almost say, Saruman as he should have
been. But come now, tell me of yourselves! I have passed
through fire and deep water, since we parted. I have forgotten
much that I thought I knew, and learned again much that I
had forgotten. I can see many things far off, but many things
that are close at hand I cannot see. Tell me of yourselves!\u2019<\/p>\n\n\n\n
646 the two towers
\u2018What do you wish to know?\u2019 said Aragorn. \u2018All that has
happened since we parted on the bridge would be a long tale.
Will you not first give us news of the hobbits? Did you find
them, and are they safe?\u2019
\u2018No, I did not find them,\u2019 said Gandalf. \u2018There was a
darkness over the valleys of the Emyn Muil, and I did not
know of their captivity, until the eagle told me.\u2019
\u2018The eagle!\u2019 said Legolas. \u2018I have seen an eagle high and
far off: the last time was four days ago, above the Emyn
Muil.\u2019
\u2018Yes,\u2019 said Gandalf, \u2018that was Gwaihir the Windlord, who
rescued me from Orthanc. I sent him before me to watch the
River and gather tidings. His sight is keen, but he cannot see
all that passes under hill and tree. Some things he has seen,
and others I have seen myself. The Ring now has passed
beyond my help, or the help of any of the Company that set
out from Rivendell. Very nearly it was revealed to the Enemy,
but it escaped. I had some part in that: for I sat in a high
place, and I strove with the Dark Tower; and the Shadow
passed. Then I was weary, very weary; and I walked long in
dark thought.\u2019
\u2018Then you know about Frodo!\u2019 said Gimli. \u2018How do things
go with him?\u2019
\u2018I cannot say. He was saved from a great peril, but many
lie before him still. He resolved to go alone to Mordor, and
he set out: that is all that I can say.\u2019
\u2018Not alone,\u2019 said Legolas. \u2018We think that Sam went with
him.\u2019
\u2018Did he!\u2019 said Gandalf, and there was a gleam in his eye
and a smile on his face. \u2018Did he indeed? It is news to me, yet
it does not surprise me. Good! Very good! You lighten my
heart. You must tell me more. Now sit by me and tell me the
tale of your journey.\u2019
The companions sat on the ground at his feet, and Aragorn
took up the tale. For a long while Gandalf said nothing, and
he asked no questions. His hands were spread upon his knees,
the white rider 647
and his eyes were closed. At last when Aragorn spoke of the
death of Boromir and of his last journey upon the Great
River, the old man sighed.
\u2018You have not said all that you know or guess, Aragorn
my friend,\u2019 he said quietly. \u2018Poor Boromir! I could not see
what happened to him. It was a sore trial for such a man: a
warrior, and a lord of men. Galadriel told me that he was in
peril. But he escaped in the end. I am glad. It was not in vain
that the young hobbits came with us, if only for Boromir\u2019s
sake. But that is not the only part they have to play. They
were brought to Fangorn, and their coming was like the
falling of small stones that starts an avalanche in the mountains. Even as we talk here, I hear the first rumblings.
Saruman had best not be caught away from home when the
dam bursts!\u2019
\u2018In one thing you have not changed, dear friend,\u2019 said
Aragorn: \u2018you still speak in riddles.\u2019
\u2018What? In riddles?\u2019 said Gandalf. \u2018No! For I was talking
aloud to myself. A habit of the old: they choose the wisest
person present to speak to; the long explanations needed by
the young are wearying.\u2019 He laughed, but the sound now
seemed warm and kindly as a gleam of sunshine.
\u2018I am no longer young even in the reckoning of Men of the
Ancient Houses,\u2019 said Aragorn. \u2018Will you not open your mind
more clearly to me?\u2019
\u2018What then shall I say?\u2019 said Gandalf, and paused for a
while in thought. \u2018This in brief is how I see things at the
moment, if you wish to have a piece of my mind as plain as
possible. The Enemy, of course, has long known that the
Ring is abroad, and that it is borne by a hobbit. He knows
now the number of our Company that set out from Rivendell,
and the kind of each of us. But he does not yet perceive our
purpose clearly. He supposes that we were all going to Minas
Tirith; for that is what he would himself have done in our
place. And according to his wisdom it would have been a
heavy stroke against his power. Indeed he is in great fear, not
knowing what mighty one may suddenly appear, wielding the
648 the two towers
Ring, and assailing him with war, seeking to cast him down
and take his place. That we should wish to cast him down
and have no one in his place is not a thought that occurs to
his mind. That we should try to destroy the Ring itself has
not yet entered into his darkest dream. In which no doubt
you will see our good fortune and our hope. For imagining
war he has let loose war, believing that he has no time to
waste; for he that strikes the first blow, if he strikes it hard
enough, may need to strike no more. So the forces that he
has long been preparing he is now setting in motion, sooner
than he intended. Wise fool. For if he had used all his power
to guard Mordor, so that none could enter, and bent all his
guile to the hunting of the Ring, then indeed hope would
have faded: neither Ring nor bearer could long have eluded
him. But now his eye gazes abroad rather than near at home;
and mostly he looks towards Minas Tirith. Very soon now
his strength will fall upon it like a storm.
\u2018For already he knows that the messengers that he sent to
waylay the Company have failed again. They have not found
the Ring. Neither have they brought away any hobbits as
hostages. Had they done even so much as that, it would have
been a heavy blow to us, and it might have been fatal. But
let us not darken our hearts by imagining the trial of their
gentle loyalty in the Dark Tower. For the Enemy has failed
\u2013 so far. Thanks to Saruman.\u2019
\u2018Then is not Saruman a traitor?\u2019 said Gimli.
\u2018Indeed yes,\u2019 said Gandalf. \u2018Doubly. And is not that
strange? Nothing that we have endured of late has seemed
so grievous as the treason of Isengard. Even reckoned as a
lord and captain Saruman has grown very strong. He threatens the Men of Rohan and draws off their help from Minas
Tirith, even as the main blow is approaching from the East.
Yet a treacherous weapon is ever a danger to the hand.
Saruman also had a mind to capture the Ring, for himself,
or at least to snare some hobbits for his evil purposes. So
between them our enemies have contrived only to bring
Merry and Pippin with marvellous speed, and in the nick of
the white rider 649
time, to Fangorn, where otherwise they would never have
come at all!
\u2018Also they have filled themselves with new doubts that
disturb their plans. No tidings of the battle will come to
Mordor, thanks to the horsemen of Rohan; but the Dark
Lord knows that two hobbits were taken in the Emyn Muil
and borne away towards Isengard against the will of his own
servants. He now has Isengard to fear as well as Minas Tirith.
If Minas Tirith falls, it will go ill with Saruman.\u2019
\u2018It is a pity that our friends lie in between,\u2019 said Gimli. \u2018If
no land divided Isengard and Mordor, then they could fight
while we watched and waited.\u2019
\u2018The victor would emerge stronger than either, and free
from doubt,\u2019 said Gandalf. \u2018But Isengard cannot fight
Mordor, unless Saruman first obtains the Ring. That he will
never do now. He does not yet know his peril. There is much
that he does not know. He was so eager to lay his hands on
his prey that he could not wait at home, and he came forth
to meet and to spy on his messengers. But he came too late,
for once, and the battle was over and beyond his help before
he reached these parts. He did not remain here long. I look
into his mind and I see his doubt. He has no woodcraft. He
believes that the horsemen slew and burned all upon the field
of battle; but he does not know whether the Orcs were bringing any prisoners or not. And he does not know of the quarrel
between his servants and the Orcs of Mordor; nor does he
know of the Winged Messenger.\u2019
\u2018The Winged Messenger!\u2019 cried Legolas. \u2018I shot at him
with the bow of Galadriel above Sarn Gebir, and I felled him
from the sky. He filled us all with fear. What new terror is
this?\u2019
\u2018One that you cannot slay with arrows,\u2019 said Gandalf. \u2018You
only slew his steed. It was a good deed; but the Rider was
soon horsed again. For he was a Nazgu\u02c6l, one of the Nine,
who ride now upon winged steeds. Soon their terror will
overshadow the last armies of our friends, cutting off the sun.
But they have not yet been allowed to cross the River, and
650 the two towers
Saruman does not know of this new shape in which the
Ringwraiths have been clad. His thought is ever on the Ring.
Was it present in the battle? Was it found? What if The\u00b4oden,
Lord of the Mark, should come by it and learn of its power?
That is the danger that he sees, and he has fled back to
Isengard to double and treble his assault on Rohan. And all
the time there is another danger, close at hand, which he
does not see, busy with his fiery thoughts. He has forgotten
Treebeard.\u2019
\u2018Now you speak to yourself again,\u2019 said Aragorn with a
smile. \u2018Treebeard is not known to me. And I have guessed
part of Saruman\u2019s double treachery; yet I do not see in what
way the coming of two hobbits to Fangorn has served, save
to give us a long and fruitless chase.\u2019
\u2018Wait a minute!\u2019 cried Gimli. \u2018There is another thing that
I should like to know first. Was it you, Gandalf, or Saruman
that we saw last night?\u2019
\u2018You certainly did not see me,\u2019 answered Gandalf, \u2018therefore I must guess that you saw Saruman. Evidently we look
so much alike that your desire to make an incurable dent in
my hat must be excused.\u2019
\u2018Good, good!\u2019 said Gimli. \u2018I am glad that it was not you.\u2019
Gandalf laughed again. \u2018Yes, my good Dwarf,\u2019 he said,
\u2018it is a comfort not to be mistaken at all points. Do I not know
it only too well! But, of course, I never blamed you for your
welcome of me. How could I do so, who have so often
counselled my friends to suspect even their own hands when
dealing with the Enemy. Bless you, Gimli, son of Glo\u00b4in!
Maybe you will see us both together one day and judge
between us!\u2019
\u2018But the hobbits!\u2019 Legolas broke in. \u2018We have come far to
seek them, and you seem to know where they are. Where are
they now?\u2019
\u2018With Treebeard and the Ents,\u2019 said Gandalf.
\u2018The Ents!\u2019 exclaimed Aragorn. \u2018Then there is truth in the
old legends about the dwellers in the deep forests and the
giant shepherds of the trees? Are there still Ents in the world?
the white rider 651
I thought they were only a memory of ancient days, if indeed
they were ever more than a legend of Rohan.\u2019
\u2018A legend of Rohan!\u2019 cried Legolas. \u2018Nay, every Elf in
Wilderland has sung songs of the old Onodrim and their long
sorrow. Yet even among us they are only a memory. If I were
to meet one still walking in this world, then indeed I should
feel young again! But Treebeard: that is only a rendering of
Fangorn into the Common Speech; yet you seem to speak of
a person. Who is this Treebeard?\u2019
\u2018Ah! now you are asking much,\u2019 said Gandalf. \u2018The little
that I know of his long slow story would make a tale for which
we have no time now. Treebeard is Fangorn, the guardian of
the forest; he is the oldest of the Ents, the oldest living thing
that still walks beneath the Sun upon this Middle-earth. I
hope indeed, Legolas, that you may yet meet him. Merry and
Pippin have been fortunate: they met him here, even where
we sit. For he came here two days ago and bore them away
to his dwelling far off by the roots of the mountains. He often
comes here, especially when his mind is uneasy, and rumours
of the world outside trouble him. I saw him four days ago
striding among the trees, and I think he saw me, for he
paused; but I did not speak, for I was heavy with thought,
and weary after my struggle with the Eye of Mordor; and he
did not speak either, nor call my name.\u2019
\u2018Perhaps he also thought that you were Saruman,\u2019 said
Gimli. \u2018But you speak of him as if he was a friend. I thought
Fangorn was dangerous.\u2019
\u2018Dangerous!\u2019 cried Gandalf. \u2018And so am I, very dangerous:
more dangerous than anything you will ever meet, unless you
are brought alive before the seat of the Dark Lord. And
Aragorn is dangerous, and Legolas is dangerous. You are
beset with dangers, Gimli son of Glo\u00b4in; for you are dangerous
yourself, in your own fashion. Certainly the forest of Fangorn
is perilous \u2013 not least to those that are too ready with their
axes; and Fangorn himself, he is perilous too; yet he is wise
and kindly nonetheless. But now his long slow wrath is
brimming over, and all the forest is filled with it. The coming
652 the two towers
of the hobbits and the tidings that they brought have spilled
it: it will soon be running like a flood; but its tide is turned
against Saruman and the axes of Isengard. A thing is about
to happen which has not happened since the Elder Days: the
Ents are going to wake up and find that they are strong.\u2019
\u2018What will they do?\u2019 asked Legolas in astonishment.
\u2018I do not know,\u2019 said Gandalf. \u2018I do not think they know
themselves. I wonder.\u2019 He fell silent, his head bowed in
thought.
The others looked at him. A gleam of sun through fleeting
clouds fell on his hands, which lay now upturned on his lap:
they seemed to be filled with light as a cup is with water. At
last he looked up and gazed straight at the sun.
\u2018The morning is wearing away,\u2019 he said. \u2018Soon we must
go.\u2019
\u2018Do we go to find our friends and to see Treebeard?\u2019 asked
Aragorn.
\u2018No,\u2019 said Gandalf. \u2018That is not the road that you must
take. I have spoken words of hope. But only of hope. Hope
is not victory. War is upon us and all our friends, a war in
which only the use of the Ring could give us surety of victory.
It fills me with great sorrow and great fear: for much shall be
destroyed and all may be lost. I am Gandalf, Gandalf the
White, but Black is mightier still.\u2019
He rose and gazed out eastward, shading his eyes, as if he
saw things far away that none of them could see. Then he
shook his head. \u2018No,\u2019 he said in a soft voice, \u2018it has gone
beyond our reach. Of that at least let us be glad. We can no
longer be tempted to use the Ring. We must go down to face
a peril near despair, yet that deadly peril is removed.\u2019
He turned. \u2018Come, Aragorn son of Arathorn!\u2019 he said. \u2018Do
not regret your choice in the valley of the Emyn Muil, nor
call it a vain pursuit. You chose amid doubts the path that
seemed right: the choice was just, and it has been rewarded.
For so we have met in time, who otherwise might have met
too late. But the quest of your companions is over. Your next
the white rider 653
journey is marked by your given word. You must go to
Edoras and seek out The\u00b4oden in his hall. For you are needed.
The light of Andu\u00b4ril must now be uncovered in the battle for
which it has so long waited. There is war in Rohan, and
worse evil: it goes ill with The\u00b4oden.\u2019
\u2018Then are we not to see the merry young hobbits again?\u2019
said Legolas.
\u2018I did not say so,\u2019 said Gandalf. \u2018Who knows? Have
patience. Go where you must go, and hope! To Edoras! I go
thither also.\u2019
\u2018It is a long way for a man to walk, young or old,\u2019 said
Aragorn. \u2018I fear the battle will be over long ere I come there.\u2019
\u2018We shall see, we shall see,\u2019 said Gandalf. \u2018Will you come
now with me?\u2019
\u2018Yes, we will set out together,\u2019 said Aragorn. \u2018But I do not
doubt that you will come there before me, if you wish.\u2019 He
rose and looked long at Gandalf. The others gazed at them
in silence as they stood there facing one another. The grey
figure of the Man, Aragorn son of Arathorn, was tall, and
stern as stone, his hand upon the hilt of his sword; he looked
as if some king out of the mists of the sea had stepped upon
the shores of lesser men. Before him stooped the old figure,
white, shining now as if with some light kindled within, bent,
laden with years, but holding a power beyond the strength of
kings.
\u2018Do I not say truly, Gandalf,\u2019 said Aragorn at last, \u2018that
you could go whithersoever you wished quicker than I? And
this I also say: you are our captain and our banner. The Dark
Lord has Nine. But we have One, mightier than they: the
White Rider. He has passed through the fire and the abyss,
and they shall fear him. We will go where he leads.\u2019
\u2018Yes, together we will follow you,\u2019 said Legolas. \u2018But first,
it would ease my heart, Gandalf, to hear what befell you in
Moria. Will you not tell us? Can you not stay even to tell
your friends how you were delivered?\u2019
\u2018I have stayed already too long,\u2019 answered Gandalf. \u2018Time
654 the two towers
is short. But if there were a year to spend, I would not tell
you all.\u2019
\u2018Then tell us what you will, and time allows!\u2019 said Gimli.
\u2018Come, Gandalf, tell us how you fared with the Balrog!\u2019
\u2018Name him not!\u2019 said Gandalf, and for a moment it seemed
that a cloud of pain passed over his face, and he sat silent,
looking old as death. \u2018Long time I fell,\u2019 he said at last, slowly,
as if thinking back with difficulty. \u2018Long I fell, and he fell
with me. His fire was about me. I was burned. Then we
plunged into the deep water and all was dark. Cold it was as
the tide of death: almost it froze my heart.\u2019
\u2018Deep is the abyss that is spanned by Durin\u2019s Bridge, and
none has measured it,\u2019 said Gimli.
\u2018Yet it has a bottom, beyond light and knowledge,\u2019 said
Gandalf. \u2018Thither I came at last, to the uttermost foundations
of stone. He was with me still. His fire was quenched, but
now he was a thing of slime, stronger than a strangling snake.
\u2018We fought far under the living earth, where time is not
counted. Ever he clutched me, and ever I hewed him, till at
last he fled into dark tunnels. They were not made by Durin\u2019s
folk, Gimli son of Glo\u00b4in. Far, far below the deepest delvings
of the Dwarves, the world is gnawed by nameless things.
Even Sauron knows them not. They are older than he. Now
I have walked there, but I will bring no report to darken the
light of day. In that despair my enemy was my only hope,
and I pursued him, clutching at his heel. Thus he brought
me back at last to the secret ways of Khazad-du\u02c6m: too well
he knew them all. Ever up now we went, until we came to
the Endless Stair.\u2019
\u2018Long has that been lost,\u2019 said Gimli. \u2018Many have said that
it was never made save in legend, but others say that it was
destroyed.\u2019
\u2018It was made, and it had not been destroyed,\u2019 said Gandalf.
\u2018From the lowest dungeon to the highest peak it climbed,
ascending in unbroken spiral in many thousand steps, until
it issued at last in Durin\u2019s Tower carved in the living rock of
Zirakzigil, the pinnacle of the Silvertine.
the white rider 655
\u2018There upon Celebdil was a lonely window in the snow,
and before it lay a narrow space, a dizzy eyrie above the mists
of the world. The sun shone fiercely there, but all below was
wrapped in cloud. Out he sprang, and even as I came behind,
he burst into new flame. There was none to see, or perhaps
in after ages songs would still be sung of the Battle of the
Peak.\u2019 Suddenly Gandalf laughed. \u2018But what would they say
in song? Those that looked up from afar thought that the
mountain was crowned with storm. Thunder they heard, and
lightning, they said, smote upon Celebdil, and leaped back
broken into tongues of fire. Is not that enough? A great smoke
rose about us, vapour and steam. Ice fell like rain. I threw
down my enemy, and he fell from the high place and broke
the mountain-side where he smote it in his ruin. Then darkness took me, and I strayed out of thought and time, and I
wandered far on roads that I will not tell.
\u2018Naked I was sent back \u2013 for a brief time, until my task is
done. And naked I lay upon the mountain-top. The tower
behind was crumbled into dust, the window gone; the ruined
stair was choked with burned and broken stone. I was alone,
forgotten, without escape upon the hard horn of the world.
There I lay staring upward, while the stars wheeled over, and
each day was as long as a life-age of the earth. Faint to my
ears came the gathered rumour of all lands: the springing and
the dying, the song and the weeping, and the slow everlasting
groan of over-burdened stone. And so at the last Gwaihir the
Windlord found me again, and he took me up and bore me
away.
\u2018 \u2018\u2018Ever am I fated to be your burden, friend at need,\u2019\u2019 I
said.
\u2018 \u2018\u2018A burden you have been,\u2019\u2019 he answered, \u2018\u2018but not so
now. Light as a swan\u2019s feather in my claw you are. The Sun
shines through you. Indeed I do not think you need me
any more: were I to let you fall, you would float upon the
wind.\u2019\u2019
\u2018 \u2018\u2018Do not let me fall!\u2019\u2019 I gasped, for I felt life in me again.
\u2018\u2018Bear me to Lothlo\u00b4rien!\u2019\u2019
656 the two towers
\u2018 \u2018\u2018That indeed is the command of the Lady Galadriel who
sent me to look for you,\u2019\u2019 he answered.
\u2018Thus it was that I came to Caras Galadhon and found
you but lately gone. I tarried there in the ageless time of that
land where days bring healing not decay. Healing I found,
and I was clothed in white. Counsel I gave and counsel took.
Thence by strange roads I came, and messages I bring to
some of you. To Aragorn I was bidden to say this:
Where now are the Du\u00b4nedain, Elessar, Elessar?
Why do thy kinsfolk wander afar?
Near is the hour when the Lost should come forth,
And the Grey Company ride from the North.
But dark is the path appointed for thee:
The Dead watch the road that leads to the Sea.
To Legolas she sent this word:
Legolas Greenleaf long under tree
In joy thou hast lived. Beware of the Sea!
If thou hearest the cry of the gull on the shore,
Thy heart shall then rest in the forest no more.\u2019
Gandalf fell silent and shut his eyes.
\u2018Then she sent me no message?\u2019 said Gimli and bent his
head.
\u2018Dark are her words,\u2019 said Legolas, \u2018and little do they mean
to those that receive them.\u2019
\u2018That is no comfort,\u2019 said Gimli.
\u2018What then?\u2019 said Legolas. \u2018Would you have her speak
openly to you of your death?\u2019
\u2018Yes, if she had naught else to say.\u2019
\u2018What is that?\u2019 said Gandalf, opening his eyes. \u2018Yes, I think
I can guess what her words may mean. Your pardon, Gimli!
I was pondering the messages once again. But indeed she
sent words to you, and neither dark nor sad.
\u2018 \u2018\u2018To Gimli son of Glo\u00b4in,\u2019\u2019 she said, \u2018\u2018give his Lady\u2019s greet-
the white rider 657
ing. Lockbearer, wherever thou goest my thought goes with
thee. But have a care to lay thine axe to the right tree!\u2019\u2019 \u2019
\u2018In happy hour you have returned to us, Gandalf,\u2019 cried
the Dwarf, capering as he sang loudly in the strange dwarftongue. \u2018Come, come!\u2019 he shouted, swinging his axe. \u2018Since
Gandalf\u2019s head is now sacred, let us find one that it is right
to cleave!\u2019
\u2018That will not be far to seek,\u2019 said Gandalf, rising from his
seat. \u2018Come! We have spent all the time that is allowed to a
meeting of parted friends. Now there is need of haste.\u2019
He wrapped himself again in his old tattered cloak, and led
the way. Following him they descended quickly from the high
shelf and made their way back through the forest, down the
bank of the Entwash. They spoke no more words, until they
stood again upon the grass beyond the eaves of Fangorn.
There was no sign of their horses to be seen.
\u2018They have not returned,\u2019 said Legolas. \u2018It will be a weary
walk!\u2019
\u2018I shall not walk. Time presses,\u2019 said Gandalf. Then lifting
up his head he gave a long whistle. So clear and piercing was
the note that the others stood amazed to hear such a sound
come from those old bearded lips. Three times he whistled;
and then faint and far off it seemed to them that they heard
the whinny of a horse borne up from the plains upon the
eastern wind. They waited wondering. Before long there
came the sound of hoofs, at first hardly more than a tremor
of the ground perceptible only to Aragorn as he lay upon the
grass, then growing steadily louder and clearer to a quick
beat.
\u2018There is more than one horse coming,\u2019 said Aragorn.
\u2018Certainly,\u2019 said Gandalf. \u2018We are too great a burden for
one.\u2019
\u2018There are three,\u2019 said Legolas, gazing out over the plain.
\u2018See how they run! There is Hasufel, and there is my friend
Arod beside him! But there is another that strides ahead: a
very great horse. I have not seen his like before.\u2019
658 the two towers
\u2018Nor will you again,\u2019 said Gandalf. \u2018That is Shadowfax. He
is the chief of the Mearas, lords of horses, and not even
The\u00b4oden, King of Rohan, has ever looked on a better. Does
he not shine like silver, and run as smoothly as a swift stream?
He has come for me: the horse of the White Rider. We are
going to battle together.\u2019
Even as the old wizard spoke, the great horse came striding
up the slope towards them; his coat was glistening and his
mane flowing in the wind of his speed. The two others followed, now far behind. As soon as Shadowfax saw Gandalf,
he checked his pace and whinnied loudly; then trotting gently
forward he stooped his proud head and nuzzled his great
nostrils against the old man\u2019s neck.
Gandalf caressed him. \u2018It is a long way from Rivendell, my
friend,\u2019 he said; \u2018but you are wise and swift and come at need.
Far let us ride now together, and part not in this world again!\u2019
Soon the other horses came up and stood quietly by, as if
awaiting orders. \u2018We go at once to Meduseld, the hall of your
master, The\u00b4oden,\u2019 said Gandalf, addressing them gravely.
They bowed their heads. \u2018Time presses, so with your leave,
my friends, we will ride. We beg you to use all the speed that
you can. Hasufel shall bear Aragorn and Arod Legolas. I will
set Gimli before me, and by his leave Shadowfax shall bear
us both. We will wait now only to drink a little.\u2019
\u2018Now I understand a part of last night\u2019s riddle,\u2019 said
Legolas as he sprang lightly upon Arod\u2019s back. \u2018Whether they
fled at first in fear, or not, our horses met Shadowfax, their
chieftain, and greeted him with joy. Did you know that he
was at hand, Gandalf ?\u2019
\u2018Yes, I knew,\u2019 said the wizard. \u2018I bent my thought upon
him, bidding him to make haste; for yesterday he was far
away in the south of this land. Swiftly may he bear me back
again!\u2019
Gandalf spoke now to Shadowfax, and the horse set off at
a good pace, yet not beyond the measure of the others. After
a little while he turned suddenly, and choosing a place where
the white rider 659
the banks were lower, he waded the river, and then led them
away due south into a flat land, treeless and wide. The wind
went like grey waves through the endless miles of grass. There
was no sign of road or track, but Shadowfax did not stay or
falter.
\u2018He is steering a straight course now for the halls of
The\u00b4oden under the slopes of the White Mountains,\u2019 said
Gandalf. \u2018It will be quicker so. The ground is firmer in the
Eastemnet, where the chief northward track lies, across the
river, but Shadowfax knows the way through every fen and
hollow.\u2019
For many hours they rode on through the meads and riverlands. Often the grass was so high that it reached above the
knees of the riders, and their steeds seemed to be swimming
in a grey-green sea. They came upon many hidden pools,
and broad acres of sedge waving above wet and treacherous
bogs; but Shadowfax found the way, and the other horses
followed in his swath. Slowly the sun fell from the sky down
into the West. Looking out over the great plain, far away the
riders saw it for a moment like a red fire sinking into the
grass. Low upon the edge of sight shoulders of the mountains
glinted red upon either side. A smoke seemed to rise up and
darken the sun\u2019s disc to the hue of blood, as if it had kindled
the grass as it passed down under the rim of earth.
\u2018There lies the Gap of Rohan,\u2019 said Gandalf. \u2018It is now
almost due west of us. That way lies Isengard.\u2019
\u2018I see a great smoke,\u2019 said Legolas. \u2018What may that be?\u2019
\u2018Battle and war!\u2019 said Gandalf. \u2018Ride on!\u2019
Chapter 6
THE KING OF THE GOLDEN HALL
They rode on through sunset, and slow dusk, and gathering
night. When at last they halted and dismounted, even Aragorn was stiff and weary. Gandalf only allowed them a few
hours\u2019 rest. Legolas and Gimli slept, and Aragorn lay flat,
stretched upon his back; but Gandalf stood, leaning on his
staff, gazing into the darkness, east and west. All was silent,
and there was no sign or sound of living thing. The night
was barred with long clouds, fleeting on a chill wind, when
they arose again. Under the cold moon they went on once
more, as swift as by the light of day.
Hours passed and still they rode on. Gimli nodded and
would have fallen from his seat, if Gandalf had not clutched
and shaken him. Hasufel and Arod, weary but proud, followed their tireless leader, a grey shadow before them hardly
to be seen. The miles went by. The waxing moon sank into
the cloudy West.
A bitter chill came into the air. Slowly in the East the dark
faded to a cold grey. Red shafts of light leapt above the black
walls of the Emyn Muil far away upon their left. Dawn came
clear and bright; a wind swept across their path, rushing
through the bent grasses. Suddenly Shadowfax stood still and
neighed. Gandalf pointed ahead.
\u2018Look!\u2019 he cried, and they lifted their tired eyes. Before
them stood the mountains of the South: white-tipped and
streaked with black. The grass-lands rolled against the hills
that clustered at their feet, and flowed up into many valleys
still dim and dark, untouched by the light of dawn, winding
their way into the heart of the great mountains. Immediately
before the travellers the widest of these glens opened like a
the king of the golden hall 661
long gulf among the hills. Far inward they glimpsed a tumbled
mountain-mass with one tall peak; at the mouth of the vale
there stood like a sentinel a lonely height. About its feet there
flowed, as a thread of silver, the stream that issued from the
dale; upon its brow they caught, still far away, a glint in the
rising sun, a glimmer of gold.
\u2018Speak, Legolas!\u2019 said Gandalf. \u2018Tell us what you see there
before us!\u2019
Legolas gazed ahead, shading his eyes from the level shafts
of the new-risen sun. \u2018I see a white stream that comes down
from the snows,\u2019 he said. \u2018Where it issues from the shadow
of the vale a green hill rises upon the east. A dike and mighty
wall and thorny fence encircle it. Within there rise the roofs
of houses; and in the midst, set upon a green terrace, there
stands aloft a great hall of Men. And it seems to my eyes that
it is thatched with gold. The light of it shines far over the
land. Golden, too, are the posts of its doors. There men
in bright mail stand; but all else within the courts are yet
asleep.\u2019
\u2018Edoras those courts are called,\u2019 said Gandalf, \u2018and
Meduseld is that golden hall. There dwells The\u00b4oden son of
Thengel, King of the Mark of Rohan. We are come with the
rising of the day. Now the road lies plain to see before us.
But we must ride more warily; for war is abroad, and the
Rohirrim, the Horse-lords, do not sleep, even if it seem
so from afar. Draw no weapon, speak no haughty word, I
counsel you all, until we are come before The\u00b4oden\u2019s seat.\u2019
The morning was bright and clear about them, and birds
were singing, when the travellers came to the stream. It ran
down swiftly into the plain, and beyond the feet of the hills
turned across their path in a wide bend, flowing away east to
feed the Entwash far off in its reed-choked beds. The land
was green: in the wet meads and along the grassy borders of
the stream grew many willow-trees. Already in this southern
land they were blushing red at their fingertips, feeling the
approach of spring. Over the stream there was a ford between
662 the two towers
low banks much trampled by the passage of horses. The
travellers passed over and came upon a wide rutted track
leading towards the uplands.
At the foot of the walled hill the way ran under the shadow
of many mounds, high and green. Upon their western sides
the grass was white as with a drifted snow: small flowers
sprang there like countless stars amid the turf.
\u2018Look!\u2019 said Gandalf. \u2018How fair are the bright eyes in the
grass! Evermind they are called, simbelmyne\u00a8 in this land of
Men, for they blossom in all the seasons of the year, and
grow where dead men rest. Behold! we are come to the great
barrows where the sires of The\u00b4oden sleep.\u2019
\u2018Seven mounds upon the left, and nine upon the right,\u2019
said Aragorn. \u2018Many long lives of men it is since the golden
hall was built.\u2019
\u2018Five hundred times have the red leaves fallen in Mirkwood
in my home since then,\u2019 said Legolas, \u2018and but a little while
does that seem to us.\u2019
\u2018But to the Riders of the Mark it seems so long ago,\u2019 said
Aragorn, \u2018that the raising of this house is but a memory of
song, and the years before are lost in the mist of time. Now
they call this land their home, their own, and their speech is
sundered from their northern kin.\u2019 Then he began to chant
softly in a slow tongue unknown to the Elf and Dwarf; yet
they listened, for there was a strong music in it.
\u2018That, I guess, is the language of the Rohirrim,\u2019 said
Legolas; \u2018for it is like to this land itself; rich and rolling in
part, and else hard and stern as the mountains. But I cannot
guess what it means, save that it is laden with the sadness of
Mortal Men.\u2019
\u2018It runs thus in the Common Speech,\u2019 said Aragorn, \u2018as
near as I can make it.
Where now the horse and the rider? Where is the horn that
was blowing?
Where is the helm and the hauberk, and the bright hair
flowing?
the king of the golden hall 663
Where is the hand on the harpstring, and the red fire
glowing?
Where is the spring and the harvest and the tall corn
growing?
They have passed like rain on the mountain, like a wind in
the meadow;
The days have gone down in the West behind the hills into
shadow.
Who shall gather the smoke of the dead wood burning,
Or behold the flowing years from the Sea returning?
Thus spoke a forgotten poet long ago in Rohan, recalling
how tall and fair was Eorl the Young, who rode down out of
the North; and there were wings upon the feet of his steed,
Felaro\u00b4f, father of horses. So men still sing in the evening.\u2019
With these words the travellers passed the silent mounds.
Following the winding way up the green shoulders of the
hills, they came at last to the wide wind-swept walls and the
gates of Edoras.
There sat many men in bright mail, who sprang at once to
their feet and barred the way with spears. \u2018Stay, strangers
here unknown!\u2019 they cried in the tongue of the Riddermark,
demanding the names and errand of the strangers. Wonder
was in their eyes but little friendliness; and they looked darkly
upon Gandalf.
\u2018Well do I understand your speech,\u2019 he answered in the
same language; \u2018yet few strangers do so. Why then do you
not speak in the Common Tongue, as is the custom in the
West, if you wish to be answered?\u2019
\u2018It is the will of The\u00b4oden King that none should enter his
gates, save those who know our tongue and are our friends,\u2019
replied one of the guards. \u2018None are welcome here in days
of war but our own folk, and those that come from Mundburg
in the land of Gondor. Who are you that come heedless over
the plain thus strangely clad, riding horses like to our own
horses? Long have we kept guard here, and we have watched
you from afar. Never have we seen other riders so strange,
664 the two towers
nor any horse more proud than is one of these that bear you.
He is one of the Mearas, unless our eyes are cheated by some
spell. Say, are you not a wizard, some spy from Saruman, or
phantoms of his craft? Speak now and be swift!\u2019
\u2018We are no phantoms,\u2019 said Aragorn, \u2018nor do your eyes
cheat you. For indeed these are your own horses that we ride,
as you knew well ere you asked, I guess. But seldom does
thief ride home to the stable. Here are Hasufel and Arod, that
E\u00b4 omer, the Third Marshal of the Mark, lent to us, only two
days ago. We bring them back now, even as we promised
him. Has not E\u00b4 omer then returned and given warning of our
coming?\u2019
A troubled look came into the guard\u2019s eyes. \u2018Of E\u00b4 omer I
have naught to say,\u2019 he answered. \u2018If what you tell me is
truth, then doubtless The\u00b4oden will have heard of it. Maybe
your coming was not wholly unlooked-for. It is but two nights
ago that Wormtongue came to us and said that by the will of
The\u00b4oden no stranger should pass these gates.\u2019
\u2018Wormtongue?\u2019 said Gandalf, looking sharply at the guard.
\u2018Say no more! My errand is not to Wormtongue, but to the
Lord of the Mark himself. I am in haste. Will you not go or
send to say that we are come?\u2019 His eyes glinted under his
deep brows as he bent his gaze upon the man.
\u2018Yes, I will go,\u2019 he answered slowly. \u2018But what names shall
I report? And what shall I say of you? Old and weary you
seem now, and yet you are fell and grim beneath, I deem.\u2019
\u2018Well do you see and speak,\u2019 said the wizard. \u2018For I am
Gandalf. I have returned. And behold! I too bring back a
horse. Here is Shadowfax the Great, whom no other hand
can tame. And here beside me is Aragorn son of Arathorn,
the heir of Kings, and it is to Mundburg that he goes. Here
also are Legolas the Elf and Gimli the Dwarf, our comrades.
Go now and say to your master that we are at his gates and
would have speech with him, if he will permit us to come
into his hall.\u2019
\u2018Strange names you give indeed! But I will report them as
you bid, and learn my master\u2019s will,\u2019 said the guard. \u2018Wait
the king of the golden hall 665
here a little while, and I will bring you such answer as seems
good to him. Do not hope too much! These are dark days.\u2019
He went swiftly away, leaving the strangers in the watchful
keeping of his comrades.
After some time he returned. \u2018Follow me!\u2019 he said.
\u2018The\u00b4oden gives you leave to enter; but any weapon that you
bear, be it only a staff, you must leave on the threshold. The
doorwardens will keep them.\u2019
The dark gates were swung open. The travellers entered,
walking in file behind their guide. They found a broad path,
paved with hewn stones, now winding upward, now climbing
in short flights of well-laid steps. Many houses built of wood
and many dark doors they passed. Beside the way in a stone
channel a stream of clear water flowed, sparkling and chattering. At length they came to the crown of the hill. There
stood a high platform above a green terrace, at the foot of
which a bright spring gushed from a stone carved in the
likeness of a horse\u2019s head; beneath was a wide basin from
which the water spilled and fed the falling stream. Up the
green terrace went a stair of stone, high and broad, and on
either side of the topmost step were stone-hewn seats. There
sat other guards, with drawn swords laid upon their knees.
Their golden hair was braided on their shoulders; the sun
was blazoned upon their green shields, their long corslets
were burnished bright, and when they rose taller they seemed
than mortal men.
\u2018There are the doors before you,\u2019 said the guide. \u2018I must
return now to my duty at the gate. Farewell! And may the
Lord of the Mark be gracious to you!\u2019
He turned and went swiftly back down the road. The others
climbed the long stair under the eyes of the tall watchmen.
Silent they stood now above and spoke no word, until
Gandalf stepped out upon the paved terrace at the stair\u2019s
head. Then suddenly with clear voices they spoke a courteous
greeting in their own tongue.
666 the two towers
\u2018Hail, comers from afar!\u2019 they said, and they turned
the hilts of their swords towards the travellers in token of
peace. Green gems flashed in the sunlight. Then one of
the guards stepped forward and spoke in the Common
Speech.
\u2018I am the Doorward of The\u00b4oden,\u2019 he said. \u2018Ha\u00b4ma is my
name. Here I must bid you lay aside your weapons before
you enter.\u2019
Then Legolas gave into his hand his silver-hafted knife, his
quiver, and his bow. \u2018Keep these well,\u2019 he said, \u2018for they come
from the Golden Wood and the Lady of Lothlo\u00b4rien gave
them to me.\u2019
Wonder came into the man\u2019s eyes, and he laid the weapons
hastily by the wall, as if he feared to handle them. \u2018No man
will touch them, I promise you,\u2019 he said.
Aragorn stood a while hesitating. \u2018It is not my will,\u2019 he said,
\u2018to put aside my sword or to deliver Andu\u00b4ril to the hand of
any other man.\u2019
\u2018It is the will of The\u00b4oden,\u2019 said Ha\u00b4ma.
\u2018It is not clear to me that the will of The\u00b4oden son of
Thengel, even though he be lord of the Mark, should prevail
over the will of Aragorn son of Arathorn, Elendil\u2019s heir of
Gondor.\u2019
\u2018This is the house of The\u00b4oden, not of Aragorn, even were
he King of Gondor in the seat of Denethor,\u2019 said Ha\u00b4ma,
stepping swiftly before the doors and barring the way. His
sword was now in his hand and the point towards the
strangers.
\u2018This is idle talk,\u2019 said Gandalf. \u2018Needless is The\u00b4oden\u2019s
demand, but it is useless to refuse. A king will have his way
in his own hall, be it folly or wisdom.\u2019
\u2018Truly,\u2019 said Aragorn. \u2018And I would do as the master of
the house bade me, were this only a woodman\u2019s cot, if I bore
now any sword but Andu\u00b4ril.\u2019
\u2018Whatever its name may be,\u2019 said Ha\u00b4ma, \u2018here you shall
lay it, if you would not fight alone against all the men in
Edoras.\u2019
the king of the golden hall 667
\u2018Not alone!\u2019 said Gimli, fingering the blade of his axe, and
looking darkly up at the guard, as if he were a young tree that
Gimli had a mind to fell. \u2018Not alone!\u2019
\u2018Come, come!\u2019 said Gandalf. \u2018We are all friends here. Or
should be; for the laughter of Mordor will be our only reward,
if we quarrel. My errand is pressing. Here at least is my
sword, goodman Ha\u00b4ma. Keep it well. Glamdring it is called,
for the Elves made it long ago. Now let me pass. Come,
Aragorn!\u2019
Slowly Aragorn unbuckled his belt and himself set his
sword upright against the wall. \u2018Here I set it,\u2019 he said; \u2018but I
command you not to touch it, nor to permit any other to lay
hand on it. In this Elvish sheath dwells the Blade that was
Broken and has been made again. Telchar first wrought it in
the deeps of time. Death shall come to any man that draws
Elendil\u2019s sword save Elendil\u2019s heir.\u2019
The guard stepped back and looked with amazement on
Aragorn. \u2018It seems that you are come on the wings of song
out of the forgotten days,\u2019 he said. \u2018It shall be, lord, as you
command.\u2019
\u2018Well,\u2019 said Gimli, \u2018if it has Andu\u00b4ril to keep it company,
my axe may stay here, too, without shame\u2019; and he laid it on
the floor. \u2018Now then, if all is as you wish, let us go and speak
with your master.\u2019
The guard still hesitated. \u2018Your staff,\u2019 he said to Gandalf.
\u2018Forgive me, but that too must be left at the doors.\u2019
\u2018Foolishness!\u2019 said Gandalf. \u2018Prudence is one thing, but
discourtesy is another. I am old. If I may not lean on my stick
as I go, then I will sit out here, until it pleases The\u00b4oden to
hobble out himself to speak with me.\u2019
Aragorn laughed. \u2018Every man has something too dear to
trust to another. But would you part an old man from his
support? Come, will you not let us enter?\u2019
\u2018The staff in the hand of a wizard may be more than a
prop for age,\u2019 said Ha\u00b4ma. He looked hard at the ash-staff
on which Gandalf leaned. \u2018Yet in doubt a man of worth will
trust to his own wisdom. I believe you are friends and folk
668 the two towers
worthy of honour, who have no evil purpose. You may go
in.\u2019
The guards now lifted the heavy bars of the doors and
swung them slowly inwards grumbling on their great hinges.
The travellers entered. Inside it seemed dark and warm after
the clear air upon the hill. The hall was long and wide and
filled with shadows and half lights; mighty pillars upheld
its lofty roof. But here and there bright sunbeams fell in
glimmering shafts from the eastern windows, high under the
deep eaves. Through the louver in the roof, above the thin
wisps of issuing smoke, the sky showed pale and blue. As
their eyes changed, the travellers perceived that the floor was
paved with stones of many hues; branching runes and strange
devices intertwined beneath their feet. They saw now that
the pillars were richly carved, gleaming dully with gold and
half-seen colours. Many woven cloths were hung upon the
walls, and over their wide spaces marched figures of ancient
legend, some dim with years, some darkling in the shade. But
upon one form the sunlight fell: a young man upon a white
horse. He was blowing a great horn, and his yellow hair
was flying in the wind. The horse\u2019s head was lifted, and its
nostrils were wide and red as it neighed, smelling battle afar.
Foaming water, green and white, rushed and curled about its
knees.
\u2018Behold Eorl the Young!\u2019 said Aragorn. \u2018Thus he rode out
of the North to the Battle of the Field of Celebrant.\u2019
Now the four companions went forward, past the clear
wood-fire burning upon the long hearth in the midst of
the hall. Then they halted. At the far end of the house, beyond the hearth and facing north towards the doors, was a
dais with three steps; and in the middle of the dais was a
great gilded chair. Upon it sat a man so bent with age that
he seemed almost a dwarf; but his white hair was long and
thick and fell in great braids from beneath a thin golden
circlet set upon his brow. In the centre upon his forehead
the king of the golden hall 669
shone a single white diamond. His beard was laid like snow
upon his knees; but his eyes still burned with a bright light,
glinting as he gazed at the strangers. Behind his chair stood
a woman clad in white. At his feet upon the steps sat a
wizened figure of a man, with a pale wise face and heavylidded eyes.
There was a silence. The old man did not move in his chair.
At length Gandalf spoke. \u2018Hail, The\u00b4oden son of Thengel! I
have returned. For behold! the storm comes, and now all
friends should gather together, lest each singly be destroyed.\u2019
Slowly the old man rose to his feet, leaning heavily upon a
short black staff with a handle of white bone; and now the
strangers saw that, bent though he was, he was still tall and
must in youth have been high and proud indeed.
\u2018I greet you,\u2019 he said, \u2018and maybe you look for welcome.
But truth to tell your welcome is doubtful here, Master
Gandalf. You have ever been a herald of woe. Troubles follow you like crows, and ever the oftener the worse. I will not
deceive you: when I heard that Shadowfax had come back
riderless, I rejoiced at the return of the horse, but still more
at the lack of the rider; and when E\u00b4 omer brought the tidings
that you had gone at last to your long home, I did not mourn.
But news from afar is seldom sooth. Here you come again!
And with you come evils worse than before, as might be
expected. Why should I welcome you, Gandalf Stormcrow?
Tell me that.\u2019 Slowly he sat down again in his chair.
\u2018You speak justly, lord,\u2019 said the pale man sitting upon
the steps of the dais. \u2018It is not yet five days since the bitter
tidings came that The\u00b4odred your son was slain upon the
West Marches: your right-hand, Second Marshal of the
Mark. In E\u00b4 omer there is little trust. Few men would be left
to guard your walls, if he had been allowed to rule. And even
now we learn from Gondor that the Dark Lord is stirring in
the East. Such is the hour in which this wanderer chooses to
return. Why indeed should we welcome you, Master Stormcrow? La\u00b4thspell I name you, Ill-news; and ill news is an ill
guest they say.\u2019 He laughed grimly, as he lifted his heavy lids
670 the two towers
for a moment and gazed on the strangers with dark eyes.
\u2018You are held wise, my friend Wormtongue, and are doubtless a great support to your master,\u2019 answered Gandalf in a
soft voice. \u2018Yet in two ways may a man come with evil tidings.
He may be a worker of evil; or he may be such as leaves well
alone, and comes only to bring aid in time of need.\u2019
\u2018That is so,\u2019 said Wormtongue; \u2018but there is a third kind:
pickers of bones, meddlers in other men\u2019s sorrows, carrionfowl that grow fat on war. What aid have you ever brought,
Stormcrow? And what aid do you bring now? It was aid from
us that you sought last time that you were here. Then my
lord bade you choose any horse that you would and be gone;
and to the wonder of all you took Shadowfax in your insolence. My lord was sorely grieved; yet to some it seemed that
to speed you from the land the price was not too great. I
guess that it is likely to turn out the same once more: you will
seek aid rather than render it. Do you bring men? Do you
bring horses, swords, spears? That I would call aid; that is
our present need. But who are these that follow at your tail?
Three ragged wanderers in grey, and you yourself the most
beggar-like of the four!\u2019
\u2018The courtesy of your hall is somewhat lessened of late,
The\u00b4oden son of Thengel,\u2019 said Gandalf. \u2018Has not the messenger from your gate reported the names of my companions?
Seldom has any lord of Rohan received three such guests.
Weapons they have laid at your doors that are worth many a
mortal man, even the mightiest. Grey is their raiment, for the
Elves clad them, and thus they have passed through the
shadow of great perils to your hall.\u2019
\u2018Then it is true, as E\u00b4 omer reported, that you are in league
with the Sorceress of the Golden Wood?\u2019 said Wormtongue.
\u2018It is not to be wondered at: webs of deceit were ever woven
in Dwimordene.\u2019
Gimli strode a pace forward, but felt suddenly the hand of
Gandalf clutch him by the shoulder, and he halted, standing
stiff as stone.
the king of the golden hall 671
In Dwimordene, in Lo\u00b4rien
Seldom have walked the feet of Men,
Few mortal eyes have seen the light
That lies there ever, long and bright.
Galadriel! Galadriel!
Clear is the water of your well;
White is the star in your white hand;
Unmarred, unstained is leaf and land
In Dwimordene, in Lo\u00b4rien
More fair than thoughts of Mortal Men.
Thus Gandalf softly sang, and then suddenly he changed.
Casting his tattered cloak aside, he stood up and leaned no
longer on his staff; and he spoke in a clear cold voice.
\u2018The wise speak only of what they know, Gr\u0131\u00b4ma son of
Ga\u00b4lmo\u00b4d. A witless worm have you become. Therefore be
silent, and keep your forked tongue behind your teeth. I have
not passed through fire and death to bandy crooked words
with a serving-man till the lightning falls.\u2019
He raised his staff. There was a roll of thunder. The sunlight was blotted out from the eastern windows; the whole
hall became suddenly dark as night. The fire faded to sullen
embers. Only Gandalf could be seen, standing white and tall
before the blackened hearth.
In the gloom they heard the hiss of Wormtongue\u2019s voice:
\u2018Did I not counsel you, lord, to forbid his staff ? That fool,
Ha\u00b4ma, has betrayed us!\u2019 There was a flash as if lightning had
cloven the roof. Then all was silent. Wormtongue sprawled
on his face.
\u2018Now The\u00b4oden son of Thengel, will you hearken to me?\u2019
said Gandalf. \u2018Do you ask for help?\u2019 He lifted his staff and
pointed to a high window. There the darkness seemed to
clear, and through the opening could be seen, high and far,
a patch of shining sky. \u2018Not all is dark. Take courage, Lord
of the Mark; for better help you will not find. No counsel
have I to give to those that despair. Yet counsel I could give,
672 the two towers
and words I could speak to you. Will you hear them? They
are not for all ears. I bid you come out before your doors and
look abroad. Too long have you sat in shadows and trusted
to twisted tales and crooked promptings.\u2019
Slowly The\u00b4oden left his chair. A faint light grew in the hall
again. The woman hastened to the king\u2019s side, taking his
arm, and with faltering steps the old man came down from
the dais and paced softly through the hall. Wormtongue remained lying on the floor. They came to the doors and
Gandalf knocked.
\u2018Open!\u2019 he cried. \u2018The Lord of the Mark comes forth!\u2019
The doors rolled back and a keen air came whistling in. A
wind was blowing on the hill.
\u2018Send your guards down to the stairs\u2019 foot,\u2019 said Gandalf.
\u2018And you, lady, leave him a while with me. I will care for him.\u2019
\u2018Go, E\u00b4 owyn sister-daughter!\u2019 said the old king. \u2018The time
for fear is past.\u2019
The woman turned and went slowly into the house. As she
passed the doors she turned and looked back. Grave and
thoughtful was her glance, as she looked on the king with
cool pity in her eyes. Very fair was her face, and her long
hair was like a river of gold. Slender and tall she was in her
white robe girt with silver; but strong she seemed and stern
as steel, a daughter of kings. Thus Aragorn for the first time
in the full light of day beheld E\u00b4 owyn, Lady of Rohan, and
thought her fair, fair and cold, like a morning of pale spring
that is not yet come to womanhood. And she now was suddenly aware of him: tall heir of kings, wise with many winters,
greycloaked, hiding a power that yet she felt. For a moment
still as stone she stood, then turning swiftly she was gone.
\u2018Now, lord,\u2019 said Gandalf, \u2018look out upon your land!
Breathe the free air again!\u2019
From the porch upon the top of the high terrace they could
see beyond the stream the green fields of Rohan fading into
distant grey. Curtains of wind-blown rain were slanting
down. The sky above and to the west was still dark with
thunder, and lightning far away flickered among the tops of
the king of the golden hall 673
hidden hills. But the wind had shifted to the north, and
already the storm that had come out of the East was receding,
rolling away southward to the sea. Suddenly through a rent
in the clouds behind them a shaft of sun stabbed down. The
falling showers gleamed like silver, and far away the river
glittered like a shimmering glass.
\u2018It is not so dark here,\u2019 said The\u00b4oden.
\u2018No,\u2019 said Gandalf. \u2018Nor does age lie so heavily on your
shoulders as some would have you think. Cast aside your
prop!\u2019
From the king\u2019s hand the black staff fell clattering on the
stones. He drew himself up, slowly, as a man that is stiff from
long bending over some dull toil. Now tall and straight he
stood, and his eyes were blue as he looked into the opening
sky.
\u2018Dark have been my dreams of late,\u2019 he said, \u2018but I feel as
one new-awakened. I would now that you had come before,
Gandalf. For I fear that already you have come too late, only
to see the last days of my house. Not long now shall stand
the high hall which Brego son of Eorl built. Fire shall devour
the high seat. What is to be done?\u2019
\u2018Much,\u2019 said Gandalf. \u2018But first send for E\u00b4 omer. Do I not
guess rightly that you hold him prisoner, by the counsel of
Gr\u0131\u00b4ma, of him that all save you name the Wormtongue?\u2019
\u2018It is true,\u2019 said The\u00b4oden. \u2018He had rebelled against my
commands, and threatened death to Gr\u0131\u00b4ma in my hall.\u2019
\u2018A man may love you and yet not love Wormtongue or his
counsels,\u2019 said Gandalf.
\u2018That may be. I will do as you ask. Call Ha\u00b4ma to me.
Since he proved untrusty as a doorward, let him become an
errand-runner. The guilty shall bring the guilty to judgement,\u2019 said The\u00b4oden, and his voice was grim, yet he looked
at Gandalf and smiled and as he did so many lines of care
were smoothed away and did not return.
When Ha\u00b4ma had been summoned and had gone, Gandalf
led The\u00b4oden to a stone seat, and then sat himself before the
674 the two towers
king upon the topmost stair. Aragorn and his companions
stood nearby.
\u2018There is no time to tell all that you should hear,\u2019 said
Gandalf. \u2018Yet if my hope is not cheated, a time will come ere
long when I can speak more fully. Behold! you are come into
a peril greater even than the wit of Wormtongue could weave
into your dreams. But see! you dream no longer. You live.
Gondor and Rohan do not stand alone. The enemy is strong
beyond our reckoning, yet we have a hope at which he has
not guessed.\u2019
Quickly now Gandalf spoke. His voice was low and secret,
and none save the king heard what he said. But ever as he
spoke the light shone brighter in The\u00b4oden\u2019s eye, and at the
last he rose from his seat to his full height, and Gandalf
beside him, and together they looked out from the high place
towards the East.
\u2018Verily,\u2019 said Gandalf, now in a loud voice, keen and clear,
\u2018that way lies our hope, where sits our greatest fear. Doom
hangs still on a thread. Yet hope there is still, if we can but
stand unconquered for a little while.\u2019
The others too now turned their eyes eastward. Over the
sundering leagues of land, far away they gazed to the edge of
sight, and hope and fear bore their thoughts still on, beyond
dark mountains to the Land of Shadow. Where now was the
Ring-bearer? How thin indeed was the thread upon which
doom still hung! It seemed to Legolas, as he strained his
farseeing eyes, that he caught a glint of white: far away perchance the sun twinkled on a pinnacle of the Tower of Guard.
And further still, endlessly remote and yet a present threat,
there was a tiny tongue of flame.
Slowly The\u00b4oden sat down again, as if weariness still
struggled to master him against the will of Gandalf. He turned
and looked at his great house. \u2018Alas!\u2019 he said, \u2018that these evil
days should be mine, and should come in my old age instead
of that peace which I have earned. Alas for Boromir the
brave! The young perish and the old linger, withering.\u2019 He
clutched his knees with his wrinkled hands.
the king of the golden hall 675
\u2018Your fingers would remember their old strength better, if
they grasped a sword-hilt,\u2019 said Gandalf.
The\u00b4oden rose and put his hand to his side; but no sword
hung at his belt. \u2018Where has Gr\u0131\u00b4ma stowed it?\u2019 he muttered
under his breath.
\u2018Take this, dear lord!\u2019 said a clear voice. \u2018It was ever at
your service.\u2019 Two men had come softly up the stair and
stood now a few steps from the top. E\u00b4 omer was there. No
helm was on his head, no mail was on his breast, but in his
hand he held a drawn sword; and as he knelt he offered the
hilt to his master.
\u2018How comes this?\u2019 said The\u00b4oden sternly. He turned towards E\u00b4 omer, and the men looked in wonder at him, standing
now proud and erect. Where was the old man whom they
had left crouching in his chair or leaning on his stick?
\u2018It is my doing, lord,\u2019 said Ha\u00b4ma, trembling. \u2018I understood
that E\u00b4 omer was to be set free. Such joy was in my heart that
maybe I have erred. Yet, since he was free again, and he a
Marshal of the Mark, I brought him his sword as he bade me.\u2019
\u2018To lay at your feet, my lord,\u2019 said E\u00b4 omer.
For a moment of silence The\u00b4oden stood looking down at
E\u00b4 omer as he knelt still before him. Neither moved.
\u2018Will you not take the sword?\u2019 said Gandalf.
Slowly The\u00b4oden stretched forth his hand. As his fingers
took the hilt, it seemed to the watchers that firmness and
strength returned to his thin arm. Suddenly he lifted the blade
and swung it shimmering and whistling in the air. Then he
gave a great cry. His voice rang clear as he chanted in the
tongue of Rohan a call to arms.
Arise now, arise, Riders of The\u00b4oden!
Dire deeds awake, dark is it eastward.
Let horse be bridled, horn be sounded!
Forth Eorlingas!
The guards, thinking that they were summoned, sprang
up the stair. They looked at their lord in amazement, and
676 the two towers
then as one man they drew their swords and laid them at his
feet. \u2018Command us!\u2019 they said.
\u2018Westu The\u00b4oden ha\u00b4l!\u2019 cried E\u00b4 omer. \u2018It is a joy to us to see
you return into your own. Never again shall it be said,
Gandalf, that you come only with grief!\u2019
\u2018Take back your sword, E\u00b4 omer, sister-son!\u2019 said the king.
\u2018Go, Ha\u00b4ma, and seek my own sword! Gr\u0131\u00b4ma has it in his
keeping. Bring him to me also. Now, Gandalf, you said that
you had counsel to give, if I would hear it. What is your
counsel?\u2019
\u2018You have yourself already taken it,\u2019 answered Gandalf.
\u2018To put your trust in E\u00b4 omer, rather than in a man of crooked
mind. To cast aside regret and fear. To do the deed at
hand. Every man that can ride should be sent west at once,
as E\u00b4 omer counselled you: we must first destroy the threat
of Saruman, while we have time. If we fail, we fall. If we
succeed \u2013 then we will face the next task. Meanwhile your
people that are left, the women and the children and the old,
should fly to the refuges that you have in the mountains.
Were they not prepared against just such an evil day as this?
Let them take provision, but delay not, nor burden themselves with treasures, great or small. It is their lives that are
at stake.\u2019
\u2018This counsel seems good to me now,\u2019 said The\u00b4oden. \u2018Let
all my folk get ready! But you my guests \u2013 truly you said,
Gandalf, that the courtesy of my hall is lessened. You have
ridden through the night, and the morning wears away. You
have had neither sleep nor food. A guest-house shall be made
ready: there you shall sleep, when you have eaten.\u2019
\u2018Nay, lord,\u2019 said Aragorn. \u2018There is no rest yet for the
weary. The men of Rohan must ride forth today, and we will
ride with them, axe, sword, and bow. We did not bring them
to rest against your wall, Lord of the Mark. And I promised
E\u00b4 omer that my sword and his should be drawn together.\u2019
\u2018Now indeed there is hope of victory!\u2019 said E\u00b4 omer.
\u2018Hope, yes,\u2019 said Gandalf. \u2018But Isengard is strong. And
other perils draw ever nearer. Do not delay, The\u00b4oden, when
the king of the golden hall 677
we are gone. Lead your people swiftly to the Hold of Dunharrow in the hills!\u2019
\u2018Nay, Gandalf!\u2019 said the king. \u2018You do not know your own
skill in healing. It shall not be so. I myself will go to war, to
fall in the front of the battle, if it must be. Thus shall I sleep
better.\u2019
\u2018Then even the defeat of Rohan will be glorious in song,\u2019
said Aragorn. The armed men that stood near clashed their
weapons, crying: \u2018The Lord of the Mark will ride! Forth
Eorlingas!\u2019
\u2018But your people must not be both unarmed and shepherdless,\u2019 said Gandalf. \u2018Who shall guide them and govern them
in your place?\u2019
\u2018I will take thought for that ere I go,\u2019 answered The\u00b4oden.
\u2018Here comes my counsellor.\u2019
At that moment Ha\u00b4ma came again from the hall. Behind
him cringing between two other men, came Gr\u0131\u00b4ma the
Wormtongue. His face was very white. His eyes blinked in
the sunlight. Ha\u00b4ma knelt and presented to The\u00b4oden a long
sword in a scabbard clasped with gold and set with green
gems.
\u2018Here, lord, is Herugrim, your ancient blade,\u2019 he said. \u2018It
was found in his chest. Loth was he to render up the keys.
Many other things are there which men have missed.\u2019
\u2018You lie,\u2019 said Wormtongue. \u2018And this sword your master
himself gave into my keeping.\u2019
\u2018And he now requires it of you again,\u2019 said The\u00b4oden. \u2018Does
that displease you?\u2019
\u2018Assuredly not, lord,\u2019 said Wormtongue. \u2018I care for you
and yours as best I may. But do not weary yourself, or tax
too heavily your strength. Let others deal with these irksome
guests. Your meat is about to be set on the board. Will you
not go to it?\u2019
\u2018I will,\u2019 said The\u00b4oden. \u2018And let food for my guests be set
on the board beside me. The host rides today. Send the
heralds forth! Let them summon all who dwell nigh! Every
678 the two towers
man and strong lad able to bear arms, all who have horses,
let them be ready in the saddle at the gate ere the second
hour from noon!\u2019
\u2018Dear lord!\u2019 cried Wormtongue. \u2018It is as I feared. This
wizard has bewitched you. Are none to be left to defend the
Golden Hall of your fathers, and all your treasure? None to
guard the Lord of the Mark?\u2019
\u2018If this is bewitchment,\u2019 said The\u00b4oden, \u2018it seems to me
more wholesome than your whisperings. Your leechcraft
ere long would have had me walking on all fours like a beast.
No, not one shall be left, not even Gr\u0131\u00b4ma. Gr\u0131\u00b4ma shall ride
too. Go! You have yet time to clean the rust from your
sword.\u2019
\u2018Mercy, lord!\u2019 whined Wormtongue, grovelling on the
ground. \u2018Have pity on one worn out in your service. Send
me not from your side! I at least will stand by you when all
others have gone. Do not send your faithful Gr\u0131\u00b4ma away!\u2019
\u2018You have my pity,\u2019 said The\u00b4oden. \u2018And I do not send you
from my side. I go myself to war with my men. I bid you
come with me and prove your faith.\u2019
Wormtongue looked from face to face. In his eyes was the
hunted look of a beast seeking some gap in the ring of his
enemies. He licked his lips with a long pale tongue. \u2018Such a
resolve might be expected from a lord of the House of Eorl,
old though he be,\u2019 he said. \u2018But those who truly love him
would spare his failing years. Yet I see that I come too late.
Others, whom the death of my lord would perhaps grieve
less, have already persuaded him. If I cannot undo their work,
hear me at least in this, lord! One who knows your mind and
honours your commands should be left in Edoras. Appoint
a faithful steward. Let your counsellor Gr\u0131\u00b4ma keep all things
till your return \u2013 and I pray that we may see it, though no
wise man will deem it hopeful.\u2019
E\u00b4 omer laughed. \u2018And if that plea does not excuse you from
war, most noble Wormtongue,\u2019 he said, \u2018what office of less
honour would you accept? To carry a sack of meal up into
the mountains \u2013 if any man would trust you with it?\u2019
the king of the golden hall 679
\u2018Nay, E\u00b4 omer, you do not fully understand the mind of
Master Wormtongue,\u2019 said Gandalf, turning his piercing
glance upon him. \u2018He is bold and cunning. Even now he
plays a game with peril and wins a throw. Hours of my
precious time he has wasted already. Down, snake!\u2019 he said
suddenly in a terrible voice. \u2018Down on your belly! How long
is it since Saruman bought you? What was the promised
price? When all the men were dead, you were to pick your
share of the treasure, and take the woman you desire? Too
long have you watched her under your eyelids and haunted
her steps.\u2019
E\u00b4 omer grasped his sword. \u2018That I knew already,\u2019 he
muttered. \u2018For that reason I would have slain him before,
forgetting the law of the hall. But there are other reasons.\u2019
He stepped forward, but Gandalf stayed him with his
hand.
\u2018E\u00b4 owyn is safe now,\u2019 he said. \u2018But you, Wormtongue, you
have done what you could for your true master. Some reward
you have earned at least. Yet Saruman is apt to overlook his
bargains. I should advise you to go quickly and remind him,
lest he forget your faithful service.\u2019
\u2018You lie,\u2019 said Wormtongue.
\u2018That word comes too oft and easy from your lips,\u2019 said
Gandalf. \u2018I do not lie. See, The\u00b4oden, here is a snake! With
safety you cannot take it with you, nor can you leave it behind.
To slay it would be just. But it was not always as it now is.
Once it was a man, and did you service in its fashion. Give
him a horse and let him go at once, wherever he chooses. By
his choice you shall judge him.\u2019
\u2018Do you hear this, Wormtongue?\u2019 said The\u00b4oden. \u2018This is
your choice: to ride with me to war, and let us see in battle
whether you are true; or to go now, whither you will. But
then, if ever we meet again, I shall not be merciful.\u2019
Slowly Wormtongue rose. He looked at them with halfclosed eyes. Last of all he scanned The\u00b4oden\u2019s face and
opened his mouth as if to speak. Then suddenly he drew
himself up. His hands worked. His eyes glittered. Such malice
680 the two towers
was in them that men stepped back from him. He bared his
teeth; and then with a hissing breath he spat before the king\u2019s
feet, and darting to one side, he fled down the stair.
\u2018After him!\u2019 said The\u00b4oden. \u2018See that he does no harm to
any, but do not hurt him or hinder him. Give him a horse, if
he wishes it.\u2019
\u2018And if any will bear him,\u2019 said E\u00b4 omer.
One of the guards ran down the stair. Another went to the
well at the foot of the terrace and in his helm drew water.
With it he washed clean the stones that Wormtongue had
defiled.
\u2018Now my guests, come!\u2019 said The\u00b4oden. \u2018Come and take
such refreshment as haste allows.\u2019
They passed back into the great house. Already they heard
below them in the town the heralds crying and the war-horns
blowing. For the king was to ride forth as soon as the men
of the town and those dwelling near could be armed and
assembled.
At the king\u2019s board sat E\u00b4 omer and the four guests, and
there also waiting upon the king was the lady E\u00b4 owyn. They
ate and drank swiftly. The others were silent while The\u00b4oden
questioned Gandalf concerning Saruman.
\u2018How far back his treachery goes, who can guess?\u2019 said
Gandalf. \u2018He was not always evil. Once I do not doubt that
he was the friend of Rohan; and even when his heart grew
colder, he found you useful still. But for long now he has
plotted your ruin, wearing the mask of friendship, until he
was ready. In those years Wormtongue\u2019s task was easy, and
all that you did was swiftly known in Isengard; for your land
was open, and strangers came and went. And ever Wormtongue\u2019s whispering was in your ears, poisoning your
thought, chilling your heart, weakening your limbs, while
others watched and could do nothing, for your will was in
his keeping.
\u2018But when I escaped and warned you, then the mask was
torn, for those who would see. After that Wormtongue played
the king of the golden hall 681
dangerously, always seeking to delay you, to prevent your
full strength being gathered. He was crafty: dulling men\u2019s
wariness, or working on their fears, as served the occasion.
Do you not remember how eagerly he urged that no man
should be spared on a wildgoose chase northward, when the
immediate peril was westward? He persuaded you to forbid
E\u00b4 omer to pursue the raiding Orcs. If E\u00b4 omer had not defied
Wormtongue\u2019s voice speaking with your mouth, those Orcs
would have reached Isengard by now, bearing a great prize.
Not indeed that prize which Saruman desires above all else,
but at the least two members of my Company, sharers of a
secret hope, of which even to you, lord, I cannot yet speak
openly. Dare you think of what they might now be suffering, or what Saruman might now have learned to our
destruction?\u2019
\u2018I owe much to E\u00b4 omer,\u2019 said The\u00b4oden. \u2018Faithful heart may
have froward tongue.\u2019
\u2018Say also,\u2019 said Gandalf, \u2018that to crooked eyes truth may
wear a wry face.\u2019
\u2018Indeed my eyes were almost blind,\u2019 said The\u00b4oden. \u2018Most
of all I owe to you, my guest. Once again you have come in
time. I would give you a gift ere we go, at your own choosing.
You have only to name aught that is mine. I reserve now only
my sword!\u2019
\u2018Whether I came in time or not is yet to be seen,\u2019 said
Gandalf. \u2018But as for your gift, lord, I will choose one that will
fit my need: swift and sure. Give me Shadowfax! He was
only lent before, if loan we may call it. But now I shall ride
him into great hazard, setting silver against black: I would
not risk anything that is not my own. And already there is a
bond of love between us.\u2019
\u2018You choose well,\u2019 said The\u00b4oden; \u2018and I give him now
gladly. Yet it is a great gift. There is none like to Shadowfax.
In him one of the mighty steeds of old has returned. None
such shall return again. And to you my other guests I will
offer such things as may be found in my armoury. Swords
you do not need, but there are helms and coats of mail of
682 the two towers
cunning work, gifts to my fathers out of Gondor. Choose
from these ere we go, and may they serve you well!\u2019
Now men came bearing raiment of war from the king\u2019s
hoard, and they arrayed Aragorn and Legolas in shining mail.
Helms too they chose, and round shields: their bosses were
overlaid with gold and set with gems, green and red and
white. Gandalf took no armour; and Gimli needed no coat
of rings, even if one had been found to match his stature, for
there was no hauberk in the hoards of Edoras of better make
than his short corslet forged beneath the Mountain in the
North. But he chose a cap of iron and leather that fitted well
upon his round head; and a small shield he also took. It bore
the running horse, white upon green, that was the emblem
of the House of Eorl.
\u2018May it keep you well!\u2019 said The\u00b4oden. \u2018It was made for me
in Thengel\u2019s day, while still I was a boy.\u2019
Gimli bowed. \u2018I am proud, Lord of the Mark, to bear your
device,\u2019 he said. \u2018Indeed sooner would I bear a horse than be
borne by one. I love my feet better. But, maybe, I shall come
yet where I can stand and fight.\u2019
\u2018It may well be so,\u2019 said The\u00b4oden.
The king now rose, and at once E\u00b4 owyn came forward
bearing wine. \u2018Ferthu The\u00b4oden ha\u00b4l!\u2019 she said. \u2018Receive now
this cup and drink in happy hour. Health be with thee at thy
going and coming!\u2019
The\u00b4oden drank from the cup, and she then proffered it to
the guests. As she stood before Aragorn she paused suddenly
and looked upon him, and her eyes were shining. And he
looked down upon her fair face and smiled; but as he took
the cup, his hand met hers, and he knew that she trembled
at the touch. \u2018Hail Aragorn son of Arathorn!\u2019 she said. \u2018Hail
Lady of Rohan!\u2019 he answered, but his face now was troubled
and he did not smile.
When they had all drunk, the king went down the hall to
the doors. There the guards awaited him, and heralds stood,
the king of the golden hall 683
and all the lords and chiefs were gathered together that
remained in Edoras or dwelt nearby.
\u2018Behold! I go forth, and it seems like to be my last riding,\u2019
said The\u00b4oden. \u2018I have no child. The\u00b4odred my son is slain. I
name E\u00b4 omer my sister-son to be my heir. If neither of us
return, then choose a new lord as you will. But to some one
I must now entrust my people that I leave behind, to rule
them in my place. Which of you will stay?\u2019
No man spoke.
\u2018Is there none whom you would name? In whom do my
people trust?\u2019
\u2018In the House of Eorl,\u2019 answered Ha\u00b4ma.
\u2018But E\u00b4 omer I cannot spare, nor would he stay,\u2019 said the
king; \u2018and he is the last of that House.\u2019
\u2018I said not E\u00b4 omer,\u2019 answered Ha\u00b4ma. \u2018And he is not the
last. There is E\u00b4 owyn, daughter of E\u00b4 omund, his sister. She is
fearless and high-hearted. All love her. Let her be as lord to
the Eorlingas, while we are gone.\u2019
\u2018It shall be so,\u2019 said The\u00b4oden. \u2018Let the heralds announce
to the folk that the Lady E\u00b4 owyn will lead them!\u2019
Then the king sat upon a seat before his doors, and E\u00b4 owyn
knelt before him and received from him a sword and a fair
corslet. \u2018Farewell sister-daughter!\u2019 he said. \u2018Dark is the hour,
yet maybe we shall return to the Golden Hall. But in Dunharrow the people may long defend themselves, and if the battle
go ill, thither will come all who escape.\u2019
\u2018Speak not so!\u2019 she answered. \u2018A year shall I endure for
every day that passes until your return.\u2019 But as she spoke her
eyes went to Aragorn who stood nearby.
\u2018The king shall come again,\u2019 he said. \u2018Fear not! Not West
but East does our doom await us.\u2019
The king now went down the stair with Gandalf beside
him. The others followed. Aragorn looked back as they
passed towards the gate. Alone E\u00b4 owyn stood before the doors
of the house at the stair\u2019s head; the sword was set upright
684 the two towers
before her, and her hands were laid upon the hilt. She was
clad now in mail and shone like silver in the sun.
Gimli walked with Legolas, his axe on his shoulder. \u2018Well,
at last we set off!\u2019 he said. \u2018Men need many words before
deeds. My axe is restless in my hands. Though I doubt not
that these Rohirrim are fell-handed when they come to it.
Nonetheless this is not the warfare that suits me. How shall
I come to the battle? I wish I could walk and not bump like
a sack at Gandalf\u2019s saddlebow.\u2019
\u2018A safer seat than many, I guess,\u2019 said Legolas. \u2018Yet doubtless Gandalf will gladly put you down on your feet when
blows begin; or Shadowfax himself. An axe is no weapon for
a rider.\u2019
\u2018And a Dwarf is no horseman. It is orc-necks I would hew,
not shave the scalps of Men,\u2019 said Gimli, patting the haft of
his axe.
At the gate they found a great host of men, old and young,
all ready in the saddle. More than a thousand were there
mustered. Their spears were like a springing wood. Loudly
and joyously they shouted as The\u00b4oden came forth. Some
held in readiness the king\u2019s horse, Snowmane, and others
held the horses of Aragorn and Legolas. Gimli stood ill at
ease, frowning, but E\u00b4 omer came up to him, leading his horse.
\u2018Hail, Gimli Glo\u00b4in\u2019s son!\u2019 he cried. \u2018I have not had time to
learn gentle speech under your rod, as you promised. But
shall we not put aside our quarrel? At least I will speak no
evil again of the Lady of the Wood.\u2019
\u2018I will forget my wrath for a while, E\u00b4 omer son of E\u00b4 omund,\u2019
said Gimli; \u2018but if ever you chance to see the Lady Galadriel
with your eyes, then you shall acknowledge her the fairest of
ladies, or our friendship will end.\u2019
\u2018So be it!\u2019 said E\u00b4 omer. \u2018But until that time pardon me, and
in token of pardon ride with me, I beg. Gandalf will be at the
head with the Lord of the Mark; but Firefoot, my horse, will
bear us both, if you will.\u2019
\u2018I thank you indeed,\u2019 said Gimli greatly pleased. \u2018I will
the king of the golden hall 685
gladly go with you, if Legolas, my comrade, may ride beside
us.\u2019
\u2018It shall be so,\u2019 said E\u00b4 omer. \u2018Legolas upon my left, and
Aragorn upon my right, and none will dare to stand before
us!\u2019
\u2018Where is Shadowfax?\u2019 said Gandalf.
\u2018Running wild over the grass,\u2019 they answered. \u2018He will let
no man handle him. There he goes, away down by the ford,
like a shadow among the willows.\u2019
Gandalf whistled and called aloud the horse\u2019s name, and
far away he tossed his head and neighed, and turning sped
towards the host like an arrow.
\u2018Were the breath of the West Wind to take a body visible,
even so would it appear,\u2019 said E\u00b4 omer, as the great horse ran
up, until he stood before the wizard.
\u2018The gift seems already to be given,\u2019 said The\u00b4oden. \u2018But
hearken all! Here now I name my guest, Gandalf Greyhame,
wisest of counsellors, most welcome of wanderers, a lord of
the Mark, a chieftain of the Eorlingas while our kin shall last;
and I give to him Shadowfax, prince of horses.\u2019
\u2018I thank you, The\u00b4oden King,\u2019 said Gandalf. Then suddenly
he threw back his grey cloak, and cast aside his hat, and
leaped to horseback. He wore no helm nor mail. His snowy
hair flew free in the wind, his white robes shone dazzling in
the sun.
\u2018Behold the White Rider!\u2019 cried Aragorn, and all took up
the words.
\u2018Our King and the White Rider!\u2019 they shouted. \u2018Forth
Eorlingas!\u2019
The trumpets sounded. The horses reared and neighed.
Spear clashed on shield. Then the king raised his hand, and
with a rush like the sudden onset of a great wind the last host
of Rohan rode thundering into the West.
Far over the plain E\u00b4 owyn saw the glitter of their spears, as
she stood still, alone before the doors of the silent house.
Chapter 7
HELM\u2019S DEEP
The sun was already westering as they rode from Edoras,
and the light of it was in their eyes, turning all the rolling
fields of Rohan to a golden haze. There was a beaten way,
north-westward along the foot-hills of the White Mountains,
and this they followed, up and down in a green country,
crossing small swift streams by many fords. Far ahead and
to their right the Misty Mountains loomed; ever darker and
taller they grew as the miles went by. The sun went slowly
down before them. Evening came behind.
The host rode on. Need drove them. Fearing to come too
late, they rode with all the speed they could, pausing seldom.
Swift and enduring were the steeds of Rohan, but there were
many leagues to go. Forty leagues and more it was, as a bird
flies, from Edoras to the fords of the Isen, where they hoped
to find the king\u2019s men that held back the hosts of Saruman.
Night closed about them. At last they halted to make their
camp. They had ridden for some five hours and were far out
upon the western plain, yet more than half their journey lay
still before them. In a great circle, under the starry sky and
the waxing moon, they now made their bivouac. They lit no
fires, for they were uncertain of events; but they set a ring of
mounted guards about them, and scouts rode out far ahead,
passing like shadows in the folds of the land. The slow night
passed without tidings or alarm. At dawn the horns sounded,
and within an hour they took the road again.
There were no clouds overhead yet, but a heaviness was
in the air; it was hot for the season of the year. The rising
sun was hazy, and behind it, following it slowly up the sky,
there was a growing darkness, as of a great storm moving out
helm\u2019s deep 687
of the East. And away in the North-west there seemed to
be another darkness brooding about the feet of the Misty
Mountains, a shadow that crept down slowly from the
Wizard\u2019s Vale.
Gandalf dropped back to where Legolas rode beside
E\u00b4 omer. \u2018You have the keen eyes of your fair kindred,
Legolas,\u2019 he said; \u2018and they can tell a sparrow from a finch a
league off. Tell me, can you see anything away yonder
towards Isengard?\u2019
\u2018Many miles lie between,\u2019 said Legolas, gazing thither and
shading his eyes with his long hand. \u2018I can see a darkness.
There are shapes moving in it, great shapes far away upon
the bank of the river; but what they are I cannot tell. It is not
mist or cloud that defeats my eyes: there is a veiling shadow
that some power lays upon the land, and it marches slowly
down stream. It is as if the twilight under endless trees were
flowing downwards from the hills.\u2019
\u2018And behind us comes a very storm of Mordor,\u2019 said
Gandalf. \u2018It will be a black night.\u2019
As the second day of their riding drew on, the heaviness
in the air increased. In the afternoon the dark clouds began
to overtake them: a sombre canopy with great billowing edges
flecked with dazzling light. The sun went down, blood-red
in a smoking haze. The spears of the Riders were tipped with
fire as the last shafts of light kindled the steep faces of the
peaks of Thrihyrne: now very near they stood on the northernmost arm of the White Mountains, three jagged horns
staring at the sunset. In the last red glow men in the vanguard
saw a black speck, a horseman riding back towards them.
They halted awaiting him.
He came, a weary man with dinted helm and cloven
shield. Slowly he climbed from his horse and stood there
a while gasping. At length he spoke. \u2018Is E\u00b4 omer here?\u2019 he
asked. \u2018You come at last, but too late, and with too little
strength. Things have gone evilly since The\u00b4odred fell. We
were driven back yesterday over the Isen with great loss;
688 the two towers
many perished at the crossing. Then at night fresh forces
came over the river against our camp. All Isengard must
be emptied; and Saruman has armed the wild hillmen and
herd-folk of Dunland beyond the rivers, and these also he
loosed upon us. We were overmastered. The shield-wall was
broken. Erkenbrand of Westfold has drawn off those men he
could gather towards his fastness in Helm\u2019s Deep. The rest
are scattered.
\u2018Where is E\u00b4 omer? Tell him there is no hope ahead. He
should return to Edoras before the wolves of Isengard come
there.\u2019
The\u00b4oden had sat silent, hidden from the man\u2019s sight behind
his guards; now he urged his horse forward. \u2018Come, stand
before me, Ceorl!\u2019 he said. \u2018I am here. The last host of the
Eorlingas has ridden forth. It will not return without battle.\u2019
The man\u2019s face lightened with joy and wonder. He drew
himself up. Then he knelt, offering his notched sword to the
king. \u2018Command me, lord!\u2019 he cried. \u2018And pardon me! I
thought\u2014\u2014\u2019
\u2018You thought I remained in Meduseld bent like an old tree
under winter snow. So it was when you rode to war. But a
west wind has shaken the boughs,\u2019 said The\u00b4oden. \u2018Give this
man a fresh horse! Let us ride to the help of Erkenbrand!\u2019
While The\u00b4oden was speaking, Gandalf rode a short way
ahead, and he sat there alone, gazing north to Isengard and
west to the setting sun. Now he came back.
\u2018Ride, The\u00b4oden!\u2019 he said. \u2018Ride to Helm\u2019s Deep! Go not
to the Fords of Isen, and do not tarry in the plain! I must
leave you for a while. Shadowfax must bear me now on a
swift errand.\u2019 Turning to Aragorn and E\u00b4 omer and the men
of the king\u2019s household, he cried: \u2018Keep well the Lord of the
Mark, till I return. Await me at Helm\u2019s Gate! Farewell!\u2019
He spoke a word to Shadowfax, and like an arrow from
the bow the great horse sprang away. Even as they looked he
was gone: a flash of silver in the sunset, a wind over the grass,
a shadow that fled and passed from sight. Snowmane snorted
helm\u2019s deep 689
and reared, eager to follow; but only a swift bird on the wing
could have overtaken him.
\u2018What does that mean?\u2019 said one of the guard to Ha\u00b4ma.
\u2018That Gandalf Greyhame has need of haste,\u2019 answered
Ha\u00b4ma. \u2018Ever he goes and comes unlooked-for.\u2019
\u2018Wormtongue, were he here, would not find it hard to
explain,\u2019 said the other.
\u2018True enough,\u2019 said Ha\u00b4ma; \u2018but for myself, I will wait until
I see Gandalf again.\u2019
\u2018Maybe you will wait long,\u2019 said the other.
The host turned away now from the road to the Fords of
Isen and bent their course southward. Night fell, and still
they rode on. The hills drew near, but the tall peaks of Thrihyrne were already dim against the darkening sky. Still some
miles away, on the far side of the Westfold Vale, a great bay
in the mountains, lay a green coomb, out of which a gorge
opened in the hills. Men of that land called it Helm\u2019s Deep,
after a hero of old wars who had made his refuge there. Ever
steeper and narrower it wound inward from the north under
the shadow of the Thrihyrne, till the crowhaunted cliffs rose
like mighty towers on either side, shutting out the light.
At Helm\u2019s Gate, before the mouth of the Deep, there was
a heel of rock thrust outward by the northern cliff. There
upon its spur stood high walls of ancient stone, and within
them was a lofty tower. Men said that in the far-off days of
the glory of Gondor the sea-kings had built here this fastness
with the hands of giants. The Hornburg it was called, for a
trumpet sounded upon the tower echoed in the Deep behind,
as if armies long-forgotten were issuing to war from caves
beneath the hills. A wall, too, the men of old had made from
the Hornburg to the southern cliff, barring the entrance to
the gorge. Beneath it by a wide culvert the Deeping-stream
passed out. About the feet of the Hornrock it wound, and
flowed then in a gully through the midst of a wide green
gore, sloping gently down from Helm\u2019s Gate to Helm\u2019s Dike.
690 the two towers
Thence it fell into the Deeping-coomb and out into the
Westfold Vale. There in the Hornburg at Helm\u2019s Gate Erkenbrand, master of Westfold on the borders of the Mark, now
dwelt. As the days darkened with threat of war, being wise,
he had repaired the wall and made the fastness strong.
The Riders were still in the low valley before the mouth of
the Coomb, when cries and hornblasts were heard from their
scouts that went in front. Out of the darkness arrows whistled.
Swiftly a scout rode back and reported that wolf-riders were
abroad in the valley, and that a host of Orcs and wild men
were hurrying southward from the Fords of Isen and seemed
to be making for Helm\u2019s Deep.
\u2018We have found many of our folk lying slain as they fled
thither,\u2019 said the scout. \u2018And we have met scattered companies, going this way and that, leaderless. What has become
of Erkenbrand none seem to know. It is likely that he will be
overtaken ere he can reach Helm\u2019s Gate, if he has not already
perished.\u2019
\u2018Has aught been seen of Gandalf ?\u2019 asked The\u00b4oden.
\u2018Yes, lord. Many have seen an old man in white upon a
horse, passing hither and thither over the plains like wind in
the grass. Some thought he was Saruman. It is said that he
went away ere nightfall towards Isengard. Some say also that
Wormtongue was seen earlier, going northward with a company of Orcs.\u2019
\u2018It will go ill with Wormtongue, if Gandalf comes upon
him,\u2019 said The\u00b4oden. \u2018Nonetheless I miss now both my counsellors, the old and the new. But in this need we have no
better choice than to go on, as Gandalf said, to Helm\u2019s Gate,
whether Erkenbrand be there or no. Is it known how great is
the host that comes from the North?\u2019
\u2018It is very great,\u2019 said the scout. \u2018He that flies counts every
foeman twice, yet I have spoken to stouthearted men, and I
do not doubt that the main strength of the enemy is many
times as great as all that we have here.\u2019
\u2018Then let us be swift,\u2019 said E\u00b4 omer. \u2018Let us drive through
helm\u2019s deep 691
such foes as are already between us and the fastness. There
are caves in Helm\u2019s Deep where hundreds may lie hid; and
secret ways lead thence up on to the hills.\u2019
\u2018Trust not to secret ways,\u2019 said the king. \u2018Saruman has long
spied out this land. Still in that place our defence may last
long. Let us go!\u2019
Aragorn and Legolas went now with E\u00b4 omer in the van. On
through the dark night they rode, ever slower as the darkness
deepened and their way climbed southward, higher and
higher into the dim folds about the mountains\u2019 feet. They
found few of the enemy before them. Here and there they
came upon roving bands of Orcs; but they fled ere the Riders
could take or slay them.
\u2018It will not be long I fear,\u2019 said E\u00b4 omer, \u2018ere the coming of
the king\u2019s host will be known to the leader of our enemies,
Saruman or whatever captain he has sent forth.\u2019
The rumour of war grew behind them. Now they could
hear, borne over the dark, the sound of harsh singing. They
had climbed far up into the Deeping-coomb when they
looked back. Then they saw torches, countless points of fiery
light upon the black fields behind, scattered like red flowers,
or winding up from the lowlands in long flickering lines. Here
and there a larger blaze leapt up.
\u2018It is a great host and follows us hard,\u2019 said Aragorn.
\u2018They bring fire,\u2019 said The\u00b4oden, \u2018and they are burning as
they come, rick, cot, and tree. This was a rich vale and had
many homesteads. Alas for my folk!\u2019
\u2018Would that day was here and we might ride down upon
them like a storm out of the mountains!\u2019 said Aragorn. \u2018It
grieves me to fly before them.\u2019
\u2018We need not fly much further,\u2019 said E\u00b4 omer. \u2018Not far ahead
now lies Helm\u2019s Dike, an ancient trench and rampart scored
across the coomb, two furlongs below Helm\u2019s Gate. There
we can turn and give battle.\u2019
\u2018Nay, we are too few to defend the Dike,\u2019 said The\u00b4oden.
\u2018It is a mile long or more, and the breach in it is wide.\u2019
692 the two towers
\u2018At the breach our rearguard must stand, if we are pressed,\u2019
said E\u00b4 omer.
There was neither star nor moon when the Riders came to
the breach in the Dike, where the stream from above passed
out, and the road beside it ran down from the Hornburg.
The rampart loomed suddenly before them, a high shadow
beyond a dark pit. As they rode up a sentinel challenged
them.
\u2018The Lord of the Mark rides to Helm\u2019s Gate,\u2019 E\u00b4 omer
answered. \u2018I, E\u00b4 omer son of E\u00b4 omund, speak.\u2019
\u2018This is good tidings beyond hope,\u2019 said the sentinel.
\u2018Hasten! The enemy is on your heels.\u2019
The host passed through the breach and halted on the
sloping sward above. They now learned to their joy that
Erkenbrand had left many men to hold Helm\u2019s Gate, and
more had since escaped thither.
\u2018Maybe, we have a thousand fit to fight on foot,\u2019 said
Gamling, an old man, the leader of those that watched the
Dike. \u2018But most of them have seen too many winters, as I
have, or too few, as my son\u2019s son here. What news of Erkenbrand? Word came yesterday that he was retreating hither
with all that is left of the best Riders of Westfold. But he has
not come.\u2019
\u2018I fear that he will not come now,\u2019 said E\u00b4 omer. \u2018Our scouts
have gained no news of him, and the enemy fills all the valley
behind us.\u2019
\u2018I would that he had escaped,\u2019 said The\u00b4oden. \u2018He was
a mighty man. In him lived again the valour of Helm the
Hammerhand. But we cannot await him here. We must draw
all our forces now behind the walls. Are you well stored? We
bring little provision, for we rode forth to open battle, not to
a siege.\u2019
\u2018Behind us in the caves of the Deep are three parts of the
folk of Westfold, old and young, children and women,\u2019 said
Gamling. \u2018But great store of food, and many beasts and their
fodder, have also been gathered there.\u2019
helm\u2019s deep 693
\u2018That is well,\u2019 said E\u00b4 omer. \u2018They are burning or despoiling
all that is left in the vale.\u2019
\u2018If they come to bargain for our goods at Helm\u2019s Gate,
they will pay a high price,\u2019 said Gamling.
The king and his Riders passed on. Before the causeway
that crossed the stream they dismounted. In a long file they
led their horses up the ramp and passed within the gates of
the Hornburg. There they were welcomed again with joy and
renewed hope; for now there were men enough to man both
the burg and the barrier wall.
Quickly E\u00b4 omer set his men in readiness. The king and the
men of his household were in the Hornburg, and there also
were many of the Westfold-men. But on the Deeping Wall
and its tower, and behind it, E\u00b4 omer arrayed most of the
strength that he had, for here the defence seemed more
doubtful, if the assault were determined and in great force.
The horses were led far up the Deep under such guard as
could be spared.
The Deeping Wall was twenty feet high, and so thick that
four men could walk abreast along the top, sheltered by a
parapet over which only a tall man could look. Here and
there were clefts in the stone through which men could shoot.
This battlement could be reached by a stair running down
from a door in the outer court of the Hornburg; three flights
of steps led also up on to the wall from the Deep behind; but
in front it was smooth, and the great stones of it were set
with such skill that no foothold could be found at their joints,
and at the top they hung over like a sea-delved cliff.
Gimli stood leaning against the breastwork upon the wall.
Legolas sat above on the parapet, fingering his bow, and
peering out into the gloom.
\u2018This is more to my liking,\u2019 said the dwarf, stamping on
the stones. \u2018Ever my heart rises as we draw near the mountains. There is good rock here. This country has tough bones.
I felt them in my feet as we came up from the dike. Give me
694 the two towers
a year and a hundred of my kin and I would make this a
place that armies would break upon like water.\u2019
\u2018I do not doubt it,\u2019 said Legolas. \u2018But you are a dwarf, and
dwarves are strange folk. I do not like this place, and I shall
like it no more by the light of day. But you comfort me,
Gimli, and I am glad to have you standing nigh with your
stout legs and your hard axe. I wish there were more of
your kin among us. But even more would I give for a hundred good archers of Mirkwood. We shall need them. The
Rohirrim have good bowmen after their fashion, but there
are too few here, too few.\u2019
\u2018It is dark for archery,\u2019 said Gimli. \u2018Indeed it is time for
sleep. Sleep! I feel the need of it, as never I thought any dwarf
could. Riding is tiring work. Yet my axe is restless in my
hand. Give me a row of orc-necks and room to swing and all
weariness will fall from me!\u2019
A slow time passed. Far down in the valley scattered fires
still burned. The hosts of Isengard were advancing in silence
now. Their torches could be seen winding up the coomb in
many lines.
Suddenly from the Dike yells and screams, and the fierce
battle-cries of men broke out. Flaming brands appeared over
the brink and clustered thickly at the breach. Then they scattered and vanished. Men came galloping back over the field
and up the ramp to the gate of the Hornburg. The rearguard
of the Westfolders had been driven in.
\u2018The enemy is at hand!\u2019 they said. \u2018We loosed every arrow
that we had, and filled the Dike with Orcs. But it will not halt
them long. Already they are scaling the bank at many points,
thick as marching ants. But we have taught them not to carry
torches.\u2019
It was now past midnight. The sky was utterly dark, and
the stillness of the heavy air foreboded storm. Suddenly the
clouds were seared by a blinding flash. Branched lightning
smote down upon the eastward hills. For a staring moment
helm\u2019s deep 695
the watchers on the walls saw all the space between them and
the Dike lit with white light: it was boiling and crawling with
black shapes, some squat and broad, some tall and grim, with
high helms and sable shields. Hundreds and hundreds more
were pouring over the Dike and through the breach. The
dark tide flowed up to the walls from cliff to cliff. Thunder
rolled in the valley. Rain came lashing down.
Arrows thick as the rain came whistling over the battlements, and fell clinking and glancing on the stones. Some
found a mark. The assault on Helm\u2019s Deep had begun, but
no sound or challenge was heard within; no answering arrows
came.
The assailing hosts halted, foiled by the silent menace of
rock and wall. Ever and again the lightning tore aside the
darkness. Then the Orcs screamed, waving spear and sword,
and shooting a cloud of arrows at any that stood revealed
upon the battlements; and the men of the Mark amazed
looked out, as it seemed to them, upon a great field of dark
corn, tossed by a tempest of war, and every ear glinted with
barbed light.
Brazen trumpets sounded. The enemy surged forward,
some against the Deeping Wall, others towards the causeway
and the ramp that led up to the Hornburg-gates. There the
hugest Orcs were mustered, and the wild men of the Dunland
fells. A moment they hesitated and then on they came. The
lightning flashed, and blazoned upon every helm and shield
the ghastly hand of Isengard was seen. They reached the
summit of the rock; they drove towards the gates.
Then at last an answer came: a storm of arrows met them,
and a hail of stones. They wavered, broke, and fled back; and
then charged again, broke and charged again; and each time,
like the incoming sea, they halted at a higher point. Again
trumpets rang, and a press of roaring men leaped forth. They
held their great shields above them like a roof, while in their
midst they bore two trunks of mighty trees. Behind them
orc-archers crowded, sending a hail of darts against the bowmen on the walls. They gained the gates. The trees, swung
696 the two towers
by strong arms, smote the timbers with a rending boom. If
any man fell, crushed by a stone hurtling from above, two
others sprang to take his place. Again and again the great
rams swung and crashed.
E\u00b4 omer and Aragorn stood together on the Deeping Wall.
They heard the roar of voices and the thudding of the rams;
and then in a sudden flash of light they beheld the peril of
the gates.
\u2018Come!\u2019 said Aragorn. \u2018This is the hour when we draw
swords together!\u2019
Running like fire, they sped along the wall, and up the
steps, and passed into the outer court upon the Rock. As
they ran they gathered a handful of stout swordsmen. There
was a small postern-door that opened in an angle of the
burg-wall on the west, where the cliff stretched out to meet
it. On that side a narrow path ran round towards the great
gate, between the wall and the sheer brink of the Rock.
Together E\u00b4 omer and Aragorn sprang through the door, their
men close behind. The two swords flashed from the sheath
as one.
\u2018Gu\u00b4thwine\u00a8!\u2019 cried E\u00b4 omer. \u2018Gu\u00b4thwine\u00a8 for the Mark!\u2019
\u2018Andu\u00b4ril!\u2019 cried Aragorn. \u2018Andu\u00b4ril for the Du\u00b4nedain!\u2019
Charging from the side, they hurled themselves upon the
wild men. Andu\u00b4ril rose and fell, gleaming with white fire. A
shout went up from wall and tower: \u2018Andu\u00b4ril! Andu\u00b4ril goes
to war. The Blade that was Broken shines again!\u2019
Dismayed the rammers let fall the trees and turned to fight;
but the wall of their shields was broken as by a lightningstroke, and they were swept away, hewn down, or cast over
the Rock into the stony stream below. The orc-archers shot
wildly and then fled.
For a moment E\u00b4 omer and Aragorn halted before the gates.
The thunder was rumbling in the distance now. The lightning
flickered still, far off among the mountains in the South. A
keen wind was blowing from the North again. The clouds
were torn and drifting, and stars peeped out; and above the
helm\u2019s deep 697
hills of the Coomb-side the westering moon rode, glimmering
yellow in the storm-wrack.
\u2018We did not come too soon,\u2019 said Aragorn, looking at the
gates. Their great hinges and iron bars were wrenched and
bent; many of their timbers were cracked. \u2018The doors will
not withstand another such battering.\u2019
\u2018Yet we cannot stay here beyond the walls to defend them,\u2019
said E\u00b4 omer. \u2018Look!\u2019 He pointed to the causeway. Already a
great press of Orcs and Men were gathering again beyond
the stream. Arrows whined, and skipped on the stones about
them. \u2018Come! We must get back and see what we can do to
pile stone and beam across the gates within. Come now!\u2019
They turned and ran. At that moment some dozen Orcs
that had lain motionless among the slain leaped to their feet,
and came silently and swiftly behind. Two flung themselves
to the ground at E\u00b4 omer\u2019s heels, tripped him, and in a moment
they were on top of him. But a small dark figure that none
had observed sprang out of the shadows and gave a hoarse
shout: Baruk Khaza\u02c6d! Khaza\u02c6d ai-me\u02c6nu! An axe swung and
swept back. Two Orcs fell headless. The rest fled.
E\u00b4 omer struggled to his feet, even as Aragorn ran back to
his aid.
The postern was closed again, the iron door was barred
and piled inside with stones. When all were safe within,
E\u00b4 omer turned: \u2018I thank you, Gimli son of Glo\u00b4in!\u2019 he said. \u2018I
did not know that you were with us in the sortie. But oft the
unbidden guest proves the best company. How came you
there?\u2019
\u2018I followed you to shake off sleep,\u2019 said Gimli; \u2018but I looked
on the hillmen and they seemed over large for me, so I sat
beside a stone to see your sword-play.\u2019
\u2018I shall not find it easy to repay you,\u2019 said E\u00b4 omer.
\u2018There may be many a chance ere the night is over,\u2019
laughed the Dwarf. \u2018But I am content. Till now I have hewn
naught but wood since I left Moria.\u2019<\/p>\n\n\n\n
698 the two towers
\u2018Two!\u2019 said Gimli, patting his axe. He had returned to his
place on the wall.
\u2018Two?\u2019 said Legolas. \u2018I have done better, though now I must
grope for spent arrows; all mine are gone. Yet I make my tale
twenty at the least. But that is only a few leaves in a forest.\u2019
The sky now was quickly clearing and the sinking moon
was shining brightly. But the light brought little hope to the
Riders of the Mark. The enemy before them seemed to have
grown rather than diminished, and still more were pressing
up from the valley through the breach. The sortie upon the
Rock gained only a brief respite. The assault on the gates was
redoubled. Against the Deeping Wall the hosts of Isengard
roared like a sea. Orcs and hillmen swarmed about its feet
from end to end. Ropes with grappling hooks were hurled
over the parapet faster than men could cut them or fling them
back. Hundreds of long ladders were lifted up. Many were
cast down in ruin, but many more replaced them, and Orcs
sprang up them like apes in the dark forests of the South.
Before the wall\u2019s foot the dead and broken were piled like
shingle in a storm; ever higher rose the hideous mounds, and
still the enemy came on.
The men of Rohan grew weary. All their arrows were
spent, and every shaft was shot; their swords were notched,
and their shields were riven. Three times Aragorn and E\u00b4 omer
rallied them, and three times Andu\u00b4ril flamed in a desperate
charge that drove the enemy from the wall.
Then a clamour arose in the Deep behind. Orcs had crept
like rats through the culvert through which the stream flowed
out. There they had gathered in the shadow of the cliffs, until
the assault above was hottest and nearly all the men of the
defence had rushed to the wall\u2019s top. Then they sprang out.
Already some had passed into the jaws of the Deep and were
among the horses, fighting with the guards.
Down from the wall leapt Gimli with a fierce cry that
echoed in the cliffs. \u2018Khaza\u02c6d! Khaza\u02c6d!\u2019 He soon had work
enough.
helm\u2019s deep 699
\u2018Ai-oi!\u2019 he shouted. \u2018The Orcs are behind the wall. Ai-oi!
Come, Legolas! There are enough for us both. Khaza\u02c6d aime\u02c6nu!\u2019
Gamling the Old looked down from the Hornburg, hearing
the great voice of the dwarf above all the tumult. \u2018The Orcs
are in the Deep!\u2019 he cried. \u2018Helm! Helm! Forth Helmingas!\u2019
he shouted as he leaped down the stair from the Rock with
many men of Westfold at his back.
Their onset was fierce and sudden, and the Orcs gave way
before them. Ere long they were hemmed in in the narrows
of the gorge, and all were slain or driven shrieking into the
chasm of the Deep to fall before the guardians of the hidden
caves.
\u2018Twenty-one!\u2019 cried Gimli. He hewed a two-handed stroke
and laid the last Orc before his feet. \u2018Now my count passes
Master Legolas again.\u2019
\u2018We must stop this rat-hole,\u2019 said Gamling. \u2018Dwarves are
said to be cunning folk with stone. Lend us your aid, master!\u2019
\u2018We do not shape stone with battle-axes, nor with our
finger-nails,\u2019 said Gimli. \u2018But I will help as I may.\u2019
They gathered such small boulders and broken stones as
they could find to hand, and under Gimli\u2019s direction the
Westfold-men blocked up the inner end of the culvert, until
only a narrow outlet remained. Then the Deeping-stream,
swollen by the rain, churned and fretted in its choked path,
and spread slowly in cold pools from cliff to cliff.
\u2018It will be drier above,\u2019 said Gimli. \u2018Come, Gamling, let us
see how things go on the wall!\u2019
He climbed up and found Legolas beside Aragorn and
E\u00b4 omer. The elf was whetting his long knife. There was for a
while a lull in the assault, since the attempt to break in through
the culvert had been foiled.
\u2018Twenty-one!\u2019 said Gimli.
\u2018Good!\u2019 said Legolas. \u2018But my count is now two dozen. It
has been knife-work up here.\u2019<\/p>\n\n\n\n
700 the two towers
E\u00b4 omer and Aragorn leant wearily on their swords. Away
on the left the crash and clamour of the battle on the Rock
rose loud again. But the Hornburg still held fast, like an island
in the sea. Its gates lay in ruin; but over the barricade of
beams and stones within no enemy as yet had passed.
Aragorn looked at the pale stars, and at the moon, now
sloping behind the western hills that enclosed the valley. \u2018This
is a night as long as years,\u2019 he said. \u2018How long will the day
tarry?\u2019
\u2018Dawn is not far off,\u2019 said Gamling, who had now climbed
up beside him. \u2018But dawn will not help us, I fear.\u2019
\u2018Yet dawn is ever the hope of men,\u2019 said Aragorn.
\u2018But these creatures of Isengard, these half-orcs and goblinmen that the foul craft of Saruman has bred, they will not
quail at the sun,\u2019 said Gamling. \u2018And neither will the wild
men of the hills. Do you not hear their voices?\u2019
\u2018I hear them,\u2019 said E\u00b4 omer; \u2018but they are only the scream of
birds and the bellowing of beasts to my ears.\u2019
\u2018Yet there are many that cry in the Dunland tongue,\u2019 said
Gamling. \u2018I know that tongue. It is an ancient speech of men,
and once was spoken in many western valleys of the Mark.
Hark! They hate us, and they are glad; for our doom seems
certain to them. \u2018\u2018The king, the king!\u2019\u2019 they cry. \u2018\u2018We will take
their king. Death to the Forgoil! Death to the Strawheads!
Death to the robbers of the North!\u2019\u2019 Such names they have
for us. Not in half a thousand years have they forgotten their
grievance that the lords of Gondor gave the Mark to Eorl the
Young and made alliance with him. That old hatred Saruman
has inflamed. They are fierce folk when roused. They will
not give way now for dusk or dawn, until The\u00b4oden is taken,
or they themselves are slain.\u2019
\u2018Nonetheless day will bring hope to me,\u2019 said Aragorn. \u2018Is
it not said that no foe has ever taken the Hornburg, if men
defended it?\u2019
\u2018So the minstrels say,\u2019 said E\u00b4 omer.
\u2018Then let us defend it, and hope!\u2019 said Aragorn.<\/p>\n\n\n\n
helm\u2019s deep 701
Even as they spoke there came a blare of trumpets. Then
there was a crash and a flash of flame and smoke. The waters
of the Deeping-stream poured out hissing and foaming: they
were choked no longer, a gaping hole was blasted in the wall.
A host of dark shapes poured in.
\u2018Devilry of Saruman!\u2019 cried Aragorn. \u2018They have crept in
the culvert again, while we talked, and they have lit the fire
of Orthanc beneath our feet. Elendil, Elendil!\u2019 he shouted, as
he leaped down into the breach; but even as he did so a
hundred ladders were raised against the battlements. Over
the wall and under the wall the last assault came sweeping
like a dark wave upon a hill of sand. The defence was swept
away. Some of the Riders were driven back, further and
further into the Deep, falling and fighting as they gave way,
step by step, towards the caves. Others cut their way back
towards the citadel.
A broad stairway climbed from the Deep up to the Rock
and the rear-gate of the Hornburg. Near the bottom stood
Aragorn. In his hand still Andu\u00b4ril gleamed, and the terror of
the sword for a while held back the enemy, as one by one all
who could gain the stair passed up towards the gate. Behind
on the upper steps knelt Legolas. His bow was bent, but one
gleaned arrow was all that he had left, and he peered out
now, ready to shoot the first Orc that should dare to approach
the stair.
\u2018All who can have now got safe within, Aragorn,\u2019 he called.
\u2018Come back!\u2019
Aragorn turned and sped up the stair; but as he ran he
stumbled in his weariness. At once his enemies leapt forward.
Up came the Orcs, yelling, with their long arms stretched out
to seize him. The foremost fell with Legolas\u2019 last arrow in his
throat, but the rest sprang over him. Then a great boulder,
cast from the outer wall above, crashed down upon the stair,
and hurled them back into the Deep. Aragorn gained the
door, and swiftly it clanged to behind him.
\u2018Things go ill, my friends,\u2019 he said, wiping the sweat from
his brow with his arm.
702 the two towers
\u2018Ill enough,\u2019 said Legolas, \u2018but not yet hopeless, while we
have you with us. Where is Gimli?\u2019
\u2018I do not know,\u2019 said Aragorn. \u2018I last saw him fighting on
the ground behind the wall, but the enemy swept us apart.\u2019
\u2018Alas! That is evil news,\u2019 said Legolas.
\u2018He is stout and strong,\u2019 said Aragorn. \u2018Let us hope that
he will escape back to the caves. There he would be safe for
a while. Safer than we. Such a refuge would be to the liking
of a dwarf.\u2019
\u2018That must be my hope,\u2019 said Legolas. \u2018But I wish that he
had come this way. I desired to tell Master Gimli that my tale
is now thirty-nine.\u2019
\u2018If he wins back to the caves, he will pass your count again,\u2019
laughed Aragorn. \u2018Never did I see an axe so wielded.\u2019
\u2018I must go and seek some arrows,\u2019 said Legolas. \u2018Would
that this night would end, and I could have better light for
shooting.\u2019
Aragorn now passed into the citadel. There to his dismay
he learned that E\u00b4 omer had not reached the Hornburg.
\u2018Nay, he did not come to the Rock,\u2019 said one of the
Westfold-men. \u2018I last saw him gathering men about him and
fighting in the mouth of the Deep. Gamling was with him,
and the dwarf; but I could not come to them.\u2019
Aragorn strode on through the inner court, and mounted
to a high chamber in the tower. There stood the king, dark
against a narrow window, looking out upon the vale.
\u2018What is the news, Aragorn?\u2019 he said.
\u2018The Deeping Wall is taken, lord, and all the defence swept
away; but many have escaped hither to the Rock.\u2019
\u2018Is E\u00b4 omer here?\u2019
\u2018No, lord. But many of your men retreated into the Deep;
and some say that E\u00b4 omer was amongst them. In the narrows
they may hold back the enemy and come within the caves.
What hope they may have then I do not know.\u2019
\u2018More than we. Good provision, it is said. And the air is
wholesome there because of the outlets through fissures in
helm\u2019s deep 703
the rock far above. None can force an entrance against determined men. They may hold out long.\u2019
\u2018But the Orcs have brought a devilry from Orthanc,\u2019 said
Aragorn. \u2018They have a blasting fire, and with it they took the
Wall. If they cannot come in the caves, they may seal up
those that are inside. But now we must turn all our thought
to our own defence.\u2019
\u2018I fret in this prison,\u2019 said The\u00b4oden. \u2018If I could have set a
spear in rest, riding before my men upon the field, maybe I
could have felt again the joy of battle, and so ended. But I
serve little purpose here.\u2019
\u2018Here at least you are guarded in the strongest fastness of
the Mark,\u2019 said Aragorn. \u2018More hope we have to defend you
in the Hornburg than in Edoras, or even at Dunharrow in
the mountains.\u2019
\u2018It is said that the Hornburg has never fallen to assault,\u2019
said The\u00b4oden; \u2018but now my heart is doubtful. The world
changes, and all that once was strong now proves unsure.
How shall any tower withstand such numbers and such reckless hate? Had I known that the strength of Isengard was
grown so great, maybe I should not so rashly have ridden
forth to meet it, for all the arts of Gandalf. His counsel seems
not now so good as it did under the morning sun.\u2019
\u2018Do not judge the counsel of Gandalf, until all is over,
lord,\u2019 said Aragorn.
\u2018The end will not be long,\u2019 said the king. \u2018But I will not
end here, taken like an old badger in a trap. Snowmane and
Hasufel and the horses of my guard are in the inner court.
When dawn comes, I will bid men sound Helm\u2019s horn, and
I will ride forth. Will you ride with me then, son of Arathorn?
Maybe we shall cleave a road, or make such an end as will
be worth a song \u2013 if any be left to sing of us hereafter.\u2019
\u2018I will ride with you,\u2019 said Aragorn.
Taking his leave, he returned to the walls, and passed
round all their circuit, enheartening the men, and lending aid
wherever the assault was hot. Legolas went with him. Blasts
of fire leaped up from below shaking the stones. Grappling-
704 the two towers
hooks were hurled, and ladders raised. Again and again the
Orcs gained the summit of the outer wall, and again the
defenders cast them down.
At last Aragorn stood above the great gates, heedless of the
darts of the enemy. As he looked forth he saw the eastern sky
grow pale. Then he raised his empty hand, palm outward in
token of parley.
The Orcs yelled and jeered. \u2018Come down! Come down!\u2019
they cried. \u2018If you wish to speak to us, come down! Bring out
your king! We are the fighting Uruk-hai. We will fetch him
from his hole, if he does not come. Bring out your skulking
king!\u2019
\u2018The king stays or comes at his own will,\u2019 said Aragorn.
\u2018Then what are you doing here?\u2019 they answered. \u2018Why do
you look out? Do you wish to see the greatness of our army?
We are the fighting Uruk-hai.\u2019
\u2018I looked out to see the dawn,\u2019 said Aragorn.
\u2018What of the dawn?\u2019 they jeered. \u2018We are the Uruk-hai: we
do not stop the fight for night or day, for fair weather or for
storm. We come to kill, by sun or moon. What of the dawn?\u2019
\u2018None knows what the new day shall bring him,\u2019 said Aragorn. \u2018Get you gone, ere it turn to your evil.\u2019
\u2018Get down or we will shoot you from the wall,\u2019 they cried.
\u2018This is no parley. You have nothing to say.\u2019
\u2018I have still this to say,\u2019 answered Aragorn. \u2018No enemy has
yet taken the Hornburg. Depart, or not one of you will be
spared. Not one will be left alive to take back tidings to the
North. You do not know your peril.\u2019
So great a power and royalty was revealed in Aragorn, as
he stood there alone above the ruined gates before the host
of his enemies, that many of the wild men paused, and looked
back over their shoulders to the valley, and some looked up
doubtfully at the sky. But the Orcs laughed with loud voices;
and a hail of darts and arrows whistled over the wall, as
Aragorn leaped down.
There was a roar and a blast of fire. The archway of the
helm\u2019s deep 705
gate above which he had stood a moment before crumbled
and crashed in smoke and dust. The barricade was scattered
as if by a thunderbolt. Aragorn ran to the king\u2019s tower.
But even as the gate fell, and the Orcs about it yelled,
preparing to charge, a murmur arose behind them, like a
wind in the distance, and it grew to a clamour of many voices
crying strange news in the dawn. The Orcs upon the Rock,
hearing the rumour of dismay, wavered and looked back.
And then, sudden and terrible, from the tower above, the
sound of the great horn of Helm rang out.
All that heard that sound trembled. Many of the Orcs cast
themselves on their faces and covered their ears with their
claws. Back from the Deep the echoes came, blast upon blast,
as if on every cliff and hill a mighty herald stood. But on the
walls men looked up, listening with wonder; for the echoes
did not die. Ever the hornblasts wound on among the hills;
nearer now and louder they answered one to another, blowing
fierce and free.
\u2018Helm! Helm!\u2019 the Riders shouted. \u2018Helm is arisen and
comes back to war. Helm for The\u00b4oden King!\u2019
And with that shout the king came. His horse was white as
snow, golden was his shield, and his spear was long. At his
right hand was Aragorn, Elendil\u2019s heir, behind him rode the
lords of the House of Eorl the Young. Light sprang in the
sky. Night departed.
\u2018Forth Eorlingas!\u2019 With a cry and a great noise they
charged. Down from the gates they roared, over the causeway
they swept, and they drove through the hosts of Isengard as
a wind among grass. Behind them from the Deep came the
stern cries of men issuing from the caves, driving forth the
enemy. Out poured all the men that were left upon the Rock.
And ever the sound of blowing horns echoed in the hills.
On they rode, the king and his companions. Captains and
champions fell or fled before them. Neither orc nor man
withstood them. Their backs were to the swords and spears
of the Riders, and their faces to the valley. They cried and
706 the two towers
wailed, for fear and great wonder had come upon them with
the rising of the day.
So King The\u00b4oden rode from Helm\u2019s Gate and clove his
path to the great Dike. There the company halted. Light grew
bright about them. Shafts of the sun flared above the eastern
hills and glimmered on their spears. But they sat silent on
their horses, and they gazed down upon the Deeping-coomb.
The land had changed. Where before the green dale had
lain, its grassy slopes lapping the ever-mounting hills, there
now a forest loomed. Great trees, bare and silent, stood, rank
on rank, with tangled bough and hoary head; their twisted
roots were buried in the long green grass. Darkness was under
them. Between the Dike and the eaves of that nameless wood
only two open furlongs lay. There now cowered the proud
hosts of Saruman, in terror of the king and in terror of the
trees. They streamed down from Helm\u2019s Gate until all above
the Dike was empty of them, but below it they were packed
like swarming flies. Vainly they crawled and clambered about
the walls of the coomb, seeking to escape. Upon the east too
sheer and stony was the valley\u2019s side; upon the left, from the
west, their final doom approached.
There suddenly upon a ridge appeared a rider, clad in
white, shining in the rising sun. Over the low hills the horns
were sounding. Behind him, hastening down the long slopes,
were a thousand men on foot; their swords were in their
hands. Amid them strode a man tall and strong. His shield
was red. As he came to the valley\u2019s brink, he set to his lips a
great black horn and blew a ringing blast.
\u2018Erkenbrand!\u2019 the Riders shouted. \u2018Erkenbrand!\u2019
\u2018Behold the White Rider!\u2019 cried Aragorn. \u2018Gandalf is come
again!\u2019
\u2018Mithrandir, Mithrandir!\u2019 said Legolas. \u2018This is wizardry
indeed! Come! I would look on this forest, ere the spell
changes.\u2019
The hosts of Isengard roared, swaying this way and that,
helm\u2019s deep 707
turning from fear to fear. Again the horn sounded from the
tower. Down through the breach of the Dike charged the
king\u2019s company. Down from the hills leaped Erkenbrand,
lord of Westfold. Down leaped Shadowfax, like a deer that
runs surefooted in the mountains. The White Rider was upon
them, and the terror of his coming filled the enemy with
madness. The wild men fell on their faces before him. The
Orcs reeled and screamed and cast aside both sword and
spear. Like a black smoke driven by a mounting wind they
fled. Wailing they passed under the waiting shadow of the
trees; and from that shadow none ever came again.
Chapter 8
THE ROAD TO ISENGARD
So it was that in the light of a fair morning King The\u00b4oden
and Gandalf the White Rider met again upon the green grass
beside the Deeping-stream. There was also Aragorn son of
Arathorn, and Legolas the Elf, and Erkenbrand of Westfold,
and the lords of the Golden House. About them were gathered the Rohirrim, the Riders of the Mark: wonder overcame
their joy in victory, and their eyes were turned towards the
wood.
Suddenly there was a great shout, and down from the Dike
came those who had been driven back into the Deep. There
came Gamling the Old, and E\u00b4 omer son of E\u00b4 omund, and
beside them walked Gimli the dwarf. He had no helm, and
about his head was a linen band stained with blood; but his
voice was loud and strong.
\u2018Forty-two, Master Legolas!\u2019 he cried. \u2018Alas! My axe is
notched: the forty-second had an iron collar on his neck.
How is it with you?\u2019
\u2018You have passed my score by one,\u2019 answered Legolas.
\u2018But I do not grudge you the game, so glad am I to see you
on your legs!\u2019
\u2018Welcome, E\u00b4 omer, sister-son!\u2019 said The\u00b4oden. \u2018Now that I
see you safe, I am glad indeed.\u2019
\u2018Hail, Lord of the Mark!\u2019 said E\u00b4 omer. \u2018The dark night has
passed, and day has come again. But the day has brought
strange tidings.\u2019 He turned and gazed in wonder, first at the
wood and then at Gandalf. \u2018Once more you come in the hour
of need, unlooked-for,\u2019 he said.
\u2018Unlooked-for?\u2019 said Gandalf. \u2018I said that I would return
and meet you here.\u2019
\u2018But you did not name the hour, nor foretell the manner
the road to isengard 709
of your coming. Strange help you bring. You are mighty in
wizardry, Gandalf the White!\u2019
\u2018That may be. But if so, I have not shown it yet. I have but
given good counsel in peril, and made use of the speed of
Shadowfax. Your own valour has done more, and the stout
legs of the Westfold-men marching through the night.\u2019
Then they all gazed at Gandalf with still greater wonder.
Some glanced darkly at the wood, and passed their hands
over their brows, as if they thought their eyes saw otherwise
than his.
Gandalf laughed long and merrily. \u2018The trees?\u2019 he said.
\u2018Nay, I see the wood as plainly as do you. But that is no deed
of mine. It is a thing beyond the counsel of the wise. Better
than my design, and better even than my hope the event has
proved.\u2019
\u2018Then if not yours, whose is the wizardry?\u2019 said The\u00b4oden.
\u2018Not Saruman\u2019s, that is plain. Is there some mightier sage, of
whom we have yet to learn?\u2019
\u2018It is not wizardry, but a power far older,\u2019 said Gandalf: \u2018a
power that walked the earth, ere elf sang or hammer rang.
Ere iron was found or tree was hewn,
When young was mountain under moon;
Ere ring was made, or wrought was woe,
It walked the forests long ago.\u2019
\u2018And what may be the answer to your riddle?\u2019 said
The\u00b4oden.
\u2018If you would learn that, you should come with me to
Isengard,\u2019 answered Gandalf.
\u2018To Isengard?\u2019 they cried.
\u2018Yes,\u2019 said Gandalf. \u2018I shall return to Isengard, and those
who will may come with me. There we may see strange things.\u2019
\u2018But there are not men enough in the Mark, not if they were
all gathered together and healed of wounds and weariness, to
assault the stronghold of Saruman,\u2019 said The\u00b4oden.
\u2018Nevertheless to Isengard I go,\u2019 said Gandalf. \u2018I shall not
710 the two towers
stay there long. My way lies now eastward. Look for me in
Edoras, ere the waning of the moon!\u2019
\u2018Nay!\u2019 said The\u00b4oden. \u2018In the dark hour before dawn I
doubted, but we will not part now. I will come with you, if
that is your counsel.\u2019
\u2018I wish to speak with Saruman, as soon as may be now,\u2019
said Gandalf, \u2018and since he has done you great injury, it
would be fitting if you were there. But how soon and how
swiftly will you ride?\u2019
\u2018My men are weary with battle,\u2019 said the King; \u2018and I am
weary also. For I have ridden far and slept little. Alas! My
old age is not feigned nor due only to the whisperings of
Wormtongue. It is an ill that no leech can wholly cure, not
even Gandalf.\u2019
\u2018Then let all who are to ride with me rest now,\u2019 said Gandalf. \u2018We will journey under the shadow of evening. It is as
well; for it is my counsel that all our comings and goings
should be as secret as may be, henceforth. But do not command many men to go with you, The\u00b4oden. We go to a parley
not to a fight.\u2019
The King then chose men that were unhurt and had swift
horses, and he sent them forth with tidings of the victory into
every vale of the Mark; and they bore his summons also,
bidding all men, young and old, to come in haste to Edoras.
There the Lord of the Mark would hold an assembly of all
that could bear arms, on the third day after the full moon.
To ride with him to Isengard the King chose E\u00b4 omer and
twenty men of his household. With Gandalf would go Aragorn, and Legolas, and Gimli. In spite of his hurt the dwarf
would not stay behind.
\u2018It was only a feeble blow and the cap turned it,\u2019 he said. \u2018It
would take more than such an orc-scratch to keep me back.\u2019
\u2018I will tend it, while you rest,\u2019 said Aragorn.
The king now returned to the Hornburg, and slept, such a
sleep of quiet as he had not known for many years, and the
remainder of his chosen company rested also. But the others,
the road to isengard 711
all that were not hurt or wounded, began a great labour; for
many had fallen in the battle and lay dead upon the field or
in the Deep.
No Orcs remained alive; their bodies were uncounted. But
a great many of the hillmen had given themselves up; and
they were afraid, and cried for mercy.
The Men of the Mark took their weapons from them, and
set them to work.
\u2018Help now to repair the evil in which you have joined,\u2019 said
Erkenbrand; \u2018and afterwards you shall take an oath never
again to pass the Fords of Isen in arms, nor to march with
the enemies of Men; and then you shall go free back to your
land. For you have been deluded by Saruman. Many of you
have got death as the reward of your trust in him; but had
you conquered, little better would your wages have been.\u2019
The men of Dunland were amazed; for Saruman had told
them that the men of Rohan were cruel and burned their
captives alive.
In the midst of the field before the Hornburg two mounds
were raised, and beneath them were laid all the Riders of the
Mark who fell in the defence, those of the East Dales upon
one side, and those of Westfold upon the other. But the men
of Dunland were set apart in a mound below the Dike. In a
grave alone under the shadow of the Hornburg lay Ha\u00b4ma,
captain of the King\u2019s guard. He fell before the Gate.
The Orcs were piled in great heaps, away from the mounds
of Men, not far from the eaves of the forest. And the people
were troubled in their minds; for the heaps of carrion were
too great for burial or for burning. They had little wood for
firing, and none would have dared to take an axe to the
strange trees, even if Gandalf had not warned them to hurt
neither bark nor bough at their great peril.
\u2018Let the Orcs lie,\u2019 said Gandalf. \u2018The morning may bring
new counsel.\u2019
In the afternoon the King\u2019s company prepared to depart.
The work of burial was then but beginning; and The\u00b4oden
712 the two towers
mourned for the loss of Ha\u00b4ma, his captain, and cast the first
earth upon his grave. \u2018Great injury indeed has Saruman done
to me and all this land,\u2019 he said; \u2018and I will remember it, when
we meet.\u2019
The sun was already drawing near the hills upon the west
of the Coomb, when at last The\u00b4oden and Gandalf and their
companions rode down from the Dike. Behind them were
gathered a great host, both of the Riders and of the people
of Westfold, old and young, women and children, who had
come out from the caves. A song of victory they sang with
clear voices; and then they fell silent, wondering what would
chance, for their eyes were on the trees and they feared
them.
The Riders came to the wood, and they halted; horse and
man, they were unwilling to pass in. The trees were grey and
menacing, and a shadow or a mist was about them. The
ends of their long sweeping boughs hung down like searching
fingers, their roots stood up from the ground like the limbs
of strange monsters, and dark caverns opened beneath them.
But Gandalf went forward, leading the company, and where
the road from the Hornburg met the trees they saw now an
opening like an arched gate under mighty boughs; and
through it Gandalf passed, and they followed him. Then to
their amazement they found that the road ran on, and the
Deeping-stream beside it; and the sky was open above and
full of golden light. But on either side the great aisles of the
wood were already wrapped in dusk, stretching away into
impenetrable shadows; and there they heard the creaking and
groaning of boughs, and far cries, and a rumour of wordless
voices, murmuring angrily. No Orc or other living creature
could be seen.
Legolas and Gimli were now riding together upon one
horse; and they kept close beside Gandalf, for Gimli was
afraid of the wood.
\u2018It is hot in here,\u2019 said Legolas to Gandalf. \u2018I feel a great
wrath about me. Do you not feel the air throb in your ears?\u2019
\u2018Yes,\u2019 said Gandalf.
the road to isengard 713
\u2018What has become of the miserable Orcs?\u2019 said Legolas.
\u2018That, I think, no one will ever know,\u2019 said Gandalf.
They rode in silence for a while; but Legolas was ever
glancing from side to side, and would often have halted to
listen to the sounds of the wood, if Gimli had allowed it.
\u2018These are the strangest trees that ever I saw,\u2019 he said; \u2018and
I have seen many an oak grow from acorn to ruinous age. I
wish that there were leisure now to walk among them: they
have voices, and in time I might come to understand their
thought.\u2019
\u2018No, no!\u2019 said Gimli. \u2018Let us leave them! I guess their
thought already: hatred of all that go on two legs; and their
speech is of crushing and strangling.\u2019
\u2018Not of all that go on two legs,\u2019 said Legolas. \u2018There I think
you are wrong. It is Orcs that they hate. For they do not
belong here and know little of Elves and Men. Far away
are the valleys where they sprang. From the deep dales of
Fangorn, Gimli, that is whence they come, I guess.\u2019
\u2018Then that is the most perilous wood in Middle-earth,\u2019 said
Gimli. \u2018I should be grateful for the part they have played, but
I do not love them. You may think them wonderful, but I
have seen a greater wonder in this land, more beautiful than
any grove or glade that ever grew: my heart is still full of it.
\u2018Strange are the ways of Men, Legolas! Here they have one
of the marvels of the Northern World, and what do they say
of it? Caves, they say! Caves! Holes to fly to in time of war,
to store fodder in! My good Legolas, do you know that the
caverns of Helm\u2019s Deep are vast and beautiful? There would
be an endless pilgrimage of Dwarves, merely to gaze at them,
if such things were known to be. Aye indeed, they would pay
pure gold for a brief glance!\u2019
\u2018And I would give gold to be excused,\u2019 said Legolas; \u2018and
double to be let out, if I strayed in!\u2019
\u2018You have not seen, so I forgive your jest,\u2019 said Gimli. \u2018But
you speak like a fool. Do you think those halls are fair, where
your King dwells under the hill in Mirkwood, and Dwarves
714 the two towers
helped in their making long ago? They are but hovels compared with the caverns I have seen here: immeasurable halls,
filled with an everlasting music of water that tinkles into pools,
as fair as Kheled-za\u02c6ram in the starlight.
\u2018And, Legolas, when the torches are kindled and men walk
on the sandy floors under the echoing domes, ah! then,
Legolas, gems and crystals and veins of precious ore glint
in the polished walls; and the light glows through folded
marbles, shell-like, translucent as the living hands of Queen
Galadriel. There are columns of white and saffron and dawnrose, Legolas, fluted and twisted into dreamlike forms; they
spring up from many-coloured floors to meet the glistening
pendants of the roof: wings, ropes, curtains fine as frozen
clouds; spears, banners, pinnacles of suspended palaces! Still
lakes mirror them: a glimmering world looks up from dark
pools covered with clear glass; cities, such as the mind of
Durin could scarce have imagined in his sleep, stretch on
through avenues and pillared courts, on into the dark recesses
where no light can come. And plink! a silver drop falls, and
the round wrinkles in the glass make all the towers bend and
waver like weeds and corals in a grotto of the sea. Then
evening comes: they fade and twinkle out; the torches pass
on into another chamber and another dream. There is
chamber after chamber, Legolas; hall opening out of hall,
dome after dome, stair beyond stair; and still the winding
paths lead on into the mountains\u2019 heart. Caves! The Caverns
of Helm\u2019s Deep! Happy was the chance that drove me there!
It makes me weep to leave them.\u2019
\u2018Then I will wish you this fortune for your comfort, Gimli,\u2019
said the Elf, \u2018that you may come safe from war and return to
see them again. But do not tell all your kindred! There seems
little left for them to do, from your account. Maybe the men
of this land are wise to say little: one family of busy dwarves
with hammer and chisel might mar more than they made.\u2019
\u2018No, you do not understand,\u2019 said Gimli. \u2018No dwarf could
be unmoved by such loveliness. None of Durin\u2019s race would
mine those caves for stones or ore, not if diamonds and gold
the road to isengard 715
could be got there. Do you cut down groves of blossoming
trees in the springtime for firewood? We would tend these
glades of flowering stone, not quarry them. With cautious
skill, tap by tap \u2013 a small chip of rock and no more, perhaps,
in a whole anxious day \u2013 so we could work, and as the
years went by, we should open up new ways, and display far
chambers that are still dark, glimpsed only as a void beyond
fissures in the rock. And lights, Legolas! We should make
lights, such lamps as once shone in Khazad-du\u02c6m; and when
we wished we would drive away the night that has lain there
since the hills were made; and when we desired rest, we
would let the night return.\u2019
\u2018You move me, Gimli,\u2019 said Legolas. \u2018I have never heard
you speak like this before. Almost you make me regret that I
have not seen these caves. Come! Let us make this bargain \u2013
if we both return safe out of the perils that await us, we will
journey for a while together. You shall visit Fangorn with me,
and then I will come with you to see Helm\u2019s Deep.\u2019
\u2018That would not be the way of return that I should choose,\u2019
said Gimli. \u2018But I will endure Fangorn, if I have your promise
to come back to the caves and share their wonder with me.\u2019
\u2018You have my promise,\u2019 said Legolas. \u2018But alas! Now we
must leave behind both cave and wood for a while. See! We
are coming to the end of the trees. How far is it to Isengard,
Gandalf ?\u2019
\u2018About fifteen leagues, as the crows of Saruman make it,\u2019
said Gandalf: \u2018five from the mouth of Deeping-coomb to the
Fords; and ten more from there to the gates of Isengard. But
we shall not ride all the way this night.\u2019
\u2018And when we come there, what shall we see?\u2019 asked Gimli.
\u2018You may know, but I cannot guess.\u2019
\u2018I do not know myself for certain,\u2019 answered the wizard. \u2018I
was there at nightfall yesterday, but much may have happened since. Yet I think that you will not say that the journey
was in vain \u2013 not though the Glittering Caves of Aglarond
be left behind.\u2019<\/p>\n\n\n\n
716 the two towers
At last the company passed through the trees, and found
that they had come to the bottom of the Coomb, where the
road from Helm\u2019s Deep branched, going one way east to
Edoras, and the other north to the Fords of Isen. As they
rode from under the eaves of the wood, Legolas halted and
looked back with regret. Then he gave a sudden cry.
\u2018There are eyes!\u2019 he said. \u2018Eyes looking out from the
shadows of the boughs! I never saw such eyes before.\u2019
The others, surprised by his cry, halted and turned; but
Legolas started to ride back.
\u2018No, no!\u2019 cried Gimli. \u2018Do as you please in your madness,
but let me first get down from this horse! I wish to see no eyes!\u2019
\u2018Stay, Legolas Greenleaf!\u2019 said Gandalf. \u2018Do not go back
into the wood, not yet! Now is not your time.\u2019
Even as he spoke, there came forward out of the trees three
strange shapes. As tall as trolls they were, twelve feet or more
in height; their strong bodies, stout as young trees, seemed
to be clad with raiment or with hide of close-fitting grey and
brown. Their limbs were long, and their hands had many
fingers; their hair was stiff, and their beards grey-green as
moss. They gazed out with solemn eyes, but they were not
looking at the riders: their eyes were bent northwards. Suddenly they lifted their long hands to their mouths, and sent
forth ringing calls, clear as notes of a horn, but more musical
and various. The calls were answered; and turning again, the
riders saw other creatures of the same kind approaching,
striding through the grass. They came swiftly from the North,
walking like wading herons in their gait, but not in their
speed; for their legs in their long paces beat quicker than the
heron\u2019s wings. The riders cried aloud in wonder, and some
set their hands upon their sword-hilts.
\u2018You need no weapons,\u2019 said Gandalf. \u2018These are but
herdsmen. They are not enemies, indeed they are not concerned with us at all.\u2019
So it seemed to be; for as he spoke the tall creatures,
without a glance at the riders, strode into the wood and
vanished.
the road to isengard 717
\u2018Herdsmen!\u2019 said The\u00b4oden. \u2018Where are their flocks? What
are they, Gandalf ? For it is plain that to you, at any rate, they
are not strange.\u2019
\u2018They are the shepherds of the trees,\u2019 answered Gandalf.
\u2018Is it so long since you listened to tales by the fireside? There
are children in your land who, out of the twisted threads of
story, could pick the answer to your question. You have seen
Ents, O King, Ents out of Fangorn Forest, which in your
tongue you call the Entwood. Did you think that the name
was given only in idle fancy? Nay, The\u00b4oden, it is otherwise:
to them you are but the passing tale; all the years from Eorl
the Young to The\u00b4oden the Old are of little count to them;
and all the deeds of your house but a small matter.\u2019
The king was silent. \u2018Ents!\u2019 he said at length. \u2018Out of the
shadows of legend I begin a little to understand the marvel
of the trees, I think. I have lived to see strange days. Long
we have tended our beasts and our fields, built our houses,
wrought our tools, or ridden away to help in the wars of
Minas Tirith. And that we called the life of Men, the way of
the world. We cared little for what lay beyond the borders
of our land. Songs we have that tell of these things, but we
are forgetting them, teaching them only to children, as a
careless custom. And now the songs have come down among
us out of strange places, and walk visible under the Sun.\u2019
\u2018You should be glad, The\u00b4oden King,\u2019 said Gandalf. \u2018For
not only the little life of Men is now endangered, but the life
also of those things which you have deemed the matter of
legend. You are not without allies, even if you know them
not.\u2019
\u2018Yet also I should be sad,\u2019 said The\u00b4oden. \u2018For however the
fortune of war shall go, may it not so end that much that was
fair and wonderful shall pass for ever out of Middle-earth?\u2019
\u2018It may,\u2019 said Gandalf. \u2018The evil of Sauron cannot be
wholly cured, nor made as if it had not been. But to such
days we are doomed. Let us now go on with the journey we
have begun!\u2019<\/p>\n\n\n\n
718 the two towers
The company turned then away from the Coomb and
from the wood and took the road towards the Fords. Legolas
followed reluctantly. The sun had set, already it had sunk
behind the rim of the world; but as they rode out from the
shadow of the hills and looked west to the Gap of Rohan the
sky was still red, and a burning light was under the floating
clouds. Dark against it there wheeled and flew many blackwinged birds. Some passed overhead with mournful cries,
returning to their homes among the rocks.
\u2018The carrion-fowl have been busy about the battle-field,\u2019
said E\u00b4 omer.
They rode now at an easy pace and dark came down upon
the plains about them. The slow moon mounted, now waxing
towards the full, and in its cold silver light the swelling grasslands rose and fell like a wide grey sea. They had ridden for
some four hours from the branching of the roads when they
drew near to the Fords. Long slopes ran swiftly down to
where the river spread in stony shoals between high grassy
terraces. Borne upon the wind they heard the howling of
wolves. Their hearts were heavy, remembering the many men
that had fallen in battle in this place.
The road dipped between rising turf-banks, carving its way
through the terraces to the river\u2019s edge, and up again upon
the further side. There were three lines of flat stepping-stones
across the stream, and between them fords for horses, that
went from either brink to a bare eyot in the midst. The riders
looked down upon the crossings, and it seemed strange to
them; for the Fords had ever been a place full of the rush
and chatter of water upon stones; but now they were silent.
The beds of the stream were almost dry, a bare waste of
shingles and grey sand.
\u2018This is become a dreary place,\u2019 said E\u00b4 omer. \u2018What sickness has befallen the river? Many fair things Saruman has
destroyed: has he devoured the springs of Isen too?\u2019
\u2018So it would seem,\u2019 said Gandalf.
\u2018Alas!\u2019 said The\u00b4oden. \u2018Must we pass this way, where the
carrion-beasts devour so many good Riders of the Mark?\u2019
the road to isengard 719
\u2018This is our way,\u2019 said Gandalf. \u2018Grievous is the fall of
your men; but you shall see that at least the wolves of the
mountains do not devour them. It is with their friends, the
Orcs, that they hold their feast: such indeed is the friendship
of their kind. Come!\u2019
They rode down to the river, and as they came the wolves
ceased their howling and slunk away. Fear fell on them seeing
Gandalf in the moon, and Shadowfax his horse shining like
silver. The riders passed over to the islet, and glittering eyes
watched them wanly from the shadows of the banks.
\u2018Look!\u2019 said Gandalf. \u2018Friends have laboured here.\u2019
And they saw that in the midst of the eyot a mound was
piled, ringed with stones, and set about with many spears.
\u2018Here lie all the Men of the Mark that fell near this place,\u2019
said Gandalf.
\u2018Here let them rest!\u2019 said E\u00b4 omer. \u2018And when their spears
have rotted and rusted, long still may their mound stand and
guard the Fords of Isen!\u2019
\u2018Is this your work also, Gandalf, my friend?\u2019 said The\u00b4oden.
\u2018You accomplished much in an evening and a night!\u2019
\u2018With the help of Shadowfax \u2013 and others,\u2019 said Gandalf.
\u2018I rode fast and far. But here beside the mound I will say this
for your comfort: many fell in the battles of the Fords, but
fewer than rumour made them. More were scattered than
were slain; I gathered together all that I could find. Some
men I sent with Grimbold of Westfold to join Erkenbrand.
Some I set to make this burial. They have now followed your
marshal, Elfhelm. I sent him with many Riders to Edoras.
Saruman I knew had despatched his full strength against you,
and his servants had turned aside from all other errands and
gone to Helm\u2019s Deep: the lands seemed empty of enemies;
yet I feared that wolf-riders and plunderers might ride nonetheless to Meduseld, while it was undefended. But now I
think you need not fear: you will find your house to welcome
your return.\u2019
\u2018And glad shall I be to see it again,\u2019 said The\u00b4oden, \u2018though
brief now, I doubt not, shall be my abiding there.\u2019
720 the two towers
With that the company said farewell to the island and the
mound, and passed over the river, and climbed the further
bank. Then they rode on, glad to have left the mournful
Fords. As they went the howling of the wolves broke out
anew.
There was an ancient highway that ran down from Isengard to the crossings. For some way it took its course beside
the river, bending with it east and then north; but at the last
it turned away and went straight towards the gates of Isengard; and these were under the mountain-side in the west of
the valley, sixteen miles or more from its mouth. This road
they followed but they did not ride upon it; for the ground
beside it was firm and level, covered for many miles about
with short springing turf. They rode now more swiftly, and
by midnight the Fords were nearly five leagues behind. Then
they halted, ending their night\u2019s journey, for the King was
weary. They were come to the feet of the Misty Mountains,
and the long arms of Nan Curun\u0131\u00b4r stretched down to meet
them. Dark lay the vale before them, for the moon had passed
into the West, and its light was hidden by the hills. But out
of the deep shadow of the dale rose a vast spire of smoke and
vapour; as it mounted, it caught the rays of the sinking moon,
and spread in shimmering billows, black and silver, over the
starry sky.
\u2018What do you think of that, Gandalf ?\u2019 asked Aragorn. \u2018One
would say that all the Wizard\u2019s Vale was burning.\u2019
\u2018There is ever a fume above that valley in these days,\u2019 said
E\u00b4 omer: \u2018but I have never seen aught like this before. These
are steams rather than smokes. Saruman is brewing some
devilry to greet us. Maybe he is boiling all the waters of Isen,
and that is why the river runs dry.\u2019
\u2018Maybe he is,\u2019 said Gandalf. \u2018Tomorrow we shall learn
what he is doing. Now let us rest for a while, if we can.\u2019
They camped beside the bed of the Isen river; it was still
silent and empty. Some of them slept a little. But late in the
night the watchmen cried out, and all awoke. The moon was
gone. Stars were shining above; but over the ground there
the road to isengard 721
crept a darkness blacker than the night. On both sides of the
river it rolled towards them, going northward.
\u2018Stay where you are!\u2019 said Gandalf. \u2018Draw no weapons!
Wait! and it will pass you by!\u2019
A mist gathered about them. Above them a few stars still
glimmered faintly; but on either side there arose walls of
impenetrable gloom; they were in a narrow lane between
moving towers of shadow. Voices they heard, whisperings
and groanings and an endless rustling sigh; the earth shook
under them. Long it seemed to them that they sat and were
afraid; but at last the darkness and the rumour passed, and
vanished between the mountain\u2019s arms.
Away south upon the Hornburg, in the middle night men
heard a great noise, as a wind in the valley, and the ground
trembled; and all were afraid and no one ventured to go forth.
But in the morning they went out and were amazed; for the
slain Orcs were gone, and the trees also. Far down into the
valley of the Deep the grass was crushed and trampled brown,
as if giant herdsmen had pastured great droves of cattle there;
but a mile below the Dike a huge pit had been delved in the
earth, and over it stones were piled into a hill. Men believed
that the Orcs whom they had slain were buried there; but
whether those who had fled into the wood were with them,
none could say, for no man ever set foot upon that hill. The
Death Down it was afterwards called, and no grass would
grow there. But the strange trees were never seen in Deepingcoomb again; they had returned at night, and had gone far
away to the dark dales of Fangorn. Thus they were revenged
upon the Orcs.
The king and his company slept no more that night; but
they saw and heard no other strange thing, save one: the
voice of the river beside them suddenly awoke. There was a
rush of water hurrying down among the stones; and when it
had passed, the Isen flowed and bubbled in its bed again, as
it had ever done.
722 the two towers
At dawn they made ready to go on. The light came grey
and pale, and they did not see the rising of the sun. The air
above was heavy with fog, and a reek lay on the land about
them. They went slowly, riding now upon the highway. It
was broad and hard, and well-tended. Dimly through the
mists they could descry the long arm of the mountains rising
on their left. They had passed into Nan Curun\u0131\u00b4r, the Wizard\u2019s
Vale. That was a sheltered valley, open only to the South.
Once it had been fair and green, and through it the Isen
flowed, already deep and strong before it found the plains;
for it was fed by many springs and lesser streams among the
rain-washed hills, and all about it there had lain a pleasant,
fertile land.
It was not so now. Beneath the walls of Isengard there still
were acres tilled by the slaves of Saruman; but most of the
valley had become a wilderness of weeds and thorns.
Brambles trailed upon the ground, or clambering over bush
and bank, made shaggy caves where small beasts housed. No
trees grew there; but among the rank grasses could still be
seen the burned and axe-hewn stumps of ancient groves. It
was a sad country, silent now but for the stony noise of quick
waters. Smokes and steams drifted in sullen clouds and lurked
in the hollows. The riders did not speak. Many doubted in
their hearts, wondering to what dismal end their journey led.
After they had ridden for some miles, the highway became
a wide street, paved with great flat stones, squared and laid
with skill; no blade of grass was seen in any joint. Deep
gutters, filled with trickling water, ran down on either side.
Suddenly a tall pillar loomed up before them. It was black;
and set upon it was a great stone, carved and painted in the
likeness of a long White Hand. Its finger pointed north. Not
far now they knew that the gates of Isengard must stand, and
their hearts were heavy; but their eyes could not pierce the
mists ahead.
Beneath the mountain\u2019s arm within the Wizard\u2019s Vale
through years uncounted had stood that ancient place that
the road to isengard 723
Men called Isengard. Partly it was shaped in the making of
the mountains, but mighty works the Men of Westernesse
had wrought there of old; and Saruman had dwelt there long
and had not been idle.
This was its fashion, while Saruman was at his height,
accounted by many the chief of Wizards. A great ring-wall
of stone, like towering cliffs, stood out from the shelter of the
mountain-side, from which it ran and then returned again.
One entrance only was there made in it, a great arch delved
in the southern wall. Here through the black rock a long
tunnel had been hewn, closed at either end with mighty doors
of iron. They were so wrought and poised upon their huge
hinges, posts of steel driven into the living stone, that when
unbarred they could be moved with a light thrust of the arms,
noiselessly. One who passed in and came at length out of
the echoing tunnel, beheld a plain, a great circle, somewhat
hollowed like a vast shallow bowl: a mile it measured from
rim to rim. Once it had been green and filled with avenues,
and groves of fruitful trees, watered by streams that flowed
from the mountains to a lake. But no green thing grew there
in the latter days of Saruman. The roads were paved with
stone-flags, dark and hard; and beside their borders instead
of trees there marched long lines of pillars, some of marble,
some of copper and of iron, joined by heavy chains.
Many houses there were, chambers, halls, and passages,
cut and tunnelled back into the walls upon their inner side,
so that all the open circle was overlooked by countless
windows and dark doors. Thousands could dwell there,
workers, servants, slaves, and warriors with great store of
arms; wolves were fed and stabled in deep dens beneath. The
plain, too, was bored and delved. Shafts were driven deep
into the ground; their upper ends were covered by low
mounds and domes of stone, so that in the moonlight the
Ring of Isengard looked like a graveyard of unquiet dead.
For the ground trembled. The shafts ran down by many
slopes and spiral stairs to caverns far under; there Saruman
had treasuries, store-houses, armouries, smithies, and great
724 the two towers
furnaces. Iron wheels revolved there endlessly, and hammers
thudded. At night plumes of vapour steamed from the vents,
lit from beneath with red light, or blue, or venomous green.
To the centre all the roads ran between their chains. There
stood a tower of marvellous shape. It was fashioned by the
builders of old, who smoothed the Ring of Isengard, and yet
it seemed a thing not made by the craft of Men, but riven
from the bones of the earth in the ancient torment of the
hills. A peak and isle of rock it was, black and gleaming hard:
four mighty piers of many-sided stone were welded into one,
but near the summit they opened into gaping horns, their
pinnacles sharp as the points of spears, keen-edged as knives.
Between them was a narrow space, and there upon a floor of
polished stone, written with strange signs, a man might stand
five hundred feet above the plain. This was Orthanc, the
citadel of Saruman, the name of which had (by design or
chance) a twofold meaning; for in the Elvish speech orthanc
signifies Mount Fang, but in the language of the Mark of old
the Cunning Mind.
A strong place and wonderful was Isengard, and long it
had been beautiful; and there great lords had dwelt, the wardens of Gondor upon the West, and wise men that watched
the stars. But Saruman had slowly shaped it to his shifting
purposes, and made it better, as he thought, being deceived
\u2013 for all those arts and subtle devices, for which he forsook
his former wisdom, and which fondly he imagined were his
own, came but from Mordor; so that what he made was
naught, only a little copy, a child\u2019s model or a slave\u2019s flattery,
of that vast fortress, armoury, prison, furnace of great power,
Barad-du\u02c6r, the Dark Tower, which suffered no rival, and
laughed at flattery, biding its time, secure in its pride and its
immeasurable strength.
This was the stronghold of Saruman, as fame reported it;
for within living memory the men of Rohan had not passed
its gates, save perhaps a few, such as Wormtongue, who came
in secret and told no man what they saw.<\/p>\n\n\n\n
the road to isengard 725
Now Gandalf rode to the great pillar of the Hand, and
passed it; and as he did so the Riders saw to their wonder
that the Hand appeared no longer white. It was stained as
with dried blood; and looking closer they perceived that its
nails were red. Unheeding Gandalf rode on into the mist, and
reluctantly they followed him. All about them now, as if there
had been a sudden flood, wide pools of water lay beside the
road, filling the hollows, and rills went trickling down among
the stones.
At last Gandalf halted and beckoned to them; and they
came, and saw that beyond him the mists had cleared, and a
pale sunlight shone. The hour of noon had passed. They
were come to the doors of Isengard.
But the doors lay hurled and twisted on the ground. And
all about, stone, cracked and splintered into countless jagged
shards, was scattered far and wide, or piled in ruinous heaps.
The great arch still stood, but it opened now upon a roofless
chasm: the tunnel was laid bare, and through the cliff-like
walls on either side great rents and breaches had been torn;
their towers were beaten into dust. If the Great Sea had risen
in wrath and fallen on the hills with storm, it could have
worked no greater ruin.
The ring beyond was filled with steaming water: a bubbling
cauldron, in which there heaved and floated a wreckage of
beams and spars, chests and casks and broken gear. Twisted
and leaning pillars reared their splintered stems above the
flood, but all the roads were drowned. Far off, it seemed, half
veiled in winding cloud, there loomed the island rock. Still
dark and tall, unbroken by the storm, the tower of Orthanc
stood. Pale waters lapped about its feet.
The king and all his company sat silent on their horses,
marvelling, perceiving that the power of Saruman was overthrown; but how they could not guess. And now they turned
their eyes towards the archway and the ruined gates. There
they saw close beside them a great rubble-heap; and suddenly
they were aware of two small figures lying on it at their ease,
grey-clad, hardly to be seen among the stones. There were
726 the two towers
bottles and bowls and platters laid beside them, as if they had
just eaten well, and now rested from their labour. One seemed
asleep; the other, with crossed legs and arms behind his head,
leaned back against a broken rock and sent from his mouth
long wisps and little rings of thin blue smoke.
For a moment The\u00b4oden and E\u00b4 omer and all his men stared
at them in wonder. Amid all the wreck of Isengard this
seemed to them the strangest sight. But before the king could
speak, the small smoke-breathing figure became suddenly
aware of them, as they sat there silent on the edge of the mist.
He sprang to his feet. A young man he looked, or like one,
though not much more than half a man in height; his head
of brown curling hair was uncovered, but he was clad in a
travel-stained cloak of the same hue and shape as the companions of Gandalf had worn when they rode to Edoras. He
bowed very low, putting his hand upon his breast. Then,
seeming not to observe the wizard and his friends, he turned
to E\u00b4 omer and the king.
\u2018Welcome, my lords, to Isengard!\u2019 he said. \u2018We are the
doorwardens. Meriadoc, son of Saradoc is my name; and my
companion, who, alas! is overcome with weariness\u2019 \u2013 here he
gave the other a dig with his foot \u2013 \u2018is Peregrin, son of Paladin,
of the House of Took. Far in the North is our home. The
Lord Saruman is within; but at the moment he is closeted
with one Wormtongue, or doubtless he would be here to
welcome such honourable guests.\u2019
\u2018Doubtless he would!\u2019 laughed Gandalf. \u2018And was it
Saruman that ordered you to guard his damaged doors, and
watch for the arrival of guests, when your attention could be
spared from plate and bottle?\u2019
\u2018No, good sir, the matter escaped him,\u2019 answered Merry
gravely. \u2018He has been much occupied. Our orders came from
Treebeard, who has taken over the management of Isengard.
He commanded me to welcome the Lord of Rohan with
fitting words. I have done my best.\u2019
\u2018And what about your companions? What about Legolas
the road to isengard 727
and me?\u2019 cried Gimli, unable to contain himself longer. \u2018You
rascals, you woolly-footed and wool-pated truants! A fine
hunt you have led us! Two hundred leagues, through fen and
forest, battle and death, to rescue you! And here we find you
feasting and idling \u2013 and smoking! Smoking! Where did you
come by the weed, you villains? Hammer and tongs! I am so
torn between rage and joy, that if I do not burst, it will be a
marvel!\u2019
\u2018You speak for me, Gimli,\u2019 laughed Legolas. \u2018Though I
would sooner learn how they came by the wine.\u2019
\u2018One thing you have not found in your hunting, and that\u2019s
brighter wits,\u2019 said Pippin, opening an eye. \u2018Here you find us
sitting on a field of victory, amid the plunder of armies, and
you wonder how we came by a few well-earned comforts!\u2019
\u2018Well-earned?\u2019 said Gimli. \u2018I cannot believe that!\u2019
The Riders laughed. \u2018It cannot be doubted that we witness
the meeting of dear friends,\u2019 said The\u00b4oden. \u2018So these are the
lost ones of your company, Gandalf ? The days are fated to
be filled with marvels. Already I have seen many since I left
my house; and now here before my eyes stand yet another of
the folk of legend. Are not these the Halflings, that some
among us call the Holbytlan?\u2019
\u2018Hobbits, if you please, lord,\u2019 said Pippin.
\u2018Hobbits?\u2019 said The\u00b4oden. \u2018Your tongue is strangely
changed; but the name sounds not unfitting so. Hobbits! No
report that I have heard does justice to the truth.\u2019
Merry bowed; and Pippin got up and bowed low. \u2018You are
gracious, lord; or I hope that I may so take your words,\u2019 he
said. \u2018And here is another marvel! I have wandered in many
lands, since I left my home, and never till now have I found
people that knew any story concerning hobbits.\u2019
\u2018My people came out of the North long ago,\u2019 said The\u00b4oden.
\u2018But I will not deceive you: we know no tales about hobbits.
All that is said among us is that far away, over many hills and
rivers, live the halfling folk that dwell in holes in sand-dunes.
But there are no legends of their deeds, for it is said that they
do little, and avoid the sight of men, being able to vanish in
728 the two towers
a twinkling; and they can change their voices to resemble the
piping of birds. But it seems that more could be said.\u2019
\u2018It could indeed, lord,\u2019 said Merry.
\u2018For one thing,\u2019 said The\u00b4oden, \u2018I had not heard that they
spouted smoke from their mouths.\u2019
\u2018That is not surprising,\u2019 answered Merry; \u2018for it is an art
which we have not practised for more than a few generations.
It was Tobold Hornblower, of Longbottom in the Southfarthing, who first grew the true pipe-weed in his gardens, about
the year 1070 according to our reckoning. How old Toby
came by the plant . . .\u2019
\u2018You do not know your danger, The\u00b4oden,\u2019 interrupted
Gandalf. \u2018These hobbits will sit on the edge of ruin and
discuss the pleasures of the table, or the small doings of their
fathers, grandfathers, and great-grandfathers, and remoter
cousins to the ninth degree, if you encourage them with
undue patience. Some other time would be more fitting for
the history of smoking. Where is Treebeard, Merry?\u2019
\u2018Away on the north side, I believe. He went to get a drink
\u2013 of clean water. Most of the other Ents are with him, still
busy at their work \u2013 over there.\u2019 Merry waved his hand
towards the steaming lake; and as they looked, they heard a
distant rumbling and rattling, as if an avalanche was falling
from the mountain-side. Far away came a hoom-hom, as of
horns blowing triumphantly.
\u2018And is Orthanc then left unguarded?\u2019 asked Gandalf.
\u2018There is the water,\u2019 said Merry. \u2018But Quickbeam and some
others are watching it. Not all those posts and pillars in the
plain are of Saruman\u2019s planting. Quickbeam, I think, is by
the rock, near the foot of the stair.\u2019
\u2018Yes, a tall grey Ent is there,\u2019 said Legolas, \u2018but his arms
are at his sides, and he stands as still as a door-tree.\u2019
\u2018It is past noon,\u2019 said Gandalf, \u2018and we at any rate have
not eaten since early morning. Yet I wish to see Treebeard
as soon as may be. Did he leave me no message, or has plate
and bottle driven it from your mind?\u2019
\u2018He left a message,\u2019 said Merry, \u2018and I was coming to it,
the road to isengard 729
but I have been hindered by many other questions. I was to
say that, if the Lord of the Mark and Gandalf will ride to the
northern wall they will find Treebeard there, and he will
welcome them. I may add that they will also find food of the
best there, it was discovered and selected by your humble
servants.\u2019 He bowed.
Gandalf laughed. \u2018That is better!\u2019 he said. \u2018Well, The\u00b4oden,
will you ride with me to find Treebeard? We must go round
about, but it is not far. When you see Treebeard, you will
learn much. For Treebeard is Fangorn, and the eldest and
chief of the Ents, and when you speak with him you will hear
the speech of the oldest of all living things.\u2019
\u2018I will come with you,\u2019 said The\u00b4oden. \u2018Farewell, my hobbits! May we meet again in my house! There you shall sit
beside me and tell me all that your hearts desire: the deeds
of your grandsires, as far as you can reckon them; and we
will speak also of Tobold the Old and his herb-lore. Farewell!\u2019
The hobbits bowed low. \u2018So that is the King of Rohan!\u2019
said Pippin in an undertone. \u2018A fine old fellow. Very polite.\u2019
Chapter 9
FLOTSAM AND JETSAM
Gandalf and the King\u2019s company rode away, turning eastward to make the circuit of the ruined walls of Isengard. But
Aragorn, Gimli, and Legolas remained behind. Leaving Arod
and Hasufel to stray in search of grass, they came and sat
beside the hobbits.
\u2018Well, well! The hunt is over, and we meet again at last,
where none of us ever thought to come,\u2019 said Aragorn.
\u2018And now that the great ones have gone to discuss high
matters,\u2019 said Legolas, \u2018the hunters can perhaps learn the
answers to their own small riddles. We tracked you as far as
the forest, but there are still many things that I should like to
know the truth of.\u2019
\u2018And there is a great deal, too, that we want to know about
you,\u2019 said Merry. \u2018We have learnt a few things through Treebeard, the Old Ent, but that is not nearly enough.\u2019
\u2018All in good time,\u2019 said Legolas. \u2018We were the hunters, and
you should give an account of yourselves to us first.\u2019
\u2018Or second,\u2019 said Gimli. \u2018It would go better after a meal. I
have a sore head; and it is past mid-day. You truants might
make amends by finding us some of the plunder that you
spoke of. Food and drink would pay off some of my score
against you.\u2019
\u2018Then you shall have it,\u2019 said Pippin. \u2018Will you have it here,
or in more comfort in what\u2019s left of Saruman\u2019s guard-house
\u2013 over there under the arch? We had to picnic out here, so
as to keep an eye on the road.\u2019
\u2018Less than an eye!\u2019 said Gimli. \u2018But I will not go into any
orc-house; nor touch Orcs\u2019 meat or anything that they have
mauled.\u2019
\u2018We wouldn\u2019t ask you to,\u2019 said Merry. \u2018We have had
flotsam and jetsam 731
enough of Orcs ourselves to last a life-time. But there were
many other folk in Isengard. Saruman kept enough wisdom
not to trust his Orcs. He had Men to guard his gates: some
of his most faithful servants, I suppose. Anyway they were
favoured and got good provisions.\u2019
\u2018And pipe-weed?\u2019 asked Gimli.
\u2018No, I don\u2019t think so,\u2019 Merry laughed. \u2018But that is another
story, which can wait until after lunch.\u2019
\u2018Well let us go and have lunch then!\u2019 said the Dwarf.
The hobbits led the way; and they passed under the arch
and came to a wide door upon the left, at the top of a stair.
It opened direct into a large chamber, with other smaller
doors at the far end, and a hearth and chimney at one side.
The chamber was hewn out of the stone; and it must once
have been dark, for its windows looked out only into the
tunnel. But light came in now through the broken roof. On
the hearth wood was burning.
\u2018I lit a bit of fire,\u2019 said Pippin. \u2018It cheered us up in the fogs.
There were few faggots about, and most of the wood we
could find was wet. But there is a great draught in the chimney: it seems to wind away up through the rock, and fortunately it has not been blocked. A fire is handy. I will make
you some toast. The bread is three or four days old, I am
afraid.\u2019
Aragorn and his companions sat themselves down at one
end of a long table, and the hobbits disappeared through one
of the inner doors.
\u2018Store-room in there, and above the floods, luckily,\u2019 said
Pippin, as they came back laden with dishes, bowls, cups,
knives, and food of various sorts.
\u2018And you need not turn up your nose at the provender,
Master Gimli,\u2019 said Merry. \u2018This is not orc-stuff, but manfood, as Treebeard calls it. Will you have wine or beer?
There\u2019s a barrel inside there \u2013 very passable. And this is
first-rate salted pork. Or I can cut you some rashers of bacon
and broil them, if you like. I am sorry there is no green stuff:
732 the two towers
the deliveries have been rather interrupted in the last few
days! I cannot offer you anything to follow but butter and
honey for your bread. Are you content?\u2019
\u2018Indeed yes,\u2019 said Gimli. \u2018The score is much reduced.\u2019
The three were soon busy with their meal; and the two
hobbits, unabashed, set to a second time. \u2018We must keep our
guests company,\u2019 they said.
\u2018You are full of courtesy this morning,\u2019 laughed Legolas.
\u2018But maybe, if we had not arrived, you would already have
been keeping one another company again.\u2019
\u2018Maybe; and why not?\u2019 said Pippin. \u2018We had foul fare with
the Orcs, and little enough for days before that. It seems a
long while since we could eat to heart\u2019s content.\u2019
\u2018It does not seem to have done you any harm,\u2019 said
Aragorn. \u2018Indeed you look in the bloom of health.\u2019
\u2018Aye, you do indeed,\u2019 said Gimli, looking them up and
down over the top of his cup. \u2018Why, your hair is twice as
thick and curly as when we parted; and I would swear that
you have both grown somewhat, if that is possible for hobbits
of your age. This Treebeard at any rate has not starved you.\u2019
\u2018He has not,\u2019 said Merry. \u2018But Ents only drink, and drink
is not enough for content. Treebeard\u2019s draughts may be nourishing, but one feels the need of something solid. And even
lembas is none the worse for a change.\u2019
\u2018You have drunk of the waters of the Ents, have you?\u2019 said
Legolas. \u2018Ah, then I think it is likely that Gimli\u2019s eyes do not
deceive him. Strange songs have been sung of the draughts
of Fangorn.\u2019
\u2018Many strange tales have been told about that land,\u2019 said
Aragorn. \u2018I have never entered it. Come, tell me more about
it, and about the Ents!\u2019
\u2018Ents,\u2019 said Pippin, \u2018Ents are \u2013 well Ents are all different
for one thing. But their eyes now, their eyes are very odd.\u2019
He tried a few fumbling words that trailed off into silence.
\u2018Oh, well,\u2019 he went on, \u2018you have seen some at a distance,
already \u2013 they saw you at any rate, and reported that you
were on the way \u2013 and you will see many others, I expect,
flotsam and jetsam 733
before you leave here. You must form your own ideas.\u2019
\u2018Now, now!\u2019 said Gimli. \u2018We are beginning the story in the
middle. I should like a tale in the right order, starting with
that strange day when our fellowship was broken.\u2019
\u2018You shall have it, if there is time,\u2019 said Merry. \u2018But first \u2013
if you have finished eating \u2013 you shall fill your pipes and light
up. And then for a little while we can pretend that we are all
back safe at Bree again, or in Rivendell.\u2019
He produced a small leather bag full of tobacco. \u2018We have
heaps of it,\u2019 he said; \u2018and you can all pack as much as you
wish, when we go. We did some salvage-work this morning,
Pippin and I. There are lots of things floating about. It was
Pippin who found two small barrels, washed up out of some
cellar or store-house, I suppose. When we opened them, we
found they were filled with this: as fine a pipe-weed as you
could wish for, and quite unspoilt.\u2019
Gimli took some and rubbed it in his palms and sniffed it.
\u2018It feels good, and it smells good,\u2019 he said.
\u2018It is good!\u2019 said Merry. \u2018My dear Gimli, it is Longbottom
Leaf! There were the Hornblower brandmarks on the barrels,
as plain as plain. How it came here, I can\u2019t imagine. For
Saruman\u2019s private use, I fancy. I never knew that it went so
far abroad. But it comes in handy now!\u2019
\u2018It would,\u2019 said Gimli, \u2018if I had a pipe to go with it. Alas, I
lost mine in Moria, or before. Is there no pipe in all your
plunder?\u2019
\u2018No, I am afraid not,\u2019 said Merry. \u2018We have not found any,
not even here in the guardrooms. Saruman kept this dainty
to himself, it seems. And I don\u2019t think it would be any use
knocking on the doors of Orthanc to beg a pipe of him! We
shall have to share pipes, as good friends must at a pinch.\u2019
\u2018Half a moment!\u2019 said Pippin. Putting his hand inside the
breast of his jacket he pulled out a little soft wallet on a string.
\u2018I keep a treasure or two near my skin, as precious as Rings
to me. Here\u2019s one: my old wooden pipe. And here\u2019s another:
an unused one. I have carried it a long way, though I don\u2019t
know why. I never really expected to find any pipe-weed on
734 the two towers
the journey, when my own ran out. But now it comes in
useful after all.\u2019 He held up a small pipe with a wide flattened
bowl, and handed it to Gimli. \u2018Does that settle the score
between us?\u2019 he said.
\u2018Settle it!\u2019 cried Gimli. \u2018Most noble hobbit, it leaves me
deep in your debt.\u2019
\u2018Well, I am going back into the open air, to see what the
wind and sky are doing!\u2019 said Legolas.
\u2018We will come with you,\u2019 said Aragorn.
They went out and seated themselves upon the piled stones
before the gateway. They could see far down into the valley
now; the mists were lifting and floating away upon the breeze.
\u2018Now let us take our ease here for a little!\u2019 said Aragorn.
\u2018We will sit on the edge of ruin and talk, as Gandalf says,
while he is busy elsewhere. I feel a weariness such as I have
seldom felt before.\u2019 He wrapped his grey cloak about him,
hiding his mail-shirt, and stretched out his long legs. Then
he lay back and sent from his lips a thin stream of smoke.
\u2018Look!\u2019 said Pippin. \u2018Strider the Ranger has come back!\u2019
\u2018He has never been away,\u2019 said Aragorn. \u2018I am Strider and
Du\u00b4nadan too, and I belong both to Gondor and the North.\u2019
They smoked in silence for a while, and the sun shone on
them; slanting into the valley from among white clouds high
in the West. Legolas lay still, looking up at the sun and sky
with steady eyes, and singing softly to himself. At last he sat
up. \u2018Come now!\u2019 he said. \u2018Time wears on, and the mists are
blowing away, or would if you strange folk did not wreathe
yourselves in smoke. What of the tale?\u2019
\u2018Well, my tale begins with waking up in the dark and finding myself all strung-up in an orc-camp,\u2019 said Pippin. \u2018Let
me see, what is today?\u2019
\u2018The fifth of March in the Shire-reckoning,\u2019 said Aragorn.
Pippin made some calculations on his fingers. \u2018Only nine
days ago!\u2019 he said.* \u2018It seems a year since we were caught.<\/p>\n\n\n\n
the taming of sme\u00b4 agol 799
Under the first shadows of night they started out on the
next stage of their journey. After a while Sam turned and
looked back at the way they had come. The mouth of the
gully was a black notch in the dim cliff. \u2018I\u2019m glad we\u2019ve got
the rope,\u2019 he said. \u2018We\u2019ve set a little puzzle for that footpad,
anyhow. He can try his nasty flappy feet on those ledges!\u2019
They picked their steps away from the skirts of the cliff,
among a wilderness of boulders and rough stones, wet and
slippery with the heavy rain. The ground still fell away
sharply. They had not gone very far when they came upon a
great fissure that yawned suddenly black before their feet. It
was not wide, but it was too wide to jump across in the dim
light. They thought they could hear water gurgling in its
depths. It curved away on their left northward, back towards
the hills, and so barred their road in that direction, at any
rate while darkness lasted.
\u2018We had better try a way back southwards along the line
of the cliff, I think,\u2019 said Sam. \u2018We might find some nook
there, or even a cave or something.\u2019
\u2018I suppose so,\u2019 said Frodo. \u2018I\u2019m tired, and I don\u2019t think I
can scramble among stones much longer tonight \u2013 though I
grudge the delay. I wish there was a clear path in front of us:
then I\u2019d go on till my legs gave way.\u2019
They did not find the going any easier at the broken feet
of the Emyn Muil. Nor did Sam find any nook or hollow to
shelter in: only bare stony slopes frowned over by the cliff,
which now rose again, higher and more sheer as they went
back. In the end, worn out, they just cast themselves on the
ground under the lee of a boulder lying not far from the
foot of the precipice. There for some time they sat huddled
mournfully together in the cold stony night, while sleep crept
upon them in spite of all they could do to hold it off. The
moon now rode high and clear. Its thin white light lit up the
faces of the rocks and drenched the cold frowning walls of
the cliff, turning all the wide looming darkness into a chill
pale grey scored with black shadows.
800 the two towers
\u2018Well!\u2019 said Frodo, standing up and drawing his cloak more
closely round him. \u2018You sleep for a bit Sam and take my
blanket. I\u2019ll walk up and down on sentry for a while.\u2019 Suddenly he stiffened, and stooping he gripped Sam by the arm.
\u2018What\u2019s that?\u2019 he whispered. \u2018Look over there on the cliff!\u2019
Sam looked and breathed in sharply through his teeth.
\u2018Ssss!\u2019 he said. \u2018That\u2019s what it is. It\u2019s that Gollum! Snakes
and adders! And to think that I thought that we\u2019d puzzle him
with our bit of a climb! Look at him! Like a nasty crawling
spider on a wall.\u2019
Down the face of a precipice, sheer and almost smooth it
seemed in the pale moonlight, a small black shape was moving
with its thin limbs splayed out. Maybe its soft clinging hands
and toes were finding crevices and holds that no hobbit could
ever have seen or used, but it looked as if it was just creeping
down on sticky pads, like some large prowling thing of insectkind. And it was coming down head first, as if it was smelling
its way. Now and again it lifted its head slowly, turning it
right back on its long skinny neck, and the hobbits caught a
glimpse of two small pale gleaming lights, its eyes that blinked
at the moon for a moment and then were quickly lidded
again.
\u2018Do you think he can see us?\u2019 said Sam.
\u2018I don\u2019t know,\u2019 said Frodo quietly, \u2018but I think not. It is
hard even for friendly eyes to see these elven-cloaks: I cannot
see you in the shadow even at a few paces. And I\u2019ve heard
that he doesn\u2019t like Sun or Moon.\u2019
\u2018Then why is he coming down just here?\u2019 asked Sam.
\u2018Quietly, Sam!\u2019 said Frodo. \u2018He can smell us, perhaps. And
he can hear as keen as Elves, I believe. I think he has heard
something now: our voices probably. We did a lot of shouting
away back there; and we were talking far too loudly until a
minute ago.\u2019
\u2018Well, I\u2019m sick of him,\u2019 said Sam. \u2018He\u2019s come once too
often for me, and I\u2019m going to have a word with him, if I
can. I don\u2019t suppose we could give him the slip now anyway.\u2019
the taming of sme\u00b4 agol 801
Drawing his grey hood well over his face, Sam crept stealthily
towards the cliff.
\u2018Careful!\u2019 whispered Frodo coming behind. \u2018Don\u2019t alarm
him! He\u2019s much more dangerous than he looks.\u2019
The black crawling shape was now three-quarters of the
way down, and perhaps fifty feet or less above the cliff\u2019s foot.
Crouching stone-still in the shadow of a large boulder the
hobbits watched him. He seemed to have come to a difficult
passage or to be troubled about something. They could hear
him snuffling, and now and again there was a harsh hiss of
breath that sounded like a curse. He lifted his head, and they
thought they heard him spit. Then he moved on again. Now
they could hear his voice creaking and whistling.
\u2018Ach, sss! Cautious, my precious! More haste less speed.
We musstn\u2019t rissk our neck, musst we, precious? No, precious
\u2013 gollum!\u2019 He lifted his head again, blinked at the moon, and
quickly shut his eyes. \u2018We hate it,\u2019 he hissed. \u2018Nassty, nassty
shivery light it is \u2013 sss \u2013 it spies on us, precious \u2013 it hurts our
eyes.\u2019
He was getting lower now and the hisses became sharper
and clearer. \u2018Where iss it, where iss it: my Precious, my
Precious? It\u2019s ours, it is, and we wants it. The thieves, the
thieves, the filthy little thieves. Where are they with my
Precious? Curse them! We hates them.\u2019
\u2018It doesn\u2019t sound as if he knew we were here, does it?\u2019
whispered Sam. \u2018And what\u2019s his Precious? Does he mean
the\u2014\u2014\u2019
\u2018Hsh!\u2019 breathed Frodo. \u2018He\u2019s getting near now, near
enough to hear a whisper.\u2019
Indeed Gollum had suddenly paused again, and his large
head on its scrawny neck was lolling from side to side as
if he was listening. His pale eyes were half unlidded. Sam
restrained himself, though his fingers were twitching. His
eyes, filled with anger and disgust, were fixed on the wretched
creature as he now began to move again, still whispering and
hissing to himself.
At last he was no more than a dozen feet from the ground,
802 the two towers
right above their heads. From that point there was a sheer
drop, for the cliff was slightly undercut, and even Gollum
could not find a hold of any kind. He seemed to be trying to
twist round, so as to go legs first, when suddenly with a shrill
whistling shriek he fell. As he did so, he curled his legs and
arms up round him, like a spider whose descending thread is
snapped.
Sam was out of his hiding in a flash and crossed the space
between him and the cliff-foot in a couple of leaps. Before
Gollum could get up, he was on top of him. But he found
Gollum more than he bargained for, even taken like that,
suddenly, off his guard after a fall. Before Sam could get a
hold, long legs and arms were wound round him pinning
his arms, and a clinging grip, soft but horribly strong, was
squeezing him like slowly tightening cords; clammy fingers
were feeling for his throat. Then sharp teeth bit into his
shoulder. All he could do was to butt his hard round head
sideways into the creature\u2019s face. Gollum hissed and spat,
but he did not let go.
Things would have gone ill with Sam, if he had been alone.
But Frodo sprang up, and drew Sting from its sheath. With
his left hand he drew back Gollum\u2019s head by his thin lank
hair, stretching his long neck, and forcing his pale venomous
eyes to stare up at the sky.
\u2018Let go! Gollum,\u2019 he said. \u2018This is Sting. You have seen it
before once upon a time. Let go, or you\u2019ll feel it this time!
I\u2019ll cut your throat.\u2019
Gollum collapsed and went as loose as wet string. Sam got
up, fingering his shoulder. His eyes smouldered with anger,
but he could not avenge himself: his miserable enemy lay
grovelling on the stones whimpering.
\u2018Don\u2019t hurt us! Don\u2019t let them hurt us, precious! They
won\u2019t hurt us will they, nice little hobbitses? We didn\u2019t mean
no harm, but they jumps on us like cats on poor mices, they
did, precious. And we\u2019re so lonely, gollum. We\u2019ll be nice
to them, very nice, if they\u2019ll be nice to us, won\u2019t we, yes,
yess.\u2019
the taming of sme\u00b4 agol 803
\u2018Well, what\u2019s to be done with it?\u2019 said Sam. \u2018Tie it up, so
as it can\u2019t come sneaking after us no more, I say.\u2019
\u2018But that would kill us, kill us,\u2019 whimpered Gollum. \u2018Cruel
little hobbitses. Tie us up in the cold hard lands and leave
us, gollum, gollum.\u2019 Sobs welled up in his gobbling throat.
\u2018No,\u2019 said Frodo. \u2018If we kill him, we must kill him outright.
But we can\u2019t do that, not as things are. Poor wretch! He has
done us no harm.\u2019
\u2018Oh hasn\u2019t he!\u2019 said Sam rubbing his shoulder. \u2018Anyway
he meant to, and he means to, I\u2019ll warrant. Throttle us in our
sleep, that\u2019s his plan.\u2019
\u2018I daresay,\u2019 said Frodo. \u2018But what he means to do is another
matter.\u2019 He paused for a while in thought. Gollum lay still,
but stopped whimpering. Sam stood glowering over him.
It seemed to Frodo then that he heard, quite plainly but
far off, voices out of the past:
What a pity Bilbo did not stab the vile creature, when he had
a chance!
Pity? It was Pity that stayed his hand. Pity, and Mercy: not
to strike without need.
I do not feel any pity for Gollum. He deserves death.
Deserves death! I daresay he does. Many that live deserve
death. And some die that deserve life. Can you give that to
them? Then be not too eager to deal out death in the name of
justice, fearing for your own safety. Even the wise cannot see all
ends.
\u2018Very well,\u2019 he answered aloud, lowering his sword. \u2018But
still I am afraid. And yet, as you see, I will not touch the
creature. For now that I see him, I do pity him.\u2019
Sam stared at his master, who seemed to be speaking to
some one who was not there. Gollum lifted his head.
\u2018Yess, wretched we are, precious,\u2019 he whined. \u2018Misery
misery! Hobbits won\u2019t kill us, nice hobbits.\u2019
\u2018No, we won\u2019t,\u2019 said Frodo. \u2018But we won\u2019t let you go,
either. You\u2019re full of wickedness and mischief, Gollum. You
will have to come with us, that\u2019s all, while we keep an eye on
804 the two towers
you. But you must help us, if you can. One good turn
deserves another.\u2019
\u2018Yess, yes indeed,\u2019 said Gollum sitting up. \u2018Nice hobbits!
We will come with them. Find them safe paths in the dark,
yes we will. And where are they going in these cold hard
lands, we wonders, yes we wonders?\u2019 He looked up at them,
and a faint light of cunning and eagerness flickered for a
second in his pale blinking eyes.
Sam scowled at him, and sucked his teeth; but he seemed
to sense that there was something odd about his master\u2019s
mood and that the matter was beyond argument. All the same
he was amazed at Frodo\u2019s reply.
Frodo looked straight into Gollum\u2019s eyes which flinched
and twisted away. \u2018You know that, or you guess well enough,
Sme\u00b4agol,\u2019 he said, quietly and sternly. \u2018We are going to
Mordor, of course. And you know the way there, I believe.\u2019
\u2018Ach! sss!\u2019 said Gollum, covering his ears with his hands,
as if such frankness, and the open speaking of the names,
hurt him. \u2018We guessed, yes we guessed,\u2019 he whispered; \u2018and
we didn\u2019t want them to go, did we? No, precious, not the
nice hobbits. Ashes, ashes, and dust, and thirst there is; and
pits, pits, pits, and Orcs, thousands of Orcses. Nice hobbits
mustn\u2019t go to \u2013 sss \u2013 those places.\u2019
\u2018So you have been there?\u2019 Frodo insisted. \u2018And you\u2019re
being drawn back there, aren\u2019t you?\u2019
\u2018Yess. Yess. No!\u2019 shrieked Gollum. \u2018Once, by accident it
was, wasn\u2019t it, precious? Yes, by accident. But we won\u2019t
go back, no, no!\u2019 Then suddenly his voice and language
changed, and he sobbed in his throat, and spoke but not to
them. \u2018Leave me alone, gollum! You hurt me. O my poor
hands, gollum! I, we, I don\u2019t want to come back. I can\u2019t find
it. I am tired. I, we can\u2019t find it, gollum, gollum, no, nowhere.
They\u2019re always awake. Dwarves, Men, and Elves, terrible
Elves with bright eyes. I can\u2019t find it. Ach!\u2019 He got up and
clenched his long hand into a bony fleshless knot, shaking it
towards the East. \u2018We won\u2019t!\u2019 he cried. \u2018Not for you.\u2019 Then
he collapsed again. \u2018Gollum, gollum,\u2019 he whimpered with his
the taming of sme\u00b4 agol 805
face to the ground. \u2018Don\u2019t look at us! Go away! Go to sleep!\u2019
\u2018He will not go away or go to sleep at your command,
Sme\u00b4agol,\u2019 said Frodo. \u2018But if you really wish to be free of
him again, then you must help me. And that I fear means
finding us a path towards him. But you need not go all the
way, not beyond the gates of his land.\u2019
Gollum sat up again and looked at him under his eyelids.
\u2018He\u2019s over there,\u2019 he cackled. \u2018Always there. Orcs will take
you all the way. Easy to find Orcs east of the River. Don\u2019t
ask Sme\u00b4agol. Poor, poor Sme\u00b4agol, he went away long ago.
They took his Precious, and he\u2019s lost now.\u2019
\u2018Perhaps we\u2019ll find him again, if you come with us,\u2019 said
Frodo.
\u2018No, no, never! He\u2019s lost his Precious,\u2019 said Gollum.
\u2018Get up!\u2019 said Frodo.
Gollum stood up and backed away against the cliff.
\u2018Now!\u2019 said Frodo. \u2018Can you find a path easier by day or
by night? We\u2019re tired; but if you choose the night, we\u2019ll start
tonight.\u2019
\u2018The big lights hurt our eyes, they do,\u2019 Gollum whined.
\u2018Not under the White Face, not yet. It will go behind the hills
soon, yess. Rest a bit first, nice hobbits!\u2019
\u2018Then sit down,\u2019 said Frodo, \u2018and don\u2019t move!\u2019
The hobbits seated themselves beside him, one on either
side, with their backs to the stony wall, resting their legs.
There was no need for any arrangement by word: they knew
that they must not sleep for a moment. Slowly the moon
went by. Shadows fell down from the hills, and all grew dark
before them. The stars grew thick and bright in the sky above.
No one stirred. Gollum sat with his legs drawn up, knees
under chin, flat hands and feet splayed on the ground, his
eyes closed; but he seemed tense, as if thinking or listening.
Frodo looked across at Sam. Their eyes met and they
understood. They relaxed, leaning their heads back, and shutting their eyes or seeming to. Soon the sound of their soft
breathing could be heard. Gollum\u2019s hands twitched a little.
806 the two towers
Hardly perceptibly his head moved to the left and the right,
and first one eye and then the other opened a slit. The hobbits
made no sign.
Suddenly, with startling agility and speed, straight off the
ground with a jump like a grasshopper or a frog, Gollum
bounded forward into the darkness. But that was just what
Frodo and Sam had expected. Sam was on him before he
had gone two paces after his spring. Frodo coming behind
grabbed his leg and threw him.
\u2018Your rope might prove useful again, Sam,\u2019 he said.
Sam got out the rope. \u2018And where were you off to in the
cold hard lands, Mr. Gollum?\u2019 he growled. \u2018We wonders,
aye, we wonders. To find some of your orc-friends, I warrant.
You nasty treacherous creature. It\u2019s round your neck this
rope ought to go, and a tight noose too.\u2019
Gollum lay quiet and tried no further tricks. He did not
answer Sam, but gave him a swift venomous look.
\u2018All we need is something to keep a hold on him,\u2019 said
Frodo. \u2018We want him to walk, so it\u2019s no good tying his legs
\u2013 or his arms, he seems to use them nearly as much. Tie one
end to his ankle, and keep a grip on the other end.\u2019
He stood over Gollum, while Sam tied the knot. The result
surprised them both. Gollum began to scream, a thin, tearing sound, very horrible to hear. He writhed, and tried to
get his mouth to his ankle and bite the rope. He kept on
screaming.
At last Frodo was convinced that he really was in pain; but
it could not be from the knot. He examined it and found that
it was not too tight, indeed hardly tight enough. Sam was
gentler than his words. \u2018What\u2019s the matter with you?\u2019 he said.
\u2018If you will try to run away, you must be tied; but we don\u2019t
wish to hurt you.\u2019
\u2018It hurts us, it hurts us,\u2019 hissed Gollum. \u2018It freezes, it bites!
Elves twisted it, curse them! Nasty cruel hobbits! That\u2019s why
we tries to escape, of course it is, precious. We guessed they
were cruel hobbits. They visits Elves, fierce Elves with bright
eyes. Take it off us! It hurts us.\u2019
the taming of sme\u00b4 agol 807
\u2018No, I will not take it off you,\u2019 said Frodo, \u2018not unless\u2019 \u2013
he paused a moment in thought \u2013 \u2018not unless there is any
promise you can make that I can trust.\u2019
\u2018We will swear to do what he wants, yes, yess,\u2019 said Gollum,
still twisting and grabbling at his ankle. \u2018It hurts us.\u2019
\u2018Swear?\u2019 said Frodo.
\u2018Sme\u00b4agol,\u2019 said Gollum suddenly and clearly, opening his
eyes wide and staring at Frodo with a strange light. \u2018Sme\u00b4agol
will swear on the Precious.\u2019
Frodo drew himself up, and again Sam was startled by his
words and his stern voice. \u2018On the Precious? How dare you?\u2019
he said. \u2018Think!
One Ring to rule them all and in the Darkness bind them.
Would you commit your promise to that, Sme\u00b4agol? It will
hold you. But it is more treacherous than you are. It may
twist your words. Beware!\u2019
Gollum cowered. \u2018On the Precious, on the Precious!\u2019 he
repeated.
\u2018And what would you swear?\u2019 asked Frodo.
\u2018To be very very good,\u2019 said Gollum. Then crawling to
Frodo\u2019s feet he grovelled before him, whispering hoarsely: a
shudder ran over him, as if the words shook his very bones
with fear. \u2018Sme\u00b4agol will swear never, never, to let Him have
it. Never! Sme\u00b4agol will save it. But he must swear on the
Precious.\u2019
\u2018No! not on it,\u2019 said Frodo, looking down at him with stern
pity. \u2018All you wish is to see it and touch it, if you can, though
you know it would drive you mad. Not on it. Swear by it, if
you will. For you know where it is. Yes, you know, Sme\u00b4agol.
It is before you.\u2019
For a moment it appeared to Sam that his master had
grown and Gollum had shrunk: a tall stern shadow, a mighty
lord who hid his brightness in grey cloud, and at his feet a
little whining dog. Yet the two were in some way akin and
not alien: they could reach one another\u2019s minds. Gollum
808 the two towers
raised himself and began pawing at Frodo, fawning at his
knees.
\u2018Down! down!\u2019 said Frodo. \u2018Now speak your promise!\u2019
\u2018We promises, yes I promise!\u2019 said Gollum. \u2018I will serve the
master of the Precious. Good master, good Sme\u00b4agol, gollum,
gollum!\u2019 Suddenly he began to weep and bite at his ankle
again.
\u2018Take the rope off, Sam!\u2019 said Frodo.
Reluctantly Sam obeyed. At once Gollum got up and
began prancing about, like a whipped cur whose master has
patted it. From that moment a change, which lasted for some
time, came over him. He spoke with less hissing and whining,
and he spoke to his companions direct, not to his precious
self. He would cringe and flinch, if they stepped near him or
made any sudden movement, and he avoided the touch of
their elven-cloaks; but he was friendly, and indeed pitifully
anxious to please. He would cackle with laughter and caper,
if any jest was made, or even if Frodo spoke kindly to him,
and weep if Frodo rebuked him. Sam said little to him of any
sort. He suspected him more deeply than ever, and if possible
liked the new Gollum, the Sme\u00b4agol, less than the old.
\u2018Well, Gollum, or whatever it is we\u2019re to call you,\u2019 he said,
\u2018now for it! The Moon\u2019s gone, and the night\u2019s going. We\u2019d
better start.\u2019
\u2018Yes, yes,\u2019 agreed Gollum, skipping about. \u2018Off we go!
There\u2019s only one way across between the North-end and the
South-end. I found it, I did. Orcs don\u2019t use it, Orcs don\u2019t
know it. Orcs don\u2019t cross the Marshes, they go round for
miles and miles. Very lucky you came this way. Very lucky
you found Sme\u00b4agol, yes. Follow Sme\u00b4agol!\u2019
He took a few steps away and looked back inquiringly, like
a dog inviting them for a walk. \u2018Wait a bit, Gollum!\u2019 cried
Sam. \u2018Not too far ahead now! I\u2019m going to be at your tail,
and I\u2019ve got the rope handy.\u2019
\u2018No, no!\u2019 said Gollum. \u2018Sme\u00b4agol promised.\u2019
In the deep of night under hard clear stars they set off.
Gollum led them back northward for a while along the way
the taming of sme\u00b4 agol 809
they had come; then he slanted to the right away from the
steep edge of the Emyn Muil, down the broken stony slopes
towards the vast fens below. They faded swiftly and softly
into the darkness. Over all the leagues of waste before the
gates of Mordor there was a black silence.
Chapter 2
THE PASSAGE OF THE MARSHES
Gollum moved quickly, with his head and neck thrust
forward, often using his hands as well as his feet. Frodo
and Sam were hard put to it to keep up with him; but he
seemed no longer to have any thought of escaping, and if
they fell behind, he would turn and wait for them. After a
time he brought them to the brink of the narrow gully that
they had struck before; but they were now further from the
hills.
\u2018Here it is!\u2019 he cried. \u2018There is a way down inside, yes.
Now we follows it \u2013 out, out away over there.\u2019 He pointed
south and east towards the marshes. The reek of them came
to their nostrils, heavy and foul even in the cool night air.
Gollum cast up and down along the brink, and at length
he called to them. \u2018Here! We can get down here. Sme\u00b4agol
went this way once: I went this way, hiding from Orcs.\u2019
He led the way, and following him the hobbits climbed
down into the gloom. It was not difficult, for the rift was at
this point only some fifteen feet deep and about a dozen
across. There was running water at the bottom: it was in
fact the bed of one of the many small rivers that trickled
down from the hills to feed the stagnant pools and mires
beyond. Gollum turned to the right, southward more or
less, and splashed along with his feet in the shallow stony
stream. He seemed greatly delighted to feel the water, and
chuckled to himself, sometimes even croaking in a sort of
song.
The cold hard lands
they bites our hands,
they gnaws our feet.
the passage of the marshes 811
The rocks and stones
are like old bones
all bare of meat.
But stream and pool
is wet and cool:
so nice for feet!
And now we wish\u2014\u2014
\u2018Ha! ha! What does we wish?\u2019 he said, looking sidelong at
the hobbits. \u2018We\u2019ll tell you,\u2019 he croaked. \u2018He guessed it long
ago, Baggins guessed it.\u2019 A glint came into his eyes, and
Sam catching the gleam in the darkness thought it far from
pleasant.
Alive without breath;
as cold as death;
never thirsting, ever drinking;
clad in mail, never clinking.
Drowns on dry land,
thinks an island
is a mountain;
thinks a fountain
is a puff of air.
So sleek, so fair!
What a joy to meet!
We only wish
to catch a fish,
so juicy-sweet!
These words only made more pressing to Sam\u2019s mind a
problem that had been troubling him from the moment when
he understood that his master was going to adopt Gollum as
a guide: the problem of food. It did not occur to him that his
master might also have thought of it, but he supposed Gollum
had. Indeed how had Gollum kept himself in all his lonely
wandering? \u2018Not too well,\u2019 thought Sam. \u2018He looks fair famished. Not too dainty to try what hobbit tastes like, if there
812 the two towers
ain\u2019t no fish, I\u2019ll wager \u2013 supposing as he could catch us
napping. Well, he won\u2019t: not Sam Gamgee for one.\u2019
They stumbled along in the dark winding gully for a long
time, or so it seemed to the tired feet of Frodo and Sam. The
gully turned eastward, and as they went on it broadened and
got gradually shallower. At last the sky above grew faint with
the first grey of morning. Gollum had shown no signs of
tiring, but now he looked up and halted.
\u2018Day is near,\u2019 he whispered, as if Day was something that
might overhear him and spring on him. \u2018Sme\u00b4agol will stay
here: I will stay here, and the Yellow Face won\u2019t see me.\u2019
\u2018We should be glad to see the Sun,\u2019 said Frodo, \u2018but we
will stay here: we are too tired to go any further at present.\u2019
\u2018You are not wise to be glad of the Yellow Face,\u2019 said
Gollum. \u2018It shows you up. Nice sensible hobbits stay with
Sme\u00b4agol. Orcs and nasty things are about. They can see a
long way. Stay and hide with me!\u2019
The three of them settled down to rest at the foot of the
rocky wall of the gully. It was not much more than a tall
man\u2019s height now, and at its base there were wide flat shelves
of dry stone; the water ran in a channel on the other side.
Frodo and Sam sat on one of the flats, resting their backs.
Gollum paddled and scrabbled in the stream.
\u2018We must take a little food,\u2019 said Frodo. \u2018Are you hungry,
Sme\u00b4agol? We have very little to share, but we will spare you
what we can.\u2019
At the word hungry a greenish light was kindled in Gollum\u2019s
pale eyes, and they seemed to protrude further than ever
from his thin sickly face. For a moment he relapsed into his
old Gollum-manner. \u2018We are famisshed, yes famisshed we
are, precious,\u2019 he said. \u2018What is it they eats? Have they nice
fisshes?\u2019 His tongue lolled out between his sharp yellow teeth,
licking his colourless lips.
\u2018No, we have got no fish,\u2019 said Frodo. \u2018We have only got
this\u2019 \u2013 he held up a wafer of lembas \u2013 \u2018and water, if the water
here is fit to drink.\u2019
the passage of the marshes 813
\u2018Yess, yess, nice water,\u2019 said Gollum. \u2018Drink it, drink it,
while we can! But what is it they\u2019ve got, precious? Is it crunchable? Is it tasty?\u2019
Frodo broke off a portion of a wafer and handed it to him
on its leaf-wrapping. Gollum sniffed at the leaf and his face
changed: a spasm of disgust came over it, and a hint of his
old malice. \u2018Sme\u00b4agol smells it!\u2019 he said. \u2018Leaves out of the
Elf-country, gah! They stinks. He climbed in those trees, and
he couldn\u2019t wash the smell off his hands, my nice hands.\u2019
Dropping the leaf, he took a corner of the lembas and nibbled
it. He spat, and a fit of coughing shook him.
\u2018Ach! No!\u2019 he spluttered. \u2018You try to choke poor Sme\u00b4agol.
Dust and ashes, he can\u2019t eat that. He must starve. But Sme\u00b4agol doesn\u2019t mind. Nice hobbits! Sme\u00b4agol has promised. He
will starve. He can\u2019t eat hobbits\u2019 food. He will starve. Poor
thin Sme\u00b4agol!\u2019
\u2018I\u2019m sorry,\u2019 said Frodo; \u2018but I can\u2019t help you, I\u2019m afraid. I
think this food would do you good, if you would try. But
perhaps you can\u2019t even try, not yet anyway.\u2019
The hobbits munched their lembas in silence. Sam thought
that it tasted far better, somehow, than it had for a good
while: Gollum\u2019s behaviour had made him attend to its flavour
again. But he did not feel comfortable. Gollum watched every
morsel from hand to mouth, like an expectant dog by a diner\u2019s
chair. Only when they had finished and were preparing to
rest, was he apparently convinced that they had no hidden
dainties that he could share in. Then he went and sat by
himself a few paces away and whimpered a little.
\u2018Look here!\u2019 Sam whispered to Frodo, not too softly: he
did not really care whether Gollum heard him or not. \u2018We\u2019ve
got to get some sleep; but not both together with that hungry
villain nigh, promise or no promise. Sme\u00b4agol or Gollum, he
won\u2019t change his habits in a hurry, I\u2019ll warrant. You go to
sleep, Mr. Frodo, and I\u2019ll call you when I can\u2019t keep my
eyelids propped up. Turn and about, same as before, while
he\u2019s loose.\u2019
814 the two towers
\u2018Perhaps you\u2019re right, Sam,\u2019 said Frodo speaking openly.
\u2018There is a change in him, but just what kind of a change and
how deep, I\u2019m not sure yet. Seriously though, I don\u2019t think
there is any need for fear \u2013 at present. Still watch if you wish.
Give me about two hours, not more, and then call me.\u2019
So tired was Frodo that his head fell forward on his breast
and he slept, almost as soon as he had spoken the words.
Gollum seemed no longer to have any fears. He curled up
and went quickly to sleep, quite unconcerned. Presently his
breath was hissing softly through his clenched teeth, but he
lay still as stone. After a while, fearing that he would drop off
himself, if he sat listening to his two companions breathing,
Sam got up and gently prodded Gollum. His hands uncurled
and twitched, but he made no other movement. Sam bent
down and said fissh close to his ear, but there was no response,
not even a catch in Gollum\u2019s breathing.
Sam scratched his head. \u2018Must really be asleep,\u2019 he muttered. \u2018And if I was like Gollum, he wouldn\u2019t wake up never
again.\u2019 He restrained the thoughts of his sword and the rope
that sprang to his mind, and went and sat down by his master.
When he woke up the sky above was dim, not lighter but
darker than when they had breakfasted. Sam leapt to his feet.
Not least from his own feeling of vigour and hunger, he
suddenly understood that he had slept the daylight away,
nine hours at least. Frodo was still fast asleep, lying now
stretched on his side. Gollum was not to be seen. Various
reproachful names for himself came to Sam\u2019s mind, drawn
from the Gaffer\u2019s large paternal word-hoard; then it also
occurred to him that his master had been right: there had for
the present been nothing to guard against. They were at any
rate both alive and unthrottled.
\u2018Poor wretch!\u2019 he said half remorsefully. \u2018Now I wonder
where he\u2019s got to?\u2019
\u2018Not far, not far!\u2019 said a voice above him. He looked up
and saw the shape of Gollum\u2019s large head and ears against
the evening sky.
the passage of the marshes 815
\u2018Here, what are you doing?\u2019 cried Sam, his suspicions
coming back as soon as he saw that shape.
\u2018Sme\u00b4agol is hungry,\u2019 said Gollum. \u2018Be back soon.\u2019
\u2018Come back now!\u2019 shouted Sam. \u2018Hi! Come back!\u2019 But
Gollum had vanished.
Frodo woke at the sound of Sam\u2019s shout and sat up, rubbing his eyes. \u2018Hullo!\u2019 he said. \u2018Anything wrong? What\u2019s the
time?\u2019
\u2018I dunno,\u2019 said Sam. \u2018After sundown, I reckon. And he\u2019s
gone off. Says he\u2019s hungry.\u2019
\u2018Don\u2019t worry!\u2019 said Frodo. \u2018There\u2019s no help for it. But he\u2019ll
come back, you\u2019ll see. The promise will hold yet a while. And
he won\u2019t leave his Precious, anyway.\u2019
Frodo made light of it when he learned that they had slept
soundly for hours with Gollum, and a very hungry Gollum
too, loose beside them. \u2018Don\u2019t think of any of your gaffer\u2019s
hard names,\u2019 he said. \u2018You were worn out, and it has turned
out well: we are now both rested. And we have a hard road
ahead, the worst road of all.\u2019
\u2018About the food,\u2019 said Sam. \u2018How long\u2019s it going to take us
to do this job? And when it\u2019s done, what are we going to do
then? This waybread keeps you on your legs in a wonderful
way, though it doesn\u2019t satisfy the innards proper, as you
might say: not to my feeling anyhow, meaning no disrespect
to them as made it. But you have to eat some of it every day,
and it doesn\u2019t grow. I reckon we\u2019ve got enough to last, say,
three weeks or so, and that with a tight belt and a light tooth,
mind you. We\u2019ve been a bit free with it so far.\u2019
\u2018I don\u2019t know how long we shall take to \u2013 to finish,\u2019 said
Frodo. \u2018We were miserably delayed in the hills. But Samwise
Gamgee, my dear hobbit \u2013 indeed, Sam my dearest hobbit,
friend of friends \u2013 I do not think we need give thought to
what comes after that. To do the job as you put it \u2013 what hope
is there that we ever shall? And if we do, who knows what
will come of that? If the One goes into the Fire, and we are
at hand? I ask you, Sam, are we ever likely to need bread
again? I think not. If we can nurse our limbs to bring us to
816 the two towers
Mount Doom, that is all we can do. More than I can, I begin
to feel.\u2019
Sam nodded silently. He took his master\u2019s hand and bent
over it. He did not kiss it, though his tears fell on it. Then he
turned away, drew his sleeve over his nose, and got up, and
stamped about, trying to whistle, and saying between the
efforts: \u2018Where\u2019s that dratted creature?\u2019
It was actually not long before Gollum returned; but he
came so quietly that they did not hear him till he stood before
them. His fingers and face were soiled with black mud. He
was still chewing and slavering. What he was chewing, they
did not ask or like to think.
\u2018Worms or beetles or something slimy out of holes,\u2019
thought Sam. \u2018Brr! The nasty creature; the poor wretch!\u2019
Gollum said nothing to them, until he had drunk deeply
and washed himself in the stream. Then he came up to them,
licking his lips. \u2018Better now,\u2019 he said. \u2018Are we rested? Ready
to go on? Nice hobbits, they sleep beautifully. Trust Sme\u00b4agol
now? Very, very good.\u2019
The next stage of their journey was much the same as the
last. As they went on the gully became ever shallower and
the slope of its floor more gradual. Its bottom was less stony
and more earthy, and slowly its sides dwindled to mere banks.
It began to wind and wander. That night drew to its end, but
clouds were now over moon and star, and they knew of the
coming of day only by the slow spreading of the thin grey
light.
In a chill hour they came to the end of the water-course.
The banks became moss-grown mounds. Over the last shelf
of rotting stone the stream gurgled and fell down into a brown
bog and was lost. Dry reeds hissed and rattled though they
could feel no wind.
On either side and in front wide fens and mires now lay,
stretching away southward and eastward into the dim halflight. Mists curled and smoked from dark and noisome pools.
the passage of the marshes 817
The reek of them hung stifling in the still air. Far away, now
almost due south, the mountain-walls of Mordor loomed, like
a black bar of rugged clouds floating above a dangerous
fog-bound sea.
The hobbits were now wholly in the hands of Gollum.
They did not know, and could not guess in that misty light,
that they were in fact only just within the northern borders
of the marshes, the main expanse of which lay south of them.
They could, if they had known the lands, with some delay
have retraced their steps a little, and then turning east have
come round over hard roads to the bare plain of Dagorlad:
the field of the ancient battle before the gates of Mordor. Not
that there was great hope in such a course. On that stony
plain there was no cover, and across it ran the highways of
the Orcs and the soldiers of the Enemy. Not even the cloaks
of Lo\u00b4rien would have concealed them there.
\u2018How do we shape our course now, Sme\u00b4agol?\u2019 asked Frodo.
\u2018Must we cross these evil-smelling fens?\u2019
\u2018No need, no need at all,\u2019 said Gollum. \u2018Not if hobbits
want to reach the dark mountains and go to see Him very
quick. Back a little, and round a little\u2019 \u2013 his skinny arm waved
north and east \u2013 \u2018and you can come on hard cold roads to
the very gates of His country. Lots of His people will be there
looking out for guests, very pleased to take them straight to
Him, O yes. His Eye watches that way all the time. It caught
Sme\u00b4agol there, long ago.\u2019 Gollum shuddered. \u2018But Sme\u00b4agol
has used his eyes since then, yes, yes: I\u2019ve used eyes and feet
and nose since then. I know other ways. More difficult, not
so quick; but better, if we don\u2019t want Him to see. Follow
Sme\u00b4agol! He can take you through the marshes, through the
mists, nice thick mists. Follow Sme\u00b4agol very carefully, and
you may go a long way, quite a long way, before He catches
you, yes perhaps.\u2019
It was already day, a windless and sullen morning, and the
marsh-reeks lay in heavy banks. No sun pierced the low
818 the two towers
clouded sky, and Gollum seemed anxious to continue the
journey at once. So after a brief rest they set out again and
were soon lost in a shadowy silent world, cut off from all
view of the lands about, either the hills that they had left or
the mountains that they sought. They went slowly in single
file: Gollum, Sam, Frodo.
Frodo seemed the most weary of the three, and slow though
they went, he often lagged. The hobbits soon found that what
had looked like one vast fen was really an endless network
of pools, and soft mires, and winding half-strangled watercourses. Among these a cunning eye and foot could thread a
wandering path. Gollum certainly had that cunning, and
needed all of it. His head on its long neck was ever turning
this way and that, while he sniffed and muttered all the time
to himself. Sometimes he would hold up his hand and halt
them, while he went forward a little, crouching, testing the
ground with fingers or toes, or merely listening with one ear
pressed to the earth.
It was dreary and wearisome. Cold clammy winter still held
sway in this forsaken country. The only green was the scum
of livid weed on the dark greasy surfaces of the sullen waters.
Dead grasses and rotting reeds loomed up in the mists like
ragged shadows of long-forgotten summers.
As the day wore on the light increased a little, and the mists
lifted, growing thinner and more transparent. Far above the
rot and vapours of the world the Sun was riding high and
golden now in a serene country with floors of dazzling foam,
but only a passing ghost of her could they see below, bleared,
pale, giving no colour and no warmth. But even at this faint
reminder of her presence Gollum scowled and flinched. He
halted their journey, and they rested, squatting like little
hunted animals, in the borders of a great brown reed-thicket.
There was a deep silence, only scraped on its surfaces by the
faint quiver of empty seed-plumes, and broken grass-blades
trembling in small air-movements that they could not feel.
\u2018Not a bird!\u2019 said Sam mournfully.
\u2018No, no birds,\u2019 said Gollum. \u2018Nice birds!\u2019 He licked his
the passage of the marshes 819
teeth. \u2018No birds here. There are snakeses, wormses, things in
the pools. Lots of things, lots of nasty things. No birds,\u2019 he
ended sadly. Sam looked at him with distaste.
So passed the third day of their journey with Gollum.
Before the shadows of evening were long in happier lands,
they went on again, always on and on with only brief halts.
These they made not so much for rest as to help Gollum; for
now even he had to go forward with great care, and he was
sometimes at a loss for a while. They had come to the very
midst of the Dead Marshes, and it was dark.
They walked slowly, stooping, keeping close in line, following attentively every move that Gollum made. The fens grew
more wet, opening into wide stagnant meres, among which
it grew more and more difficult to find the firmer places
where feet could tread without sinking into gurgling mud.
The travellers were light, or maybe none of them would ever
have found a way through.
Presently it grew altogether dark: the air itself seemed black
and heavy to breathe. When lights appeared Sam rubbed his
eyes: he thought his head was going queer. He first saw one
with the corner of his left eye, a wisp of pale sheen that faded
away; but others appeared soon after: some like dimly shining
smoke, some like misty flames flickering slowly above unseen
candles; here and there they twisted like ghostly sheets
unfurled by hidden hands. But neither of his companions
spoke a word.
At last Sam could bear it no longer. \u2018What\u2019s all this, Gollum?\u2019 he said in a whisper. \u2018These lights? They\u2019re all round
us now. Are we trapped? Who are they?\u2019
Gollum looked up. A dark water was before him, and he
was crawling on the ground, this way and that, doubtful of
the way. \u2018Yes, they are all round us,\u2019 he whispered. \u2018The
tricksy lights. Candles of corpses, yes, yes. Don\u2019t you heed
them! Don\u2019t look! Don\u2019t follow them! Where\u2019s the master?\u2019
Sam looked back and found that Frodo had lagged again.
He could not see him. He went some paces back into the
820 the two towers
darkness, not daring to move far, or to call in more than a
hoarse whisper. Suddenly he stumbled against Frodo, who
was standing lost in thought, looking at the pale lights. His
hands hung stiff at his sides; water and slime were dripping
from them.
\u2018Come, Mr. Frodo!\u2019 said Sam. \u2018Don\u2019t look at them! Gollum
says we mustn\u2019t. Let\u2019s keep up with him and get out of this
cursed place as quick as we can \u2013 if we can!\u2019
\u2018All right,\u2019 said Frodo, as if returning out of a dream. \u2018I\u2019m
coming. Go on!\u2019
Hurrying forward again, Sam tripped, catching his foot in
some old root or tussock. He fell and came heavily on his
hands, which sank deep into sticky ooze, so that his face was
brought close to the surface of the dark mere. There was a
faint hiss, a noisome smell went up, the lights flickered and
danced and swirled. For a moment the water below him
looked like some window, glazed with grimy glass, through
which he was peering. Wrenching his hands out of the bog,
he sprang back with a cry. \u2018There are dead things, dead faces
in the water,\u2019 he said with horror. \u2018Dead faces!\u2019
Gollum laughed. \u2018The Dead Marshes, yes, yes: that is their
name,\u2019 he cackled. \u2018You should not look in when the candles
are lit.\u2019
\u2018Who are they? What are they?\u2019 asked Sam shuddering,
turning to Frodo, who was now behind him.
\u2018I don\u2019t know,\u2019 said Frodo in a dreamlike voice. \u2018But I have
seen them too. In the pools when the candles were lit. They
lie in all the pools, pale faces, deep deep under the dark water.
I saw them: grim faces and evil, and noble faces and sad.
Many faces proud and fair, and weeds in their silver hair.
But all foul, all rotting, all dead. A fell light is in them.\u2019 Frodo
hid his eyes in his hands. \u2018I know not who they are; but I
thought I saw there Men and Elves, and Orcs beside them.\u2019
\u2018Yes, yes,\u2019 said Gollum. \u2018All dead, all rotten. Elves and
Men and Orcs. The Dead Marshes. There was a great battle
long ago, yes, so they told him when Sme\u00b4agol was young,
when I was young before the Precious came. It was a great
the passage of the marshes 821
battle. Tall Men with long swords, and terrible Elves, and
Orcses shrieking. They fought on the plain for days and
months at the Black Gates. But the Marshes have grown since
then, swallowed up the graves; always creeping, creeping.\u2019
\u2018But that is an age and more ago,\u2019 said Sam. \u2018The Dead
can\u2019t be really there! Is it some devilry hatched in the Dark
Land?\u2019
\u2018Who knows? Sme\u00b4agol doesn\u2019t know,\u2019 answered Gollum.
\u2018You cannot reach them, you cannot touch them. We tried
once, yes, precious. I tried once; but you cannot reach them.
Only shapes to see, perhaps, not to touch. No precious! All
dead.\u2019
Sam looked darkly at him and shuddered again, thinking
that he guessed why Sme\u00b4agol had tried to touch them. \u2018Well,
I don\u2019t want to see them,\u2019 he said. \u2018Never again! Can\u2019t we get
on and get away?\u2019
\u2018Yes, yes,\u2019 said Gollum. \u2018But slowly, very slowly. Very
carefully! Or hobbits go down to join the Dead ones and light
little candles. Follow Sme\u00b4agol! Don\u2019t look at lights!\u2019
He crawled away to the right, seeking for a path round the
mere. They came close behind, stooping, often using their
hands even as he did. \u2018Three precious little Gollums in a row
we shall be, if this goes on much longer,\u2019 thought Sam.
At last they came to the end of the black mere, and they
crossed it, perilously, crawling or hopping from one treacherous island tussock to another. Often they floundered, stepping or falling hands-first into waters as noisome as a
cesspool, till they were slimed and fouled almost up to their
necks and stank in one another\u2019s nostrils.
It was late in the night when at length they reached firmer
ground again. Gollum hissed and whispered to himself, but
it appeared that he was pleased: in some mysterious way, by
some blended sense of feel, and smell, and uncanny memory
for shapes in the dark, he seemed to know just where he was
again, and to be sure of his road ahead.
\u2018Now on we go!\u2019 he said. \u2018Nice hobbits! Brave hobbits!
822 the two towers
Very very weary, of course; so we are, my precious, all of us.
But we must take master away from the wicked lights, yes,
yes, we must.\u2019 With these words he started off again, almost
at a trot, down what appeared to be a long lane between high
reeds, and they stumbled after him as quickly as they could.
But in a little while he stopped suddenly and sniffed the air
doubtfully, hissing as if he was troubled or displeased again.
\u2018What is it?\u2019 growled Sam, misinterpreting the signs.
\u2018What\u2019s the need to sniff ? The stink nearly knocks me down
with my nose held. You stink, and master stinks; the whole
place stinks.\u2019
\u2018Yes, yes, and Sam stinks!\u2019 answered Gollum. \u2018Poor
Sme\u00b4agol smells it, but good Sme\u00b4agol bears it. Helps nice
master. But that\u2019s no matter. The air\u2019s moving, change is
coming. Sme\u00b4agol wonders; he\u2019s not happy.\u2019
He went on again, but his uneasiness grew, and every now
and again he stood up to his full height, craning his neck
eastward and southward. For some time the hobbits could
not hear or feel what was troubling him. Then suddenly all
three halted, stiffening and listening. To Frodo and Sam it
seemed that they heard, far away, a long wailing cry, high
and thin and cruel. They shivered. At the same moment the
stirring of the air became perceptible to them; and it grew
very cold. As they stood straining their ears, they heard a
noise like a wind coming in the distance. The misty lights
wavered, dimmed, and went out.
Gollum would not move. He stood shaking and gibbering
to himself, until with a rush the wind came upon them, hissing
and snarling over the marshes. The night became less dark,
light enough for them to see, or half see, shapeless drifts of
fog, curling and twisting as it rolled over them and passed
them. Looking up they saw the clouds breaking and shredding; and then high in the south the moon glimmered out,
riding in the flying wrack.
For a moment the sight of it gladdened the hearts of the
hobbits; but Gollum cowered down, muttering curses on the
the passage of the marshes 823
White Face. Then Frodo and Sam staring at the sky, breathing deeply of the fresher air, saw it come: a small cloud flying
from the accursed hills; a black shadow loosed from Mordor;
a vast shape winged and ominous. It scudded across the
moon, and with a deadly cry went away westward, outrunning the wind in its fell speed.
They fell forward, grovelling heedlessly on the cold earth.
But the shadow of horror wheeled and returned, passing
lower now, right above them, sweeping the fen-reek with its
ghastly wings. And then it was gone, flying back to Mordor
with the speed of the wrath of Sauron; and behind it the
wind roared away, leaving the Dead Marshes bare and bleak.
The naked waste, as far as the eye could pierce, even to the
distant menace of the mountains, was dappled with the fitful
moonlight.
Frodo and Sam got up, rubbing their eyes, like children
wakened from an evil dream to find the familiar night still
over the world. But Gollum lay on the ground as if he had
been stunned. They roused him with difficulty, and for some
time he would not lift his face, but knelt forward on his
elbows, covering the back of his head with his large flat hands.
\u2018Wraiths!\u2019 he wailed. \u2018Wraiths on wings! The Precious is
their master. They see everything, everything. Nothing can
hide from them. Curse the White Face! And they tell Him
everything. He sees, He knows. Ach, gollum, gollum, gollum!\u2019
It was not until the moon had sunk, westering far away
beyond Tol Brandir, that he would get up or make a move.
From that time on Sam thought that he sensed a change
in Gollum again. He was more fawning and would-be
friendly; but Sam surprised some strange looks in his eyes at
times, especially towards Frodo; and he went back more and
more into his old manner of speaking. And Sam had another
growing anxiety. Frodo seemed to be weary, weary to the
point of exhaustion. He said nothing, indeed he hardly spoke
at all; and he did not complain, but he walked like one who
carries a load, the weight of which is ever increasing; and he
824 the two towers
dragged along, slower and slower, so that Sam had often to
beg Gollum to wait and not to leave their master behind.
In fact with every step towards the gates of Mordor Frodo
felt the Ring on its chain about his neck grow more burdensome. He was now beginning to feel it as an actual weight
dragging him earthwards. But far more he was troubled by
the Eye: so he called it to himself. It was that more than the
drag of the Ring that made him cower and stoop as he walked.
The Eye: that horrible growing sense of a hostile will that
strove with great power to pierce all shadows of cloud, and
earth, and flesh, and to see you: to pin you under its deadly
gaze, naked, immovable. So thin, so frail and thin, the veils
were become that still warded it off. Frodo knew just where
the present habitation and heart of that will now was: as
certainly as a man can tell the direction of the sun with his
eyes shut. He was facing it, and its potency beat upon his
brow.
Gollum probably felt something of the same sort. But what
went on in his wretched heart between the pressure of the
Eye, and the lust of the Ring that was so near, and his grovelling promise made half in the fear of cold iron, the hobbits
did not guess. Frodo gave no thought to it. Sam\u2019s mind was
occupied mostly with his master, hardly noticing the dark
cloud that had fallen on his own heart. He put Frodo in front
of him now, and kept a watchful eye on every movement of
his, supporting him if he stumbled, and trying to encourage
him with clumsy words.
When day came at last the hobbits were surprised to see
how much closer the ominous mountains had already drawn.
The air was now clearer and colder, and though still far off,
the walls of Mordor were no longer a cloudy menace on the
edge of sight, but as grim black towers they frowned across
a dismal waste. The marshes were at an end, dying away into
dead peats and wide flats of dry cracked mud. The land
ahead rose in long shallow slopes, barren and pitiless, towards
the desert that lay at Sauron\u2019s gate.
the passage of the marshes 825
While the grey light lasted, they cowered under a black
stone like worms, shrinking, lest the winged terror should
pass and spy them with its cruel eyes. The remainder of that
journey was a shadow of growing fear in which memory
could find nothing to rest upon. For two more nights they
struggled on through the weary pathless land. The air, as it
seemed to them, grew harsh, and filled with a bitter reek that
caught their breath and parched their mouths.
At last, on the fifth morning since they took the road with
Gollum, they halted once more. Before them dark in the
dawn the great mountains reached up to roofs of smoke and
cloud. Out from their feet were flung huge buttresses and
broken hills that were now at the nearest scarce a dozen miles
away. Frodo looked round in horror. Dreadful as the Dead
Marshes had been, and the arid moors of the Noman-lands,
more loathsome far was the country that the crawling day
now slowly unveiled to his shrinking eyes. Even to the Mere
of Dead Faces some haggard phantom of green spring would
come; but here neither spring nor summer would ever come
again. Here nothing lived, not even the leprous growths that
feed on rottenness. The gasping pools were choked with ash
and crawling muds, sickly white and grey, as if the mountains
had vomited the filth of their entrails upon the lands about.
High mounds of crushed and powdered rock, great cones of
earth fire-blasted and poison-stained, stood like an obscene
graveyard in endless rows, slowly revealed in the reluctant
light.
They had come to the desolation that lay before Mordor:
the lasting monument to the dark labour of its slaves that
should endure when all their purposes were made void; a
land defiled, diseased beyond all healing \u2013 unless the Great
Sea should enter in and wash it with oblivion. \u2018I feel sick,\u2019
said Sam. Frodo did not speak.
For a while they stood there, like men on the edge of a
sleep where nightmare lurks, holding it off, though they know
that they can only come to morning through the shadows.
The light broadened and hardened. The gasping pits and
826 the two towers
poisonous mounds grew hideously clear. The sun was up,
walking among clouds and long flags of smoke, but even
the sunlight was defiled. The hobbits had no welcome for
that light; unfriendly it seemed, revealing them in their helplessness \u2013 little squeaking ghosts that wandered among the
ash-heaps of the Dark Lord.
Too weary to go further they sought for some place where
they could rest. For a while they sat without speaking under
the shadow of a mound of slag; but foul fumes leaked out of
it, catching their throats and choking them. Gollum was the
first to get up. Spluttering and cursing he rose, and without
a word or a glance at the hobbits he crawled away on all
fours. Frodo and Sam crawled after him until they came to
a wide almost circular pit, high-banked upon the west. It was
cold and dead, and a foul sump of oily many-coloured ooze
lay at its bottom. In this evil hole they cowered, hoping in its
shadow to escape the attention of the Eye.
The day passed slowly. A great thirst troubled them, but
they drank only a few drops from their bottles \u2013 last filled in
the gully, which now as they looked back in thought seemed
to them a place of peace and beauty. The hobbits took it in
turn to watch. At first, tired as they were, neither of them
could sleep at all; but as the sun far away was climbing down
into slow moving cloud, Sam dozed. It was Frodo\u2019s turn to
be on guard. He lay back on the slope of the pit, but that did
not ease the sense of burden that was on him. He looked up
at the smoke-streaked sky and saw strange phantoms, dark
riding shapes, and faces out of the past. He lost count of
time, hovering between sleep and waking, until forgetfulness
came over him.
Suddenly Sam woke up thinking that he heard his master
calling. It was evening. Frodo could not have called, for he
had fallen asleep, and had slid down nearly to the bottom of
the pit. Gollum was by him. For a moment Sam thought that
he was trying to rouse Frodo; then he saw that it was not so.
the passage of the marshes 827
Gollum was talking to himself. Sme\u00b4agol was holding a debate
with some other thought that used the same voice but made
it squeak and hiss. A pale light and a green light alternated
in his eyes as he spoke.
\u2018Sme\u00b4agol promised,\u2019 said the first thought.
\u2018Yes, yes, my precious,\u2019 came the answer, \u2018we promised:
to save our Precious, not to let Him have it \u2013 never. But it\u2019s
going to Him, yes, nearer every step. What\u2019s the hobbit going
to do with it, we wonders, yes we wonders.\u2019
\u2018I don\u2019t know. I can\u2019t help it. Master\u2019s got it. Sme\u00b4agol
promised to help the master.\u2019
\u2018Yes, yes, to help the master: the master of the Precious.
But if we was master, then we could help ourselfs, yes, and
still keep promises.\u2019
\u2018But Sme\u00b4agol said he would be very very good. Nice hobbit! He took cruel rope off Sme\u00b4agol\u2019s leg. He speaks nicely
to me.\u2019
\u2018Very very good, eh, my precious? Let\u2019s be good, good as
fish, sweet one, but to ourselfs. Not hurt the nice hobbit, of
course, no, no.\u2019
\u2018But the Precious holds the promise,\u2019 the voice of Sme\u00b4agol
objected.
\u2018Then take it,\u2019 said the other, \u2018and let\u2019s hold it ourselfs!
Then we shall be master, gollum! Make the other hobbit, the
nasty suspicious hobbit, make him crawl, yes, gollum!\u2019
\u2018But not the nice hobbit?\u2019
\u2018Oh no, not if it doesn\u2019t please us. Still he\u2019s a Baggins, my
precious, yes, a Baggins. A Baggins stole it. He found it and
he said nothing, nothing. We hates Bagginses.\u2019
\u2018No, not this Baggins.\u2019
\u2018Yes, every Baggins. All peoples that keep the Precious.
We must have it!\u2019
\u2018But He\u2019ll see, He\u2019ll know. He\u2019ll take it from us!\u2019
\u2018He sees. He knows. He heard us make silly promises \u2013
against His orders, yes. Must take it. The Wraiths are searching. Must take it.\u2019
\u2018Not for Him!\u2019
828 the two towers
\u2018No, sweet one. See, my precious: if we has it, then we can
escape, even from Him, eh? Perhaps we grows very strong,
stronger than Wraiths. Lord Sme\u00b4agol? Gollum the Great?
The Gollum! Eat fish every day, three times a day, fresh from
the sea. Most Precious Gollum! Must have it. We wants it,
we wants it, we wants it!\u2019
\u2018But there\u2019s two of them. They\u2019ll wake too quick and kill
us,\u2019 whined Sme\u00b4agol in a last effort. \u2018Not now. Not yet.\u2019
\u2018We wants it! But\u2019 \u2013 and here there was a long pause, as if
a new thought had wakened. \u2018Not yet, eh? Perhaps not. She
might help. She might, yes.\u2019
\u2018No, no! Not that way!\u2019 wailed Sme\u00b4agol.
\u2018Yes! We wants it! We wants it!\u2019
Each time that the second thought spoke, Gollum\u2019s long
hand crept out slowly, pawing towards Frodo, and then was
drawn back with a jerk as Sme\u00b4agol spoke again. Finally both
arms, with long fingers flexed and twitching, clawed towards
his neck.
Sam had lain still, fascinated by this debate, but watching
every move that Gollum made from under his half-closed
eye-lids. To his simple mind ordinary hunger, the desire to
eat hobbits, had seemed the chief danger in Gollum. He
realized now that it was not so: Gollum was feeling the terrible
call of the Ring. The Dark Lord was He, of course; but Sam
wondered who She was. One of the nasty friends the little
wretch had made in his wanderings, he supposed. Then he
forgot the point, for things had plainly gone far enough, and
were getting dangerous. A great heaviness was in all his limbs,
but he roused himself with an effort and sat up. Something
warned him to be careful and not to reveal that he had overheard the debate. He let out a loud sigh and gave a huge
yawn.
\u2018What\u2019s the time?\u2019 he said sleepily.
Gollum sent out a long hiss through his teeth. He stood up
for a moment, tense and menacing; and then he collapsed,
falling forward on to all fours and crawling up the bank of
the passage of the marshes 829
the pit. \u2018Nice hobbits! Nice Sam!\u2019 he said. \u2018Sleepy heads, yes,
sleepy heads! Leave good Sme\u00b4agol to watch! But it\u2019s evening.
Dusk is creeping. Time to go.\u2019
\u2018High time!\u2019 thought Sam. \u2018And time we parted, too.\u2019 Yet
it crossed his mind to wonder if indeed Gollum was not now
as dangerous turned loose as kept with them. \u2018Curse him! I
wish he was choked!\u2019 he muttered. He stumbled down the
bank and roused his master.
Strangely enough, Frodo felt refreshed. He had been
dreaming. The dark shadow had passed, and a fair vision
had visited him in this land of disease. Nothing remained of
it in his memory, yet because of it he felt glad and lighter of
heart. His burden was less heavy on him. Gollum welcomed
him with dog-like delight. He chuckled and chattered, cracking his long fingers, and pawing at Frodo\u2019s knees. Frodo
smiled at him.
\u2018Come!\u2019 he said. \u2018You have guided us well and faithfully.
This is the last stage. Bring us to the Gate, and then I will
not ask you to go further. Bring us to the Gate, and you may
go where you wish \u2013 only not to our enemies.\u2019
\u2018To the Gate, eh?\u2019 Gollum squeaked, seeming surprised
and frightened. \u2018To the Gate, master says! Yes, he says so.
And good Sme\u00b4agol does what he asks, O yes. But when we
gets closer, we\u2019ll see perhaps, we\u2019ll see then. It won\u2019t look
nice at all. O no! O no!\u2019
\u2018Go on with you!\u2019 said Sam. \u2018Let\u2019s get it over!\u2019
In the falling dusk they scrambled out of the pit and slowly
threaded their way through the dead land. They had not gone
far before they felt once more the fear that had fallen on them
when the winged shape swept over the marshes. They halted,
cowering on the evil-smelling ground; but they saw nothing
in the gloomy evening sky above, and soon the menace
passed, high overhead, going maybe on some swift errand
from Barad-du\u02c6r. After a while Gollum got up and crept forward again, muttering and shaking.
About an hour after midnight the fear fell on them a third
830 the two towers
time, but it now seemed more remote, as if it were passing
far above the clouds, rushing with terrible speed into the
West. Gollum, however, was helpless with terror, and was
convinced that they were being hunted, that their approach
was known.
\u2018Three times!\u2019 he whimpered. \u2018Three times is a threat.
They feel us here, they feel the Precious. The Precious is
their master. We cannot go any further this way, no. It\u2019s no
use, no use!\u2019
Pleading and kind words were no longer of any avail. It
was not until Frodo commanded him angrily and laid a hand
on his sword-hilt that Gollum would get up again. Then at
last he rose with a snarl, and went before them like a beaten
dog.
So they stumbled on through the weary end of the night,
and until the coming of another day of fear they walked in
silence with bowed heads, seeing nothing, and hearing nothing but the wind hissing in their ears.
Chapter 3
THE BLACK GATE IS CLOSED
Before the next day dawned their journey to Mordor was
over. The marshes and the desert were behind them. Before
them, darkling against a pallid sky, the great mountains reared
their threatening heads.
Upon the west of Mordor marched the gloomy range of
Ephel Du\u00b4ath, the Mountains of Shadow, and upon the north
the broken peaks and barren ridges of Ered Lithui, grey as
ash. But as these ranges approached one another, being
indeed but parts of one great wall about the mournful plains
of Lithlad and of Gorgoroth, and the bitter inland sea of
Nu\u00b4rnen amidmost, they swung out long arms northward; and
between these arms there was a deep defile. This was Cirith
Gorgor, the Haunted Pass, the entrance to the land of the
Enemy. High cliffs lowered upon either side, and thrust forward from its mouth were two sheer hills, black-boned and
bare. Upon them stood the Teeth of Mordor, two towers
strong and tall. In days long past they were built by the Men
of Gondor in their pride and power, after the overthrow of
Sauron and his flight, lest he should seek to return to his
old realm. But the strength of Gondor failed, and men slept,
and for long years the towers stood empty. Then Sauron
returned. Now the watch-towers, which had fallen into decay,
were repaired, and filled with arms, and garrisoned with
ceaseless vigilance. Stony-faced they were, with dark windowholes staring north and east and west, and each window was
full of sleepless eyes.
Across the mouth of the pass, from cliff to cliff, the Dark
Lord had built a rampart of stone. In it there was a single gate
of iron, and upon its battlement sentinels paced unceasingly.
Beneath the hills on either side the rock was bored into a
832 the two towers
hundred caves and maggot-holes; there a host of orcs lurked,
ready at a signal to issue forth like black ants going to war.
None could pass the Teeth of Mordor and not feel their bite,
unless they were summoned by Sauron, or knew the secret
passwords that would open the Morannon, the black gate of
his land.
The two hobbits gazed at the towers and the wall in despair.
Even from a distance they could see in the dim light the
movement of the black guards upon the wall, and the patrols
before the gate. They lay now peering over the edge of a rocky
hollow beneath the outstretched shadow of the northmost
buttress of Ephel Du\u00b4ath. Winging the heavy air in a straight
flight a crow, maybe, would have flown but a furlong from
their hiding-place to the black summit of the nearer tower. A
faint smoke curled above it, as if fire smouldered in the hill
beneath.
Day came, and the fallow sun blinked over the lifeless
ridges of Ered Lithui. Then suddenly the cry of brazenthroated trumpets was heard: from the watch-towers they
blared, and far away from hidden holds and outposts in the
hills came answering calls; and further still, remote but deep
and ominous, there echoed in the hollow land beyond the
mighty horns and drums of Barad-du\u02c6r. Another dreadful day
of fear and toil had come to Mordor; and the night-guards
were summoned to their dungeons and deep halls, and the
day-guards, evil-eyed and fell, were marching to their posts.
Steel gleamed dimly on the battlement.
\u2018Well, here we are!\u2019 said Sam. \u2018Here\u2019s the Gate, and it
looks to me as if that\u2019s about as far as we are ever going to
get. My word, but the Gaffer would have a thing or two to
say, if he saw me now! Often said I\u2019d come to a bad end, if I
didn\u2019t watch my step, he did. But now I don\u2019t suppose I\u2019ll
ever see the old fellow again. He\u2019ll miss his chance of I told
\u2019ee so, Sam: more\u2019s the pity. He could go on telling me as
long as he\u2019d got breath, if only I could see his old face again.
the black gate is closed 833
But I\u2019d have to get a wash first, or he wouldn\u2019t know me.
\u2018I suppose it\u2019s no good asking \u2018\u2018what way do we go now?\u2019\u2019
We can\u2019t go no further \u2013 unless we want to ask the Orcs for
a lift.\u2019
\u2018No, no!\u2019 said Gollum. \u2018No use. We can\u2019t go further. Sme\u00b4agol said so. He said: we\u2019ll go to the Gate, and then we\u2019ll see.
And we do see. O yes, my precious, we do see. Sme\u00b4agol
knew hobbits could not go this way. O yes, Sme\u00b4agol knew.\u2019
\u2018Then what the plague did you bring us here for?\u2019 said
Sam, not feeling in the mood to be just or reasonable.
\u2018Master said so. Master says: Bring us to the Gate. So good
Sme\u00b4agol does so. Master said so, wise master.\u2019
\u2018I did,\u2019 said Frodo. His face was grim and set, but resolute.
He was filthy, haggard, and pinched with weariness, but
he cowered no longer, and his eyes were clear. \u2018I said so,
because I purpose to enter Mordor, and I know no other
way. Therefore I shall go this way. I do not ask anyone to go
with me.\u2019
\u2018No, no, master!\u2019 wailed Gollum, pawing at him, and seeming in great distress. \u2018No use that way! No use! Don\u2019t take
the Precious to Him! He\u2019ll eat us all, if He gets it, eat all the
world. Keep it, nice master, and be kind to Sme\u00b4agol. Don\u2019t
let Him have it. Or go away, go to nice places, and give it
back to little Sme\u00b4agol. Yes, yes, master give it back, eh?
Sme\u00b4agol will keep it safe; he will do lots of good, especially
to nice hobbits. Hobbits go home. Don\u2019t go to the Gate!\u2019
\u2018I am commanded to go to the land of Mordor, and therefore I shall go,\u2019 said Frodo. \u2018If there is only one way, then I
must take it. What comes after must come.\u2019
Sam said nothing. The look on Frodo\u2019s face was enough
for him; he knew that words of his were useless. And after all
he never had any real hope in the affair from the beginning;
but being a cheerful hobbit he had not needed hope, as long
as despair could be postponed. Now they were come to the
bitter end. But he had stuck to his master all the way; that
was what he had chiefly come for, and he would still stick
834 the two towers
to him. His master would not go to Mordor alone. Sam
would go with him \u2013 and at any rate they would get rid of
Gollum.
Gollum, however, did not intend to be got rid of, yet. He
knelt at Frodo\u2019s feet, wringing his hands and squeaking. \u2018Not
this way, master!\u2019 he pleaded. \u2018There is another way. O yes
indeed there is. Another way, darker, more difficult to find,
more secret. But Sme\u00b4agol knows it. Let Sme\u00b4agol show you!\u2019
\u2018Another way!\u2019 said Frodo doubtfully, looking down at
Gollum with searching eyes.
\u2018Yess! Yess indeed! There was another way. Sme\u00b4agol found
it. Let\u2019s go and see if it\u2019s still there!\u2019
\u2018You have not spoken of this before.\u2019
\u2018No. Master did not ask. Master did not say what he meant
to do. He does not tell poor Sme\u00b4agol. He says: Sme\u00b4agol, take
me to the Gate \u2013 and then good-bye! Sme\u00b4agol can run away
and be good. But now he says: I purpose to enter Mordor
this way. So Sme\u00b4agol is very afraid. He does not want to lose
nice master. And he promised, master made him promise, to
save the Precious. But master is going to take it to Him,
straight to the Black Hand, if master will go this way. So
Sme\u00b4agol must save them both, and he thinks of another way
that there was, once upon a time. Nice master. Sme\u00b4agol very
good, always helps.\u2019
Sam frowned. If he could have bored holes in Gollum with
his eyes, he would have done. His mind was full of doubt.
To all appearances Gollum was genuinely distressed and
anxious to help Frodo. But Sam, remembering the overheard
debate, found it hard to believe that the long submerged
Sme\u00b4agol had come out on top: that voice at any rate had not
had the last word in the debate. Sam\u2019s guess was that the
Sme\u00b4agol and Gollum halves (or what in his own mind he
called Slinker and Stinker) had made a truce and a temporary
alliance: neither wanted the Enemy to get the Ring; both
wished to keep Frodo from capture, and under their eye, as
long as possible \u2013 at any rate as long as Stinker still had a
the black gate is closed 835
chance of laying hands on his \u2018Precious\u2019. Whether there really
was another way into Mordor Sam doubted.
\u2018And it\u2019s a good thing neither half of the old villain don\u2019t
know what master means to do,\u2019 he thought. \u2018If he knew that
Mr. Frodo is trying to put an end to his Precious for good
and all, there\u2019d be trouble pretty quick, I bet. Anyhow old
Stinker is so frightened of the Enemy \u2013 and he\u2019s under orders
of some kind from him, or was \u2013 that he\u2019d give us away rather
than be caught helping us; and rather than let his Precious
be melted, maybe. At least that\u2019s my idea. And I hope the
master will think it out carefully. He\u2019s as wise as any, but he\u2019s
soft-hearted, that\u2019s what he is. It\u2019s beyond any Gamgee to
guess what he\u2019ll do next.\u2019
Frodo did not answer Gollum at once. While these doubts
were passing through Sam\u2019s slow but shrewd mind, he stood
gazing out towards the dark cliff of Cirith Gorgor. The hollow
in which they had taken refuge was delved in the side of a
low hill, at some little height above a long trenchlike valley
that lay between it and the outer buttresses of the mountainwall. In the midst of the valley stood the black foundations
of the western watch-tower. By morning-light the roads that
converged upon the Gate of Mordor could now be clearly
seen, pale and dusty; one winding back northwards; another
dwindling eastwards into the mists that clung about the feet
of Ered Lithui; and a third that ran towards him. As it bent
sharply round the tower, it entered a narrow defile and passed
not far below the hollow where he stood. Westward, to his
right, it turned, skirting the shoulders of the mountains, and
went off southwards into the deep shadows that mantled all
the western sides of Ephel Du\u00b4ath; beyond his sight it journeyed on into the narrow land between the mountains and
the Great River.
As he gazed Frodo became aware that there was a great
stir and movement on the plain. It seemed as if whole armies
were on the march, though for the most part they were hidden
by the reeks and fumes drifting from the fens and wastes
beyond. But here and there he caught the gleam of spears
836 the two towers
and helmets; and over the levels beside the roads horsemen
could be seen riding in many companies. He remembered
his vision from afar upon Amon Hen, so few days before,
though now it seemed many years ago. Then he knew that
the hope that had for one wild moment stirred in his heart
was vain. The trumpets had not rung in challenge but in
greeting. This was no assault upon the Dark Lord by the
men of Gondor, risen like avenging ghosts from the graves
of valour long passed away. These were Men of other race,
out of the wide Eastlands, gathering to the summons of their
Overlord; armies that had encamped before his Gate by night
and now marched in to swell his mounting power. As if
suddenly made fully aware of the peril of their position, alone,
in the growing light of day, so near to this vast menace, Frodo
quickly drew his frail grey hood close upon his head, and
stepped down into the dell. Then he turned to Gollum.
\u2018Sme\u00b4agol,\u2019 he said, \u2018I will trust you once more. Indeed it
seems that I must do so, and that it is my fate to receive help
from you, where I least looked for it, and your fate to help
me whom you long pursued with evil purpose. So far you
have deserved well of me and have kept your promise truly.
Truly, I say and mean,\u2019 he added with a glance at Sam, \u2018for
twice now we have been in your power, and you have done
no harm to us. Nor have you tried to take from me what you
once sought. May the third time prove the best! But I warn
you, Sme\u00b4agol, you are in danger.\u2019
\u2018Yes, yes, master!\u2019 said Gollum. \u2018Dreadful danger! Sme\u00b4agol\u2019s bones shake to think of it, but he doesn\u2019t run away. He
must help nice master.\u2019
\u2018I did not mean the danger that we all share,\u2019 said Frodo.
\u2018I mean a danger to yourself alone. You swore a promise by
what you call the Precious. Remember that! It will hold you
to it; but it will seek a way to twist it to your own undoing.
Already you are being twisted. You revealed yourself to me
just now, foolishly. Give it back to Sme\u00b4agol you said. Do not
say that again! Do not let that thought grow in you! You will
never get it back. But the desire of it may betray you to a bitter
the black gate is closed 837
end. You will never get it back. In the last need, Sme\u00b4agol, I
should put on the Precious; and the Precious mastered you
long ago. If I, wearing it, were to command you, you would
obey, even if it were to leap from a precipice or to cast
yourself into the fire. And such would be my command. So
have a care, Sme\u00b4agol!\u2019
Sam looked at his master with approval, but also with
surprise: there was a look in his face and a tone in his voice
that he had not known before. It had always been a notion of
his that the kindness of dear Mr. Frodo was of such a high
degree that it must imply a fair measure of blindness. Of
course, he also firmly held the incompatible belief that Mr.
Frodo was the wisest person in the world (with the possible
exception of Old Mr. Bilbo and of Gandalf ). Gollum in his
own way, and with much more excuse as his acquaintance
was much briefer, may have made a similar mistake, confusing kindness and blindness. At any rate this speech abashed
and terrified him. He grovelled on the ground and could
speak no clear words but nice master.
Frodo waited patiently for a while, then he spoke again less
sternly. \u2018Come now, Gollum or Sme\u00b4agol if you wish, tell me
of this other way, and show me, if you can, what hope there
is in it, enough to justify me in turning aside from my plain
path. I am in haste.\u2019
But Gollum was in a pitiable state, and Frodo\u2019s threat had
quite unnerved him. It was not easy to get any clear account
out of him, amid his mumblings and squeakings, and the
frequent interruptions in which he crawled on the floor and
begged them both to be kind to \u2018poor little Sme\u00b4agol\u2019. After a
while he grew a little calmer, and Frodo gathered bit by bit
that, if a traveller followed the road that turned west of Ephel
Du\u00b4ath, he would come in time to a crossing in a circle of
dark trees. On the right a road went down to Osgiliath and
the bridges of the Anduin; in the middle the road went on
southwards.
\u2018On, on, on,\u2019 said Gollum. \u2018We never went that way, but
they say it goes a hundred leagues, until you can see the
838 the two towers
Great Water that is never still. There are lots of fishes there,
and big birds eat fishes: nice birds: but we never went there,
alas no! we never had a chance. And further still there are
more lands, they say, but the Yellow Face is very hot there,
and there are seldom any clouds, and the men are fierce and
have dark faces. We do not want to see that land.\u2019
\u2018No!\u2019 said Frodo. \u2018But do not wander from your road.
What of the third turning?\u2019
\u2018O yes, O yes, there is a third way,\u2019 said Gollum. \u2018That is
the road to the left. At once it begins to climb up, up, winding
and climbing back towards the tall shadows. When it turns
round the black rock, you\u2019ll see it, suddenly you\u2019ll see it above
you, and you\u2019ll want to hide.\u2019
\u2018See it, see it? What will you see?\u2019
\u2018The old fortress, very old, very horrible now. We used to
hear tales from the South, when Sme\u00b4agol was young, long
ago. O yes, we used to tell lots of tales in the evening, sitting
by the banks of the Great River, in the willow-lands, when
the River was younger too, gollum, gollum.\u2019 He began to weep
and mutter. The hobbits waited patiently.
\u2018Tales out of the South,\u2019 Gollum went on again, \u2018about the
tall Men with the shining eyes, and their houses like hills of
stone, and the silver crown of their King and his White Tree:
wonderful tales. They built very tall towers, and one they
raised was silver-white, and in it there was a stone like the
Moon, and round it were great white walls. O yes, there were
many tales about the Tower of the Moon.\u2019
\u2018That would be Minas Ithil that Isildur the son of Elendil
built,\u2019 said Frodo. \u2018It was Isildur who cut off the finger of the
Enemy.\u2019
\u2018Yes, He has only four on the Black Hand, but they are
enough,\u2019 said Gollum shuddering. \u2018And He hated Isildur\u2019s
city.\u2019
\u2018What does he not hate?\u2019 said Frodo. \u2018But what has the
Tower of the Moon to do with us?\u2019
\u2018Well, master, there it was and there it is: the tall tower and
the white houses and the wall; but not nice now, not beautiful.
the black gate is closed 839
He conquered it long ago. It is a very terrible place now.
Travellers shiver when they see it, they creep out of sight,
they avoid its shadow. But master will have to go that way.
That is the only other way. For the mountains are lower
there, and the old road goes up and up, until it reaches a dark
pass at the top, and then it goes down, down, again \u2013 to
Gorgoroth.\u2019 His voice sank to a whisper and he shuddered.
\u2018But how will that help us?\u2019 asked Sam. \u2018Surely the Enemy
knows all about his own mountains, and that road will be
guarded as close as this? The tower isn\u2019t empty, is it?\u2019
\u2018O no, not empty!\u2019 whispered Gollum. \u2018It seems empty,
but it isn\u2019t, O no! Very dreadful things live there. Orcs, yes
always Orcs; but worse things, worse things live there too.
The road climbs right under the shadow of the walls and
passes the gate. Nothing moves on the road that they don\u2019t
know about. The things inside know: the Silent Watchers.\u2019
\u2018So that\u2019s your advice is it,\u2019 said Sam, \u2018that we should go
another long march south, to find ourselves in the same fix
or a worse one, when we get there, if we ever do?\u2019
\u2018No, no indeed,\u2019 said Gollum. \u2018Hobbits must see, must try
to understand. He does not expect attack that way. His Eye
is all round, but it attends more to some places than to others.
He can\u2019t see everything all at once, not yet. You see, He has
conquered all the country west of the Shadowy Mountains
down to the River, and He holds the bridges now. He thinks
no one can come to the Moontower without fighting big
battle at the bridges, or getting lots of boats which they cannot
hide and He will know about.\u2019
\u2018You seem to know a lot about what He\u2019s doing and thinking,\u2019 said Sam. \u2018Have you been talking to Him lately? Or just
hobnobbing with Orcs?\u2019
\u2018Not nice hobbit, not sensible,\u2019 said Gollum, giving Sam
an angry glance and turning to Frodo. \u2018Sme\u00b4agol has talked
to Orcs, yes of course, before he met master, and to many
peoples: he has walked very far. And what he says now many
peoples are saying. It\u2019s here in the North that the big danger
is for Him, and for us. He will come out of the Black Gate
840 the two towers
one day, one day soon. That is the only way big armies can
come. But away down west He is not afraid, and there are
the Silent Watchers.\u2019
\u2018Just so!\u2019 said Sam, not to be put off. \u2018And so we are to
walk up and knock at their gate and ask if we\u2019re on the right
road for Mordor? Or are they too silent to answer? It\u2019s not
sense. We might as well do it here, and save ourselves a long
tramp.\u2019
\u2018Don\u2019t make jokes about it,\u2019 hissed Gollum. \u2018It isn\u2019t funny,
O no! Not amusing. It\u2019s not sense to try and get into Mordor
at all. But if master says I must go or I will go, then he must
try some way. But he must not go to the terrible city, O no,
of course not. That is where Sme\u00b4agol helps, nice Sme\u00b4agol,
though no one tells him what it is all about. Sme\u00b4agol helps
again. He found it. He knows it.\u2019
\u2018What did you find?\u2019 asked Frodo.
Gollum crouched down and his voice sank to a whisper
again. \u2018A little path leading up into the mountains; and then
a stair, a narrow stair, O yes, very long and narrow. And then
more stairs. And then\u2019 \u2013 his voice sank even lower \u2013 \u2018a tunnel,
a dark tunnel; and at last a little cleft, and a path high above
the main pass. It was that way that Sme\u00b4agol got out of the
darkness. But it was years ago. The path may have vanished
now; but perhaps not, perhaps not.\u2019
\u2018I don\u2019t like the sound of it at all,\u2019 said Sam. \u2018Sounds too
easy at any rate in the telling. If that path is still there, it\u2019ll be
guarded too. Wasn\u2019t it guarded, Gollum?\u2019 As he said this, he
caught or fancied he caught a green gleam in Gollum\u2019s eye.
Gollum muttered but did not reply.
\u2018Is it not guarded?\u2019 asked Frodo sternly. \u2018And did you
escape out of the darkness, Sme\u00b4agol? Were you not rather
permitted to depart, upon an errand? That at least is what
Aragorn thought, who found you by the Dead Marshes some
years ago.\u2019
\u2018It\u2019s a lie!\u2019 hissed Gollum, and an evil light came into his
eyes at the naming of Aragorn. \u2018He lied on me, yes he did. I
did escape, all by my poor self. Indeed I was told to seek for
the black gate is closed 841
the Precious; and I have searched and searched, of course I
have. But not for the Black One. The Precious was ours, it
was mine I tell you. I did escape.\u2019
Frodo felt a strange certainty that in this matter Gollum
was for once not so far from the truth as might be suspected;
that he had somehow found a way out of Mordor, and at
least believed that it was by his own cunning. For one thing,
he noted that Gollum used I, and that seemed usually to be
a sign, on its rare appearances, that some remnants of old
truth and sincerity were for the moment on top. But even if
Gollum could be trusted on this point, Frodo did not forget
the wiles of the Enemy. The \u2018escape\u2019 may have been allowed
or arranged, and well known in the Dark Tower. And in any
case Gollum was plainly keeping a good deal back.
\u2018I ask you again,\u2019 he said: \u2018is not this secret way guarded?\u2019
But the name of Aragorn had put Gollum into a sullen
mood. He had all the injured air of a liar suspected when for
once he has told the truth, or part of it. He did not answer.
\u2018Is it not guarded?\u2019 Frodo repeated.
\u2018Yes, yes, perhaps. No safe places in this country,\u2019 said
Gollum sulkily. \u2018No safe places. But master must try it or go
home. No other way.\u2019 They could not get him to say more.
The name of the perilous place and the high pass he could
not tell, or would not.
Its name was Cirith Ungol, a name of dreadful rumour.
Aragorn could perhaps have told them that name and its
significance; Gandalf would have warned them. But they
were alone, and Aragorn was far away, and Gandalf stood
amid the ruin of Isengard and strove with Saruman, delayed
by treason. Yet even as he spoke his last words to Saruman,
and the palant\u0131\u00b4r crashed in fire upon the steps of Orthanc,
his thought was ever upon Frodo and Samwise, over the long
leagues his mind sought for them in hope and pity.
Maybe Frodo felt it, not knowing it, as he had upon Amon
Hen, even though he believed that Gandalf was gone, gone
for ever into the shadow in Moria far away. He sat upon the
ground for a long while, silent, his head bowed, striving to
842 the two towers
recall all that Gandalf had said to him. But for this choice he
could recall no counsel. Indeed Gandalf\u2019s guidance had been
taken from them too soon, too soon, while the Dark Land
was still very far away. How they should enter it at the last
Gandalf had not said. Perhaps he could not say. Into the
stronghold of the Enemy in the North, into Dol Guldur, he
had once ventured. But into Mordor, to the Mountain of Fire
and to Barad-du\u02c6r, since the Dark Lord rose in power again,
had he ever journeyed there? Frodo did not think so. And
here he was a little halfling from the Shire, a simple hobbit
of the quiet countryside, expected to find a way where the
great ones could not go, or dared not go. It was an evil fate.
But he had taken it on himself in his own sitting-room in the
far-off spring of another year, so remote now that it was like
a chapter in a story of the world\u2019s youth, when the Trees of
Silver and Gold were still in bloom. This was an evil choice.
Which way should he choose? And if both led to terror and
death, what good lay in choice?
The day drew on. A deep silence fell upon the little grey
hollow where they lay, so near to the borders of the land of
fear: a silence that could be felt, as if it were a thick veil that
cut them off from all the world about them. Above them was
a dome of pale sky barred with fleeting smoke, but it seemed
high and far away, as if seen through great deeps of air heavy
with brooding thought.
Not even an eagle poised against the sun would have
marked the hobbits sitting there, under the weight of doom,
silent, not moving, shrouded in their thin grey cloaks. For a
moment he might have paused to consider Gollum, a tiny
figure sprawling on the ground: there perhaps lay the famished skeleton of some child of Men, its ragged garment still
clinging to it, its long arms and legs almost bone-white and
bone-thin: no flesh worth a peck.
Frodo\u2019s head was bowed over his knees, but Sam leaned
back, with hands behind his head, staring out of his hood at
the empty sky. At least for a long while it was empty. Then
the black gate is closed 843
presently Sam thought he saw a dark bird-like figure wheel
into the circle of his sight, and hover, and then wheel away
again. Two more followed, and then a fourth. They were
very small to look at, yet he knew, somehow, that they were
huge, with a vast stretch of pinion, flying at a great height.
He covered his eyes and bent forward, cowering. The same
warning fear was on him as he had felt in the presence of the
Black Riders, the helpless horror that had come with the cry
in the wind and the shadow on the moon, though now it was
not so crushing or compelling: the menace was more remote.
But menace it was. Frodo felt it too. His thought was broken.
He stirred and shivered, but he did not look up. Gollum
huddled himself together like a cornered spider. The winged
shapes wheeled, and stooped swiftly down, speeding back to
Mordor.
Sam took a deep breath. \u2018The Riders are about again, up
in the air,\u2019 he said in a hoarse whisper. \u2018I saw them. Do you
think they could see us? They were very high up. And if they
are Black Riders, same as before, then they can\u2019t see much
by daylight, can they?\u2019
\u2018No, perhaps not,\u2019 said Frodo. \u2018But their steeds could see.
And these winged creatures that they ride on now, they can
probably see more than any other creature. They are like
great carrion birds. They are looking for something: the
Enemy is on the watch, I fear.\u2019
The feeling of dread passed, but the enfolding silence was
broken. For some time they had been cut off from the world,
as if in an invisible island; now they were laid bare again,
peril had returned. But still Frodo did not speak to Gollum
or make his choice. His eyes were closed, as if he were dreaming, or looking inward into his heart and memory. At last he
stirred and stood up, and it seemed that he was about to
speak and to decide. But \u2018hark!\u2019 he said. \u2018What is that?\u2019
A new fear was upon them. They heard singing and hoarse
shouting. At first it seemed a long way off, but it drew nearer:
it was coming towards them. It leaped into all their minds
844 the two towers
that the Black Wings had spied them and had sent armed
soldiers to seize them: no speed seemed too great for these
terrible servants of Sauron. They crouched, listening. The
voices and the clink of weapons and harness were very close.
Frodo and Sam loosened their small swords in their sheaths.
Flight was impossible.
Gollum rose slowly and crawled insect-like to the lip of the
hollow. Very cautiously he raised himself inch by inch, until
he could peer over it between two broken points of stone. He
remained there without moving for some time, making no
sound. Presently the voices began to recede again, and then
they slowly faded away. Far off a horn blew on the ramparts
of the Morannon. Then quietly Gollum drew back and
slipped down into the hollow.
\u2018More Men going to Mordor,\u2019 he said in a low voice. \u2018Dark
faces. We have not seen Men like these before, no, Sme\u00b4agol
has not. They are fierce. They have black eyes, and long
black hair, and gold rings in their ears; yes, lots of beautiful
gold. And some have red paint on their cheeks, and red
cloaks; and their flags are red, and the tips of their spears;
and they have round shields, yellow and black with big spikes.
Not nice; very cruel wicked Men they look. Almost as bad as
Orcs, and much bigger. Sme\u00b4agol thinks they have come out
of the South beyond the Great River\u2019s end: they came up
that road. They have passed on to the Black Gate; but more
may follow. Always more people coming to Mordor. One
day all the peoples will be inside.\u2019
\u2018Were there any oliphaunts?\u2019 asked Sam, forgetting his fear
in his eagerness for news of strange places.
\u2018No, no oliphaunts. What are oliphaunts?\u2019 said Gollum.
Sam stood up, putting his hands behind his back (as he
always did when \u2018speaking poetry\u2019), and began:
Grey as a mouse,
Big as a house,
Nose like a snake,
the black gate is closed 845
I make the earth shake,
As I tramp through the grass;
Trees crack as I pass.
With horns in my mouth
I walk in the South,
Flapping big ears.
Beyond count of years
I stump round and round,
Never lie on the ground,
Not even to die.
Oliphaunt am I,
Biggest of all,
Huge, old, and tall.
If ever you\u2019d met me
You wouldn\u2019t forget me.
If you never do,
You won\u2019t think I\u2019m true;
But old Oliphaunt am I,
And I never lie.
\u2018That,\u2019 said Sam, when he had finished reciting, \u2018that\u2019s a
rhyme we have in the Shire. Nonsense maybe, and maybe
not. But we have our tales too, and news out of the South,
you know. In the old days hobbits used to go on their travels
now and again. Not that many ever came back, and not that
all they said was believed: news from Bree, and not sure as
Shiretalk, as the sayings go. But I\u2019ve heard tales of the big
folk down away in the Sunlands. Swertings we call \u2019em in
our tales; and they ride on oliphaunts, \u2019tis said, when they
fight. They put houses and towers on the oliphauntses backs
and all, and the oliphaunts throw rocks and trees at one
another. So when you said \u2018\u2018Men out of the South, all in red
and gold,\u2019\u2019 I said \u2018\u2018were there any oliphaunts?\u2019\u2019 For if there
was, I was going to take a look, risk or no. But now I don\u2019t
suppose I\u2019ll ever see an oliphaunt. Maybe there ain\u2019t no such
a beast.\u2019 He sighed.
\u2018No, no oliphaunts,\u2019 said Gollum again. \u2018Sme\u00b4agol has not
846 the two towers
heard of them. He does not want to see them. He does not
want them to be. Sme\u00b4agol wants to go away from here and
hide somewhere safer. Sme\u00b4agol wants master to go. Nice
master, won\u2019t he come with Sme\u00b4agol?\u2019
Frodo stood up. He had laughed in the midst of all his
cares when Sam trotted out the old fireside rhyme of Oliphaunt, and the laugh had released him from hesitation. \u2018I
wish we had a thousand oliphaunts with Gandalf on a white
one at their head,\u2019 he said. \u2018Then we\u2019d break a way into this
evil land, perhaps. But we\u2019ve not; just our own tired legs,
that\u2019s all. Well, Sme\u00b4agol, the third turn may turn the best. I
will come with you.\u2019
\u2018Good master, wise master, nice master!\u2019 cried Gollum in
delight, patting Frodo\u2019s knees. \u2018Good master! Then rest now,
nice hobbits, under the shadow of the stones, close under the
stones! Rest and lie quiet, till the Yellow Face goes away.
Then we can go quickly. Soft and quick as shadows we must
be!\u2019
Chapter 4
OF HERBS AND STEWED RABBIT
For the few hours of daylight that were left they rested, shifting into the shade as the sun moved, until at last the shadow
of the western rim of their dell grew long, and darkness filled
all the hollow. Then they ate a little, and drank sparingly.
Gollum ate nothing, but he accepted water gladly.
\u2018Soon get more now,\u2019 he said, licking his lips. \u2018Good water
runs down in streams to the Great River, nice water in the
lands we are going to. Sme\u00b4agol will get food there too, perhaps. He\u2019s very hungry, yes, gollum!\u2019 He set his two large flat
hands on his shrunken belly, and a pale green light came into
his eyes.
The dusk was deep when at length they set out, creeping
over the westward rim of the dell, and fading like ghosts into
the broken country on the borders of the road. The moon
was now three nights from the full, but it did not climb over
the mountains until nearly midnight, and the early night was
very dark. A single red light burned high up in the Towers
of the Teeth, but otherwise no sign could be seen or heard
of the sleepless watch on the Morannon.
For many miles the red eye seemed to stare at them as they
fled, stumbling through a barren stony country. They did not
dare to take the road, but they kept it on their left, following
its line as well as they could at a little distance. At last, when
night was growing old and they were already weary, for they
had taken only one short rest, the eye dwindled to a small fiery
point and then vanished: they had turned the dark northern
shoulder of the lower mountains and were heading southwards.
With hearts strangely lightened they now rested again,
848 the two towers
but not for long. They were not going quick enough for
Gollum. By his reckoning it was nearly thirty leagues from
the Morannon to the Cross-roads above Osgiliath, and he
hoped to cover that distance in four journeys. So soon they
struggled on once more, until the dawn began to spread
slowly in the wide grey solitude. They had then walked almost
eight leagues, and the hobbits could not have gone any
further, even if they had dared.
The growing light revealed to them a land already less
barren and ruinous. The mountains still loomed up ominously on their left, but near at hand they could see the southward road, now bearing away from the black roots of the
hills and slanting westwards. Beyond it were slopes covered
with sombre trees like dark clouds, but all about them
lay a tumbled heathland, grown with ling and broom and
cornel, and other shrubs that they did not know. Here and
there they saw knots of tall pine-trees. The hearts of the
hobbits rose again a little in spite of weariness: the air was
fresh and fragrant, and it reminded them of the uplands of
the Northfarthing far away. It seemed good to be reprieved,
to walk in a land that had only been for a few years under
the dominion of the Dark Lord and was not yet fallen wholly
into decay. But they did not forget their danger, nor the
Black Gate that was still all too near, hidden though it was
behind the gloomy heights. They looked about for a hidingplace where they could shelter from evil eyes while the light
lasted.
The day passed uneasily. They lay deep in the heather and
counted out the slow hours, in which there seemed little
change; for they were still under the shadows of the Ephel
Du\u00b4ath, and the sun was veiled. Frodo slept at times, deeply
and peacefully, either trusting Gollum or too tired to trouble
about him; but Sam found it difficult to do more than doze,
even when Gollum was plainly fast asleep, whiffling and
twitching in his secret dreams. Hunger, perhaps, more than
of herbs and stewed rabbit 849
mistrust kept him wakeful: he had begun to long for a good
homely meal, \u2018something hot out of the pot\u2019.
As soon as the land faded into a formless grey under
coming night, they started out again. In a little while Gollum
led them down on to the southward road; and after that they
went on more quickly, though the danger was greater. Their
ears were strained for the sound of hoof or foot on the road
ahead, or following them from behind; but the night passed,
and they heard no sound of walker or rider.
The road had been made in a long lost time, and for
perhaps thirty miles below the Morannon it had been newly
repaired, but as it went south the wild encroached upon it.
The handiwork of Men of old could still be seen in its straight
sure flight and level course: now and again it cut its way
through hillside slopes, or leaped over a stream upon a wide
shapely arch of enduring masonry; but at last all signs of
stonework faded, save for a broken pillar here and there,
peering out of bushes at the side, or old paving-stones still
lurking amid weeds and moss. Heather and trees and bracken
scrambled down and overhung the banks, or sprawled out
over the surface. It dwindled at last to a country cart-road
little used; but it did not wind: it held on its own sure course
and guided them by the swiftest way.
So they passed into the northern marches of that land that
Men once called Ithilien, a fair country of climbing woods
and swift-falling streams. The night became fine under star
and round moon, and it seemed to the hobbits that the fragrance of the air grew as they went forward; and from the
blowing and muttering of Gollum it seemed that he noticed
it too, and did not relish it. At the first signs of day they
halted again. They had come to the end of a long cutting,
deep, and sheer-sided in the middle, by which the road clove
its way through a stony ridge. Now they climbed up the
westward bank and looked abroad.
Day was opening in the sky, and they saw that the mountains were now much further off, receding eastward in a long
850 the two towers
curve that was lost in the distance. Before them, as they
turned west, gentle slopes ran down into dim hazes far below.
All about them were small woods of resinous trees, fir and
cedar and cypress, and other kinds unknown in the Shire,
with wide glades among them; and everywhere there was a
wealth of sweet-smelling herbs and shrubs. The long journey
from Rivendell had brought them far south of their own land,
but not until now in this more sheltered region had the hobbits felt the change of clime. Here Spring was already busy
about them: fronds pierced moss and mould, larches were
green-fingered, small flowers were opening in the turf, birds
were singing. Ithilien, the garden of Gondor now desolate
kept still a dishevelled dryad loveliness.
South and west it looked towards the warm lower vales of
Anduin, shielded from the east by the Ephel Du\u00b4ath and yet
not under the mountain-shadow, protected from the north
by the Emyn Muil, open to the southern airs and the moist
winds from the Sea far away. Many great trees grew there,
planted long ago, falling into untended age amid a riot of
careless descendants; and groves and thickets there were of
tamarisk and pungent terebinth, of olive and of bay; and
there were junipers and myrtles; and thymes that grew in
bushes, or with their woody creeping stems mantled in deep
tapestries the hidden stones; sages of many kinds putting
forth blue flowers, or red, or pale green; and marjorams and
new-sprouting parsleys, and many herbs of forms and scents
beyond the garden-lore of Sam. The grots and rocky walls
were already starred with saxifrages and stonecrops. Primeroles and anemones were awake in the filbert-brakes; and
asphodel and many lily-flowers nodded their half-opened
heads in the grass: deep green grass beside the pools, where
falling streams halted in cool hollows on their journey down
to Anduin.
The travellers turned their backs on the road and went
downhill. As they walked, brushing their way through bush
and herb, sweet odours rose about them. Gollum coughed
and retched; but the hobbits breathed deep, and suddenly
of herbs and stewed rabbit 851
Sam laughed, for heart\u2019s ease not for jest. They followed a
stream that went quickly down before them. Presently it
brought them to a small clear lake in a shallow dell: it lay in
the broken ruins of an ancient stone basin, the carven rim
of which was almost wholly covered with mosses and rosebrambles; iris-swords stood in ranks about it, and water-lily
leaves floated on its dark gently-rippling surface; but it was
deep and fresh, and spilled ever softly out over a stony lip at
the far end.
Here they washed themselves and drank their fill at the
in-falling freshet. Then they sought for a resting-place, and
a hiding-place; for this land, fair-seeming still, was nonetheless now territory of the Enemy. They had not come very far
from the road, and yet even in so short a space they had seen
scars of the old wars, and the newer wounds made by the
Orcs and other foul servants of the Dark Lord: a pit of
uncovered filth and refuse; trees hewn down wantonly and
left to die, with evil runes or the fell sign of the Eye cut in
rude strokes on their bark.
Sam scrambling below the outfall of the lake, smelling and
touching the unfamiliar plants and trees, forgetful for the
moment of Mordor, was reminded suddenly of their everpresent peril. He stumbled on a ring still scorched by fire,
and in the midst of it he found a pile of charred and broken
bones and skulls. The swift growth of the wild with briar
and eglantine and trailing clematis was already drawing a veil
over this place of dreadful feast and slaughter; but it was
not ancient. He hurried back to his companions, but he said
nothing: the bones were best left in peace and not pawed and
routed by Gollum.
\u2018Let\u2019s find a place to lie up in,\u2019 he said. \u2018Not lower down.
Higher up for me.\u2019
A little way back above the lake they found a deep brown
bed of last year\u2019s fern. Beyond it was a thicket of dark-leaved
bay-trees climbing up a steep bank that was crowned with
old cedars. Here they decided to rest and pass the day, which
852 the two towers
already promised to be bright and warm. A good day for
strolling on their way along the groves and glades of Ithilien;
but though Orcs may shun the sunlight, there were too many
places here where they could lie hid and watch; and other
evil eyes were abroad: Sauron had many servants. Gollum,
in any case, would not move under the Yellow Face. Soon it
would look over the dark ridges of the Ephel Du\u00b4ath, and he
would faint and cower in the light and heat.
Sam had been giving earnest thought to food as they
marched. Now that the despair of the impassable Gate was
behind him, he did not feel so inclined as his master to take
no thought for their livelihood beyond the end of their errand;
and anyway it seemed wiser to him to save the waybread of
the Elves for worse times ahead. Six days or more had passed
since he reckoned that they had only a bare supply for three
weeks.
\u2018If we reach the Fire in that time, we\u2019ll be lucky at this
rate!\u2019 he thought. \u2018And we might be wanting to get back. We
might!\u2019
Besides, at the end of a long night-march, and after bathing
and drinking, he felt even more hungry than usual. A supper,
or a breakfast, by the fire in the old kitchen at Bagshot Row
was what he really wanted. An idea struck him and he turned
to Gollum. Gollum had just begun to sneak off on his own,
and he was crawling away on all fours through the fern.
\u2018Hi! Gollum!\u2019 said Sam. \u2018Where are you going? Hunting?
Well, see here, old noser, you don\u2019t like our food, and I\u2019d not
be sorry for a change myself. Your new motto\u2019s always ready
to help. Could you find anything fit for a hungry hobbit?\u2019
\u2018Yes, perhaps, yes,\u2019 said Gollum. \u2018Sme\u00b4agol always helps, if
they asks \u2013 if they asks nicely.\u2019
\u2018Right!\u2019 said Sam. \u2018I does ask. And if that isn\u2019t nice enough,
I begs.\u2019
Gollum disappeared. He was away some time, and Frodo
after a few mouthfuls of lembas settled deep into the brown
fern and went to sleep. Sam looked at him. The early day-
of herbs and stewed rabbit 853
light was only just creeping down into the shadows under
the trees, but he saw his master\u2019s face very clearly, and his
hands, too, lying at rest on the ground beside him. He was
reminded suddenly of Frodo as he had lain, asleep in the
house of Elrond, after his deadly wound. Then as he had
kept watch Sam had noticed that at times a light seemed to
be shining faintly within; but now the light was even clearer
and stronger. Frodo\u2019s face was peaceful, the marks of fear
and care had left it; but it looked old, old and beautiful, as if
the chiselling of the shaping years was now revealed in many
fine lines that had before been hidden, though the identity of
the face was not changed. Not that Sam Gamgee put it that
way to himself. He shook his head, as if finding words useless,
and murmured: \u2018I love him. He\u2019s like that, and sometimes it
shines through, somehow. But I love him, whether or no.\u2019
Gollum returned quietly and peered over Sam\u2019s shoulder.
Looking at Frodo, he shut his eyes and crawled away without
a sound. Sam came to him a moment later and found him
chewing something and muttering to himself. On the ground
beside him lay two small rabbits, which he was beginning to
eye greedily.
\u2018Sme\u00b4agol always helps,\u2019 he said. \u2018He has brought rabbits,
nice rabbits. But master has gone to sleep, and perhaps Sam
wants to sleep. Doesn\u2019t want rabbits now? Sme\u00b4agol tries to
help, but he can\u2019t catch things all in a minute.\u2019
Sam, however, had no objection to rabbit at all, and said
so. At least not to cooked rabbit. All hobbits, of course, can
cook, for they begin to learn the art before their letters (which
many never reach); but Sam was a good cook, even by hobbit
reckoning, and he had done a good deal of the camp-cooking
on their travels, when there was a chance. He still hopefully
carried some of his gear in his pack: a small tinder-box, two
small shallow pans, the smaller fitting into the larger; inside
them a wooden spoon, a short two-pronged fork and some
skewers were stowed; and hidden at the bottom of the pack
in a flat wooden box a dwindling treasure, some salt. But he
needed a fire, and other things besides. He thought for a bit,
854 the two towers
while he took out his knife, cleaned and whetted it, and began
to dress the rabbits. He was not going to leave Frodo alone
asleep even for a few minutes.
\u2018Now, Gollum,\u2019 he said, \u2018I\u2019ve another job for you. Go and
fill these pans with water, and bring \u2019em back!\u2019
\u2018Sme\u00b4agol will fetch water, yes,\u2019 said Gollum. \u2018But what
does the hobbit want all that water for? He has drunk, he has
washed.\u2019
\u2018Never you mind,\u2019 said Sam. \u2018If you can\u2019t guess, you\u2019ll
soon find out. And the sooner you fetch the water, the sooner
you\u2019ll learn. Don\u2019t you damage one of my pans, or I\u2019ll carve
you into mincemeat.\u2019
While Gollum was away Sam took another look at Frodo.
He was still sleeping quietly, but Sam was now struck most
by the leanness of his face and hands. \u2018Too thin and drawn
he is,\u2019 he muttered. \u2018Not right for a hobbit. If I can get these
coneys cooked, I\u2019m going to wake him up.\u2019
Sam gathered a pile of the driest fern, and then scrambled
up the bank collecting a bundle of twigs and broken wood;
the fallen branch of a cedar at the top gave him a good supply.
He cut out some turves at the foot of the bank just outside
the fern-brake, and made a shallow hole and laid his fuel in
it. Being handy with flint and tinder he soon had a small blaze
going. It made little or no smoke but gave off an aromatic
scent. He was just stooping over his fire, shielding it and
building it up with heavier wood, when Gollum returned,
carrying the pans carefully and grumbling to himself.
He set the pans down, and then suddenly saw what Sam
was doing. He gave a thin hissing shriek, and seemed to be
both frightened and angry. \u2018Ach! Sss \u2013 no!\u2019 he cried. \u2018No!
Silly hobbits, foolish, yes foolish! They mustn\u2019t do it!\u2019
\u2018Mustn\u2019t do what?\u2019 asked Sam in surprise.
\u2018Not make the nassty red tongues,\u2019 hissed Gollum. \u2018Fire,
fire! It\u2019s dangerous, yes it is. It burns, it kills. And it will bring
enemies, yes it will.\u2019
\u2018I don\u2019t think so,\u2019 said Sam. \u2018Don\u2019t see why it should, if
you don\u2019t put wet stuff on it and make a smother. But if it
of herbs and stewed rabbit 855
does, it does. I\u2019m going to risk it, anyhow. I\u2019m going to stew
these coneys.\u2019
\u2018Stew the rabbits!\u2019 squealed Gollum in dismay. \u2018Spoil
beautiful meat Sme\u00b4agol saved for you, poor hungry Sme\u00b4agol!
What for? What for, silly hobbit? They are young, they are
tender, they are nice. Eat them, eat them!\u2019 He clawed at the
nearest rabbit, already skinned and lying by the fire.
\u2018Now, now!\u2019 said Sam. \u2018Each to his own fashion. Our bread
chokes you, and raw coney chokes me. If you give me a
coney, the coney\u2019s mine, see, to cook, if I have a mind. And
I have. You needn\u2019t watch me. Go and catch another and eat
it as you fancy \u2013 somewhere private and out o\u2019 my sight.
Then you won\u2019t see the fire, and I shan\u2019t see you, and we\u2019ll
both be the happier. I\u2019ll see the fire don\u2019t smoke, if that\u2019s any
comfort to you.\u2019
Gollum withdrew grumbling, and crawled into the fern.
Sam busied himself with his pans. \u2018What a hobbit needs with
coney,\u2019 he said to himself, \u2018is some herbs and roots, especially
taters \u2013 not to mention bread. Herbs we can manage,
seemingly.\u2019
\u2018Gollum!\u2019 he called softly. \u2018Third time pays for all. I want
some herbs.\u2019 Gollum\u2019s head peeped out of the fern, but his
looks were neither helpful nor friendly. \u2018A few bay-leaves,
some thyme and sage, will do \u2013 before the water boils,\u2019 said
Sam.
\u2018No!\u2019 said Gollum. \u2018Sme\u00b4agol is not pleased. And Sme\u00b4agol
doesn\u2019t like smelly leaves. He doesn\u2019t eat grasses or roots, no
precious, not till he\u2019s starving or very sick, poor Sme\u00b4agol.\u2019
\u2018Sme\u00b4agol\u2019ll get into real true hot water, when this water
boils, if he don\u2019t do as he\u2019s asked,\u2019 growled Sam. \u2018Sam\u2019ll put
his head in it, yes precious. And I\u2019d make him look for turnips
and carrots, and taters too, if it was the time o\u2019 the year. I\u2019ll
bet there\u2019s all sorts of good things running wild in this
country. I\u2019d give a lot for half a dozen taters.\u2019
\u2018Sme\u00b4agol won\u2019t go, O no precious, not this time,\u2019 hissed
Gollum. \u2018He\u2019s frightened, and he\u2019s very tired, and this hobbit\u2019s not nice, not nice at all. Sme\u00b4agol won\u2019t grub for roots
856 the two towers
and carrotses and \u2013 taters. What\u2019s taters, precious, eh, what\u2019s
taters?\u2019
\u2018Po \u2013 ta \u2013 toes,\u2019 said Sam. \u2018The Gaffer\u2019s delight, and rare
good ballast for an empty belly. But you won\u2019t find any, so
you needn\u2019t look. But be good Sme\u00b4agol and fetch me the
herbs, and I\u2019ll think better of you. What\u2019s more, if you turn
over a new leaf, and keep it turned, I\u2019ll cook you some taters
one of these days. I will: fried fish and chips served by S.
Gamgee. You couldn\u2019t say no to that.\u2019
\u2018Yes, yes we could. Spoiling nice fish, scorching it. Give
me fish now, and keep nassty chips!\u2019
\u2018Oh you\u2019re hopeless,\u2019 said Sam. \u2018Go to sleep!\u2019
In the end he had to find what he wanted for himself; but
he did not have to go far, not out of sight of the place where
his master lay, still sleeping. For a while Sam sat musing, and
tending the fire till the water boiled. The daylight grew and
the air became warm; the dew faded off turf and leaf. Soon
the rabbits cut up lay simmering in their pans with the
bunched herbs. Almost Sam fell asleep as the time went by.
He let them stew for close on an hour, testing them now and
again with his fork, and tasting the broth.
When he thought all was ready he lifted the pans off the
fire, and crept along to Frodo. Frodo half opened his eyes as
Sam stood over him, and then he wakened from his dreaming:
another gentle, unrecoverable dream of peace.
\u2018Hullo, Sam!\u2019 he said. \u2018Not resting? Is anything wrong?
What is the time?\u2019
\u2018About a couple of hours after daybreak,\u2019 said Sam, \u2018and
nigh on half past eight by Shire clocks, maybe. But nothing\u2019s
wrong. Though it ain\u2019t quite what I\u2019d call right: no stock, no
onions, no taters. I\u2019ve got a bit of a stew for you, and some
broth, Mr. Frodo. Do you good. You\u2019ll have to sup it in your
mug; or straight from the pan, when it\u2019s cooled a bit. I haven\u2019t
brought no bowls, nor nothing proper.\u2019
Frodo yawned and stretched. \u2018You should have been resting, Sam,\u2019 he said. \u2018And lighting a fire was dangerous in these
of herbs and stewed rabbit 857
parts. But I do feel hungry. Hmm! Can I smell it from here?
What have you stewed?\u2019
\u2018A present from Sme\u00b4agol,\u2019 said Sam: \u2018a brace o\u2019 young
coneys; though I fancy Gollum\u2019s regretting them now. But
there\u2019s naught to go with them but a few herbs.\u2019
Sam and his master sat just within the fern-brake and ate
their stew from the pans, sharing the old fork and spoon.
They allowed themselves half a piece of the Elvish waybread
each. It seemed a feast.
\u2018Wheew! Gollum!\u2019 Sam called and whistled softly. \u2018Come
on! Still time to change your mind. There\u2019s some left, if you
want to try stewed coney.\u2019 There was no answer.
\u2018Oh well, I suppose he\u2019s gone off to find something for
himself. We\u2019ll finish it,\u2019 said Sam.
\u2018And then you must take some sleep,\u2019 said Frodo.
\u2018Don\u2019t you drop off, while I\u2019m nodding, Mr. Frodo. I don\u2019t
feel too sure of him. There\u2019s a good deal of Stinker \u2013 the bad
Gollum, if you understand me \u2013 in him still, and it\u2019s getting
stronger again. Not but what I think he\u2019d try to throttle me
first now. We don\u2019t see eye to eye, and he\u2019s not pleased with
Sam, O no precious, not pleased at all.\u2019
They finished, and Sam went off to the stream to rinse his
gear. As he stood up to return, he looked back up the slope.
At that moment he saw the sun rise out of the reek, or haze,
or dark shadow, or whatever it was, that lay ever to the east,
and it sent its golden beams down upon the trees and glades
about him. Then he noticed a thin spiral of blue-grey smoke,
plain to see as it caught the sunlight, rising from a thicket
above him. With a shock he realized that this was the smoke
from his little cooking-fire, which he had neglected to put
out.
\u2018That won\u2019t do! Never thought it would show like that!\u2019 he
muttered, and he started to hurry back. Suddenly he halted
and listened. Had he heard a whistle or not? Or was it the
call of some strange bird? If it was a whistle, it did not come
858 the two towers
from Frodo\u2019s direction. There it went again from another
place! Sam began to run as well as he could uphill.
He found that a small brand, burning away to its outer
end, had kindled some fern at the edge of the fire, and
the fern blazing up had set the turves smouldering. Hastily
he stamped out what was left of the fire, scattered the
ashes, and laid the turves on the hole. Then he crept back
to Frodo.
\u2018Did you hear a whistle, and what sounded like an answer?\u2019
he asked. \u2018A few minutes back. I hope it was only a bird, but
it didn\u2019t sound quite like that: more like somebody mimicking
a bird-call, I thought. And I\u2019m afraid my bit of fire\u2019s been
smoking. Now if I\u2019ve gone and brought trouble, I\u2019ll never
forgive myself. Nor won\u2019t have a chance, maybe!\u2019
\u2018Hush!\u2019 whispered Frodo. \u2018I thought I heard voices.\u2019
The two hobbits trussed their small packs, put them on
ready for flight, and then crawled deeper into the fern. There
they crouched listening.
There was no doubt of the voices. They were speaking low
and furtively, but they were near, and coming nearer. Then
quite suddenly one spoke clearly close at hand.
\u2018Here! Here is where the smoke came from!\u2019 it said. \u2018 \u2019Twill
be nigh at hand. In the fern, no doubt. We shall have it like
a coney in a trap. Then we shall learn what kind of thing
it is.\u2019
\u2018Aye, and what it knows!\u2019 said a second voice.
At once four men came striding through the fern from
different directions. Since flight and hiding were no longer
possible, Frodo and Sam sprang to their feet, putting back to
back and whipping out their small swords.
If they were astonished at what they saw, their captors were
even more astonished. Four tall Men stood there. Two had
spears in their hands with broad bright heads. Two had great
bows, almost of their own height, and great quivers of long
green-feathered arrows. All had swords at their sides, and
were clad in green and brown of varied hues, as if the better
of herbs and stewed rabbit 859
to walk unseen in the glades of Ithilien. Green gauntlets
covered their hands, and their faces were hooded and masked
with green, except for their eyes, which were very keen and
bright. At once Frodo thought of Boromir, for these Men
were like him in stature and bearing, and in their manner of
speech.
\u2018We have not found what we sought,\u2019 said one. \u2018But what
have we found?\u2019
\u2018Not Orcs,\u2019 said another, releasing the hilt of his sword,
which he had seized when he saw the glitter of Sting in
Frodo\u2019s hand.
\u2018Elves?\u2019 said a third, doubtfully.
\u2018Nay! Not Elves,\u2019 said the fourth, the tallest, and as it
appeared the chief among them. \u2018Elves do not walk in Ithilien
in these days. And Elves are wondrous fair to look upon, or
so \u2019tis said.\u2019
\u2018Meaning we\u2019re not, I take you,\u2019 said Sam. \u2018Thank you
kindly. And when you\u2019ve finished discussing us, perhaps
you\u2019ll say who you are, and why you can\u2019t let two tired
travellers rest.\u2019
The tall green man laughed grimly. \u2018I am Faramir, Captain
of Gondor,\u2019 he said. \u2018But there are no travellers in this land:
only the servants of the Dark Tower, or of the White.\u2019
\u2018But we are neither,\u2019 said Frodo. \u2018And travellers we are,
whatever Captain Faramir may say.\u2019
\u2018Then make haste to declare yourselves and your errand,\u2019
said Faramir. \u2018We have a work to do, and this is no time or
place for riddling or parleying. Come! Where is the third of
your company?\u2019
\u2018The third?\u2019
\u2018Yes, the skulking fellow that we saw with his nose in the
pool down yonder. He had an ill-favoured look. Some spying
breed of Orc, I guess, or a creature of theirs. But he gave us
the slip by some fox-trick.\u2019
\u2018I do not know where he is,\u2019 said Frodo. \u2018He is only a
chance companion met upon our road, and I am not answerable for him. If you come on him, spare him. Bring him or
860 the two towers
send him to us. He is only a wretched gangrel creature, but
I have him under my care for a while. But as for us, we are
Hobbits of the Shire, far to the North and West, beyond
many rivers. Frodo son of Drogo is my name, and with me
is Samwise son of Hamfast, a worthy hobbit in my service.
We have come by long ways \u2013 out of Rivendell, or Imladris
as some call it.\u2019 Here Faramir started and grew intent. \u2018Seven
companions we had: one we lost at Moria, the others we left
at Parth Galen above Rauros: two of my kin; a Dwarf there
was also, and an Elf, and two Men. They were Aragorn; and
Boromir, who said that he came out of Minas Tirith, a city
in the South.\u2019
\u2018Boromir!\u2019 all the four men exclaimed.
\u2018Boromir son of the Lord Denethor?\u2019 said Faramir, and a
strange stern look came into his face. \u2018You came with him?
That is news indeed, if it be true. Know, little strangers, that
Boromir son of Denethor was High Warden of the White
Tower, and our Captain-General: sorely do we miss him.
Who are you then, and what had you to do with him? Be
swift, for the Sun is climbing!\u2019
\u2018Are the riddling words known to you that Boromir brought
to Rivendell?\u2019 Frodo replied.
Seek for the Sword that was Broken.
In Imladris it dwells.
\u2018The words are known indeed,\u2019 said Faramir in astonishment. \u2018It is some token of your truth that you also know
them.\u2019
\u2018Aragorn whom I named is the bearer of the Sword that
was Broken,\u2019 said Frodo. \u2018And we are the Halflings that the
rhyme spoke of.\u2019
\u2018That I see,\u2019 said Faramir thoughtfully. \u2018Or I see that it
might be so. And what is Isildur\u2019s Bane?\u2019
\u2018That is hidden,\u2019 answered Frodo. \u2018Doubtless it will be
made clear in time.\u2019
\u2018We must learn more of this,\u2019 said Faramir, \u2018and know
of herbs and stewed rabbit 861
what brings you so far east under the shadow of yonder\u2014\u2014,\u2019
he pointed and said no name. \u2018But not now. We have business
in hand. You are in peril, and you would not have gone far
by field or road this day. There will be hard handstrokes nigh
at hand ere the day is full. Then death, or swift flight back to
Anduin. I will leave two to guard you, for your good and for
mine. Wise man trusts not to chance-meeting on the road in
this land. If I return, I will speak more with you.\u2019
\u2018Farewell!\u2019 said Frodo, bowing low. \u2018Think what you will,
I am a friend of all enemies of the One Enemy. We would
go with you, if we halfling folk could hope to serve you, such
doughty men and strong as you seem, and if my errand
permitted it. May the light shine on your swords!\u2019
\u2018The Halflings are courteous folk, whatever else they be,\u2019
said Faramir. \u2018Farewell!\u2019
The hobbits sat down again, but they said nothing to one
another of their thoughts and doubts. Close by, just under
the dappling shadow of the dark bay-trees, two men remained
on guard. They took off their masks now and again to cool
them, as the day-heat grew, and Frodo saw that they were
goodly men, pale-skinned, dark of hair, with grey eyes and
faces sad and proud. They spoke together in soft voices, at
first using the Common Speech, but after the manner of
older days, and then changing to another language of their
own. To his amazement, as he listened Frodo became aware
that it was the elven-tongue that they spoke, or one but little
different; and he looked at them with wonder, for he knew
then that they must be Du\u00b4nedain of the South, men of the
line of the Lords of Westernesse.
After a while he spoke to them; but they were slow and
cautious in answering. They named themselves Mablung and
Damrod, soldiers of Gondor, and they were Rangers of Ithilien; for they were descended from folk who lived in Ithilien
at one time, before it was overrun. From such men the Lord
Denethor chose his forayers, who crossed the Anduin secretly
(how or where, they would not say) to harry the Orcs and
862 the two towers
other enemies that roamed between the Ephel Du\u00b4ath and the
River.
\u2018It is close on ten leagues hence to the east-shore of Anduin,\u2019 said Mablung, \u2018and we seldom come so far afield. But
we have a new errand on this journey: we come to ambush
the Men of Harad. Curse them!\u2019
\u2018Aye, curse the Southrons!\u2019 said Damrod. \u2018\u2019Tis said that
there were dealings of old between Gondor and the kingdoms
of the Harad in the Far South; though there was never friendship. In those days our bounds were away south beyond the
mouths of Anduin, and Umbar, the nearest of their realms,
acknowledged our sway. But that is long since. \u2019Tis many
lives of Men since any passed to or fro between us. Now of
late we have learned that the Enemy has been among them,
and they are gone over to Him, or back to Him \u2013 they were
ever ready to His will \u2013 as have so many also in the East. I
doubt not that the days of Gondor are numbered, and the
walls of Minas Tirith are doomed, so great is His strength
and malice.\u2019
\u2018But still we will not sit idle and let Him do all as He would,\u2019
said Mablung. \u2018These cursed Southrons come now marching
up the ancient roads to swell the hosts of the Dark Tower.
Yea, up the very roads that craft of Gondor made. And they
go ever more heedlessly, we learn, thinking that the power of
their new master is great enough, so that the mere shadow of
His hills will protect them. We come to teach them another
lesson. Great strength of them was reported to us some days
ago, marching north. One of their regiments is due by our
reckoning to pass by, some time ere noon \u2013 up on the road
above, where it passes through the cloven way. The road may
pass, but they shall not! Not while Faramir is Captain. He
leads now in all perilous ventures. But his life is charmed, or
fate spares him for some other end.\u2019
Their talk died down into a listening silence. All seemed
still and watchful. Sam, crouched by the edge of the fernbrake, peered out. With his keen hobbit-eyes he saw that
of herbs and stewed rabbit 863
many more Men were about. He could see them stealing up
the slopes, singly or in long files, keeping always to the shade
of grove or thicket, or crawling, hardly visible in their brown
and green raiment, through grass and brake. All were hooded
and masked, and had gauntlets on their hands, and were
armed like Faramir and his companions. Before long they
had all passed and vanished. The sun rose till it neared the
South. The shadows shrank.
\u2018I wonder where that dratted Gollum is?\u2019 thought Sam, as
he crawled back into deeper shade. \u2018He stands a fair chance
of being spitted for an Orc, or of being roasted by the Yellow
Face. But I fancy he\u2019ll look after himself.\u2019 He lay down beside
Frodo and began to doze.
He woke, thinking that he had heard horns blowing. He
sat up. It was now high noon. The guards stood alert and
tense in the shadow of the trees. Suddenly the horns rang out
louder and beyond mistake from above, over the top of the
slope. Sam thought that he heard cries and wild shouting
also, but the sound was faint, as if it came out of some distant
cave. Then presently the noise of fighting broke out near at
hand, just above their hiding-place. He could hear plainly the
ringing grate of steel on steel, the clang of sword on iron
cap, the dull beat of blade on shield; men were yelling and
screaming, and one clear loud voice was calling Gondor!
Gondor!
\u2018It sounds like a hundred blacksmiths all smithying
together,\u2019 said Sam to Frodo. \u2018They\u2019re as near as I want them
now.\u2019
But the noise grew closer. \u2018They are coming!\u2019 cried Damrod. \u2018See! Some of the Southrons have broken from the trap
and are flying from the road. There they go! Our men after
them, and the Captain leading.\u2019
Sam, eager to see more, went now and joined the guards.
He scrambled a little way up into one of the larger of the
bay-trees. For a moment he caught a glimpse of swarthy men
in red running down the slope some way off with green-clad
864 the two towers
warriors leaping after them, hewing them down as they fled.
Arrows were thick in the air. Then suddenly straight over the
rim of their sheltering bank, a man fell, crashing through
the slender trees, nearly on top of them. He came to rest in the
fern a few feet away, face downward, green arrow-feathers
sticking from his neck below a golden collar. His scarlet robes
were tattered, his corslet of overlapping brazen plates was
rent and hewn, his black plaits of hair braided with gold were
drenched with blood. His brown hand still clutched the hilt
of a broken sword.
It was Sam\u2019s first view of a battle of Men against Men, and
he did not like it much. He was glad that he could not see
the dead face. He wondered what the man\u2019s name was and
where he came from; and if he was really evil of heart, or
what lies or threats had led him on the long march from his
home; and if he would not really rather have stayed there in
peace \u2013 all in a flash of thought which was quickly driven
from his mind. For just as Mablung stepped towards the
fallen body, there was a new noise. Great crying and shouting.
Amidst it Sam heard a shrill bellowing or trumpeting. And
then a great thudding and bumping, like huge rams dinning
on the ground.
\u2018Ware! Ware!\u2019 cried Damrod to his companion. \u2018May the
Valar turn him aside! Mu\u02c6mak! Mu\u02c6mak!\u2019
To his astonishment and terror, and lasting delight, Sam
saw a vast shape crash out of the trees and come careering
down the slope. Big as a house, much bigger than a house, it
looked to him, a grey-clad moving hill. Fear and wonder,
maybe, enlarged him in the hobbit\u2019s eyes, but the Mu\u02c6mak of
Harad was indeed a beast of vast bulk, and the like of him
does not walk now in Middle-earth; his kin that live still in
latter days are but memories of his girth and majesty. On he
came, straight towards the watchers, and then swerved aside
in the nick of time, passing only a few yards away, rocking the
ground beneath their feet: his great legs like trees, enormous
sail-like ears spread out, long snout upraised like a huge
serpent about to strike, his small red eyes raging. His
of herbs and stewed rabbit 865
upturned hornlike tusks were bound with bands of gold and
dripped with blood. His trappings of scarlet and gold flapped
about him in wild tatters. The ruins of what seemed a very
war-tower lay upon his heaving back, smashed in his furious
passage through the woods; and high upon his neck still
desperately clung a tiny figure \u2013 the body of a mighty warrior,
a giant among the Swertings.
On the great beast thundered, blundering in blind wrath
through pool and thicket. Arrows skipped and snapped harmlessly about the triple hide of his flanks. Men of both sides
fled before him, but many he overtook and crushed to the
ground. Soon he was lost to view, still trumpeting and stamping far away. What became of him Sam never heard: whether
he escaped to roam the wild for a time, until he perished far
from his home or was trapped in some deep pit; or whether
he raged on until he plunged in the Great River and was
swallowed up.
Sam drew a deep breath. \u2018An Oliphaunt it was!\u2019 he said.
\u2018So there are Oliphaunts, and I have seen one. What a life!
But no one at home will ever believe me. Well, if that\u2019s over,
I\u2019ll have a bit of sleep.\u2019
\u2018Sleep while you may,\u2019 said Mablung. \u2018But the Captain will
return, if he is unhurt; and when he comes we shall depart
swiftly. We shall be pursued as soon as news of our deed
reaches the Enemy, and that will not be long.\u2019
\u2018Go quietly when you must!\u2019 said Sam. \u2018No need to disturb
my sleep. I was walking all night.\u2019
Mablung laughed. \u2018I do not think the Captain will leave
you here, Master Samwise,\u2019 he said. \u2018But you shall see.\u2019
Chapter 5
THE WINDOW ON THE WEST
It seemed to Sam that he had only dozed for a few minutes
when he awoke to find that it was late afternoon and Faramir
had come back. He had brought many men with him; indeed
all the survivors of the foray were now gathered on the slope
nearby, two or three hundred strong. They sat in a wide
semicircle, between the arms of which Faramir was seated on
the ground, while Frodo stood before him. It looked strangely
like the trial of a prisoner.
Sam crept out from the fern, but no one paid any attention
to him, and he placed himself at the end of the rows of men,
where he could see and hear all that was going on. He
watched and listened intently, ready to dash to his master\u2019s
aid if needed. He could see Faramir\u2019s face, which was now
unmasked: it was stern and commanding, and a keen wit lay
behind his searching glance. Doubt was in the grey eyes that
gazed steadily at Frodo.
Sam soon became aware that the Captain was not satisfied
with Frodo\u2019s account of himself at several points: what part
he had to play in the Company that set out from Rivendell;
why he had left Boromir; and where he was now going. In
particular he returned often to Isildur\u2019s Bane. Plainly he saw
that Frodo was concealing from him some matter of great
importance.
\u2018But it was at the coming of the Halfling that Isildur\u2019s Bane
should waken, or so one must read the words,\u2019 he insisted.
\u2018If then you are the Halfling that was named, doubtless you
brought this thing, whatever it may be, to the Council of
which you speak, and there Boromir saw it. Do you deny it?\u2019
Frodo made no answer. \u2018So!\u2019 said Faramir. \u2018I wish then to
learn from you more of it; for what concerns Boromir con-
the window on the west 867
cerns me. An orc-arrow slew Isildur, so far as old tales tell.
But orc-arrows are plenty, and the sight of one would not be
taken as a sign of Doom by Boromir of Gondor. Had you
this thing in keeping? It is hidden, you say; but is not that
because you choose to hide it?\u2019
\u2018No, not because I choose,\u2019 answered Frodo. \u2018It does not
belong to me. It does not belong to any mortal, great or small;
though if any could claim it, it would be Aragorn son of
Arathorn, whom I named, the leader of our Company from
Moria to Rauros.\u2019
\u2018Why so, and not Boromir, prince of the City that the sons
of Elendil founded?\u2019
\u2018Because Aragorn is descended in direct lineage, father to
father, from Isildur Elendil\u2019s son himself. And the sword that
he bears was Elendil\u2019s sword.\u2019
A murmur of astonishment ran through all the ring
of men. Some cried aloud: \u2018The sword of Elendil! The
sword of Elendil comes to Minas Tirith! Great tidings!\u2019 But
Faramir\u2019s face was unmoved.
\u2018Maybe,\u2019 he said. \u2018But so great a claim will need to be
established, and clear proofs will be required, should this
Aragorn ever come to Minas Tirith. He had not come, nor
any of your Company, when I set out six days ago.\u2019
\u2018Boromir was satisfied of that claim,\u2019 said Frodo. \u2018Indeed,
if Boromir were here, he would answer all your questions.
And since he was already at Rauros many days back, and
intended then to go straight to your city, if you return, you
may soon learn the answers there. My part in the Company
was known to him, as to all the others, for it was appointed
to me by Elrond of Imladris himself before the whole Council.
On that errand I came into this country, but it is not mine to
reveal to any outside the Company. Yet those who claim to
oppose the Enemy would do well not to hinder it.\u2019
Frodo\u2019s tone was proud, whatever he felt, and Sam
approved of it; but it did not appease Faramir.
\u2018So!\u2019 he said. \u2018You bid me mind my own affairs, and get
me back home, and let you be. Boromir will tell all, when
868 the two towers
he comes. When he comes, say you! Were you a friend of
Boromir?\u2019
Vividly before Frodo\u2019s mind came the memory of
Boromir\u2019s assault upon him, and for a moment he hesitated.
Faramir\u2019s eyes watching him grew harder. \u2018Boromir was a
valiant member of our Company,\u2019 said Frodo at length. \u2018Yes,
I was his friend, for my part.\u2019
Faramir smiled grimly. \u2018Then you would grieve to learn
that Boromir is dead?\u2019
\u2018I would grieve indeed,\u2019 said Frodo. Then catching the look
in Faramir\u2019s eyes, he faltered. \u2018Dead?\u2019 he said. \u2018Do you mean
that he is dead, and that you knew it? You have been trying
to trap me in words, playing with me? Or are you now trying
to snare me with a falsehood?\u2019
\u2018I would not snare even an orc with a falsehood,\u2019 said
Faramir.
\u2018How then did he die, and how do you know of it? Since
you say that none of the Company had reached the city when
you left.\u2019
\u2018As to the manner of his death, I had hoped that his friend
and companion would tell me how it was.\u2019
\u2018But he was alive and strong when we parted. And he lives
still for all that I know. Though surely there are many perils
in the world.\u2019
\u2018Many indeed,\u2019 said Faramir, \u2018and treachery not the least.\u2019
Sam had been getting more and more impatient and angry
at this conversation. These last words were more than he
could bear, and bursting into the middle of the ring, he strode
up to his master\u2019s side.
\u2018Begging your pardon, Mr. Frodo,\u2019 he said, \u2018but this has
gone on long enough. He\u2019s no right to talk to you so. After
all you\u2019ve gone through, as much for his good and all these
great Men as for anyone else.
\u2018See here, Captain!\u2019 He planted himself squarely in front
of Faramir, his hands on his hips, and a look on his face as
if he was addressing a young hobbit who had offered him
the window on the west 869
what he called \u2018sauce\u2019 when questioned about visits to the
orchard. There was some murmuring, but also some grins
on the faces of the men looking on: the sight of their Captain
sitting on the ground and eye to eye with a young hobbit,
legs well apart, bristling with wrath, was one beyond their
experience. \u2018See here!\u2019 he said. \u2018What are you driving at?
Let\u2019s come to the point before all the Orcs of Mordor come
down on us! If you think my master murdered this Boromir
and then ran away, you\u2019ve got no sense; but say it, and have
done! And then let us know what you mean to do about it.
But it\u2019s a pity that folk as talk about fighting the Enemy can\u2019t
let others do their bit in their own way without interfering.
He\u2019d be mighty pleased, if he could see you now. Think he\u2019d
got a new friend, he would.\u2019
\u2018Patience!\u2019 said Faramir, but without anger. \u2018Do not speak
before your master, whose wit is greater than yours. And I
do not need any to teach me of our peril. Even so, I spare a
brief time, in order to judge justly in a hard matter. Were I
as hasty as you, I might have slain you long ago. For I am
commanded to slay all whom I find in this land without the
leave of the Lord of Gondor. But I do not slay man or beast
needlessly, and not gladly even when it is needed. Neither do
I talk in vain. So be comforted. Sit by your master, and be
silent!\u2019
Sam sat down heavily with a red face. Faramir turned to
Frodo again. \u2018You asked how do I know that the son of
Denethor is dead. Tidings of death have many wings. Night
oft brings news to near kindred, \u2019tis said. Boromir was my
brother.\u2019
A shadow of sorrow passed over his face. \u2018Do you remember aught of special mark that the Lord Boromir bore with
him among his gear?\u2019
Frodo thought for a moment, fearing some further trap,
and wondering how this debate would turn in the end. He
had hardly saved the Ring from the proud grasp of Boromir,
and how he would fare now among so many men, warlike
and strong, he did not know. Yet he felt in his heart that
870 the two towers
Faramir, though he was much like his brother in looks, was
a man less self-regarding, both sterner and wiser. \u2018I remember
that Boromir bore a horn,\u2019 he said at last.
\u2018You remember well, and as one who has in truth seen
him,\u2019 said Faramir. \u2018Then maybe you can see it in your
mind\u2019s eye: a great horn of the wild ox of the East, bound
with silver, and written with ancient characters. That horn
the eldest son of our house has borne for many generations;
and it is said that if it be blown at need anywhere within the
bounds of Gondor, as the realm was of old, its voice will not
pass unheeded.
\u2018Five days ere I set out on this venture, eleven days ago at
about this hour of the day, I heard the blowing of that horn:
from the northward it seemed, but dim, as if it were but an
echo in the mind. A boding of ill we thought it, my father
and I, for no tidings had we heard of Boromir since he went
away, and no watcher on our borders had seen him pass.
And on the third night after another and a stranger thing
befell me.
\u2018I sat at night by the waters of Anduin, in the grey dark
under the young pale moon, watching the ever-moving
stream; and the sad reeds were rustling. So do we ever watch
the shores nigh Osgiliath, which our enemies now partly hold,
and issue from it to harry our lands. But that night all the
world slept at the midnight hour. Then I saw, or it seemed
that I saw, a boat floating on the water, glimmering grey, a
small boat of a strange fashion with a high prow, and there
was none to row or steer it.
\u2018An awe fell on me, for a pale light was round it. But I rose
and went to the bank, and began to walk out into the stream,
for I was drawn towards it. Then the boat turned towards
me, and stayed its pace, and floated slowly by within my
hand\u2019s reach, yet I durst not handle it. It waded deep, as if it
were heavily burdened, and it seemed to me as it passed
under my gaze that it was almost filled with clear water, from
which came the light; and lapped in the water a warrior lay
asleep.
the window on the west 871
\u2018A broken sword was on his knee. I saw many wounds on
him. It was Boromir, my brother, dead. I knew his gear, his
sword, his beloved face. One thing only I missed: his horn.
One thing only I knew not: a fair belt, as it were of linked
golden leaves, about his waist. Boromir! I cried. Where is thy
horn? Whither goest thou? O Boromir! But he was gone. The
boat turned into the stream and passed glimmering on into
the night. Dreamlike it was, and yet no dream, for there was
no waking. And I do not doubt that he is dead and has passed
down the River to the Sea.\u2019
\u2018Alas!\u2019 said Frodo. \u2018That was indeed Boromir as I knew
him. For the golden belt was given to him in Lothlo\u00b4rien by
the Lady Galadriel. She it was that clothed us as you see us,
in elven-grey. This brooch is of the same workmanship.\u2019 He
touched the green and silver leaf that fastened his cloak
beneath his throat.
Faramir looked closely at it. \u2018It is beautiful,\u2019 he said. \u2018Yes,
\u2019tis work of the same craft. So then you passed through the
Land of Lo\u00b4rien? Laurelindo\u00b4renan it was named of old, but
long now it has lain beyond the knowledge of Men,\u2019 he added
softly, regarding Frodo with a new wonder in his eyes. \u2018Much
that was strange about you I begin now to understand. Will
you not tell me more? For it is a bitter thought that Boromir
died, within sight of the land of his home.\u2019
\u2018No more can I say than I have said,\u2019 answered Frodo.
\u2018Though your tale fills me with foreboding. A vision it was
that you saw, I think, and no more, some shadow of evil
fortune that has been or will be. Unless indeed it is some
lying trick of the Enemy. I have seen the faces of fair warriors
of old laid in sleep beneath the pools of the Dead Marshes,
or seeming so by his foul arts.\u2019
\u2018Nay, it was not so,\u2019 said Faramir. \u2018For his works fill the
heart with loathing; but my heart was filled with grief and
pity.\u2019
\u2018Yet how could such a thing have happened in truth?\u2019 asked
Frodo. \u2018For no boat could have been carried over the stony
872 the two towers
hills from Tol Brandir; and Boromir purposed to go home
across the Entwash and the fields of Rohan. And yet how
could any vessel ride the foam of the great falls and not
founder in the boiling pools, though laden with water?\u2019
\u2018I know not,\u2019 said Faramir. \u2018But whence came the boat?\u2019
\u2018From Lo\u00b4rien,\u2019 said Frodo. \u2018In three such boats we rowed
down Anduin to the Falls. They also were of elven-work.\u2019
\u2018You passed through the Hidden Land,\u2019 said Faramir, \u2018but
it seems that you little understood its power. If Men have
dealings with the Mistress of Magic who dwells in the Golden
Wood, then they may look for strange things to follow. For
it is perilous for mortal man to walk out of the world of this
Sun, and few of old came thence unchanged, \u2019tis said.
\u2018Boromir, O Boromir!\u2019 he cried. \u2018What did she say to you,
the Lady that dies not? What did she see? What woke in your
heart then? Why went you ever to Laurelindo\u00b4renan, and came
not by your own road, upon the horses of Rohan riding home in
the morning?\u2019
Then turning again to Frodo, he spoke in a quiet voice
once more. \u2018To those questions I guess that you could make
some answer, Frodo son of Drogo. But not here or now,
maybe. But lest you still should think my tale a vision, I will
tell you this. The horn of Boromir at least returned in truth,
and not in seeming. The horn came, but it was cloven in two,
as it were by axe or sword. The shards came severally to
shore: one was found among the reeds where watchers of
Gondor lay, northwards below the infalls of the Entwash; the
other was found spinning on the flood by one who had an
errand on the water. Strange chances, but murder will out,
\u2019tis said.
\u2018And now the horn of the elder son lies in two pieces upon
the lap of Denethor, sitting in his high chair, waiting for news.
And you can tell me nothing of the cleaving of the horn?\u2019
\u2018No, I did not know of it,\u2019 said Frodo. \u2018But the day when
you heard it blowing, if your reckoning is true, was the day
when we parted, when I and my servant left the Company.
And now your tale fills me with dread. For if Boromir was
the window on the west 873
then in peril and was slain, I must fear that all my companions
perished too. And they were my kindred and my friends.
\u2018Will you not put aside your doubt of me and let me go? I
am weary, and full of grief, and afraid. But I have a deed to
do, or to attempt, before I too am slain. And the more need of
haste, if we two halflings are all that remain of our fellowship.
\u2018Go back, Faramir, valiant Captain of Gondor, and defend
your city while you may, and let me go where my doom takes
me.\u2019
\u2018For me there is no comfort in our speech together,\u2019 said
Faramir; \u2018but you surely draw from it more dread than need
be. Unless the people of Lo\u00b4rien themselves came to him, who
arrayed Boromir as for a funeral? Not Orcs or servants of the
Nameless. Some of your Company, I guess, live still.
\u2018But whatever befell on the North March, you, Frodo, I
doubt no longer. If hard days have made me any judge of
Men\u2019s words and faces, then I may make a guess at Halflings!
Though,\u2019 and now he smiled, \u2018there is something strange
about you, Frodo, an Elvish air, maybe. But more lies upon
our words together than I thought at first. I should now take
you back to Minas Tirith to answer there to Denethor, and
my life will justly be forfeit, if I now choose a course that
proves ill for my city. So I will not decide in haste what is to
be done. Yet we must move hence without more delay.\u2019
He sprang to his feet and issued some orders. At once the
men who were gathered round him broke up into small
groups, and went off this way and that, vanishing quickly
into the shadows of the rocks and trees. Soon only Mablung
and Damrod remained.
\u2018Now you, Frodo and Samwise, will come with me and
my guards,\u2019 said Faramir. \u2018You cannot go along the road
southwards, if that was your purpose. It will be unsafe for
some days, and always more closely watched after this affray
than it has been yet. And you cannot, I think, go far today in
any case, for you are weary. And so are we. We are going
now to a secret place we have, somewhat less than ten miles
from here. The Orcs and spies of the Enemy have not found
874 the two towers
it yet, and if they did, we could hold it long even against
many. There we may lie up and rest for a while, and you
with us. In the morning I will decide what is best for me to
do, and for you.\u2019
There was nothing for Frodo to do but to fall in with this
request, or order. It seemed in any case a wise course for the
moment, since this foray of the men of Gondor had made a
journey in Ithilien more dangerous than ever.
They set out at once: Mablung and Damrod a little ahead,
and Faramir with Frodo and Sam behind. Skirting the hither
side of the pool where the hobbits had bathed, they crossed
the stream, climbed a long bank, and passed into greenshadowed woodlands that marched ever downwards and
westwards. While they walked, as swiftly as the hobbits could
go, they talked in hushed voices.
\u2018I broke off our speech together,\u2019 said Faramir, \u2018not only
because time pressed, as Master Samwise had reminded me,
but also because we were drawing near to matters that were
better not debated openly before many men. It was for that
reason that I turned rather to the matter of my brother and
let be Isildur\u2019s Bane. You were not wholly frank with me,
Frodo.\u2019
\u2018I told no lies, and of the truth all I could,\u2019 said Frodo.
\u2018I do not blame you,\u2019 said Faramir. \u2018You spoke with skill
in a hard place, and wisely, it seemed to me. But I learned or
guessed more from you than your words said. You were not
friendly with Boromir, or you did not part in friendship. You,
and Master Samwise, too, I guess have some grievance. Now
I loved him dearly, and would gladly avenge his death, yet I
knew him well. Isildur\u2019s Bane \u2013 I would hazard that Isildur\u2019s
Bane lay between you and was a cause of contention in your
Company. Clearly it is a mighty heirloom of some sort, and
such things do not breed peace among confederates, not if
aught may be learned from ancient tales. Do I not hit near
the mark?\u2019
\u2018Near,\u2019 said Frodo, \u2018but not in the gold. There was no
the window on the west 875
contention in our Company, though there was doubt: doubt
which way we should take from the Emyn Muil. But be that
as it may, ancient tales teach us also the peril of rash words
concerning such things as \u2013 heirlooms.\u2019
\u2018Ah, then it is as I thought: your trouble was with Boromir
alone. He wished this thing brought to Minas Tirith. Alas! it
is a crooked fate that seals your lips who saw him last, and
holds from me that which I long to know: what was in his
heart and thought in his latest hours. Whether he erred or
no, of this I am sure: he died well, achieving some good thing.
His face was more beautiful even than in life.
\u2018But, Frodo, I pressed you hard at first about Isildur\u2019s Bane.
Forgive me! It was unwise in such an hour and place. I had
not had time for thought. We had had a hard fight, and there
was more than enough to fill my mind. But even as I spoke
with you, I drew nearer to the mark, and so deliberately shot
wider. For you must know that much is still preserved of
ancient lore among the Rulers of the city that is not spread
abroad. We of my house are not of the line of Elendil, though
the blood of Nu\u00b4menor is in us. For we reckon back our line
to Mardil, the good steward, who ruled in the king\u2019s stead
when he went away to war. And that was King Ea\u00a8rnur, last
of the line of Ana\u00b4rion, and childless, and he came never
back. And the stewards have governed the city since that day,
though it was many generations of Men ago.
\u2018And this I remember of Boromir as a boy, when we
together learned the tale of our sires and the history of our
city, that always it displeased him that his father was not king.
\u2018\u2018How many hundreds of years needs it to make a steward a
king, if the king returns not?\u2019\u2019 he asked. \u2018\u2018Few years, maybe,
in other places of less royalty,\u2019\u2019 my father answered. \u2018\u2018In
Gondor ten thousand years would not suffice.\u2019\u2019 Alas! poor
Boromir. Does that not tell you something of him?\u2019
\u2018It does,\u2019 said Frodo. \u2018Yet always he treated Aragorn with
honour.\u2019
\u2018I doubt it not,\u2019 said Faramir. \u2018If he were satisfied of Aragorn\u2019s claim, as you say, he would greatly reverence him. But
876 the two towers
the pinch had not yet come. They had not yet reached Minas
Tirith or become rivals in her wars.
\u2018But I stray. We in the house of Denethor know much
ancient lore by long tradition, and there are moreover in our
treasuries many things preserved: books and tablets writ on
withered parchments, yea, and on stone, and on leaves of
silver and of gold, in divers characters. Some none can now
read; and for the rest, few ever unlock them. I can read a
little in them, for I have had teaching. It was these records
that brought the Grey Pilgrim to us. I first saw him when I
was a child, and he has been twice or thrice since then.\u2019
\u2018The Grey Pilgrim?\u2019 said Frodo. \u2018Had he a name?\u2019
\u2018Mithrandir we called him in elf-fashion,\u2019 said Faramir,
\u2018and he was content. Many are my names in many countries,
he said. Mithrandir among the Elves, Tharku\u02c6n to the Dwarves;
Olo\u00b4rin I was in my youth in the West that is forgotten, in the
South Inca\u00b4nus, in the North Gandalf; to the East I go not.\u2019
\u2018Gandalf!\u2019 said Frodo. \u2018I thought it was he. Gandalf the
Grey, dearest of counsellors. Leader of our Company. He
was lost in Moria.\u2019
\u2018Mithrandir was lost!\u2019 said Faramir. \u2018An evil fate seems to
have pursued your fellowship. It is hard indeed to believe
that one of so great wisdom, and of power \u2013 for many
wonderful things he did among us \u2013 could perish, and so
much lore be taken from the world. Are you sure of this, and
that he did not just leave you and depart where he would?\u2019
\u2018Alas! yes,\u2019 said Frodo. \u2018I saw him fall into the abyss.\u2019
\u2018I see that there is some great tale of dread in this,\u2019 said
Faramir, \u2018which perhaps you may tell me in the evening-time.
This Mithrandir was, I now guess, more than a lore-master:
a great mover of the deeds that are done in our time. Had he
been among us to consult concerning the hard words of our
dream, he could have made them clear to us without need of
messenger. Yet, maybe, he would not have done so, and the
journey of Boromir was doomed. Mithrandir never spoke to
us of what was to be, nor did he reveal his purposes. He got
leave of Denethor, how I do not know, to look at the secrets
the window on the west 877
of our treasury, and I learned a little of him, when he would
teach (and that was seldom). Ever he would search and would
question us above all else concerning the Great Battle that
was fought upon Dagorlad in the beginning of Gondor, when
He whom we do not name was overthrown. And he was
eager for stories of Isildur, though of him we had less to tell;
for nothing certain was ever known among us of his end.\u2019
Now Faramir\u2019s voice sank to a whisper. \u2018But this much I
learned, or guessed, and I have kept it ever secret in my
heart since: that Isildur took somewhat from the hand of the
Unnamed, ere he went away from Gondor, never to be seen
among mortal men again. Here I thought was the answer to
Mithrandir\u2019s questioning. But it seemed then a matter that
concerned only the seekers after ancient learning. Nor when
the riddling words of our dream were debated among us, did
I think of Isildur\u2019s Bane as being this same thing. For Isildur
was ambushed and slain by orc-arrows, according to the only
legend that we knew, and Mithrandir had never told me
more.
\u2018What in truth this Thing is I cannot yet guess; but some
heirloom of power and peril it must be. A fell weapon, perchance, devised by the Dark Lord. If it were a thing that gave
advantage in battle, I can well believe that Boromir, the proud
and fearless, often rash, ever anxious for the victory of Minas
Tirith (and his own glory therein), might desire such a thing
and be allured by it. Alas that ever he went on that errand! I
should have been chosen by my father and the elders, but he
put himself forward, as being the older and the hardier (both
true), and he would not be stayed.
\u2018But fear no more! I would not take this thing, if it lay by
the highway. Not were Minas Tirith falling in ruin and I
alone could save her, so, using the weapon of the Dark Lord
for her good and my glory. No, I do not wish for such
triumphs, Frodo son of Drogo.\u2019
\u2018Neither did the Council,\u2019 said Frodo. \u2018Nor do I. I would
have nothing to do with such matters.\u2019
\u2018For myself,\u2019 said Faramir, \u2018I would see the White Tree in
878 the two towers
flower again in the courts of the kings, and the Silver Crown
return, and Minas Tirith in peace: Minas Anor again as of
old, full of light, high and fair, beautiful as a queen among
other queens: not a mistress of many slaves, nay, not even a
kind mistress of willing slaves. War must be, while we defend
our lives against a destroyer who would devour all; but I do
not love the bright sword for its sharpness, nor the arrow for
its swiftness, nor the warrior for his glory. I love only that
which they defend: the city of the Men of Nu\u00b4menor; and I
would have her loved for her memory, her ancientry, her
beauty, and her present wisdom. Not feared, save as men
may fear the dignity of a man, old and wise.
\u2018So fear me not! I do not ask you to tell me more. I do
not even ask you to tell me whether I now speak nearer the
mark. But if you will trust me, it may be that I can advise
you in your present quest, whatever that be \u2013 yes, and even
aid you.\u2019
Frodo made no answer. Almost he yielded to the desire
for help and counsel, to tell this grave young man, whose
words seemed so wise and fair, all that was in his mind.
But something held him back. His heart was heavy with fear
and sorrow: if he and Sam were indeed, as seemed likely, all
that was now left of the Nine Walkers, then he was in sole
command of the secret of their errand. Better mistrust undeserved than rash words. And the memory of Boromir, of the
dreadful change that the lure of the Ring had worked in him,
was very present to his mind, when he looked at Faramir and
listened to his voice: unlike they were, and yet also much
akin.
They walked on in silence for a while, passing like grey
and green shadows under the old trees, their feet making no
sound; above them many birds sang, and the sun glistened
on the polished roof of dark leaves in the evergreen woods of
Ithilien.
Sam had taken no part in the conversation, though he had
listened; and at the same time he had attended with his keen
the window on the west 879
hobbit ears to all the soft woodland noises about them. One
thing he had noted, that in all the talk the name of Gollum
had not once come up. He was glad, though he felt that
it was too much to hope that he would never hear it again.
He soon became aware also that though they walked alone,
there were many men close at hand: not only Damrod and
Mablung flitting in and out of the shadows ahead, but others
on either side, all making their swift secret way to some
appointed place.
Once, looking suddenly back, as if some prickle of the skin
told him that he was watched from behind, he thought he
caught a brief glimpse of a small dark shape slipping behind
a tree-trunk. He opened his mouth to speak and shut it again.
\u2018I\u2019m not sure of it,\u2019 he said to himself, \u2018and why should I
remind them of the old villain, if they choose to forget him?
I wish I could!\u2019
So they passed on, until the woodlands grew thinner and
the land began to fall more steeply. Then they turned aside
again, to the right, and came quickly to a small river in a
narrow gorge: it was the same stream that trickled far above
out of the round pool, now grown to a swift torrent, leaping
down over many stones in a deep-cloven bed, overhung with
ilex and dark box-woods. Looking west they could see, below
them in a haze of light, lowlands and broad meads, and
glinting far off in the westering sun the wide waters of the
Anduin.
\u2018Here, alas! I must do you a discourtesy,\u2019 said Faramir. \u2018I
hope you will pardon it to one who has so far made his orders
give way to courtesy as not to slay you or to bind you. But it
is a command that no stranger, not even one of Rohan that
fights with us, shall see the path we now go with open eyes.
I must blindfold you.\u2019
\u2018As you will,\u2019 said Frodo. \u2018Even the Elves do likewise at
need, and blindfolded we crossed the borders of fair Lothlo\u00b4rien. Gimli the dwarf took it ill, but the hobbits endured it.\u2019
\u2018It is to no place so fair that I shall lead you,\u2019 said Faramir.
880 the two towers
\u2018But I am glad that you will take this willingly and not by force.\u2019
He called softly and immediately Mablung and Damrod
stepped out of the trees and came back to him. \u2018Blindfold
these guests,\u2019 said Faramir. \u2018Securely, but not so as to discomfort them. Do not tie their hands. They will give their
word not to try and see. I could trust them to shut their eyes
of their own accord, but eyes will blink, if the feet stumble.
Lead them so that they do not falter.\u2019
With green scarves the two guards now bound up the
hobbits\u2019 eyes, and drew their hoods down almost to their
mouths; then quickly they took each one by the hand and
went on their way. All that Frodo and Sam knew of this last
mile of the road they learned from guessing in the dark. After
a little they found that they were on a path descending steeply;
soon it grew so narrow that they went in single file, brushing
a stony wall on either side; their guards steered them from
behind with hands laid firmly on their shoulders. Now and
again they came to rough places and were lifted from their
feet for a while, and then set down again. Always the noise
of the running water was on their right hand, and it grew
nearer and louder. At length they were halted. Quickly
Mablung and Damrod turned them about, several times, and
they lost all sense of direction. They climbed upwards a little:
it seemed cold and the noise of the stream had become faint.
Then they were picked up and carried down, down many
steps, and round a corner. Suddenly they heard the water
again, loud now, rushing and splashing. All round them it
seemed, and they felt a fine rain on their hands and cheeks.
At last they were set on their feet once more. For a moment
they stood so, half fearful, blindfold, not knowing where they
were; and no one spoke.
Then came the voice of Faramir close behind. \u2018Let them
see!\u2019 he said. The scarves were removed and their hoods
drawn back, and they blinked and gasped.
They stood on a wet floor of polished stone, the doorstep,
as it were, of a rough-hewn gate of rock opening dark behind
them. But in front a thin veil of water was hung, so near that
the window on the west 881
Frodo could have put an outstretched arm into it. It faced
westward. The level shafts of the setting sun behind beat
upon it, and the red light was broken into many flickering
beams of ever-changing colour. It was as if they stood at the
window of some elven-tower, curtained with threaded jewels
of silver and gold, and ruby, sapphire and amethyst, all
kindled with an unconsuming fire.
\u2018At least by good chance we came at the right hour to
reward you for your patience,\u2019 said Faramir. \u2018This is the
Window of the Sunset, Henneth Annu\u02c6n, fairest of all the falls
of Ithilien, land of many fountains. Few strangers have ever
seen it. But there is no kingly hall behind to match it. Enter
now and see!\u2019
Even as he spoke the sun sank, and the fire faded in the
flowing water. They turned and passed under the low forbidding arch. At once they found themselves in a rock-chamber,
wide and rough, with an uneven stooping roof. A few torches
were kindled and cast a dim light on the glistening walls.
Many men were already there. Others were still coming in
by twos and threes through a dark narrow door on one side.
As their eyes grew accustomed to the gloom the hobbits saw
that the cave was larger than they had guessed and was filled
with great store of arms and victuals.
\u2018Well, here is our refuge,\u2019 said Faramir. \u2018Not a place of
great ease, but here you may pass the night in peace. It is dry
at least, and there is food, though no fire. At one time the
water flowed down through this cave and out of the arch, but
its course was changed further up the gorge, by workmen of
old, and the stream sent down in a fall of doubled height over
the rocks far above. All the ways into this grot were then
sealed against the entry of water or aught else, all save one.
There are now but two ways out: that passage yonder by
which you entered blindfold, and through the Windowcurtain into a deep bowl filled with knives of stone. Now rest
a while, until the evening meal is set.\u2019<\/p>\n\n\n\n
882 the two towers
The hobbits were taken to a corner and given a low bed to
lie on, if they wished. Meanwhile men busied themselves
about the cave, quietly and in orderly quickness. Light tables
were taken from the walls and set up on trestles and laden
with gear. This was plain and unadorned for the most part,
but all well and fairly made: round platters, bowls and dishes
of glazed brown clay or turned box-wood, smooth and clean.
Here and there was a cup or basin of polished bronze; and
a goblet of plain silver was set by the Captain\u2019s seat in the
middle of the inmost table.
Faramir went about among the men, questioning each as
he came in, in a soft voice. Some came back from the pursuit
of the Southrons; others, left behind as scouts near the road,
came in latest. All the Southrons had been accounted for,
save only the great mu\u02c6mak: what happened to him none
could say. Of the enemy no movement could be seen; not
even an orc-spy was abroad.
\u2018You saw and heard nothing, Anborn?\u2019 Faramir asked of
the latest comer.
\u2018Well, no, lord,\u2019 said the man. \u2018No Orc at least. But I saw,
or thought I saw, something a little strange. It was getting
deep dusk, when the eyes make things greater than they
should be. So perhaps it may have been no more than a
squirrel.\u2019 Sam pricked up his ears at this. \u2018Yet if so, it was a
black squirrel, and I saw no tail. \u2019Twas like a shadow on the
ground, and it whisked behind a tree-trunk when I drew nigh
and went up aloft as swift as any squirrel could. You will not
have us slay wild beasts for no purpose, and it seemed no
more, so I tried no arrow. It was too dark for sure shooting
anyway, and the creature was gone into the gloom of the
leaves in a twinkling. But I stayed for a while, for it seemed
strange, and then I hastened back. I thought I heard the thing
hiss at me from high above as I turned away. A large squirrel,
maybe. Perhaps under the shadow of the Unnamed some of
the beasts of Mirkwood are wandering hither to our woods.
They have black squirrels there, \u2019tis said.\u2019
\u2018Perhaps,\u2019 said Faramir. \u2018But that would be an ill omen, if
the window on the west 883
it were so. We do not want the escapes of Mirkwood in
Ithilien.\u2019 Sam fancied that he gave a swift glance towards the
hobbits as he spoke; but Sam said nothing. For a while he
and Frodo lay back and watched the torchlight, and the men
moving to and fro speaking in hushed voices. Then suddenly
Frodo fell asleep.
Sam struggled with himself, arguing this way and that. \u2018He
may be all right,\u2019 he thought, \u2018and then he may not. Fair
speech may hide a foul heart.\u2019 He yawned. \u2018I could sleep for
a week, and I\u2019d be better for it. And what can I do, if I do
keep awake, me all alone, and all these great Men about?
Nothing, Sam Gamgee; but you\u2019ve got to keep awake all the
same.\u2019 And somehow he managed it. The light faded from
the cave door, and the grey veil of falling water grew dim and
was lost in gathering shadow. Always the sound of the water
went on, never changing its note, morning or evening or
night. It murmured and whispered of sleep. Sam stuck his
knuckles in his eyes.
Now more torches were being lit. A cask of wine was
broached. Storage barrels were being opened. Men were
fetching water from the fall. Some were laving their hands in
basins. A wide copper bowl and a white cloth were brought
to Faramir and he washed.
\u2018Wake our guests,\u2019 he said, \u2018and take them water. It is time
to eat.\u2019
Frodo sat up and yawned and stretched. Sam, not used to
being waited on, looked with some surprise at the tall man
who bowed, holding a basin of water before him.
\u2018Put it on the ground, master, if you please!\u2019 he said. \u2018Easier
for me and you.\u2019 Then to the astonishment and amusement
of the Men he plunged his head into the cold water and
splashed his neck and ears.
\u2018Is it the custom in your land to wash the head before
supper?\u2019 said the man who waited on the hobbits.
\u2018No, before breakfast,\u2019 said Sam. \u2018But if you\u2019re short
of sleep cold water on the neck\u2019s like rain on a wilted
884 the two towers
lettuce. There! Now I can keep awake long enough to eat
a bit.\u2019
They were led then to seats beside Faramir: barrels covered
with pelts and high enough above the benches of the Men
for their convenience. Before they ate, Faramir and all his
men turned and faced west in a moment of silence. Faramir
signed to Frodo and Sam that they should do likewise.
\u2018So we always do,\u2019 he said, as they sat down: \u2018we look
towards Nu\u00b4menor that was, and beyond to Elvenhome that
is, and to that which is beyond Elvenhome and will ever be.
Have you no such custom at meat?\u2019
\u2018No,\u2019 said Frodo, feeling strangely rustic and untutored.
\u2018But if we are guests, we bow to our host, and after we have
eaten we rise and thank him.\u2019
\u2018That we do also,\u2019 said Faramir.
After so long journeying and camping, and days spent in
the lonely wild, the evening meal seemed a feast to the
hobbits: to drink pale yellow wine, cool and fragrant, and eat
bread and butter, and salted meats, and dried fruits, and good
red cheese, with clean hands and clean knives and plates.
Neither Frodo nor Sam refused anything that was offered,
nor a second, nor indeed a third helping. The wine coursed
in their veins and tired limbs, and they felt glad and easy of
heart as they had not done since they left the land of Lo\u00b4rien.
When all was done Faramir led them to a recess at the
back of the cave, partly screened by curtains; and a chair
and two stools were brought there. A little earthenware lamp
burned in a niche.
\u2018You may soon desire to sleep,\u2019 he said, \u2018and especially
good Samwise, who would not close his eyes before he ate \u2013
whether for fear of blunting the edge of a noble hunger, or
for fear of me, I do not know. But it is not good to sleep too
soon after meat, and that following a fast. Let us talk a while.
On your journey from Rivendell there must have been many
things to tell. And you, too, would perhaps wish to learn
something of us and the lands where you now are. Tell me
the window on the west 885
of Boromir my brother, and of old Mithrandir, and of the
fair people of Lothlo\u00b4rien.\u2019
Frodo no longer felt sleepy and he was willing to talk. But
though the food and wine had put him at his ease, he had
not lost all his caution. Sam was beaming and humming to
himself, but when Frodo spoke he was at first content to
listen, only occasionally venturing to make an exclamation of
agreement.
Frodo told many tales, yet always he steered the matter
away from the quest of the Company and from the Ring,
enlarging rather on the valiant part Boromir had played in all
their adventures, with the wolves of the wild, in the snows
under Caradhras, and in the mines of Moria where Gandalf
fell. Faramir was most moved by the story of the fight on the
bridge.
\u2018It must have irked Boromir to run from Orcs,\u2019 he said, \u2018or
even from the fell thing you name, the Balrog \u2013 even though
he was the last to leave.\u2019
\u2018He was the last,\u2019 said Frodo, \u2018but Aragorn was forced to
lead us. He alone knew the way after Gandalf\u2019s fall. But had
there not been us lesser folk to care for, I do not think that
either he or Boromir would have fled.\u2019
\u2018Maybe, it would have been better had Boromir fallen there
with Mithrandir,\u2019 said Faramir, \u2018and not gone on to the fate
that waited above the falls of Rauros.\u2019
\u2018Maybe. But tell me now of your own fortunes,\u2019 said Frodo,
turning the matter aside once again. \u2018For I would learn more
of Minas Ithil and Osgiliath, and Minas Tirith the longenduring. What hope have you for that city in your long
war?\u2019
\u2018What hope have we?\u2019 said Faramir. \u2018It is long since we
had any hope. The sword of Elendil, if it returns indeed, may
rekindle it, but I do not think that it will do more than put
off the evil day, unless other help unlooked-for also comes,
from Elves or Men. For the Enemy increases and we
decrease. We are a failing people, a springless autumn.
\u2018The Men of Nu\u00b4menor were settled far and wide on the
886 the two towers
shores and seaward regions of the Great Lands, but for the
most part they fell into evils and follies. Many became
enamoured of the Darkness and the black arts; some were
given over wholly to idleness and ease, and some fought
among themselves, until they were conquered in their weakness by the wild men.
\u2018It is not said that evil arts were ever practised in Gondor,
or that the Nameless One was ever named in honour there;
and the old wisdom and beauty brought out of the West
remained long in the realm of the sons of Elendil the Fair,
and they linger there still. Yet even so it was Gondor that
brought about its own decay, falling by degrees into dotage,
and thinking that the Enemy was asleep, who was only
banished not destroyed.
\u2018Death was ever present, because the Nu\u00b4meno\u00b4reans still,
as they had in their old kingdom, and so lost it, hungered
after endless life unchanging. Kings made tombs more splendid than houses of the living, and counted old names in the
rolls of their descent dearer than the names of sons. Childless
lords sat in aged halls musing on heraldry; in secret chambers
withered men compounded strong elixirs, or in high cold
towers asked questions of the stars. And the last king of the
line of Ana\u00b4rion had no heir.
\u2018But the stewards were wiser and more fortunate. Wiser,
for they recruited the strength of our people from the sturdy
folk of the sea-coast, and from the hardy mountaineers of
Ered Nimrais. And they made a truce with the proud peoples
of the North, who often had assailed us, men of fierce valour,
but our kin from afar off, unlike the wild Easterlings or the
cruel Haradrim.
\u2018So it came to pass in the days of Cirion the Twelfth
Steward (and my father is the six and twentieth) that they
rode to our aid and at the great Field of Celebrant they
destroyed our enemies that had seized our northern provinces. These are the Rohirrim, as we name them, masters of
horses, and we ceded to them the fields of Calenardhon that
are since called Rohan; for that province had long been
the window on the west 887
sparsely peopled. And they became our allies, and have ever
proved true to us, aiding us at need, and guarding our northern marches and the Gap of Rohan.
\u2018Of our lore and manners they have learned what they
would, and their lords speak our speech at need; yet for the
most part they hold by the ways of their own fathers and to
their own memories, and they speak among themselves their
own North tongue. And we love them: tall men and fair
women, valiant both alike, golden-haired, bright-eyed, and
strong; they remind us of the youth of Men, as they were in
the Elder Days. Indeed it is said by our lore-masters that they
have from of old this affinity with us that they are come from
those same Three Houses of Men as were the Nu\u00b4meno\u00b4reans
in their beginning; not from Hador the Goldenhaired, the
Elf-friend, maybe, yet from such of his people as went not
over Sea into the West, refusing the call.
\u2018For so we reckon Men in our lore, calling them the
High, or Men of the West, which were Nu\u00b4meno\u00b4reans; and
the Middle Peoples, Men of the Twilight, such as are the
Rohirrim and their kin that dwell still far in the North; and
the Wild, the Men of Darkness.
\u2018Yet now, if the Rohirrim are grown in some ways more
like to us, enhanced in arts and gentleness, we too have
become more like to them, and can scarce claim any longer
the title High. We are become Middle Men, of the Twilight,
but with memory of other things. For as the Rohirrim do, we
now love war and valour as things good in themselves, both a
sport and an end; and though we still hold that a warrior should
have more skills and knowledge than only the craft of weapons
and slaying, we esteem a warrior, nonetheless, above men of
other crafts. Such is the need of our days. So even was my
brother, Boromir: a man of prowess, and for that he was
accounted the best man in Gondor. And very valiant indeed
he was: no heir ofMinas Tirith has for long years been so hardy
in toil, so onward into battle, or blown a mightier note on the
Great Horn.\u2019 Faramir sighed and fell silent for a while.<\/p>\n\n\n\n
888 the two towers
\u2018You don\u2019t say much in all your tales about the Elves, sir,\u2019
said Sam, suddenly plucking up courage. He had noted that
Faramir seemed to refer to Elves with reverence, and this
even more than his courtesy, and his food and wine, had won
Sam\u2019s respect and quieted his suspicions.
\u2018No indeed, Master Samwise,\u2019 said Faramir, \u2018for I am not
learned in Elven-lore. But there you touch upon another
point in which we have changed, declining from Nu\u00b4menor
to Middle-earth. For as you may know, if Mithrandir was
your companion and you have spoken with Elrond, the
Edain, the Fathers of the Nu\u00b4meno\u00b4reans, fought beside the
Elves in the first wars, and were rewarded by the gift of
the kingdom in the midst of the Sea, within sight of Elvenhome. But in Middle-earth Men and Elves became estranged
in the days of darkness, by the arts of the Enemy, and by the
slow changes of time in which each kind walked further down
their sundered roads. Men now fear and misdoubt the Elves,
and yet know little of them. And we of Gondor grow like
other Men, like the men of Rohan; for even they, who are
foes of the Dark Lord, shun the Elves and speak of the
Golden Wood with dread.
\u2018Yet there are among us still some who have dealings with
the Elves when they may, and ever and anon one will go in
secret to Lo\u00b4rien, seldom to return. Not I. For I deem it
perilous now for mortal man wilfully to seek out the Elder
People. Yet I envy you that have spoken with the White
Lady.\u2019
\u2018The Lady of Lo\u00b4rien! Galadriel!\u2019 cried Sam. \u2018You should
see her, indeed you should, sir. I am only a hobbit, and
gardening\u2019s my job at home, sir, if you understand me, and
I\u2019m not much good at poetry \u2013 not at making it: a bit of a
comic rhyme, perhaps, now and again, you know, but not
real poetry \u2013 so I can\u2019t tell you what I mean. It ought to be
sung. You\u2019d have to get Strider, Aragorn that is, or old Mr.
Bilbo, for that. But I wish I could make a song about her.
Beautiful she is, sir! Lovely! Sometimes like a great tree in
flower, sometimes like a white daffadowndilly, small and
the window on the west 889
slender like. Hard as di\u2019monds, soft as moonlight. Warm as
sunlight, cold as frost in the stars. Proud and far-off as a
snow-mountain, and as merry as any lass I ever saw with
daisies in her hair in springtime. But that\u2019s a lot o\u2019 nonsense,
and all wide of my mark.\u2019
\u2018Then she must be lovely indeed,\u2019 said Faramir. \u2018Perilously
fair.\u2019
\u2018I don\u2019t know about perilous,\u2019 said Sam. \u2018It strikes me that
folk takes their peril with them into Lo\u00b4rien, and finds it there
because they\u2019ve brought it. But perhaps you could call her
perilous, because she\u2019s so strong in herself. You, you could
dash yourself to pieces on her, like a ship on a rock; or drownd
yourself, like a hobbit in a river. But neither rock nor river
would be to blame. Now Boro\u2014\u2014\u2019 He stopped and went
red in the face.
\u2018Yes? Now Boromir you would say?\u2019 said Faramir. \u2018What
would you say? He took his peril with him?\u2019
\u2018Yes sir, begging your pardon, and a fine man as your
brother was, if I may say so. But you\u2019ve been warm on the
scent all along. Now I watched Boromir and listened to him,
from Rivendell all down the road \u2013 looking after my master,
as you\u2019ll understand, and not meaning any harm to Boromir
\u2013 and it\u2019s my opinion that in Lo\u00b4rien he first saw clearly what
I guessed sooner: what he wanted. From the moment he first
saw it he wanted the Enemy\u2019s Ring!\u2019
\u2018Sam!\u2019 cried Frodo aghast. He had fallen deep into his own
thoughts for a while, and came out of them suddenly and too
late.
\u2018Save me!\u2019 said Sam turning white, and then flushing
scarlet. \u2018There I go again! When ever you open your big mouth
you put your foot in it the Gaffer used to say to me, and right
enough. O dear, O dear!
\u2018Now look here, sir!\u2019 He turned, facing up to Faramir
with all the courage that he could muster. \u2018Don\u2019t you go
taking advantage of my master because his servant\u2019s no better
than a fool. You\u2019ve spoken very handsome all along, put
me off my guard, talking of Elves and all. But handsome
890 the two towers
is as handsome does we say. Now\u2019s a chance to show your
quality.\u2019
\u2018So it seems,\u2019 said Faramir, slowly and very softly, with a
strange smile. \u2018So that is the answer to all the riddles! The
One Ring that was thought to have perished from the world.
And Boromir tried to take it by force? And you escaped?
And ran all the way \u2013 to me! And here in the wild I have you:
two halflings, and a host of men at my call, and the Ring of
Rings. A pretty stroke of fortune! A chance for Faramir,
Captain of Gondor, to show his quality! Ha!\u2019 He stood up,
very tall and stern, his grey eyes glinting.
Frodo and Sam sprang from their stools and set themselves
side by side with their backs to the wall, fumbling for their
sword-hilts. There was a silence. All the men in the cave
stopped talking and looked towards them in wonder. But
Faramir sat down again in his chair and began to laugh
quietly, and then suddenly became grave again.
\u2018Alas for Boromir! It was too sore a trial!\u2019 he said. \u2018How
you have increased my sorrow, you two strange wanderers
from a far country, bearing the peril of Men! But you are less
judges of Men than I of Halflings. We are truth-speakers, we
men of Gondor. We boast seldom, and then perform, or die
in the attempt. Not if I found it on the highway would I take it
I said. Even if I were such a man as to desire this thing, and
even though I knew not clearly what this thing was when I
spoke, still I should take those words as a vow, and be held
by them.
\u2018But I am not such a man. Or I am wise enough to know
that there are some perils from which a man must flee. Sit at
peace! And be comforted, Samwise. If you seem to have
stumbled, think that it was fated to be so. Your heart is
shrewd as well as faithful, and saw clearer than your eyes.
For strange though it may seem, it was safe to declare this to
me. It may even help the master that you love. It shall turn
to his good, if it is in my power. So be comforted. But do
not even name this thing again aloud. Once is enough.\u2019<\/p>\n\n\n\n
the window on the west 891
The hobbits came back to their seats and sat very quiet.
Men turned back to their drink and their talk, perceiving that
their captain had had some jest or other with the little guests,
and that it was over.
\u2018Well, Frodo, now at last we understand one another,\u2019 said
Faramir. \u2018If you took this thing on yourself, unwilling, at
others\u2019 asking, then you have pity and honour from me. And
I marvel at you: to keep it hid and not to use it. You are a
new people and a new world to me. Are all your kin of like
sort? Your land must be a realm of peace and content, and
there must gardeners be in high honour.\u2019
\u2018Not all is well there,\u2019 said Frodo, \u2018but certainly gardeners
are honoured.\u2019
\u2018But folk must grow weary there, even in their gardens, as
do all things under the Sun of this world. And you are far
from home and wayworn. No more tonight. Sleep, both of
you \u2013 in peace, if you can. Fear not! I do not wish to see it,
or touch it, or know more of it than I know (which is enough),
lest peril perchance waylay me and I fall lower in the test
than Frodo son of Drogo. Go now to rest \u2013 but first tell me
only, if you will, whither you wish to go, and what to do. For
I must watch, and wait, and think. Time passes. In the morning we must each go swiftly on the ways appointed to us.\u2019
Frodo had felt himself trembling as the first shock of fear
passed. Now a great weariness came down on him like a
cloud. He could dissemble and resist no longer.
\u2018I was going to find a way into Mordor,\u2019 he said faintly. \u2018I
was going to Gorgoroth. I must find the Mountain of Fire
and cast the thing into the gulf of Doom. Gandalf said so.
I do not think I shall ever get there.\u2019
Faramir stared at him for a moment in grave astonishment.
Then suddenly he caught him as he swayed, and lifting him
gently, carried him to the bed and laid him there, and covered
him warmly. At once he fell into a deep sleep.
Another bed was set beside him for his servant. Sam hesitated for a moment, then bowing very low: \u2018Good night,
Captain, my lord,\u2019 he said. \u2018You took the chance, sir.\u2019
892 the two towers
\u2018Did I so?\u2019 said Faramir.
\u2018Yes sir, and showed your quality: the very highest.\u2019
Faramir smiled. \u2018A pert servant, Master Samwise. But nay:
the praise of the praiseworthy is above all rewards. Yet there
was naught in this to praise. I had no lure or desire to do
other than I have done.\u2019
\u2018Ah well, sir,\u2019 said Sam, \u2018you said my master had an Elvish
air; and that was good and true. But I can say this: you have
an air too, sir, that reminds me of, of \u2013 well, Gandalf, of
wizards.\u2019
\u2018Maybe,\u2019 said Faramir. \u2018Maybe you discern from far away
the air of Nu\u00b4menor. Good night!\u2019
Chapter 6
THE FORBIDDEN POOL
Frodo woke to find Faramir bending over him. For a second
old fears seized him and he sat up and shrank away.
\u2018There is nothing to fear,\u2019 said Faramir.
\u2018Is it morning already?\u2019 said Frodo yawning.
\u2018Not yet, but night is drawing to an end, and the full moon
is setting. Will you come and see it? Also there is a matter on
which I desire your counsel. I am sorry to rouse you from
sleep, but will you come?\u2019
\u2018I will,\u2019 said Frodo, rising and shivering a little as he left
the warm blanket and pelts. It seemed cold in the fireless
cave. The noise of the water was loud in the stillness. He put
on his cloak and followed Faramir.
Sam, waking suddenly by some instinct of watchfulness,
saw first his master\u2019s empty bed and leapt to his feet. Then
he saw two dark figures, Frodo and a man, framed against
the archway, which was now filled with a pale white light. He
hurried after them, past rows of men sleeping on mattresses
along the wall. As he went by the cave-mouth he saw that the
Curtain was now become a dazzling veil of silk and pearls
and silver thread: melting icicles of moonlight. But he did not
pause to admire it, and turning aside he followed his master
through the narrow doorway in the wall of the cave.
They went first along a black passage, then up many wet
steps, and so came to a small flat landing cut in the stone and
lit by the pale sky, gleaming high above through a long deep
shaft. From here two flights of steps led: one going on, as it
seemed, up on to the high bank of the stream; the other
turning away to the left. This they followed. It wound its way
up like a turret-stair.<\/p>\n\n\n\n
894 the two towers
At last they came out of the stony darkness and looked
about. They were on a wide flat rock without rail or parapet.
At their right, eastwards, the torrent fell, splashing over many
terraces, and then, pouring down a steep race, it filled a
smooth-hewn channel with a dark force of water flecked with
foam, and curling and rushing almost at their feet it plunged
sheer over the edge that yawned upon their left. A man stood
there, near the brink, silent, gazing down.
Frodo turned to watch the sleek necks of the water as they
curved and dived. Then he lifted his eyes and gazed far away.
The world was quiet and cold, as if dawn were near. Far
off in the West the full moon was sinking, round and white.
Pale mists shimmered in the great vale below: a wide gulf of
silver fume, beneath which rolled the cool night-waters of the
Anduin. A black darkness loomed beyond, and in it glinted,
here and there, cold, sharp, remote, white as the teeth of
ghosts, the peaks of Ered Nimrais, the White Mountains of
the realm of Gondor, tipped with everlasting snow.
For a while Frodo stood there on the high stone, and a
shiver ran through him, wondering if anywhere in the vastness of the nightlands his old companions walked or slept, or
lay dead shrouded in mist. Why was he brought here out of
forgetful sleep?
Sam was eager for an answer to the same question and
could not refrain himself from muttering, for his master\u2019s ear
alone as he thought: \u2018It\u2019s a fine view, no doubt, Mr. Frodo,
but chilly to the heart, not to mention the bones! What\u2019s
going on?\u2019
Faramir heard and answered. \u2018Moonset over Gondor. Fair
Ithil, as he goes from Middle-earth, glances upon the white
locks of old Mindolluin. It is worth a few shivers. But that is
not what I brought you to see \u2013 though as for you, Samwise,
you were not brought, and do but pay the penalty of your
watchfulness. A draught of wine shall amend it. Come, look
now!\u2019
He stepped up beside the silent sentinel on the dark edge,
and Frodo followed. Sam hung back. He already felt insecure
the forbidden pool 895
enough on this high wet platform. Faramir and Frodo looked
down. Far below them they saw the white waters pour into a
foaming bowl, and then swirl darkly about a deep oval basin
in the rocks, until they found their way out again through a
narrow gate, and flowed away, fuming and chattering, into
calmer and more level reaches. The moonlight still slanted
down to the fall\u2019s foot and gleamed on the ripples of the
basin. Presently Frodo was aware of a small dark thing on
the near bank, but even as he looked at it, it dived and
vanished just beyond the boil and bubble of the fall, cleaving
the black water as neatly as an arrow or an edgewise stone.
Faramir turned to the man at his side. \u2018Now what would
you say that it is, Anborn? A squirrel, or a kingfisher? Are
there black kingfishers in the night-pools of Mirkwood?\u2019
\u2018\u2019Tis not a bird, whatever else it be,\u2019 answered Anborn. \u2018It
has four limbs and dives manwise; a pretty mastery of the
craft it shows, too. What is it at? Seeking a way up behind
the Curtain to our hidings? It seems we are discovered at last.
I have my bow here, and I have posted other archers, nigh
as good marksmen as myself, on either bank. We wait only
for your command to shoot, Captain.\u2019
\u2018Shall we shoot?\u2019 said Faramir, turning quickly to Frodo.
Frodo did not answer for a moment. Then \u2018No!\u2019 he said.
\u2018No! I beg you not to.\u2019 If Sam had dared, he would have said
\u2018Yes,\u2019 quicker and louder. He could not see, but he guessed
well enough from their words what they were looking at.
\u2018You know, then, what this thing is?\u2019 said Faramir. \u2018Come,
now you have seen, tell me why it should be spared. In all
our words together you have not once spoken of your gangrel
companion, and I let him be for the time. He could wait till
he was caught and brought before me. I sent my keenest
huntsmen to seek him, but he slipped them, and they had
no sight of him till now, save Anborn here, once at dusk
yesterevening. But now he has done worse trespass than only
to go coney-snaring in the uplands: he has dared to come to
Henneth Annu\u02c6n, and his life is forfeit. I marvel at the creature: so secret and so sly as he is, to come sporting in the
896 the two towers
pool before our very window. Does he think that men sleep
without watch all night? Why does he so?\u2019
\u2018There are two answers, I think,\u2019 said Frodo. \u2018For one
thing, he knows little of Men, and sly though he is, your
refuge is so hidden that perhaps he does not know that Men
are concealed here. For another, I think he is allured here by
a mastering desire, stronger than his caution.\u2019
\u2018He is lured here, you say?\u2019 said Faramir in a low voice.
\u2018Can he, does he then know of your burden?\u2019
\u2018Indeed yes. He bore it himself for many years.\u2019
\u2018He bore it?\u2019 said Faramir, breathing sharply in his wonder.
\u2018This matter winds itself ever in new riddles. Then he is
pursuing it?\u2019
\u2018Maybe. It is precious to him. But I did not speak of that.\u2019
\u2018What then does the creature seek?\u2019
\u2018Fish,\u2019 said Frodo. \u2018Look!\u2019
They peered down at the dark pool. A little black head
appeared at the far end of the basin, just out of the deep
shadow of the rocks. There was a brief silver glint, and a
swirl of tiny ripples. It swam to the side, and then with marvellous agility a froglike figure climbed out of the water and
up the bank. At once it sat down and began to gnaw at the
small silver thing that glittered as it turned: the last rays of
the moon were now falling behind the stony wall at the pool\u2019s
end.
Faramir laughed softly. \u2018Fish!\u2019 he said. \u2018It is a less perilous
hunger. Or maybe not: fish from the pool of Henneth Annu\u02c6n
may cost him all he has to give.\u2019
\u2018Now I have him at the arrow-point,\u2019 said Anborn. \u2018Shall
I not shoot, Captain? For coming unbidden to this place
death is our law.\u2019
\u2018Wait, Anborn,\u2019 said Faramir. \u2018This is a harder matter than
it seems. What have you to say now, Frodo? Why should we
spare?\u2019
\u2018The creature is wretched and hungry,\u2019 said Frodo, \u2018and
unaware of his danger. And Gandalf, your Mithrandir, he
the forbidden pool 897
would have bidden you not to slay him for that reason, and
for others. He forbade the Elves to do so. I do not
know clearly why, and of what I guess I cannot speak openly
out here. But this creature is in some way bound up with
my errand. Until you found us and took us, he was my
guide.\u2019
\u2018Your guide!\u2019 said Faramir. \u2018The matter becomes ever
stranger. I would do much for you, Frodo, but this I cannot
grant: to let this sly wanderer go free at his own will from
here, to join you later if it please him, or to be caught by orcs
and tell all he knows under threat of pain. He must be slain
or taken. Slain, if he be not taken very swiftly. But how
can this slippery thing of many guises be caught, save by a
feathered shaft?\u2019
\u2018Let me go down quietly to him,\u2019 said Frodo. \u2018You may
keep your bows bent, and shoot me at least, if I fail. I shall
not run away.\u2019
\u2018Go then and be swift!\u2019 said Faramir. \u2018If he comes off alive,
he should be your faithful servant for the rest of his unhappy
days. Lead Frodo down to the bank, Anborn, and go softly.
The thing has a nose and ears. Give me your bow.\u2019
Anborn grunted and led the way down the winding stair
to the landing, and then up the other stair, until at last they
came to a narrow opening shrouded with thick bushes. Passing silently through, Frodo found himself on the top of the
southern bank above the pool. It was now dark and the falls
were pale and grey, reflecting only the lingering moonlight of
the western sky. He could not see Gollum. He went forward
a short way and Anborn came softly behind him.
\u2018Go on!\u2019 he breathed in Frodo\u2019s ear. \u2018Have a care to your
right. If you fall in the pool, then no one but your fishing
friend can help you. And forget not that there are bowmen
near at hand, though you may not see them.\u2019
Frodo crept forward, using his hands Gollum-like to feel
his way and to steady himself. The rocks were for the most
part flat and smooth but slippery. He halted listening. At first
he could hear no sound but the unceasing rush of the fall
898 the two towers
behind him. Then presently he heard, not far ahead, a hissing
murmur.
\u2018Fissh, nice fissh. White Face has vanished, my precious,
at last, yes. Now we can eat fish in peace. No, not in peace,
precious. For Precious is lost; yes, lost. Dirty hobbits, nasty
hobbits. Gone and left us, gollum; and Precious is gone. Only
poor Sme\u00b4agol all alone. No Precious. Nasty Men, they\u2019ll take
it, steal my Precious. Thieves. We hates them. Fissh, nice
fissh. Makes us strong. Makes eyes bright, fingers tight, yes.
Throttle them, precious. Throttle them all, yes, if we gets
chances. Nice fissh. Nice fissh!\u2019
So it went on, almost as unceasing as the waterfall, only
interrupted by a faint noise of slavering and gurgling. Frodo
shivered, listening with pity and disgust. He wished it would
stop, and that he never need hear that voice again. Anborn
was not far behind. He could creep back and ask him to
get the huntsmen to shoot. They would probably get close
enough, while Gollum was gorging and off his guard. Only
one true shot, and Frodo would be rid of the miserable voice
for ever. But no, Gollum had a claim on him now. The
servant has a claim on the master for service, even service in
fear. They would have foundered in the Dead Marshes but
for Gollum. Frodo knew, too, somehow, quite clearly that
Gandalf would not have wished it.
\u2018Sme\u00b4agol!\u2019 he said softly.
\u2018Fissh, nice fissh,\u2019 said the voice.
\u2018Sme\u00b4agol!\u2019 he said, a little louder. The voice stopped.
\u2018Sme\u00b4agol, Master has come to look for you. Master is here.
Come, Sme\u00b4agol!\u2019 There was no answer but a soft hiss, as of
intaken breath.
\u2018Come, Sme\u00b4agol!\u2019 said Frodo. \u2018We are in danger. Men will
kill you, if they find you here. Come quickly, if you wish to
escape death. Come to Master!\u2019
\u2018No!\u2019 said the voice. \u2018Not nice Master. Leaves poor Sme\u00b4agol and goes with new friends. Master can wait. Sme\u00b4agol
hasn\u2019t finished.\u2019
\u2018There\u2019s no time,\u2019 said Frodo. \u2018Bring fish with you. Come!\u2019
the forbidden pool 899
\u2018No! Must finish fish.\u2019
\u2018Sme\u00b4agol!\u2019 said Frodo desperately. \u2018Precious will be angry.
I shall take Precious, and I shall say: make him swallow the
bones and choke. Never taste fish again. Come, Precious is
waiting!\u2019
There was a sharp hiss. Presently out of the darkness
Gollum came crawling on all fours, like an erring dog called
to heel. He had a half-eaten fish in his mouth and another in
his hand. He came close to Frodo, almost nose to nose, and
sniffed at him. His pale eyes were shining. Then he took the
fish out of his mouth and stood up.
\u2018Nice Master!\u2019 he whispered. \u2018Nice hobbit, come back
to poor Sme\u00b4agol. Good Sme\u00b4agol comes. Now let\u2019s go, go
quickly, yes. Through the trees, while the Faces are dark.
Yes, come, let\u2019s go!\u2019
\u2018Yes, we\u2019ll go soon,\u2019 said Frodo. \u2018But not at once. I will go
with you as I promised. I promise again. But not now. You
are not safe yet. I will save you, but you must trust me.\u2019
\u2018We must trust Master?\u2019 said Gollum doubtfully. \u2018Why?
Why not go at once? Where is the other one, the cross rude
hobbit? Where is he?\u2019
\u2018Away up there,\u2019 said Frodo, pointing to the waterfall. \u2018I
am not going without him. We must go back to him.\u2019 His
heart sank. This was too much like trickery. He did not really
fear that Faramir would allow Gollum to be killed, but he
would probably make him prisoner and bind him; and certainly what Frodo did would seem a treachery to the poor
treacherous creature. It would probably be impossible ever
to make him understand or believe that Frodo had saved his
life in the only way he could. What else could he do? \u2013 to
keep faith, as near as might be, with both sides. \u2018Come!\u2019 he
said. \u2018Or the Precious will be angry. We are going back now,
up the stream. Go on, go on, you go in front!\u2019
Gollum crawled along close to the brink for a little way,
snuffling and suspicious. Presently he stopped and raised his
head. \u2018Something\u2019s there!\u2019 he said. \u2018Not a hobbit.\u2019 Suddenly
he turned back. A green light was flickering in his bulging
900 the two towers
eyes. \u2018Masster, masster!\u2019 he hissed. \u2018Wicked! Tricksy! False!\u2019
He spat and stretched out his long arms with white snapping
fingers.
At that moment the great black shape of Anborn loomed
up behind him and came down on him. A large strong hand
took him in the nape of the neck and pinned him. He twisted
round like lightning, all wet and slimy as he was, wriggling
like an eel, biting and scratching like a cat. But two more men
came up out of the shadows.
\u2018Hold still!\u2019 said one. \u2018Or we\u2019ll stick you as full of pins as a
hedgehog. Hold still!\u2019
Gollum went limp, and began to whine and weep. They
tied him, none too gently.
\u2018Easy, easy!\u2019 said Frodo. \u2018He has no strength to match you.
Don\u2019t hurt him, if you can help it. He\u2019ll be quieter, if you
don\u2019t. Sme\u00b4agol! They won\u2019t hurt you. I\u2019ll go with you, and
you shall come to no harm. Not unless they kill me too. Trust
Master!\u2019
Gollum turned and spat at him. The men picked him up,
put a hood over his eyes, and carried him off.
Frodo followed them, feeling very wretched. They went
through the opening behind the bushes, and back, down the
stairs and passages, into the cave. Two or three torches had
been lit. Men were stirring. Sam was there, and he gave a
queer look at the limp bundle that the men carried. \u2018Got
him?\u2019 he said to Frodo.
\u2018Yes. Well no, I didn\u2019t get him. He came to me, because he
trusted me at first, I\u2019m afraid. I did not want him tied up like
this. I hope it will be all right; but I hate the whole business.\u2019
\u2018So do I,\u2019 said Sam. \u2018And nothing will ever be all right
where that piece of misery is.\u2019
A man came and beckoned to the hobbits, and took them
to the recess at the back of the cave. Faramir was sitting there
in his chair, and the lamp had been rekindled in its niche
above his head. He signed to them to sit down on the stools
beside him. \u2018Bring wine for the guests,\u2019 he said. \u2018And bring
the prisoner to me.\u2019
the forbidden pool 901
The wine was brought, and then Anborn came carrying
Gollum. He removed the cover from Gollum\u2019s head and set
him on his feet, standing behind him to support him. Gollum
blinked, hooding the malice of his eyes with their heavy pale
lids. A very miserable creature he looked, dripping and dank,
smelling of fish (he still clutched one in his hand); his sparse
locks were hanging like rank weed over his bony brows, his
nose was snivelling.
\u2018Loose us! Loose us!\u2019 he said. \u2018The cord hurts us, yes it
does, it hurts us, and we\u2019ve done nothing.\u2019
\u2018Nothing?\u2019 said Faramir, looking at the wretched creature
with a keen glance, but without any expression in his face
either of anger, or pity, or wonder. \u2018Nothing? Have you never
done anything worthy of binding or of worse punishment?
However, that is not for me to judge, happily. But tonight
you have come where it is death to come. The fish of this
pool are dearly bought.\u2019
Gollum dropped the fish from his hand. \u2018Don\u2019t want fish,\u2019
he said.
\u2018The price is not set on the fish,\u2019 said Faramir. \u2018Only to
come here and look on the pool bears the penalty of death. I
have spared you so far at the prayer of Frodo here, who says
that of him at least you have deserved some thanks. But you
must also satisfy me. What is your name? Whence do you
come? And whither do you go? What is your business?\u2019
\u2018We are lost, lost,\u2019 said Gollum. \u2018No name, no business,
no Precious, nothing. Only empty. Only hungry; yes, we are
hungry. A few little fishes, nasty bony little fishes, for a poor
creature, and they say death. So wise they are; so just, so very
just.\u2019
\u2018Not very wise,\u2019 said Faramir. \u2018But just: yes perhaps, as
just as our little wisdom allows. Unloose him Frodo!\u2019 Faramir
took a small nail-knife from his belt and handed it to Frodo.
Gollum misunderstanding the gesture, squealed and fell
down.
\u2018Now, Sme\u00b4agol!\u2019 said Frodo. \u2018You must trust me. I will not
desert you. Answer truthfully, if you can. It will do you good
902 the two towers
not harm.\u2019 He cut the cords on Gollum\u2019s wrists and ankles
and raised him to his feet.
\u2018Come hither!\u2019 said Faramir. \u2018Look at me! Do you know
the name of this place? Have you been here before?\u2019
Slowly Gollum raised his eyes and looked unwillingly into
Faramir\u2019s. All light went out of them, and they stared bleak
and pale for a moment into the clear unwavering eyes of the
man of Gondor. There was a still silence. Then Gollum
dropped his head and shrank down, until he was squatting
on the floor, shivering. \u2018We doesn\u2019t know and we doesn\u2019t
want to know,\u2019 he whimpered. \u2018Never came here; never come
again.\u2019
\u2018There are locked doors and closed windows in your mind,
and dark rooms behind them,\u2019 said Faramir. \u2018But in this I
judge that you speak the truth. It is well for you. What oath
will you swear never to return; and never to lead any living
creature hither by word or sign?\u2019
\u2018Master knows,\u2019 said Gollum with a sidelong glance at
Frodo. \u2018Yes, he knows. We will promise Master, if he saves
us. We\u2019ll promise to It, yes.\u2019 He crawled to Frodo\u2019s feet. \u2018Save
us, nice Master!\u2019 he whined. \u2018Sme\u00b4agol promises to Precious,
promises faithfully. Never come again, never speak, no never!
No, precious, no!\u2019
\u2018Are you satisfied?\u2019 said Faramir.
\u2018Yes,\u2019 said Frodo. \u2018At least, you must either accept this
promise or carry out your law. You will get no more. But I
promised that if he came to me, he should not be harmed.
And I would not be proved faithless.\u2019
Faramir sat for a moment in thought. \u2018Very good,\u2019 he said
at last. \u2018I surrender you to your master, to Frodo son of
Drogo. Let him declare what he will do with you!\u2019
\u2018But, Lord Faramir,\u2019 said Frodo bowing, \u2018you have not yet
declared your will concerning the said Frodo, and until that
is made known, he cannot shape his plans for himself or
his companions. Your judgement was postponed until the
morning; but that is now at hand.\u2019
the forbidden pool 903
\u2018Then I will declare my doom,\u2019 said Faramir. \u2018As for you,
Frodo, in so far as lies in me under higher authority, I declare
you free in the realm of Gondor to the furthest of its ancient
bounds; save only that neither you nor any that go with you
have leave to come to this place unbidden. This doom shall
stand for a year and a day, and then cease, unless you shall
before that term come to Minas Tirith and present yourself
to the Lord and Steward of the City. Then I will entreat him
to confirm what I have done and to make it lifelong. In the
meantime, whomsoever you take under your protection shall
be under my protection and under the shield of Gondor. Are
you answered?\u2019
Frodo bowed low. \u2018I am answered,\u2019 he said, \u2018and I place
myself at your service, if that is of any worth to one so high
and honourable.\u2019
\u2018It is of great worth,\u2019 said Faramir. \u2018And now, do you take
this creature, this Sme\u00b4agol, under your protection?\u2019
\u2018I do take Sme\u00b4agol under my protection,\u2019 said Frodo. Sam
sighed audibly; and not at the courtesies, of which, as any
hobbit would, he thoroughly approved. Indeed in the Shire
such a matter would have required a great many more words
and bows.
\u2018Then I say to you,\u2019 said Faramir, turning to Gollum, \u2018you
are under doom of death; but while you walk with Frodo you
are safe for our part. Yet if ever you be found by any man of
Gondor astray without him, the doom shall fall. And may
death find you swiftly, within Gondor or without, if you do
not well serve him. Now answer me: whither would you go?
You were his guide, he says. Whither were you leading him?\u2019
Gollum made no reply.
\u2018This I will not have secret,\u2019 said Faramir. \u2018Answer me, or
I will reverse my judgement!\u2019 Still Gollum did not answer.
\u2018I will answer for him,\u2019 said Frodo. \u2018He brought me to the
Black Gate, as I asked; but it was impassable.\u2019
\u2018There is no open gate into the Nameless Land,\u2019 said
Faramir.
\u2018Seeing this, we turned aside and came by the Southward
904 the two towers
road,\u2019 Frodo continued; \u2018for he said that there is, or there
may be, a path near to Minas Ithil.\u2019
\u2018Minas Morgul,\u2019 said Faramir.
\u2018I do not know clearly,\u2019 said Frodo; \u2018but the path climbs, I
think, up into the mountains on the northern side of that vale
where the old city stands. It goes up to a high cleft and so
down to \u2013 that which is beyond.\u2019
\u2018Do you know the name of that high pass?\u2019 said Faramir.
\u2018No,\u2019 said Frodo.
\u2018It is called Cirith Ungol.\u2019 Gollum hissed sharply and began
muttering to himself. \u2018Is not that its name?\u2019 said Faramir
turning to him.
\u2018No!\u2019 said Gollum, and then he squealed, as if something
had stabbed him. \u2018Yes, yes, we heard the name once. But
what does the name matter to us? Master says he must get
in. So we must try some way. There is no other way to try,
no.\u2019
\u2018No other way?\u2019 said Faramir. \u2018How do you know that?
And who has explored all the confines of that dark realm?\u2019
He looked long and thoughtfully at Gollum. Presently he
spoke again. \u2018Take this creature away, Anborn. Treat him
gently, but watch him. And do not you, Sme\u00b4agol, try to dive
into the falls. The rocks have such teeth there as would slay
you before your time. Leave us now and take your fish!\u2019
Anborn went out and Gollum went cringing before him.
The curtain was drawn across the recess.
\u2018Frodo, I think you do very unwisely in this,\u2019 said Faramir.
\u2018I do not think you should go with this creature. It is wicked.\u2019
\u2018No, not altogether wicked,\u2019 said Frodo.
\u2018Not wholly, perhaps,\u2019 said Faramir; \u2018but malice eats it like
a canker, and the evil is growing. He will lead you to no good.
If you will part with him, I will give him safe-conduct and
guidance to any point on the borders of Gondor that he may
name.\u2019
\u2018He would not take it,\u2019 said Frodo. \u2018He would follow after
me as he long has done. And I have promised many times to
the forbidden pool 905
take him under my protection and to go where he led. You
would not ask me to break faith with him?\u2019
\u2018No,\u2019 said Faramir. \u2018But my heart would. For it seems less
evil to counsel another man to break troth than to do so
oneself, especially if one sees a friend bound unwitting to his
own harm. But no \u2013 if he will go with you, you must now
endure him. But I do not think you are holden to go to Cirith
Ungol, of which he has told you less than he knows. That
much I perceived clearly in his mind. Do not go to Cirith
Ungol!\u2019
\u2018Where then shall I go?\u2019 said Frodo. \u2018Back to the Black
Gate and deliver myself up to the guard? What do you know
against this place that makes its name so dreadful?\u2019
\u2018Nothing certain,\u2019 said Faramir. \u2018We of Gondor do not
ever pass east of the Road in these days, and none of us
younger men has ever done so, nor has any of us set foot
upon the Mountains of Shadow. Of them we know only old
report and the rumour of bygone days. But there is some
dark terror that dwells in the passes above Minas Morgul. If
Cirith Ungol is named, old men and masters of lore will
blanch and fall silent.
\u2018The valley of Minas Morgul passed into evil very long
ago, and it was a menace and a dread while the banished
Enemy dwelt yet far away, and Ithilien was still for the most
part in our keeping. As you know, that city was once a strong
place, proud and fair, Minas Ithil, the twin sister of our own
city. But it was taken by fell men whom the Enemy in his
first strength had dominated, and who wandered homeless
and masterless after his fall. It is said that their lords were
men of Nu\u00b4menor who had fallen into dark wickedness; to
them the Enemy had given rings of power, and he had devoured them: living ghosts they were become, terrible and
evil. After his going they took Minas Ithil and dwelt there,
and they filled it, and all the valley about, with decay: it
seemed empty and was not so, for a shapeless fear lived
within the ruined walls. Nine Lords there were, and after the
return of their Master, which they aided and prepared in
906 the two towers
secret, they grew strong again. Then the Nine Riders issued
forth from the gates of horror, and we could not withstand
them. Do not approach their citadel. You will be espied. It is
a place of sleepless malice, full of lidless eyes. Do not go that
way!\u2019
\u2018But where else will you direct me?\u2019 said Frodo. \u2018You
cannot yourself, you say, guide me to the mountains, nor
over them. But over the mountains I am bound, by solemn
undertaking to the Council, to find a way or perish in the
seeking. And if I turn back, refusing the road in its bitter
end, where then shall I go among Elves or Men? Would you
have me come to Gondor with this Thing, the Thing that
drove your brother mad with desire? What spell would it
work in Minas Tirith? Shall there be two cities of Minas
Morgul, grinning at each other across a dead land filled with
rottenness?\u2019
\u2018I would not have it so,\u2019 said Faramir.
\u2018Then what would you have me do?\u2019
\u2018I know not. Only I would not have you go to death or to
torment. And I do not think that Mithrandir would have
chosen this way.\u2019
\u2018Yet since he is gone, I must take such paths as I can find.
And there is no time for long searching,\u2019 said Frodo.
\u2018It is a hard doom and a hopeless errand,\u2019 said Faramir.
\u2018But at the least, remember my warning: beware of this guide,
Sme\u00b4agol. He has done murder before now. I read it in him.\u2019
He sighed.
\u2018Well, so we meet and part, Frodo son of Drogo. You have
no need of soft words: I do not hope to see you again on any
other day under this Sun. But you shall go now with my
blessing upon you, and upon all your people. Rest a little
while food is prepared for you.
\u2018I would gladly learn how this creeping Sme\u00b4agol became
possessed of the Thing of which we speak, and how he lost
it, but I will not trouble you now. If ever beyond hope you
return to the lands of the living and we re-tell our tales, sitting
by a wall in the sun, laughing at old grief, you shall tell me
the forbidden pool 907
then. Until that time, or some other time beyond the vision
of the Seeing-stones of Nu\u00b4menor, farewell!\u2019
He rose and bowed low to Frodo, and drawing the curtain
passed out into the cave.
Chapter 7
JOURNEY TO THE CROSS-ROADS
Frodo and Sam returned to their beds and lay there in silence
resting for a little, while men bestirred themselves and the
business of the day began. After a while water was brought
to them, and then they were led to a table where food was
set for three. Faramir broke his fast with them. He had not
slept since the battle on the day before, yet he did not look
weary.
When they had finished they stood up. \u2018May no hunger
trouble you on the road,\u2019 said Faramir. \u2018You have little provision, but some small store of food fit for travellers I have
ordered to be stowed in your packs. You will have no lack of
water as you walk in Ithilien, but do not drink of any stream
that flows from Imlad Morgul, the Valley of Living Death.
This also I must tell you. My scouts and watchers have
all returned, even some that have crept within sight of the
Morannon. They all find a strange thing. The land is empty.
Nothing is on the road, and no sound of foot, or horn, or
bowstring is anywhere to be heard. A waiting silence broods
above the Nameless Land. I do not know what this portends.
But the time draws swiftly to some great conclusion. Storm
is coming. Hasten while you may! If you are ready, let us go.
The Sun will soon rise above the shadow.\u2019
The hobbits\u2019 packs were brought to them (a little heavier
than they had been), and also two stout staves of polished
wood, shod with iron, and with carven heads through which
ran plaited leathern thongs.
\u2018I have no fitting gifts to give you at our parting,\u2019 said
Faramir; \u2018but take these staves. They may be of service to
those who walk or climb in the wild. The men of the White
Mountains use them; though these have been cut down to
journey to the cross-roads 909
your height and newly shod. They are made of the fair tree
lebethron, beloved of the woodwrights of Gondor, and a virtue
has been set upon them of finding and returning. May that
virtue not wholly fail under the Shadow into which you go!\u2019
The hobbits bowed low. \u2018Most gracious host,\u2019 said Frodo,
\u2018it was said to me by Elrond Halfelven that I should find
friendship upon the way, secret and unlooked for. Certainly
I looked for no such friendship as you have shown. To have
found it turns evil to great good.\u2019
Now they made ready to depart. Gollum was brought out
of some corner or hiding-hole, and he seemed better pleased
with himself than he had been, though he kept close to Frodo
and avoided the glance of Faramir.
\u2018Your guide must be blindfolded,\u2019 said Faramir, \u2018but you
and your servant Samwise I release from this, if you wish.\u2019
Gollum squealed, and squirmed, and clutched at Frodo,
when they came to bind his eyes; and Frodo said: \u2018Blindfold
us all three, and cover up my eyes first, and then perhaps he
will see that no harm is meant.\u2019 This was done, and they were
led from the cave of Henneth Annu\u02c6n. After they had passed
the passages and stairs they felt the cool morning air, fresh
and sweet, about them. Still blind they went on for some little
time, up and then gently down. At last the voice of Faramir
ordered them to be uncovered.
They stood under the boughs of the woods again. No noise
of the falls could be heard, for a long southward slope lay
now between them and the ravine in which the stream flowed.
To the west they could see light through the trees, as if the
world came there to a sudden end, at a brink looking out only
on to sky.
\u2018Here is the last parting of our ways,\u2019 said Faramir. \u2018If you
take my counsel, you will not turn eastward yet. Go straight
on, for thus you will have the cover of the woodland for many
miles. On your west is an edge where the land falls into the
great vales, sometimes suddenly and sheer, sometimes in long
hillsides. Keep near to this edge and the skirts of the forest. In
910 the two towers
the beginning of your journey you may walk under daylight, I
think. The land dreams in a false peace, and for a while all
evil is withdrawn. Fare you well, while you may!\u2019
He embraced the hobbits then, after the manner of his
people, stooping, and placing his hands upon their shoulders,
and kissing their foreheads. \u2018Go with the good will of all good
men!\u2019 he said.
They bowed to the ground. Then he turned and without
looking back he left them and went to his two guards that
stood at a little distance away. They marvelled to see with
what speed these green-clad men now moved, vanishing
almost in the twinkling of an eye. The forest where Faramir
had stood seemed empty and drear, as if a dream had passed.
Frodo sighed and turned back southward. As if to mark
his disregard of all such courtesy, Gollum was scrabbling
in the mould at the foot of a tree. \u2018Hungry again already?\u2019
thought Sam. \u2018Well, now for it again!\u2019
\u2018Have they gone at last?\u2019 said Gollum. \u2018Nassty wicked Men!
Sme\u00b4agol\u2019s neck still hurts him, yes it does. Let\u2019s go!\u2019
\u2018Yes, let us go,\u2019 said Frodo. \u2018But if you can only speak ill
of those who showed you mercy, keep silent!\u2019
\u2018Nice Master!\u2019 said Gollum. \u2018Sme\u00b4agol was only joking.
Always forgives, he does, yes, yes, even nice Master\u2019s little
trickses. Oh yes, nice Master, nice Sme\u00b4agol!\u2019
Frodo and Sam did not answer. Hoisting their packs and
taking their staves in hand, they passed on into the woods of
Ithilien.
Twice that day they rested and took a little of the food
provided by Faramir: dried fruits and salted meat, enough
for many days; and bread enough to last while it was still
fresh. Gollum ate nothing.
The sun rose and passed overhead unseen, and began to
sink, and the light through the trees to the west grew golden;
and always they walked in cool green shadow, and all about
them was silence. The birds seemed all to have flown away
or to have fallen dumb.
journey to the cross-roads 911
Darkness came early to the silent woods, and before the
fall of night they halted, weary, for they had walked seven
leagues or more from Henneth Annu\u02c6n. Frodo lay and slept
away the night on the deep mould beneath an ancient tree.
Sam beside him was more uneasy: he woke many times, but
there was never a sign of Gollum, who had slipped off as
soon as the others had settled to rest. Whether he had slept
by himself in some hole nearby, or had wandered restlessly
prowling through the night, he did not say; but he returned
with the first glimmer of light, and roused his companions.
\u2018Must get up, yes they must!\u2019 he said. \u2018Long ways to go
still, south and east. Hobbits must make haste!\u2019
That day passed much as the day before had gone, except
that the silence seemed deeper; the air grew heavy, and it
began to be stifling under the trees. It felt as if thunder was
brewing. Gollum often paused, sniffing the air, and then he
would mutter to himself and urge them to greater speed.
As the third stage of their day\u2019s march drew on and afternoon waned, the forest opened out, and the trees became
larger and more scattered. Great ilexes of huge girth stood
dark and solemn in wide glades with here and there among
them hoary ash-trees, and giant oaks just putting out their
brown-green buds. About them lay long launds of green grass
dappled with celandine and anemones, white and blue, now
folded for sleep; and there were acres populous with the
leaves of woodland hyacinths: already their sleek bell-stems
were thrusting through the mould. No living creature, beast
or bird, was to be seen, but in these open places Gollum grew
afraid, and they walked now with caution, flitting from one
long shadow to another.
Light was fading fast when they came to the forest-end.
There they sat under an old gnarled oak that sent its roots
twisting like snakes down a steep crumbling bank. A deep
dim valley lay before them. On its further side the woods
gathered again, blue and grey under the sullen evening, and
marched on southwards. To the right the Mountains of
912 the two towers
Gondor glowed, remote in the West, under a fire-flecked sky.
To the left lay darkness: the towering walls of Mordor; and
out of that darkness the long valley came, falling steeply in
an ever-widening trough towards the Anduin. At its bottom
ran a hurrying stream: Frodo could hear its stony voice
coming up through the silence; and beside it on the hither
side a road went winding down like a pale ribbon, down into
chill grey mists that no gleam of sunset touched. There it
seemed to Frodo that he descried far off, floating as it were
on a shadowy sea, the high dim tops and broken pinnacles
of old towers forlorn and dark.
He turned to Gollum. \u2018Do you know where we are?\u2019 he
said.
\u2018Yes, Master. Dangerous places. This is the road from the
Tower of the Moon, Master, down to the ruined city by the
shores of the River. The ruined city, yes, very nasty place,
full of enemies. We shouldn\u2019t have taken Men\u2019s advice. Hobbits have come a long way out of the path. Must go east now,
away up there.\u2019 He waved his skinny arm towards the darkling
mountains. \u2018And we can\u2019t use this road. Oh no! Cruel peoples
come this way, down from the Tower.\u2019
Frodo looked down on to the road. At any rate nothing
was moving on it now. It appeared lonely and forsaken, running down to empty ruins in the mist. But there was an evil
feeling in the air, as if things might indeed be passing up and
down that eyes could not see. Frodo shuddered as he looked
again at the distant pinnacles now dwindling into night, and
the sound of the water seemed cold and cruel: the voice of
Morgulduin, the polluted stream that flowed from the Valley
of the Wraiths.
\u2018What shall we do?\u2019 he said. \u2018We have walked long and far.
Shall we look for some place in the woods behind where we
can lie hidden?\u2019
\u2018No good hiding in the dark,\u2019 said Gollum. \u2018It\u2019s in day that
hobbits must hide now, yes in day.\u2019
\u2018Oh come!\u2019 said Sam. \u2018We must rest for a bit, even if we
get up again in the middle of the night. There\u2019ll still be hours
journey to the cross-roads 913
of dark then, time enough for you to take us a long march, if
you know the way.\u2019
Gollum reluctantly agreed to this, and he turned back
towards the trees, working eastward for a while along the
straggling edges of the wood. He would not rest on the
ground so near the evil road, and after some debate they all
climbed up into the crotch of a large holm-oak, whose thick
branches springing together from the trunk made a good
hiding-place and a fairly comfortable refuge. Night fell and
it grew altogether dark under the canopy of the tree. Frodo
and Sam drank a little water and ate some bread and dried
fruit, but Gollum at once curled up and went to sleep. The
hobbits did not shut their eyes.
It must have been a little after midnight when Gollum
woke up: suddenly they were aware of his pale eyes unlidded
gleaming at them. He listened and sniffed, which seemed, as
they had noticed before, his usual method of discovering the
time of night.
\u2018Are we rested? Have we had beautiful sleep?\u2019 he said.
\u2018Let\u2019s go!\u2019
\u2018We aren\u2019t, and we haven\u2019t,\u2019 growled Sam. \u2018But we\u2019ll go if
we must.\u2019
Gollum dropped at once from the branches of the tree on
to all fours, and the hobbits followed more slowly.
As soon as they were down they went on again with Gollum
leading, eastwards, up the dark sloping land. They could see
little, for the night was now so deep that they were hardly
aware of the stems of trees before they stumbled against
them. The ground became more broken and walking was
more difficult, but Gollum seemed in no way troubled. He
led them through thickets and wastes of brambles; sometimes
round the lip of a deep cleft or dark pit, sometimes down
into black bush-shrouded hollows and out again; but if ever
they went a little downward, always the further slope was
longer and steeper. They were climbing steadily. At their first
halt they looked back, and they could dimly perceive the roofs
914 the two towers
of the forest they had left behind, lying like a vast dense
shadow, a darker night under the dark blank sky. There
seemed to be a great blackness looming slowly out of the
East, eating up the faint blurred stars. Later the sinking moon
escaped from the pursuing cloud, but it was ringed all about
with a sickly yellow glare.
At last Gollum turned to the hobbits. \u2018Day soon,\u2019 he said.
\u2018Hobbits must hurry. Not safe to stay in the open in these
places. Make haste!\u2019
He quickened his pace, and they followed him wearily.
Soon they began to climb up on to a great hog-back of land.
For the most part it was covered with a thick growth of gorse
and whortleberry, and low tough thorns, though here and
there clearings opened, the scars of recent fires. The gorsebushes became more frequent as they got nearer the top; very
old and tall they were, gaunt and leggy below but thick above,
and already putting out yellow flowers that glimmered in the
gloom and gave a faint sweet scent. So tall were the spiny
thickets that the hobbits could walk upright under them,
passing through long dry aisles carpeted with a deep prickly
mould.
On the further edge of this broad hill-back they stayed
their march and crawled for hiding underneath a tangled
knot of thorns. Their twisted boughs, stooping to the ground,
were overridden by a clambering maze of old briars. Deep
inside there was a hollow hall, raftered with dead branch and
bramble, and roofed with the first leaves and shoots of spring.
There they lay for a while, too tired yet to eat; and peering
out through the holes in the covert they watched for the slow
growth of day.
But no day came, only a dead brown twilight. In the East
there was a dull red glare under the lowering cloud: it was
not the red of dawn. Across the tumbled lands between, the
mountains of the Ephel Du\u00b4ath frowned at them, black and
shapeless below where night lay thick and did not pass away,
above with jagged tops and edges outlined hard and menacing against the fiery glow. Away to their right a great shoulder
journey to the cross-roads 915
of the mountains stood out, dark and black amid the shadows,
thrusting westward.
\u2018Which way do we go from here?\u2019 asked Frodo. \u2018Is that the
opening of \u2013 of the Morgul Valley, away over there beyond
that black mass?\u2019
\u2018Need we think about it yet?\u2019 said Sam. \u2018Surely we\u2019re not
going to move any more today, if day it is?\u2019
\u2018Perhaps not, perhaps not,\u2019 said Gollum. \u2018But we must go
soon, to the Cross-roads. Yes, to the Cross-roads. That\u2019s the
way over there, yes, Master.\u2019
The red glare over Mordor died away. The twilight deepened as great vapours rose in the East and crawled above
them. Frodo and Sam took a little food and then lay down,
but Gollum was restless. He would not eat any of their food,
but he drank a little water and then crawled about under
the bushes, sniffing and muttering. Then suddenly he disappeared.
\u2018Off hunting, I suppose,\u2019 said Sam and yawned. It was his
turn to sleep first, and he was soon deep in a dream. He
thought he was back in the Bag End garden looking for
something; but he had a heavy pack on his back, which made
him stoop. It all seemed very weedy and rank somehow, and
thorns and bracken were invading the beds down near the
bottom hedge.
\u2018A job of work for me, I can see; but I\u2019m so tired,\u2019 he kept
on saying. Presently he remembered what he was looking for.
\u2018My pipe!\u2019 he said, and with that he woke up.
\u2018Silly!\u2019 he said to himself, as he opened his eyes and wondered why he was lying down under the hedge. \u2018It\u2019s in your
pack all the time!\u2019 Then he realized, first that the pipe might
be in his pack but he had no leaf, and next that he was
hundreds of miles from Bag End. He sat up. It seemed to be
almost dark. Why had his master let him sleep on out of turn,
right on till evening?
\u2018Haven\u2019t you had no sleep, Mr. Frodo?\u2019 he said. \u2018What\u2019s
the time? Seems to be getting late!\u2019
916 the two towers
\u2018No it isn\u2019t,\u2019 said Frodo. \u2018But the day is getting darker
instead of lighter: darker and darker. As far as I can tell, it
isn\u2019t midday yet, and you\u2019ve only slept for about three hours.\u2019
\u2018I wonder what\u2019s up,\u2019 said Sam. \u2018Is there a storm coming?
If so it\u2019s going to be the worst there ever was. We shall wish
we were down a deep hole, not just stuck under a hedge.\u2019 He
listened. \u2018What\u2019s that? Thunder, or drums, or what is it?\u2019
\u2018I don\u2019t know,\u2019 said Frodo. \u2018It\u2019s been going on for a good
while now. Sometimes the ground seems to tremble, sometimes it seems to be the heavy air throbbing in your ears.\u2019
Sam looked round. \u2018Where\u2019s Gollum?\u2019 he said. \u2018Hasn\u2019t he
come back yet?\u2019
\u2018No,\u2019 said Frodo. \u2018There\u2019s not been a sign or sound of
him.\u2019
\u2018Well, I can\u2019t abide him,\u2019 said Sam. \u2018In fact, I\u2019ve never
taken anything on a journey that I\u2019d have been less sorry to
lose on the way. But it would be just like him, after coming
all these miles, to go and get lost now, just when we shall
need him most \u2013 that is, if he\u2019s ever going to be any use,
which I doubt.\u2019
\u2018You forget the Marshes,\u2019 said Frodo. \u2018I hope nothing has
happened to him.\u2019
\u2018And I hope he\u2019s up to no tricks. And anyway I hope he
doesn\u2019t fall into other hands, as you might say. Because if he
does, we shall soon be in for trouble.\u2019
At that moment a rolling and rumbling noise was heard
again, louder now and deeper. The ground seemed to quiver
under their feet. \u2018I think we are in for trouble anyhow,\u2019 said
Frodo. \u2018I\u2019m afraid our journey is drawing to an end.\u2019
\u2018Maybe,\u2019 said Sam; \u2018but where there\u2019s life there\u2019s hope, as my
gaffer used to say; and need of vittles, as he mostways used to
add. You have a bite, Mr. Frodo, and then a bit of sleep.\u2019
The afternoon, as Sam supposed it must be called, wore
on. Looking out from the covert he could see only a dun,
shadowless world, fading slowly into a featureless, colourless
gloom. It felt stifling but not warm. Frodo slept unquietly,
journey to the cross-roads 917
turning and tossing, and sometimes murmuring. Twice Sam
thought he heard him speaking Gandalf\u2019s name. The time
seemed to drag interminably. Suddenly Sam heard a hiss
behind him, and there was Gollum on all fours, peering at
them with gleaming eyes.
\u2018Wake up, wake up! Wake up, sleepies!\u2019 he whispered.
\u2018Wake up! No time to lose. We must go, yes, we must go at
once. No time to lose!\u2019
Sam stared at him suspiciously: he seemed frightened or
excited. \u2018Go now? What\u2019s your little game? It isn\u2019t time yet.
It can\u2019t be tea-time even, leastways not in decent places where
there is tea-time.\u2019
\u2018Silly!\u2019 hissed Gollum. \u2018We\u2019re not in decent places. Time\u2019s
running short, yes, running fast. No time to lose. We must
go. Wake up, Master, wake up!\u2019 He clawed at Frodo; and
Frodo, startled out of sleep, sat up suddenly and seized him
by the arm. Gollum tore himself loose and backed away.
\u2018They mustn\u2019t be silly,\u2019 he hissed. \u2018We must go. No time
to lose!\u2019 And nothing more could they get out of him. Where
he had been, and what he thought was brewing to make him
in such a hurry, he would not say. Sam was filled with deep
suspicion, and showed it; but Frodo gave no sign of what
was passing in his mind. He sighed, hoisted his pack, and
prepared to go out into the ever-gathering darkness.
Very stealthily Gollum led them down the hillside, keeping
under cover wherever it was possible, and running, almost
bent to the ground, across any open space; but the light was
now so dim that even a keen-eyed beast of the wild could
scarcely have seen the hobbits, hooded, in their grey cloaks,
nor heard them, walking as warily as the little people can.
Without the crack of a twig or the rustle of a leaf they passed
and vanished.
For about an hour they went on, silently, in single file,
oppressed by the gloom and by the absolute stillness of the
land, broken only now and again by the faint rumbling as of
thunder far away or drumbeats in some hollow of the hills.
918 the two towers
Down from their hiding-place they went, and then turning
south they steered as straight a course as Gollum could find
across a long broken slope that leaned up towards the mountains. Presently, not far ahead, looming up like a black wall,
they saw a belt of trees. As they drew nearer they became
aware that these were of vast size, very ancient it seemed,
and still towering high, though their tops were gaunt and
broken, as if tempest and lightning-blast had swept across
them, but had failed to kill them or to shake their fathomless
roots.
\u2018The Cross-roads, yes,\u2019 whispered Gollum, the first words
that had been spoken since they left their hiding-place. \u2018We
must go that way.\u2019 Turning eastward now, he led them up
the slope; and then suddenly there it was before them: the
Southward Road, winding its way about the outer feet of
the mountains, until presently it plunged into the great ring
of trees.
\u2018This is the only way,\u2019 whispered Gollum. \u2018No paths beyond the road. No paths. We must go to the Cross-roads.
But make haste! Be silent!\u2019
As furtively as scouts within the campment of their
enemies, they crept down on to the road, and stole along
its westward edge under the stony bank, grey as the stones
themselves, and soft-footed as hunting cats. At length they
reached the trees, and found that they stood in a great roofless
ring, open in the middle to the sombre sky; and the spaces
between their immense boles were like the great dark arches
of some ruined hall. In the very centre four ways met. Behind
them lay the road to the Morannon; before them it ran out
again upon its long journey south; to their right the road from
old Osgiliath came climbing up, and crossing, passed out
eastward into darkness: the fourth way, the road they were
to take.
Standing there for a moment filled with dread Frodo
became aware that a light was shining; he saw it glowing on
Sam\u2019s face beside him. Turning towards it, he saw, beyond
an arch of boughs, the road to Osgiliath running almost as
journey to the cross-roads 919
straight as a stretched ribbon down, down, into the West.
There, far away, beyond sad Gondor now overwhelmed in
shade, the Sun was sinking, finding at last the hem of the
great slow-rolling pall of cloud, and falling in an ominous fire
towards the yet unsullied Sea. The brief glow fell upon a
huge sitting figure, still and solemn as the great stone kings
of Argonath. The years had gnawed it, and violent hands had
maimed it. Its head was gone, and in its place was set in
mockery a round rough-hewn stone, rudely painted by savage
hands in the likeness of a grinning face with one large red
eye in the midst of its forehead. Upon its knees and mighty
chair, and all about the pedestal, were idle scrawls mixed with
the foul symbols that the maggot-folk of Mordor used.
Suddenly, caught by the level beams, Frodo saw the old
king\u2019s head: it was lying rolled away by the roadside. \u2018Look,
Sam!\u2019 he cried, startled into speech. \u2018Look! The king has got
a crown again!\u2019
The eyes were hollow and the carven beard was broken,
but about the high stern forehead there was a coronal of silver
and gold. A trailing plant with flowers like small white stars
had bound itself across the brows as if in reverence for the
fallen king, and in the crevices of his stony hair yellow stonecrop gleamed.
\u2018They cannot conquer for ever!\u2019 said Frodo. And then
suddenly the brief glimpse was gone. The Sun dipped and
vanished, and as if at the shuttering of a lamp, black night
fell.
Chapter 8
THE STAIRS OF CIRITH UNGOL
Gollum was tugging at Frodo\u2019s cloak and hissing with fear
and impatience. \u2018We must go,\u2019 he said. \u2018We mustn\u2019t stand
here. Make haste!\u2019
Reluctantly Frodo turned his back on the West and followed as his guide led him, out into the darkness of the East.
They left the ring of trees and crept along the road towards
the mountains. This road, too, ran straight for a while, but
soon it began to bend away southwards, until it came right
under the great shoulder of rock that they had seen from the
distance. Black and forbidding it loomed above them, darker
than the dark sky behind. Crawling under its shadow the road
went on, and rounding it sprang east again and began to
climb steeply.
Frodo and Sam were plodding along with heavy hearts, no
longer able to care greatly about their peril. Frodo\u2019s head was
bowed; his burden was dragging him down again. As soon
as the great Cross-roads had been passed, the weight of it,
almost forgotten in Ithilien, had begun to grow once more.
Now, feeling the way become steep before his feet, he looked
wearily up; and then he saw it, even as Gollum had said that
he would: the city of the Ringwraiths. He cowered against
the stony bank.
A long-tilted valley, a deep gulf of shadow, ran back
far into the mountains. Upon the further side, some way
within the valley\u2019s arms, high on a rocky seat upon the black
knees of the Ephel Du\u00b4ath, stood the walls and tower of
Minas Morgul. All was dark about it, earth and sky, but it
was lit with light. Not the imprisoned moonlight welling
through the marble walls of Minas Ithil long ago, Tower
of the Moon, fair and radiant in the hollow of the hills.
the stairs of cirith ungol 921
Paler indeed than the moon ailing in some slow eclipse was
the light of it now, wavering and blowing like a noisome
exhalation of decay, a corpse-light, a light that illuminated
nothing. In the walls and tower windows showed, like countless black holes looking inward into emptiness; but the topmost course of the tower revolved slowly, first one way and
then another, a huge ghostly head leering into the night.
For a moment the three companions stood there, shrinking,
staring up with unwilling eyes. Gollum was the first to
recover. Again he pulled at their cloaks urgently, but he spoke
no word. Almost he dragged them forward. Every step was
reluctant, and time seemed to slow its pace, so that between
the raising of a foot and the setting of it down minutes of
loathing passed.
So they came slowly to the white bridge. Here the road,
gleaming faintly, passed over the stream in the midst of the
valley, and went on, winding deviously up towards the city\u2019s
gate: a black mouth opening in the outer circle of the northward walls. Wide flats lay on either bank, shadowy meads
filled with pale white flowers. Luminous these were too,
beautiful and yet horrible of shape, like the demented forms
in an uneasy dream; and they gave forth a faint sickening
charnel-smell; an odour of rottenness filled the air. From
mead to mead the bridge sprang. Figures stood there at its
head, carven with cunning in forms human and bestial, but
all corrupt and loathsome. The water flowing beneath was
silent, and it steamed, but the vapour that rose from it, curling
and twisting about the bridge, was deadly cold. Frodo felt his
senses reeling and his mind darkening. Then suddenly, as if
some force were at work other than his own will, he began to
hurry, tottering forward, his groping hands held out, his head
lolling from side to side. Both Sam and Gollum ran after him.
Sam caught his master in his arms, as he stumbled and almost
fell, right on the threshold of the bridge.
\u2018Not that way! No, not that way!\u2019 whispered Gollum, but
the breath between his teeth seemed to tear the heavy stillness
like a whistle, and he cowered to the ground in terror.
922 the two towers
\u2018Hold up, Mr. Frodo!\u2019 muttered Sam in Frodo\u2019s ear. \u2018Come
back! Not that way. Gollum says not, and for once I agree
with him.\u2019
Frodo passed his hand over his brow and wrenched his
eyes away from the city on the hill. The luminous tower
fascinated him, and he fought the desire that was on him to
run up the gleaming road towards its gate. At last with an
effort he turned back, and as he did so, he felt the Ring
resisting him, dragging at the chain about his neck; and his
eyes too, as he looked away, seemed for the moment to have
been blinded. The darkness before him was impenetrable.
Gollum, crawling on the ground like a frightened animal,
was already vanishing into the gloom. Sam, supporting and
guiding his stumbling master, followed after him as quickly
as he could. Not far from the near bank of the stream there
was a gap in the stone-wall beside the road. Through this
they passed, and Sam saw that they were on a narrow path
that gleamed faintly at first, as the main road did, until climbing above the meads of deadly flowers it faded and went dark,
winding its crooked way up into the northern sides of the
valley.
Along this path the hobbits trudged, side by side, unable
to see Gollum in front of them, except when he turned
back to beckon them on. Then his eyes shone with a greenwhite light, reflecting the noisome Morgul-sheen perhaps, or
kindled by some answering mood within. Of that deadly
gleam and of the dark eyeholes Frodo and Sam were always
conscious, ever glancing fearfully over their shoulders, and
ever dragging their eyes back to find the darkening path.
Slowly they laboured on. As they rose above the stench and
vapours of the poisonous stream their breath became easier
and their heads clearer; but now their limbs were deadly tired,
as if they had walked all night under a burden, or had been
swimming long against a heavy tide of water. At last they
could go no further without a halt.
Frodo stopped and sat down on a stone. They had now
climbed up to the top of a great hump of bare rock. Ahead
the stairs of cirith ungol 923
of them there was a bay in the valley-side, and round the
head of this the path went on, no more than a wide ledge
with a chasm on the right; across the sheer southward face
of the mountain it crawled upwards, until it disappeared into
the blackness above.
\u2018I must rest a while, Sam,\u2019 whispered Frodo. \u2018It\u2019s heavy on
me, Sam lad, very heavy. I wonder how far I can carry it?
Anyway I must rest before we venture on to that.\u2019 He pointed
to the narrow way ahead.
\u2018Sssh! ssh!\u2019 hissed Gollum hurrying back to them. \u2018Sssh!\u2019
His fingers were on his lips and he shook his head urgently.
Tugging at Frodo\u2019s sleeve, he pointed towards the path; but
Frodo would not move.
\u2018Not yet,\u2019 he said, \u2018not yet.\u2019 Weariness and more than
weariness oppressed him; it seemed as if a heavy spell was
laid on his mind and body. \u2018I must rest,\u2019 he muttered.
At this Gollum\u2019s fear and agitation became so great that
he spoke again, hissing behind his hand, as if to keep the
sound from unseen listeners in the air. \u2018Not here, no. Not
rest here. Fools! Eyes can see us. When they come to the
bridge they will see us. Come away! Climb, climb! Come!\u2019
\u2018Come, Mr. Frodo,\u2019 said Sam. \u2018He\u2019s right again. We can\u2019t
stay here.\u2019
\u2018All right,\u2019 said Frodo in a remote voice, as of one speaking
half asleep. \u2018I will try.\u2019 Wearily he got to his feet.
But it was too late. At that moment the rock quivered and
trembled beneath them. The great rumbling noise, louder
than ever before, rolled in the ground and echoed in the
mountains. Then with searing suddenness there came a great
red flash. Far beyond the eastern mountains it leapt into the
sky and splashed the lowering clouds with crimson. In that
valley of shadow and cold deathly light it seemed unbearably
violent and fierce. Peaks of stone and ridges like notched
knives sprang out in staring black against the uprushing flame
in Gorgoroth. Then came a great crack of thunder.
And Minas Morgul answered. There was a flare of livid
924 the two towers
lightnings: forks of blue flame springing up from the tower
and from the encircling hills into the sullen clouds. The earth
groaned; and out of the city there came a cry. Mingled with
harsh high voices as of birds of prey, and the shrill neighing of
horses wild with rage and fear, there came a rending screech,
shivering, rising swiftly to a piercing pitch beyond the range
of hearing. The hobbits wheeled round towards it, and cast
themselves down, holding their hands upon their ears.
As the terrible cry ended, falling back through a long sickening wail to silence, Frodo slowly raised his head. Across
the narrow valley, now almost on a level with his eyes, the
walls of the evil city stood, and its cavernous gate, shaped
like an open mouth with gleaming teeth, was gaping wide.
And out of the gate an army came.
All that host was clad in sable, dark as the night. Against
the wan walls and the luminous pavement of the road Frodo
could see them, small black figures in rank upon rank, marching swiftly and silently, passing outwards in an endless stream.
Before them went a great cavalry of horsemen moving like
ordered shadows, and at their head was one greater than all
the rest: a Rider, all black, save that on his hooded head he
had a helm like a crown that flickered with a perilous light.
Now he was drawing near the bridge below, and Frodo\u2019s
staring eyes followed him, unable to wink or to withdraw.
Surely there was the Lord of the Nine Riders returned to
earth to lead his ghastly host to battle? Here, yes here indeed
was the haggard king whose cold hand had smitten down the
Ring-bearer with his deadly knife. The old wound throbbed
with pain and a great chill spread towards Frodo\u2019s heart.
Even as these thoughts pierced him with dread and held
him bound as with a spell, the Rider halted suddenly, right
before the entrance of the bridge, and behind him all the host
stood still. There was a pause, a dead silence. Maybe it was
the Ring that called to the Wraith-lord, and for a moment he
was troubled, sensing some other power within his valley.
This way and that turned the dark head helmed and crowned
with fear, sweeping the shadows with its unseen eyes. Frodo
the stairs of cirith ungol 925
waited, like a bird at the approach of a snake, unable to move.
And as he waited, he felt, more urgent than ever before, the
command that he should put on the Ring. But great as the
pressure was, he felt no inclination now to yield to it. He
knew that the Ring would only betray him, and that he had
not, even if he put it on, the power to face the Morgul-king
\u2013 not yet. There was no longer any answer to that command
in his own will, dismayed by terror though it was, and he felt
only the beating upon him of a great power from outside. It
took his hand, and as Frodo watched with his mind, not
willing it but in suspense (as if he looked on some old story
far away), it moved the hand inch by inch towards the chain
upon his neck. Then his own will stirred; slowly it forced the
hand back and set it to find another thing, a thing lying
hidden near his breast. Cold and hard it seemed as his grip
closed on it: the phial of Galadriel, so long treasured, and
almost forgotten till that hour. As he touched it, for a while
all thought of the Ring was banished from his mind. He
sighed and bent his head.
At that moment the Wraith-king turned and spurred his
horse and rode across the bridge, and all his dark host followed him. Maybe the elven-hoods defied his unseen eyes,
and the mind of his small enemy, being strengthened, had
turned aside his thought. But he was in haste. Already the
hour had struck, and at his great Master\u2019s bidding he must
march with war into the West.
Soon he had passed, like a shadow into shadow, down the
winding road, and behind him still the black ranks crossed
the bridge. So great an army had never issued from that vale
since the days of Isildur\u2019s might; no host so fell and strong in
arms had yet assailed the fords of Anduin; and yet it was but
one and not the greatest of the hosts that Mordor now sent
forth.
Frodo stirred. And suddenly his heart went out to Faramir.
\u2018The storm has burst at last,\u2019 he thought. \u2018This great array of
spears and swords is going to Osgiliath. Will Faramir get
926 the two towers
across in time? He guessed it, but did he know the hour? And
who can now hold the fords when the King of the Nine
Riders comes? And other armies will come. I am too late. All
is lost. I tarried on the way. All is lost. Even if my errand is
performed, no one will ever know. There will be no one I
can tell. It will be in vain.\u2019 Overcome with weakness he wept.
And still the host of Morgul crossed the bridge.
Then at a great distance, as if it came out of memories of
the Shire, some sunlit early morning, when the day called
and doors were opening, he heard Sam\u2019s voice speaking.
\u2018Wake up, Mr. Frodo! Wake up!\u2019 Had the voice added: \u2018Your
breakfast is ready,\u2019 he would hardly have been surprised.
Certainly Sam was urgent. \u2018Wake up, Mr. Frodo! They\u2019re
gone,\u2019 he said.
There was a dull clang. The gates of Minas Morgul had
closed. The last rank of spears had vanished down the road.
The tower still grinned across the valley, but the light was
fading in it. The whole city was falling back into a dark
brooding shade, and silence. Yet still it was filled with watchfulness.
\u2018Wake up, Mr. Frodo! They\u2019re gone, and we\u2019d better go
too. There\u2019s something still alive in that place, something
with eyes, or a seeing mind, if you take me; and the longer
we stay in one spot, the sooner it will get on to us. Come on,
Mr. Frodo!\u2019
Frodo raised his head, and then stood up. Despair had not
left him, but the weakness had passed. He even smiled grimly,
feeling now as clearly as a moment before he had felt the
opposite, that what he had to do, he had to do, if he could,
and that whether Faramir or Aragorn or Elrond or Galadriel
or Gandalf or anyone else ever knew about it was beside the
purpose. He took his staff in one hand and the phial in his
other. When he saw that the clear light was already welling
through his fingers, he thrust it into his bosom and held it
against his heart. Then turning from the city of Morgul, now
no more than a grey glimmer across a dark gulf, he prepared
to take the upward road.
the stairs of cirith ungol 927
Gollum, it seemed, had crawled off along the ledge into the
darkness beyond, when the gates of Minas Morgul opened,
leaving the hobbits where they lay. He now came creeping
back, his teeth chattering and his fingers snapping. \u2018Foolish!
Silly!\u2019 he hissed. \u2018Make haste! They mustn\u2019t think danger has
passed. It hasn\u2019t. Make haste!\u2019
They did not answer, but they followed him on to the
climbing ledge. It was little to the liking of either of them, not
even after facing so many other perils; but it did not last long.
Soon the path reached a rounded angle where the mountainside swelled out again, and there it suddenly entered a narrow
opening in the rock. They had come to the first stair that
Gollum had spoken of. The darkness was almost complete,
and they could see nothing much beyond their hands\u2019 stretch;
but Gollum\u2019s eyes shone pale, several feet above, as he turned
back towards them.
\u2018Careful!\u2019 he whispered. \u2018Steps. Lots of steps. Must be
careful!\u2019
Care was certainly needed. Frodo and Sam at first felt
easier, having now a wall on either side, but the stairway
was almost as steep as a ladder, and as they climbed up and
up, they became more and more aware of the long black
fall behind them. And the steps were narrow, spaced unevenly, and often treacherous: they were worn and smooth
at the edges, and some were broken, and some cracked as
foot was set upon them. The hobbits struggled on, until at
last they were clinging with desperate fingers to the steps
ahead, and forcing their aching knees to bend and straighten; and ever as the stair cut its way deeper into the sheer
mountain the rocky walls rose higher and higher above their
heads.
At length, just as they felt that they could endure no more,
they saw Gollum\u2019s eyes peering down at them again. \u2018We\u2019re
up,\u2019 he whispered. \u2018First stair\u2019s past. Clever hobbits to climb
so high, very clever hobbits. Just a few more little steps and
that\u2019s all, yes.\u2019<\/p>\n\n\n\n
928 the two towers
Dizzy and very tired Sam, and Frodo following him,
crawled up the last step, and sat down rubbing their legs and
knees. They were in a deep dark passage that seemed still to
go up before them, though at a gentler slope and without
steps. Gollum did not let them rest long.
\u2018There\u2019s another stair still,\u2019 he said. \u2018Much longer stair.
Rest when we get to the top of next stair. Not yet.\u2019
Sam groaned. \u2018Longer, did you say?\u2019 he asked.
\u2018Yes, yess, longer,\u2019 said Gollum. \u2018But not so difficult. Hobbits have climbed the Straight Stair. Next comes the Winding
Stair.\u2019
\u2018And what after that?\u2019 said Sam.
\u2018We shall see,\u2019 said Gollum softly. \u2018O yes, we shall see!\u2019
\u2018I thought you said there was a tunnel,\u2019 said Sam. \u2018Isn\u2019t
there a tunnel or something to go through?\u2019
\u2018O yes, there\u2019s a tunnel,\u2019 said Gollum. \u2018But hobbits can rest
before they try that. If they get through that, they\u2019ll be nearly
at the top. Very nearly, if they get through. O yes!\u2019
Frodo shivered. The climb had made him sweat, but now
he felt cold and clammy, and there was a chill draught in the
dark passage, blowing down from the invisible heights above.
He got up and shook himself. \u2018Well, let\u2019s go on!\u2019 he said.
\u2018This is no place to sit in.\u2019
The passage seemed to go on for miles, and always the
chill air flowed over them, rising as they went on to a bitter
wind. The mountains seemed to be trying with their deadly
breath to daunt them, to turn them back from the secrets of
the high places, or to blow them away into the darkness
behind. They only knew that they had come to the end, when
suddenly they felt no wall at their right hand. They could
see very little. Great black shapeless masses and deep grey
shadows loomed above them and about them, but now and
again a dull red light flickered up under the lowering clouds,
and for a moment they were aware of tall peaks, in front and
on either side, like pillars holding up a vast sagging roof.
They seemed to have climbed up many hundreds of feet, on
the stairs of cirith ungol 929
to a wide shelf. A cliff was on their left and a chasm on their
right.
Gollum led the way close under the cliff. For the present
they were no longer climbing, but the ground was now more
broken and dangerous in the dark, and there were blocks and
lumps of fallen stone in the way. Their going was slow and
cautious. How many hours had passed since they had entered
the Morgul Vale neither Sam nor Frodo could any longer
guess. The night seemed endless.
At length they were once more aware of a wall looming
up, and once more a stairway opened before them. Again
they halted, and again they began to climb. It was a long
and weary ascent; but this stairway did not delve into the
mountain-side. Here the huge cliff-face sloped backwards,
and the path like a snake wound to and fro across it. At one
point it crawled sideways right to the edge of the dark chasm,
and Frodo glancing down saw below him as a vast deep pit
the great ravine at the head of the Morgul Valley. Down in
its depths glimmered like a glow-worm thread the wraith-road
from the dead city to the Nameless Pass. He turned hastily
away.
Still on and up the stairway bent and crawled, until at last
with a final flight, short and straight, it climbed out again on
to another level. The path had veered away from the main
pass in the great ravine, and it now followed its own perilous
course at the bottom of a lesser cleft among the higher regions
of the Ephel Du\u00b4ath. Dimly the hobbits could discern tall piers
and jagged pinnacles of stone on either side, between which
were great crevices and fissures blacker than the night, where
forgotten winters had gnawed and carved the sunless stone.
And now the red light in the sky seemed stronger; though
they could not tell whether a dreadful morning were indeed
coming to this place of shadow, or whether they saw only
the flame of some great violence of Sauron in the torment
of Gorgoroth beyond. Still far ahead, and still high above,
Frodo, looking up, saw, as he guessed, the very crown of this
930 the two towers
bitter road. Against the sullen redness of the eastern sky a
cleft was outlined in the topmost ridge, narrow, deep-cloven
between two black shoulders; and on either shoulder was a
horn of stone.
He paused and looked more attentively. The horn upon
the left was tall and slender; and in it burned a red light, or
else the red light in the land beyond was shining through a
hole. He saw now: it was a black tower poised above the outer
pass. He touched Sam\u2019s arm and pointed.
\u2018I don\u2019t like the look of that!\u2019 said Sam. \u2018So this secret way
of yours is guarded after all,\u2019 he growled, turning to Gollum.
\u2018As you knew all along, I suppose?\u2019
\u2018All ways are watched, yes,\u2019 said Gollum. \u2018Of course they
are. But hobbits must try some way. This may be least
watched. Perhaps they\u2019ve all gone away to big battle,
perhaps!\u2019
\u2018Perhaps,\u2019 grunted Sam. \u2018Well, it still seems a long way off,
and a long way up before we get there. And there\u2019s still the
tunnel. I think you ought to rest now, Mr. Frodo. I don\u2019t
know what time of day or night it is, but we\u2019ve kept going
for hours and hours.\u2019
\u2018Yes, we must rest,\u2019 said Frodo. \u2018Let us find some corner
out of the wind, and gather our strength \u2013 for the last lap.\u2019
For so he felt it to be. The terrors of the land beyond, and
the deed to be done there, seemed remote, too far off yet to
trouble him. All his mind was bent on getting through or over
this impenetrable wall and guard. If once he could do that
impossible thing, then somehow the errand would be accomplished, or so it seemed to him in that dark hour of weariness,
still labouring in the stony shadows under Cirith Ungol.
In a dark crevice between two great piers of rock they
sat down: Frodo and Sam a little way within, and Gollum
crouched upon the ground near the opening. There the
hobbits took what they expected would be their last meal
before they went down into the Nameless Land, maybe the
last meal they would ever eat together. Some of the food of
the stairs of cirith ungol 931
Gondor they ate, and wafers of the waybread of the Elves,
and they drank a little. But of their water they were sparing
and took only enough to moisten their dry mouths.
\u2018I wonder when we\u2019ll find water again?\u2019 said Sam. \u2018But I
suppose even over there they drink? Orcs drink, don\u2019t they?\u2019
\u2018Yes, they drink,\u2019 said Frodo. \u2018But do not let us speak of
that. Such drink is not for us.\u2019
\u2018Then all the more need to fill our bottles,\u2019 said Sam. \u2018But
there isn\u2019t any water up here: not a sound or a trickle have I
heard. And anyway Faramir said we were not to drink any
water in Morgul.\u2019
\u2018No water flowing out of Imlad Morgul, were his words,\u2019
said Frodo. \u2018We are not in that valley now, and if we came
on a spring it would be flowing into it and not out of it.\u2019
\u2018I wouldn\u2019t trust it,\u2019 said Sam, \u2018not till I was dying of thirst.
There\u2019s a wicked feeling about this place.\u2019 He sniffed. \u2018And
a smell, I fancy. Do you notice it? A queer kind of a smell,
stuffy. I don\u2019t like it.\u2019
\u2018I don\u2019t like anything here at all,\u2019 said Frodo, \u2018step or stone,
breath or bone. Earth, air and water all seem accursed. But
so our path is laid.\u2019
\u2018Yes, that\u2019s so,\u2019 said Sam. \u2018And we shouldn\u2019t be here at all,
if we\u2019d known more about it before we started. But I suppose
it\u2019s often that way. The brave things in the old tales and
songs, Mr. Frodo: adventures, as I used to call them. I used
to think that they were things the wonderful folk of the stories
went out and looked for, because they wanted them, because
they were exciting and life was a bit dull, a kind of a sport,
as you might say. But that\u2019s not the way of it with the tales
that really mattered, or the ones that stay in the mind. Folk
seem to have been just landed in them, usually \u2013 their paths
were laid that way, as you put it. But I expect they had lots
of chances, like us, of turning back, only they didn\u2019t. And
if they had, we shouldn\u2019t know, because they\u2019d have been
forgotten. We hear about those as just went on \u2013 and not all
to a good end, mind you; at least not to what folk inside a
story and not outside it call a good end. You know, coming
932 the two towers
home, and finding things all right, though not quite the same
\u2013 like old Mr. Bilbo. But those aren\u2019t always the best tales to
hear, though they may be the best tales to get landed in! I
wonder what sort of a tale we\u2019ve fallen into?\u2019
\u2018I wonder,\u2019 said Frodo. \u2018But I don\u2019t know. And that\u2019s the
way of a real tale. Take any one that you\u2019re fond of. You
may know, or guess, what kind of a tale it is, happy-ending
or sad-ending, but the people in it don\u2019t know. And you don\u2019t
want them to.\u2019
\u2018No, sir, of course not. Beren now, he never thought
he was going to get that Silmaril from the Iron Crown in
Thangorodrim, and yet he did, and that was a worse place
and a blacker danger than ours. But that\u2019s a long tale, of
course, and goes on past the happiness and into grief and
beyond it \u2013 and the Silmaril went on and came to Ea\u00a8rendil.
And why, sir, I never thought of that before! We\u2019ve got \u2013
you\u2019ve got some of the light of it in that star-glass that the
Lady gave you! Why, to think of it, we\u2019re in the same tale
still! It\u2019s going on. Don\u2019t the great tales never end?\u2019
\u2018No, they never end as tales,\u2019 said Frodo. \u2018But the people
in them come, and go when their part\u2019s ended. Our part will
end later \u2013 or sooner.\u2019
\u2018And then we can have some rest and some sleep,\u2019 said
Sam. He laughed grimly. \u2018And I mean just that, Mr. Frodo.
I mean plain ordinary rest, and sleep, and waking up to a
morning\u2019s work in the garden. I\u2019m afraid that\u2019s all I\u2019m hoping
for all the time. All the big important plans are not for my
sort. Still, I wonder if we shall ever be put into songs or tales.
We\u2019re in one, of course; but I mean: put into words, you
know, told by the fireside, or read out of a great big book
with red and black letters, years and years afterwards. And
people will say: \u2018\u2018Let\u2019s hear about Frodo and the Ring!\u2019\u2019 And
they\u2019ll say: \u2018\u2018Yes, that\u2019s one of my favourite stories. Frodo
was very brave, wasn\u2019t he, dad?\u2019\u2019 \u2018\u2018Yes, my boy, the famousest
of the hobbits, and that\u2019s saying a lot.\u2019\u2019 \u2019
\u2018It\u2019s saying a lot too much,\u2019 said Frodo, and he laughed, a
long clear laugh from his heart. Such a sound had not been
the stairs of cirith ungol 933
heard in those places since Sauron came to Middle-earth. To
Sam suddenly it seemed as if all the stones were listening and
the tall rocks leaning over them. But Frodo did not heed
them; he laughed again. \u2018Why, Sam,\u2019 he said, \u2018to hear you
somehow makes me as merry as if the story was already
written. But you\u2019ve left out one of the chief characters: Samwise the stouthearted. \u2018\u2018I want to hear more about Sam, dad.
Why didn\u2019t they put in more of his talk, dad? That\u2019s what I
like, it makes me laugh. And Frodo wouldn\u2019t have got far
without Sam, would he, dad?\u2019\u2019 \u2019
\u2018Now, Mr. Frodo,\u2019 said Sam, \u2018you shouldn\u2019t make fun. I
was serious.\u2019
\u2018So was I,\u2019 said Frodo, \u2018and so I am. We\u2019re going on a bit
too fast. You and I, Sam, are still stuck in the worst places of
the story, and it is all too likely that some will say at this point:
\u2018\u2018Shut the book now, dad; we don\u2019t want to read any more.\u2019\u2019 \u2019
\u2018Maybe,\u2019 said Sam, \u2018but I wouldn\u2019t be one to say that.
Things done and over and made into part of the great tales
are different. Why, even Gollum might be good in a tale,
better than he is to have by you, anyway. And he used to like
tales himself once, by his own account. I wonder if he thinks
he\u2019s the hero or the villain?
\u2018Gollum!\u2019 he called. \u2018Would you like to be the hero \u2013 now
where\u2019s he got to again?\u2019
There was no sign of him at the mouth of their shelter nor
in the shadows near. He had refused their food, though he
had, as usual, accepted a mouthful of water; and then he had
seemed to curl up for a sleep. They had supposed that one
at any rate of his objects in his long absence the day before
had been to hunt for food to his own liking; and now he had
evidently slipped off again while they talked. But what for
this time?
\u2018I don\u2019t like his sneaking off without saying,\u2019 said Sam.
\u2018And least of all now. He can\u2019t be looking for food up here,
not unless there\u2019s some kind of rock he fancies. Why, there
isn\u2019t even a bit of moss!\u2019
\u2018It\u2019s no good worrying about him now,\u2019 said Frodo. \u2018We
934 the two towers
couldn\u2019t have got so far, not even within sight of the pass,
without him, and so we\u2019ll have to put up with his ways. If
he\u2019s false, he\u2019s false.\u2019
\u2018All the same, I\u2019d rather have him under my eye,\u2019 said Sam.
\u2018All the more so, if he\u2019s false. Do you remember he never
would say if this pass was guarded or no? And now we see a
tower there \u2013 and it may be deserted, and it may not. Do you
think he\u2019s gone to fetch them, Orcs or whatever they are?\u2019
\u2018No, I don\u2019t think so,\u2019 answered Frodo. \u2018Even if he\u2019s up to
some wickedness, and I suppose that\u2019s not unlikely. I don\u2019t
think it\u2019s that: not to fetch Orcs, or any servants of the Enemy.
Why wait till now, and go through all the labour of the climb,
and come so near the land he fears? He could probably have
betrayed us to Orcs many times since we met him. No, if it\u2019s
anything, it will be some little private trick of his own that he
thinks is quite secret.\u2019
\u2018Well, I suppose you\u2019re right, Mr. Frodo,\u2019 said Sam. \u2018Not
that it comforts me mightily. I don\u2019t make no mistake: I don\u2019t
doubt he\u2019d hand me over to Orcs as gladly as kiss his hand.
But I was forgetting \u2013 his Precious. No, I suppose the whole
time it\u2019s been The Precious for poor Sme\u00b4agol. That\u2019s the one
idea in all his little schemes, if he has any. But how bringing
us up here will help him in that is more than I can guess.\u2019
\u2018Very likely he can\u2019t guess himself,\u2019 said Frodo. \u2018And I
don\u2019t think he\u2019s got just one plain scheme in his muddled
head. I think he really is in part trying to save the Precious from
the Enemy, as long as he can. For that would be the last disaster for himself too, if the Enemy got it. And in the other part,
perhaps, he\u2019s just biding his time and waiting on chance.\u2019
\u2018Yes, Slinker and Stinker, as I\u2019ve said before,\u2019 said Sam.
\u2018But the nearer they get to the Enemy\u2019s land the more like
Stinker Slinker will get. Mark my words: if ever we get to the
pass, he won\u2019t let us really take the precious thing over the
border without making some kind of trouble.\u2019
\u2018We haven\u2019t got there yet,\u2019 said Frodo.
\u2018No, but we\u2019d better keep our eyes skinned till we do. If
we\u2019re caught napping, Stinker will come out on top pretty
the stairs of cirith ungol 935
quick. Not but what it would be safe for you to have a wink
now, master. Safe, if you lay close to me. I\u2019d be dearly glad
to see you have a sleep. I\u2019d keep watch over you; and anyway,
if you lay near, with my arm round you, no one could come
pawing you without your Sam knowing it.\u2019
\u2018Sleep!\u2019 said Frodo and sighed, as if out of a desert he had
seen a mirage of cool green. \u2018Yes, even here I could sleep.\u2019
\u2018Sleep then, master! Lay your head in my lap.\u2019
And so Gollum found them hours later, when he returned,
crawling and creeping down the path out of the gloom ahead.
Sam sat propped against the stone, his head dropping sideways and his breathing heavy. In his lap lay Frodo\u2019s head,
drowned deep in sleep; upon his white forehead lay one of
Sam\u2019s brown hands, and the other lay softly upon his master\u2019s
breast. Peace was in both their faces.
Gollum looked at them. A strange expression passed over
his lean hungry face. The gleam faded from his eyes, and
they went dim and grey, old and tired. A spasm of pain
seemed to twist him, and he turned away, peering back up
towards the pass, shaking his head, as if engaged in some
interior debate. Then he came back, and slowly putting out
a trembling hand, very cautiously he touched Frodo\u2019s knee \u2013
but almost the touch was a caress. For a fleeting moment,
could one of the sleepers have seen him, they would have
thought that they beheld an old weary hobbit, shrunken by
the years that had carried him far beyond his time, beyond
friends and kin, and the fields and streams of youth, an old
starved pitiable thing.
But at that touch Frodo stirred and cried out softly in his
sleep, and immediately Sam was wide awake. The first thing
he saw was Gollum \u2013 \u2018pawing at master,\u2019 as he thought.
\u2018Hey you!\u2019 he said roughly. \u2018What are you up to?\u2019
\u2018Nothing, nothing,\u2019 said Gollum softly. \u2018Nice Master!\u2019
\u2018I daresay,\u2019 said Sam. \u2018But where have you been to \u2013 sneaking off and sneaking back, you old villain?\u2019
Gollum withdrew himself, and a green glint flickered under
936 the two towers
his heavy lids. Almost spider-like he looked now, crouched
back on his bent limbs, with his protruding eyes. The fleeting
moment had passed, beyond recall. \u2018Sneaking, sneaking!\u2019 he
hissed. \u2018Hobbits always so polite, yes. O nice hobbits! Sme\u00b4agol brings them up secret ways that nobody else could find.
Tired he is, thirsty he is, yes thirsty; and he guides them and
he searches for paths, and they say sneak, sneak. Very nice
friends, O yes my precious, very nice.\u2019
Sam felt a bit remorseful, though not more trustful. \u2018Sorry,\u2019
he said. \u2018I\u2019m sorry, but you startled me out of my sleep. And
I shouldn\u2019t have been sleeping, and that made me a bit sharp.
But Mr. Frodo, he\u2019s that tired, I asked him to have a wink;
and well, that\u2019s how it is. Sorry. But where have you been
to?\u2019
\u2018Sneaking,\u2019 said Gollum, and the green glint did not leave
his eyes.
\u2018O very well,\u2019 said Sam, \u2018have it your own way! I don\u2019t
suppose it\u2019s so far from the truth. And now we\u2019d better all
be sneaking along together. What\u2019s the time? Is it today or
tomorrow?\u2019
\u2018It\u2019s tomorrow,\u2019 said Gollum, \u2018or this was tomorrow when
hobbits went to sleep. Very foolish, very dangerous \u2013 if poor
Sme\u00b4agol wasn\u2019t sneaking about to watch.\u2019
\u2018I think we shall get tired of that word soon,\u2019 said Sam.
\u2018But never mind. I\u2019ll wake master up.\u2019 Gently he smoothed
the hair back from Frodo\u2019s brow, and bending down spoke
softly to him.
\u2018Wake up, Mr. Frodo! Wake up!\u2019
Frodo stirred and opened his eyes, and smiled, seeing
Sam\u2019s face bending over him. \u2018Calling me early aren\u2019t you,
Sam?\u2019 he said. \u2018It\u2019s dark still!\u2019
\u2018Yes it\u2019s always dark here,\u2019 said Sam. \u2018But Gollum\u2019s come
back, Mr. Frodo, and he says it\u2019s tomorrow. So we must be
walking on. The last lap.\u2019
Frodo drew a deep breath and sat up. \u2018The last lap!\u2019 he
said. \u2018Hullo, Sme\u00b4agol! Found any food? Have you had any
rest?\u2019
the stairs of cirith ungol 937
\u2018No food, no rest, nothing for Sme\u00b4agol,\u2019 said Gollum. \u2018He\u2019s
a sneak.\u2019
Sam clicked his tongue, but restrained himself.
\u2018Don\u2019t take names to yourself, Sme\u00b4agol,\u2019 said Frodo. \u2018It\u2019s
unwise, whether they are true or false.\u2019
\u2018Sme\u00b4agol has to take what\u2019s given him,\u2019 answered Gollum.
\u2018He was given that name by kind Master Samwise, the hobbit
that knows so much.\u2019
Frodo looked at Sam. \u2018Yes sir,\u2019 he said. \u2018I did use the word,
waking up out of my sleep sudden and all and finding him at
hand. I said I was sorry, but I soon shan\u2019t be.\u2019
\u2018Come, let it pass then,\u2019 said Frodo. \u2018But now we seem to
have come to the point, you and I, Sme\u00b4agol. Tell me. Can
we find the rest of the way by ourselves? We\u2019re in sight of
the pass, of a way in, and if we can find it now, then I suppose
our agreement can be said to be over. You have done what
you promised, and you\u2019re free: free to go back to food and
rest, wherever you wish to go, except to servants of the
Enemy. And one day I may reward you, I or those that
remember me.\u2019
\u2018No, no, not yet,\u2019 Gollum whined. \u2018O no! They can\u2019t find
the way themselves, can they? O no indeed. There\u2019s the
tunnel coming. Sme\u00b4agol must go on. No rest. No food. Not
yet.\u2019
Chapter 9
SHELOB\u2019S LAIR
It may indeed have been daytime now, as Gollum said, but
the hobbits could see little difference, unless, perhaps, the
heavy sky above was less utterly black, more like a great roof
of smoke; while instead of the darkness of deep night, which
lingered still in cracks and holes, a grey blurring shadow
shrouded the stony world about them. They passed on,
Gollum in front and the hobbits now side by side, up the
long ravine between the piers and columns of torn and weathered rock, standing like huge unshapen statues on either
hand. There was no sound. Some way ahead, a mile or so,
perhaps, was a great grey wall, a last huge upthrusting mass
of mountain-stone. Darker it loomed, and steadily it rose as
they approached, until it towered up high above them, shutting out the view of all that lay beyond. Deep shadow lay
before its feet. Sam sniffed the air.
\u2018Ugh! That smell!\u2019 he said. \u2018It\u2019s getting stronger and
stronger.\u2019
Presently they were under the shadow, and there in the
midst of it they saw the opening of a cave. \u2018This is the way
in,\u2019 said Gollum softly. \u2018This is the entrance to the tunnel.\u2019
He did not speak its name: Torech Ungol, Shelob\u2019s Lair. Out
of it came a stench, not the sickly odour of decay in the
meads of Morgul, but a foul reek, as if filth unnameable were
piled and hoarded in the dark within.
\u2018Is this the only way, Sme\u00b4agol?\u2019 said Frodo.
\u2018Yes, yes,\u2019 he answered. \u2018Yes, we must go this way now.\u2019
\u2018D\u2019you mean to say you\u2019ve been through this hole?\u2019 said
Sam. \u2018Phew! But perhaps you don\u2019t mind bad smells.\u2019
Gollum\u2019s eyes glinted. \u2018He doesn\u2019t know what we minds,
does he, precious? No, he doesn\u2019t. But Sme\u00b4agol can bear
shelob\u2019s lair 939
things. Yes. He\u2019s been through. O yes, right through. It\u2019s the
only way.\u2019
\u2018And what makes the smell, I wonder,\u2019 said Sam. \u2018It\u2019s like
\u2013 well, I wouldn\u2019t like to say. Some beastly hole of the Orcs,
I\u2019ll warrant, with a hundred years of their filth in it.\u2019
\u2018Well,\u2019 said Frodo, \u2018Orcs or no, if it\u2019s the only way, we
must take it.\u2019
Drawing a deep breath they passed inside. In a few steps
they were in utter and impenetrable dark. Not since the
lightless passages of Moria had Frodo or Sam known such
darkness, and if possible here it was deeper and denser.
There, there were airs moving, and echoes, and a sense of
space. Here the air was still, stagnant, heavy, and sound fell
dead. They walked as it were in a black vapour wrought
of veritable darkness itself that, as it was breathed, brought
blindness not only to the eyes but to the mind, so that even
the memory of colours and of forms and of any light faded
out of thought. Night always had been, and always would be,
and night was all.
But for a while they could still feel, and indeed the senses
of their feet and fingers at first seemed sharpened almost
painfully. The walls felt, to their surprise, smooth, and the
floor, save for a step now and again, was straight and even,
going ever up at the same stiff slope. The tunnel was high
and wide, so wide that, though the hobbits walked abreast,
only touching the side-walls with their outstretched hands,
they were separated, cut off alone in the darkness.
Gollum had gone in first and seemed to be only a few steps
ahead. While they were still able to give heed to such things,
they could hear his breath hissing and gasping just in front
of them. But after a time their senses became duller, both
touch and hearing seemed to grow numb, and they kept on,
groping, walking, on and on, mainly by the force of the will
with which they had entered, will to go through and desire
to come at last to the high gate beyond.
Before they had gone very far, perhaps, but time and
940 the two towers
distance soon passed out of his reckoning, Sam on the right,
feeling the wall, was aware that there was an opening at the
side: for a moment he caught a faint breath of some air less
heavy, and then they passed it by.
\u2018There\u2019s more than one passage here,\u2019 he whispered with
an effort: it seemed hard to make his breath give any sound.
\u2018It\u2019s as orc-like a place as ever there could be!\u2019
After that, first he on the right, and then Frodo on the
left, passed three or four such openings, some wider, some
smaller; but there was as yet no doubt of the main way, for
it was straight, and did not turn, and still went steadily up.
But how long was it, how much more of this would they have
to endure, or could they endure? The breathlessness of the
air was growing as they climbed; and now they seemed often
in the blind dark to sense some resistance thicker than the
foul air. As they thrust forward they felt things brush against
their heads, or against their hands, long tentacles, or hanging
growths perhaps: they could not tell what they were. And still
the stench grew. It grew, until almost it seemed to them that
smell was the only clear sense left to them, and that was for
their torment. One hour, two hours, three hours: how many
had they passed in this lightless hole? Hours \u2013 days, weeks
rather. Sam left the tunnel-side and shrank towards Frodo,
and their hands met and clasped, and so together they still
went on.
At length Frodo, groping along the left-hand wall, came
suddenly to a void. Almost he fell sideways into the emptiness. Here was some opening in the rock far wider than any
they had yet passed; and out of it came a reek so foul, and a
sense of lurking malice so intense, that Frodo reeled. And at
that moment Sam too lurched and fell forwards.
Fighting off both the sickness and the fear, Frodo gripped
Sam\u2019s hand. \u2018Up!\u2019 he said in a hoarse breath without voice.
\u2018It all comes from here, the stench and the peril. Now for it!
Quick!\u2019
Calling up his remaining strength and resolution, he
dragged Sam to his feet, and forced his own limbs to move.
shelob\u2019s lair 941
Sam stumbled beside him. One step, two steps, three steps \u2013
at last six steps. Maybe they had passed the dreadful unseen
opening, but whether that was so or not, suddenly it was
easier to move, as if some hostile will for the moment had
released them. They struggled on, still hand in hand.
But almost at once they came to a new difficulty. The
tunnel forked, or so it seemed, and in the dark they could not
tell which was the wider way, or which kept nearer to the
straight. Which should they take, the left, or the right? They
knew of nothing to guide them, yet a false choice would
almost certainly be fatal.
\u2018Which way has Gollum gone?\u2019 panted Sam. \u2018And why
didn\u2019t he wait?\u2019
\u2018Sme\u00b4agol!\u2019 said Frodo, trying to call. \u2018Sme\u00b4agol!\u2019 But his
voice croaked, and the name fell dead almost as it left his
lips. There was no answer, not an echo, not even a tremor of
the air.
\u2018He\u2019s really gone this time, I fancy,\u2019 muttered Sam. \u2018I guess
this is just exactly where he meant to bring us. Gollum! If
ever I lay hands on you again, you\u2019ll be sorry for it.\u2019
Presently, groping and fumbling in the dark, they found
that the opening on the left was blocked: either it was a blind,
or else some great stone had fallen in the passage. \u2018This can\u2019t
be the way,\u2019 Frodo whispered. \u2018Right or wrong, we must take
the other.\u2019
\u2018And quick!\u2019 Sam panted. \u2018There\u2019s something worse than
Gollum about. I can feel something looking at us.\u2019
They had not gone more than a few yards when from
behind them came a sound, startling and horrible in the heavy
padded silence: a gurgling, bubbling noise, and a long venomous hiss. They wheeled round, but nothing could be seen.
Still as stones they stood, staring, waiting for they did not
know what.
\u2018It\u2019s a trap!\u2019 said Sam, and he laid his hand upon the hilt
of his sword; and as he did so, he thought of the darkness of
the barrow whence it came. \u2018I wish old Tom was near us
now!\u2019 he thought. Then, as he stood, darkness about him and
942 the two towers
a blackness of despair and anger in his heart, it seemed to
him that he saw a light: a light in his mind, almost unbearably
bright at first, as a sun-ray to the eyes of one long hidden in
a windowless pit. Then the light became colour: green, gold,
silver, white. Far off, as in a little picture drawn by elvenfingers, he saw the Lady Galadriel standing on the grass in
Lo\u00b4rien, and gifts were in her hands. And you, Ring-bearer, he
heard her say, remote but clear, for you I have prepared this.
The bubbling hiss drew nearer, and there was a creaking
as of some great jointed thing that moved with slow purpose
in the dark. A reek came on before it. \u2018Master, master!\u2019 cried
Sam, and life and urgency came back into his voice. \u2018The
Lady\u2019s gift! The star-glass! A light to you in dark places, she
said it was to be. The star-glass!\u2019
\u2018The star-glass?\u2019 muttered Frodo, as one answering out of
sleep, hardly comprehending. \u2018Why yes! Why had I forgotten
it? A light when all other lights go out! And now indeed light
alone can help us.\u2019
Slowly his hand went to his bosom, and slowly he held
aloft the Phial of Galadriel. For a moment it glimmered, faint
as a rising star struggling in heavy earthward mists, and then
as its power waxed, and hope grew in Frodo\u2019s mind, it began
to burn, and kindled to a silver flame, a minute heart of
dazzling light, as though Ea\u00a8rendil had himself come down
from the high sunset paths with the last Silmaril upon his
brow. The darkness receded from it, until it seemed to shine
in the centre of a globe of airy crystal, and the hand that held
it sparkled with white fire.
Frodo gazed in wonder at this marvellous gift that he
had so long carried, not guessing its full worth and potency.
Seldom had he remembered it on the road, until they came
to Morgul Vale, and never had he used it for fear of its
revealing light. Aiya Ea\u00a8rendil Elenion Ancalima! he cried, and
knew not what he had spoken; for it seemed that another
voice spoke through his, clear, untroubled by the foul air of
the pit.
shelob\u2019s lair 943
But other potencies there are in Middle-earth, powers of
night, and they are old and strong. And She that walked in
the darkness had heard the Elves cry that cry far back in the
deeps of time, and she had not heeded it, and it did not daunt
her now. Even as Frodo spoke he felt a great malice bent
upon him, and a deadly regard considering him. Not far
down the tunnel, between them and the opening where they
had reeled and stumbled, he was aware of eyes growing visible, two great clusters of many-windowed eyes \u2013 the coming
menace was unmasked at last. The radiance of the star-glass
was broken and thrown back from their thousand facets, but
behind the glitter a pale deadly fire began steadily to glow
within, a flame kindled in some deep pit of evil thought.
Monstrous and abominable eyes they were, bestial and yet
filled with purpose and with hideous delight, gloating over
their prey trapped beyond all hope of escape.
Frodo and Sam, horror-stricken, began slowly to back
away, their own gaze held by the dreadful stare of those
baleful eyes; but as they backed so the eyes advanced. Frodo\u2019s
hand wavered, and slowly the Phial drooped. Then suddenly,
released from the holding spell to run a little while in vain
panic for the amusement of the eyes, they both turned and
fled together; but even as they ran Frodo looked back and
saw with terror that at once the eyes came leaping up behind.
The stench of death was like a cloud about him.
\u2018Stand! stand!\u2019 he cried desperately. \u2018Running is no use.\u2019
Slowly the eyes crept nearer.
\u2018Galadriel!\u2019 he called, and gathering his courage he lifted
up the Phial once more. The eyes halted. For a moment their
regard relaxed, as if some hint of doubt troubled them. Then
Frodo\u2019s heart flamed within him, and without thinking what
he did, whether it was folly or despair or courage, he took
the Phial in his left hand, and with his right hand drew his
sword. Sting flashed out, and the sharp elven-blade sparkled
in the silver light, but at its edges a blue fire flickered. Then
holding the star aloft and the bright sword advanced, Frodo,
944 the two towers
hobbit of the Shire, walked steadily down to meet the eyes.
They wavered. Doubt came into them as the light approached. One by one they dimmed, and slowly they drew
back. No brightness so deadly had ever afflicted them before.
From sun and moon and star they had been safe underground,
but now a star had descended into the very earth. Still it approached, and the eyes began to quail. One by one they all went
dark; they turned away, and a great bulk, beyond the light\u2019s
reach, heaved its huge shadow in between. They were gone.
\u2018Master, master!\u2019 cried Sam. He was close behind, his own
sword drawn and ready. \u2018Stars and glory! But the Elves would
make a song of that, if ever they heard of it! And may I live
to tell them and hear them sing. But don\u2019t go on, master!
Don\u2019t go down to that den! Now\u2019s our only chance. Now
let\u2019s get out of this foul hole!\u2019
And so back they turned once more, first walking and then
running; for as they went the floor of the tunnel rose steeply,
and with every stride they climbed higher above the stenches
of the unseen lair, and strength returned to limb and heart.
But still the hatred of the Watcher lurked behind them, blind
for a while, perhaps, but undefeated, still bent on death. And
now there came a flow of air to meet them, cold and thin.
The opening, the tunnel\u2019s end, at last it was before them.
Panting, yearning for a roofless place, they flung themselves
forward; and then in amazement they staggered, tumbling
back. The outlet was blocked with some barrier, but not of
stone: soft and a little yielding it seemed, and yet strong and
impervious; air filtered through, but not a glimmer of any
light. Once more they charged and were hurled back.
Holding aloft the Phial Frodo looked and before him he
saw a greyness which the radiance of the star-glass did not
pierce and did not illuminate, as if it were a shadow that
being cast by no light, no light could dissipate. Across the
width and height of the tunnel a vast web was spun, orderly
as the web of some huge spider, but denser-woven and far
greater, and each thread was as thick as rope.
shelob\u2019s lair 945
Sam laughed grimly. \u2018Cobwebs!\u2019 he said. \u2018Is that all?
Cobwebs! But what a spider! Have at \u2019em, down with \u2019em!\u2019
In a fury he hewed at them with his sword, but the thread
that he struck did not break. It gave a little and then sprang
back like a plucked bowstring, turning the blade and tossing
up both sword and arm. Three times Sam struck with all his
force, and at last one single cord of all the countless cords
snapped and twisted, curling and whipping through the air.
One end of it lashed Sam\u2019s hand, and he cried out in pain,
starting back and drawing his hand across his mouth.
\u2018It will take days to clear the road like this,\u2019 he said. \u2018What\u2019s
to be done? Have those eyes come back?\u2019
\u2018No, not to be seen,\u2019 said Frodo. \u2018But I still feel that they
are looking at me, or thinking about me: making some other
plan, perhaps. If this light were lowered, or if it failed, they
would quickly come again.\u2019
\u2018Trapped in the end!\u2019 said Sam bitterly, his anger rising
again above weariness and despair. \u2018Gnats in a net. May the
curse of Faramir bite that Gollum and bite him quick!\u2019
\u2018That would not help us now,\u2019 said Frodo. \u2018Come! Let us
see what Sting can do. It is an elven-blade. There were webs
of horror in the dark ravines of Beleriand where it was forged.
But you must be the guard and hold back the eyes. Here,
take the star-glass. Do not be afraid. Hold it up and watch!\u2019
Then Frodo stepped up to the great grey net, and hewed
it with a wide sweeping stroke, drawing the bitter edge swiftly
across a ladder of close-strung cords, and at once springing
away. The blue-gleaming blade shore through them like a
scythe through grass, and they leaped and writhed and then
hung loose. A great rent was made.
Stroke after stroke he dealt, until at last all the web within
his reach was shattered, and the upper portion blew and
swayed like a loose veil in the incoming wind. The trap was
broken.
\u2018Come!\u2019 cried Frodo. \u2018On! On!\u2019 Wild joy at their escape
from the very mouth of despair suddenly filled all his mind.
946 the two towers
His head whirled as with a draught of potent wine. He sprang
out, shouting as he came.
It seemed light in that dark land to his eyes that had passed
through the den of night. The great smokes had risen and
grown thinner, and the last hours of a sombre day were
passing; the red glare of Mordor had died away in sullen
gloom. Yet it seemed to Frodo that he looked upon a morning
of sudden hope. Almost he had reached the summit of the
wall. Only a little higher now. The Cleft, Cirith Ungol, was
before him, a dim notch in the black ridge, and the horns
of rock darkling in the sky on either side. A short race, a
sprinter\u2019s course, and he would be through!
\u2018The pass, Sam!\u2019 he cried, not heeding the shrillness of his
voice, that released from the choking airs of the tunnel rang
out now high and wild. \u2018The pass! Run, run, and we\u2019ll be
through \u2013 through before anyone can stop us!\u2019
Sam came up behind as fast as he could urge his legs; but
glad as he was to be free, he was uneasy, and as he ran, he
kept on glancing back at the dark arch of the tunnel, fearing
to see eyes, or some shape beyond his imagining, spring out
in pursuit. Too little did he or his master know of the craft
of Shelob. She had many exits from her lair.
There agelong she had dwelt, an evil thing in spider-form,
even such as once of old had lived in the Land of the Elves
in the West that is now under the Sea, such as Beren fought
in the Mountains of Terror in Doriath, and so came to
Lu\u00b4thien upon the green sward amid the hemlocks in the
moonlight long ago. How Shelob came there, flying from
ruin, no tale tells, for out of the Dark Years few tales have
come. But still she was there, who was there before Sauron,
and before the first stone of Barad-du\u02c6r; and she served none
but herself, drinking the blood of Elves and Men, bloated
and grown fat with endless brooding on her feasts, weaving
webs of shadow; for all living things were her food, and her
vomit darkness. Far and wide her lesser broods, bastards of
the miserable mates, her own offspring, that she slew, spread
shelob\u2019s lair 947
from glen to glen, from the Ephel Du\u00b4ath to the eastern hills,
to Dol Guldur and the fastnesses of Mirkwood. But none
could rival her, Shelob the Great, last child of Ungoliant to
trouble the unhappy world.
Already, years before, Gollum had beheld her, Sme\u00b4agol
who pried into all dark holes, and in past days he had bowed
and worshipped her, and the darkness of her evil will walked
through all the ways of his weariness beside him, cutting him
off from light and from regret. And he had promised to bring
her food. But her lust was not his lust. Little she knew of or
cared for towers, or rings, or anything devised by mind or
hand, who only desired death for all others, mind and body,
and for herself a glut of life, alone, swollen till the mountains
could no longer hold her up and the darkness could not
contain her.
But that desire was yet far away, and long now had she
been hungry, lurking in her den, while the power of Sauron
grew, and light and living things forsook his borders; and the
city in the valley was dead, and no Elf or Man came near,
only the unhappy Orcs. Poor food and wary. But she must
eat, and however busily they delved new winding passages
from the pass and from their tower, ever she found some way
to snare them. But she lusted for sweeter meat. And Gollum
had brought it to her.
\u2018We\u2019ll see, we\u2019ll see,\u2019 he said often to himself, when the evil
mood was on him, as he walked the dangerous road from
Emyn Muil to Morgul Vale, \u2018we\u2019ll see. lt may well be, O yes,
it may well be that when She throws away the bones and the
empty garments, we shall find it, we shall get it, the Precious,
a reward for poor Sme\u00b4agol who brings nice food. And we\u2019ll
save the Precious, as we promised. O yes. And when we\u2019ve
got it safe, then She\u2019ll know it, O yes, then we\u2019ll pay Her
back, my precious. Then we\u2019ll pay everyone back!\u2019
So he thought in an inner chamber of his cunning, which
he still hoped to hide from her, even when he had come to
her again and had bowed low before her while his companions slept.
948 the two towers
And as for Sauron: he knew where she lurked. It pleased
him that she should dwell there hungry but unabated in
malice, a more sure watch upon that ancient path into his
land than any other that his skill could have devised. And
Orcs, they were useful slaves, but he had them in plenty. If
now and again Shelob caught them to stay her appetite, she
was welcome: he could spare them. And sometimes as a man
may cast a dainty to his cat (his cat he calls her, but she owns
him not) Sauron would send her prisoners that he had no
better uses for: he would have them driven to her hole, and
report brought back to him of the play she made.
So they both lived, delighting in their own devices, and
feared no assault, nor wrath, nor any end of their wickedness.
Never yet had any fly escaped from Shelob\u2019s webs, and the
greater now was her rage and hunger.
But nothing of this evil which they had stirred up against
them did poor Sam know, except that a fear was growing on
him, a menace which he could not see; and such a weight did
it become that it was a burden to him to run, and his feet
seemed leaden.
Dread was round him, and enemies before him in the pass,
and his master was in a fey mood running heedlessly to meet
them. Turning his eyes away from the shadow behind and
the deep gloom beneath the cliff upon his left, he looked
ahead, and he saw two things that increased his dismay. He
saw that the sword which Frodo still held unsheathed was
glittering with blue flame; and he saw that though the sky
behind was now dark, still the window in the tower was
glowing red.
\u2018Orcs!\u2019 he muttered. \u2018We\u2019ll never rush it like this. There\u2019s
Orcs about, and worse than Orcs.\u2019 Then returning quickly to
his long habit of secrecy, he closed his hand about the precious Phial which he still bore. Red with his own living blood
his hand shone for a moment, and then he thrust the revealing
light deep into a pocket near his breast and drew his elvencloak about him. Now he tried to quicken his pace. His master
shelob\u2019s lair 949
was gaining on him; already he was some twenty strides
ahead, flitting on like a shadow; soon he would be lost to
sight in that grey world.
Hardly had Sam hidden the light of the star-glass when
she came. A little way ahead and to his left he saw suddenly,
issuing from a black hole of shadow under the cliff, the most
loathly shape that he had ever beheld, horrible beyond the
horror of an evil dream. Most like a spider she was, but huger
than the great hunting beasts, and more terrible than they
because of the evil purpose in her remorseless eyes. Those
same eyes that he had thought daunted and defeated, there
they were lit with a fell light again, clustering in her out-thrust
head. Great horns she had, and behind her short stalk-like
neck was her huge swollen body, a vast bloated bag, swaying
and sagging between her legs; its great bulk was black,
blotched with livid marks, but the belly underneath was pale
and luminous and gave forth a stench. Her legs were bent,
with great knobbed joints high above her back, and hairs that
stuck out like steel spines, and at each leg\u2019s end there was a
claw.
As soon as she had squeezed her soft squelching body and
its folded limbs out of the upper exit from her lair, she moved
with a horrible speed, now running on her creaking legs,
now making a sudden bound. She was between Sam and his
master. Either she did not see Sam, or she avoided him for
the moment as the bearer of the light, and fixed all her intent
upon one prey, upon Frodo, bereft of his Phial, running
heedless up the path, unaware yet of his peril. Swiftly he ran,
but Shelob was swifter; in a few leaps she would have him.
Sam gasped and gathered all his remaining breath to shout.
\u2018Look out behind!\u2019 he yelled. \u2018Look out, master! I\u2019m\u2019 \u2013 but
suddenly his cry was stifled.
A long clammy hand went over his mouth and another
caught him by the neck, while something wrapped itself about
his leg. Taken off his guard he toppled backwards into the
arms of his attacker.
950 the two towers
\u2018Got him!\u2019 hissed Gollum in his ear. \u2018At last, my precious,
we\u2019ve got him, yes, the nassty hobbit. We takes this one.
She\u2019ll get the other. O yes, Shelob will get him, not Sme\u00b4agol:
he promised; he won\u2019t hurt Master at all. But he\u2019s got you,
you nassty filthy little sneak!\u2019 He spat on Sam\u2019s neck.
Fury at the treachery, and desperation at the delay when
his master was in deadly peril, gave to Sam a sudden violence
and strength that was far beyond anything that Gollum had
expected from this slow stupid hobbit, as he thought him.
Not Gollum himself could have twisted more quickly or more
fiercely. His hold on Sam\u2019s mouth slipped, and Sam ducked
and lunged forward again, trying to tear away from the grip
on his neck. His sword was still in his hand, and on his left
arm, hanging by its thong, was Faramir\u2019s staff. Desperately
he tried to turn and stab his enemy. But Gollum was too
quick. His long right arm shot out, and he grabbed Sam\u2019s
wrist: his fingers were like a vice; slowly and relentlessly he
bent the hand down and forward, till with a cry of pain Sam
released the sword and it fell to the ground; and all the while
Gollum\u2019s other hand was tightening on Sam\u2019s throat.
Then Sam played his last trick. With all his strength he
pulled away and got his feet firmly planted; then suddenly he
drove his legs against the ground and with his whole force
hurled himself backwards.
Not expecting even this simple trick from Sam, Gollum
fell over with Sam on top, and he received the weight of the
sturdy hobbit in his stomach. A sharp hiss came out of him,
and for a second his hand upon Sam\u2019s throat loosened; but
his fingers still gripped the sword-hand. Sam tore himself
forward and away, and stood up, and then quickly he wheeled
away to his right, pivoted on the wrist held by Gollum. Laying
hold of the staff with his left hand, Sam swung it up, and
down it came with a whistling crack on Gollum\u2019s outstretched
arm, just below the elbow.
With a squeal Gollum let go. Then Sam waded in; not
waiting to change the staff from left to right he dealt another
savage blow. Quick as a snake Gollum slithered aside, and
shelob\u2019s lair 951
the stroke aimed at his head fell across his back. The staff
cracked and broke. That was enough for him. Grabbing from
behind was an old game of his, and seldom had he failed in
it. But this time, misled by spite, he had made the mistake of
speaking and gloating before he had both hands on his victim\u2019s neck. Everything had gone wrong with his beautiful
plan, since that horrible light had so unexpectedly appeared
in the darkness. And now he was face to face with a furious
enemy, little less than his own size. This fight was not for
him. Sam swept up his sword from the ground and raised it.
Gollum squealed, and springing aside on to all fours, he
jumped away in one big bound like a frog. Before Sam could
reach him, he was off, running with amazing speed back
towards the tunnel.
Sword in hand Sam went after him. For the moment he
had forgotten everything else but the red fury in his brain
and the desire to kill Gollum. But before he could overtake
him, Gollum was gone. Then as the dark hole stood before
him and the stench came out to meet him, like a clap of
thunder the thought of Frodo and the monster smote upon
Sam\u2019s mind. He spun round, and rushed wildly up the path,
calling and calling his master\u2019s name. He was too late. So far
Gollum\u2019s plot had succeeded.
Chapter 10
THE CHOICES OF MASTER SAMWISE
Frodo was lying face upward on the ground and the monster
was bending over him, so intent upon her victim that she
took no heed of Sam and his cries, until he was close at hand.
As he rushed up he saw that Frodo was already bound in
cords, wound about him from ankle to shoulder, and the
monster with her great forelegs was beginning half to lift, half
to drag his body away.
On the near side of him lay, gleaming on the ground, his
elven-blade, where it had fallen useless from his grasp. Sam
did not wait to wonder what was to be done, or whether he
was brave, or loyal, or filled with rage. He sprang forward
with a yell, and seized his master\u2019s sword in his left hand.
Then he charged. No onslaught more fierce was ever seen in
the savage world of beasts, where some desperate small creature armed with little teeth, alone, will spring upon a tower
of horn and hide that stands above its fallen mate.
Disturbed as if out of some gloating dream by his small
yell she turned slowly the dreadful malice of her glance upon
him. But almost before she was aware that a fury was upon
her greater than any she had known in countless years, the
shining sword bit upon her foot and shore away the claw.
Sam sprang in, inside the arches of her legs, and with a quick
upthrust of his other hand stabbed at the clustered eyes upon
her lowered head. One great eye went dark.
Now the miserable creature was right under her, for
the moment out of the reach of her sting and of her claws.
Her vast belly was above him with its putrid light, and the
stench of it almost smote him down. Still his fury held
for one more blow, and before she could sink upon him,
smothering him and all his little impudence of courage,
the choices of master samwise 953
he slashed the bright elven-blade across her with desperate
strength.
But Shelob was not as dragons are, no softer spot had she
save only her eyes. Knobbed and pitted with corruption was
her age-old hide, but ever thickened from within with layer
on layer of evil growth. The blade scored it with a dreadful
gash, but those hideous folds could not be pierced by any
strength of men, not though Elf or Dwarf should forge the
steel or the hand of Beren or of Tu\u00b4rin wield it. She yielded
to the stroke, and then heaved up the great bag of her belly
high above Sam\u2019s head. Poison frothed and bubbled from
the wound. Now splaying her legs she drove her huge bulk
down on him again. Too soon. For Sam still stood upon his
feet, and dropping his own sword, with both hands he held
the elven-blade point upwards, fending off that ghastly roof;
and so Shelob, with the driving force of her own cruel will,
with strength greater than any warrior\u2019s hand, thrust herself
upon a bitter spike. Deep, deep it pricked, as Sam was
crushed slowly to the ground.
No such anguish had Shelob ever known, or dreamed of
knowing, in all her long world of wickedness. Not the doughtiest soldier of old Gondor, nor the most savage Orc entrapped, had ever thus endured her, or set blade to her
beloved flesh. A shudder went through her. Heaving up
again, wrenching away from the pain, she bent her writhing
limbs beneath her and sprang backwards in a convulsive leap.
Sam had fallen to his knees by Frodo\u2019s head, his senses
reeling in the foul stench, his two hands still gripping the hilt
of the sword. Through the mist before his eyes he was aware
dimly of Frodo\u2019s face, and stubbornly he fought to master
himself and to drag himself out of the swoon that was upon
him. Slowly he raised his head and saw her, only a few paces
away, eyeing him, her beak drabbling a spittle of venom, and
a green ooze trickling from below her wounded eye. There
she crouched, her shuddering belly splayed upon the ground,
the great bows of her legs quivering, as she gathered herself
for another spring \u2013 this time to crush and sting to death: no
954 the two towers
little bite of poison to still the struggling of her meat; this
time to slay and then to rend.
Even as Sam himself crouched, looking at her, seeing his
death in her eyes, a thought came to him, as if some remote
voice had spoken, and he fumbled in his breast with his left
hand, and found what he sought: cold and hard and solid it
seemed to his touch in a phantom world of horror, the Phial
of Galadriel.
\u2018Galadriel!\u2019 he said faintly, and then he heard voices far off
but clear: the crying of the Elves as they walked under the
stars in the beloved shadows of the Shire, and the music of
the Elves as it came through his sleep in the Hall of Fire in
the house of Elrond.
Gilthoniel A Elbereth!
And then his tongue was loosed and his voice cried in a
language which he did not know:
A Elbereth Gilthoniel
o menel palan-diriel,
le nallon s\u0131\u00b4 di\u2019nguruthos!
A tiro nin, Fanuilos!
And with that he staggered to his feet and was Samwise the
hobbit, Hamfast\u2019s son, again.
\u2018Now come, you filth!\u2019 he cried. \u2018You\u2019ve hurt my master,
you brute, and you\u2019ll pay for it. We\u2019re going on; but we\u2019ll
settle with you first. Come on, and taste it again!\u2019
As if his indomitable spirit had set its potency in motion,
the glass blazed suddenly like a white torch in his hand. It
flamed like a star that leaping from the firmament sears the
dark air with intolerable light. No such terror out of heaven
had ever burned in Shelob\u2019s face before. The beams of it
entered into her wounded head and scored it with unbearable pain, and the dreadful infection of light spread from eye
to eye. She fell back beating the air with her forelegs, her
the choices of master samwise 955
sight blasted by inner lightnings, her mind in agony. Then
turning her maimed head away, she rolled aside and began
to crawl, claw by claw, towards the opening in the dark cliff
behind.
Sam came on. He was reeling like a drunken man, but he
came on. And Shelob cowed at last, shrunken in defeat, jerked
and quivered as she tried to hasten from him. She reached
the hole, and squeezing down, leaving a trail of green-yellow
slime, she slipped in, even as Sam hewed a last stroke at her
dragging legs. Then he fell to the ground.
Shelob was gone; and whether she lay long in her lair,
nursing her malice and her misery, and in slow years of
darkness healed herself from within, rebuilding her clustered
eyes, until with hunger like death she spun once more her
dreadful snares in the glens of the Mountains of Shadow, this
tale does not tell.
Sam was left alone. Wearily, as the evening of the Nameless
Land fell upon the place of battle, he crawled back to his
master.
\u2018Master, dear master,\u2019 he said, but Frodo did not speak.
As he had run forward, eager, rejoicing to be free, Shelob
with hideous speed had come behind and with one swift
stroke had stung him in the neck. He lay now pale, and heard
no voice, and did not move.
\u2018Master, dear master!\u2019 said Sam, and through a long silence
waited, listening in vain.
Then as quickly as he could he cut away the binding cords
and laid his head upon Frodo\u2019s breast and to his mouth, but
no stir of life could he find, nor feel the faintest flutter of the
heart. Often he chafed his master\u2019s hands and feet, and
touched his brow, but all were cold.
\u2018Frodo, Mr. Frodo!\u2019 he called. \u2018Don\u2019t leave me here
alone! It\u2019s your Sam calling. Don\u2019t go where I can\u2019t follow!
Wake up, Mr. Frodo! O wake up, Frodo, me dear, me dear.
Wake up!\u2019<\/p>\n\n\n\n
956 the two towers
Then anger surged over him, and he ran about his master\u2019s
body in a rage, stabbing the air, and smiting the stones, and
shouting challenges. Presently he came back, and bending
looked at Frodo\u2019s face, pale beneath him in the dusk. And
suddenly he saw that he was in the picture that was revealed
to him in the mirror of Galadriel in Lo\u00b4rien: Frodo with a pale
face lying fast asleep under a great dark cliff. Or fast asleep
he had thought then. \u2018He\u2019s dead!\u2019 he said. \u2018Not asleep, dead!\u2019
And as he said it, as if the words had set the venom to its
work again, it seemed to him that the hue of the face grew
livid green.
And then black despair came down on him, and Sam
bowed to the ground, and drew his grey hood over his head,
and night came into his heart, and he knew no more.
When at last the blackness passed, Sam looked up and
shadows were about him; but for how many minutes or hours
the world had gone dragging on he could not tell. He was
still in the same place, and still his master lay beside him
dead. The mountains had not crumbled nor the earth fallen
into ruin.
\u2018What shall I do, what shall I do?\u2019 he said. \u2018Did I come all
this way with him for nothing?\u2019 And then he remembered his
own voice speaking words that at the time he did not understand himself, at the beginning of their journey: I have something to do before the end. I must see it through, sir, if you
understand.
\u2018But what can I do? Not leave Mr. Frodo dead, unburied
on the top of the mountains, and go home? Or go on? Go
on?\u2019 he repeated, and for a moment doubt and fear shook
him. \u2018Go on? Is that what I\u2019ve got to do? And leave him?\u2019
Then at last he began to weep; and going to Frodo he
composed his body, and folded his cold hands upon his breast,
and wrapped his cloak about him; and he laid his own sword
at one side, and the staff that Faramir had given at the other.
\u2018If I\u2019m to go on,\u2019 he said, \u2018then I must take your sword, by
your leave, Mr. Frodo, but I\u2019ll put this one to lie by you, as
the choices of master samwise 957
it lay by the old king in the barrow; and you\u2019ve got your
beautiful mithril coat from old Mr. Bilbo. And your star-glass,
Mr. Frodo, you did lend it to me and I\u2019ll need it, for I\u2019ll be
always in the dark now. It\u2019s too good for me, and the Lady
gave it to you, but maybe she\u2019d understand. Do you understand, Mr. Frodo? I\u2019ve got to go on.\u2019
But he could not go, not yet. He knelt and held Frodo\u2019s
hand and could not release it. And time went by and still he
knelt, holding his master\u2019s hand, and in his heart keeping a
debate.
Now he tried to find strength to tear himself away and go
on a lonely journey \u2013 for vengeance. If once he could go, his
anger would bear him down all the roads of the world, pursuing, until he had him at last: Gollum. Then Gollum would
die in a corner. But that was not what he had set out to do.
It would not be worth while to leave his master for that. It
would not bring him back. Nothing would. They had better
both be dead together. And that too would be a lonely
journey.
He looked on the bright point of the sword. He thought of
the places behind where there was a black brink and an empty
fall into nothingness. There was no escape that way. That
was to do nothing, not even to grieve. That was not what he
had set out to do. \u2018What am I to do then?\u2019 he cried again,
and now he seemed plainly to know the hard answer: see it
through. Another lonely journey, and the worst.
\u2018What? Me, alone, go to the Crack of Doom and all?\u2019 He
quailed still, but the resolve grew. \u2018What? Me take the Ring
from him? The Council gave it to him.\u2019
But the answer came at once: \u2018And the Council gave him
companions, so that the errand should not fail. And you are
the last of all the Company. The errand must not fail.\u2019
\u2018I wish I wasn\u2019t the last,\u2019 he groaned. \u2018I wish old Gandalf
was here, or somebody. Why am I left all alone to make up
my mind? I\u2019m sure to go wrong. And it\u2019s not for me to go
taking the Ring, putting myself forward.\u2019
958 the two towers
\u2018But you haven\u2019t put yourself forward; you\u2019ve been put
forward. And as for not being the right and proper person,
why, Mr. Frodo wasn\u2019t, as you might say, nor Mr. Bilbo.
They didn\u2019t choose themselves.\u2019
\u2018Ah well, I must make up my own mind. I will make it
up. But I\u2019ll be sure to go wrong: that\u2019d be Sam Gamgee all
over.
\u2018Let me see now: if we\u2019re found here, or Mr. Frodo\u2019s
found, and that Thing\u2019s on him, well, the Enemy will get it.
And that\u2019s the end of all of us, of Lo\u00b4rien, and Rivendell, and
the Shire and all. And there\u2019s no time to lose, or it\u2019ll be the
end anyway. The war\u2019s begun, and more than likely things
are all going the Enemy\u2019s way already. No chance to go back
with It and get advice or permission. No, it\u2019s sit here till they
come and kill me over master\u2019s body, and gets It; or take It
and go.\u2019 He drew a deep breath. \u2018Then take It, it is!\u2019
He stooped. Very gently he undid the clasp at the neck
and slipped his hand inside Frodo\u2019s tunic; then with his other
hand raising the head, he kissed the cold forehead, and softly
drew the chain over it. And then the head lay quietly back
again in rest. No change came over the still face, and by that
more than by all other tokens Sam was convinced at last that
Frodo had died and laid aside the Quest.
\u2018Good-bye, master, my dear!\u2019 he murmured. \u2018Forgive
your Sam. He\u2019ll come back to this spot when the job\u2019s done
\u2013 if he manages it. And then he\u2019ll not leave you again. Rest
you quiet till I come; and may no foul creature come anigh
you! And if the Lady could hear me and give me one wish,
I would wish to come back and find you again. Goodbye!\u2019
And then he bent his own neck and put the chain upon it,
and at once his head was bowed to the ground with the weight
of the Ring, as if a great stone had been strung on him. But
slowly, as if the weight became less, or new strength grew in
him, he raised his head, and then with a great effort got to
his feet and found that he could walk and bear his burden.
the choices of master samwise 959
And for a moment he lifted up the Phial and looked down at
his master, and the light burned gently now with the soft
radiance of the evening-star in summer, and in that light
Frodo\u2019s face was fair of hue again, pale but beautiful with an
Elvish beauty, as of one who has long passed the shadows.
And with the bitter comfort of that last sight Sam turned and
hid the light and stumbled on into the growing dark.
He had not far to go. The tunnel was some way behind;
the Cleft a couple of hundred yards ahead, or less. The path
was visible in the dusk, a deep rut worn in ages of passage,
running now gently up in a long trough with cliffs on either
side. The trough narrowed rapidly. Soon Sam came to a long
flight of broad shallow steps. Now the orc-tower was right
above him, frowning black, and in it the red eye glowed. Now
he was hidden in the dark shadow under it. He was coming
to the top of the steps and was in the Cleft at last.
\u2018I\u2019ve made up my mind,\u2019 he kept saying to himself. But he
had not. Though he had done his best to think it out, what
he was doing was altogether against the grain of his nature.
\u2018Have I got it wrong?\u2019 he muttered. \u2018What ought I to have
done?\u2019
As the sheer sides of the Cleft closed about him, before he
reached the actual summit, before he looked at last on the
path descending into the Nameless Land, he turned. For a
moment, motionless in intolerable doubt, he looked back. He
could still see, like a small blot in the gathering gloom, the
mouth of the tunnel; and he thought he could see or guess
where Frodo lay. He fancied there was a glimmer on the
ground down there, or perhaps it was some trick of his tears,
as he peered out at that high stony place where all his life had
fallen in ruin.
\u2018If only I could have my wish, my one wish,\u2019 he sighed, \u2018to
go back and find him!\u2019 Then at last he turned to the road in
front and took a few steps: the heaviest and the most reluctant
he had ever taken.<\/p>\n\n\n\n
960 the two towers
Only a few steps; and now only a few more and he would
be going down and would never see that high place again.
And then suddenly he heard cries and voices. He stood
still as stone. Orc-voices. They were behind him and before
him. A noise of tramping feet and harsh shouts: Orcs were
coming up to the Cleft from the far side, from some entry to
the tower, perhaps. Tramping feet and shouts behind. He
wheeled round. He saw small red lights, torches, winking
away below there as they issued from the tunnel. At last the
hunt was up. The red eye of the tower had not been blind.
He was caught.
Now the flicker of approaching torches and the clink of
steel ahead was very near. In a minute they would reach the
top and be on him. He had taken too long in making up his
mind, and now it was no good. How could he escape, or save
himself, or save the Ring? The Ring. He was not aware of
any thought or decision. He simply found himself drawing
out the chain and taking the Ring in his hand. The head of
the orc-company appeared in the Cleft right before him.
Then he put it on.
The world changed, and a single moment of time was filled
with an hour of thought. At once he was aware that hearing
was sharpened while sight was dimmed, but otherwise than
in Shelob\u2019s lair. All things about him now were not dark but
vague; while he himself was there in a grey hazy world, alone,
like a small black solid rock, and the Ring, weighing down
his left hand, was like an orb of hot gold. He did not feel
invisible at all, but horribly and uniquely visible; and he knew
that somewhere an Eye was searching for him.
He heard the crack of stone, and the murmur of water far
off in Morgul Vale; and down away under the rock the bubbling misery of Shelob, groping, lost in some blind passage;
and voices in the dungeons of the tower; and the cries of the
Orcs as they came out of the tunnel; and deafening, roaring
in his ears, the crash of the feet and the rending clamour of
the Orcs before him. He shrank against the cliff. But they
the choices of master samwise 961
marched up like a phantom company, grey distorted figures
in a mist, only dreams of fear with pale flames in their hands.
And they passed him by. He cowered, trying to creep away
into some cranny and to hide.
He listened. The Orcs from the tunnel and the others
marching down had sighted one another, and both parties
were now hurrying and shouting. He heard them both clearly,
and he understood what they said. Perhaps the Ring gave
understanding of tongues, or simply understanding, especially of the servants of Sauron its maker, so that if he gave
heed, he understood and translated the thought to himself. Certainly the Ring had grown greatly in power as it
approached the places of its forging; but one thing it did not
confer, and that was courage. At present Sam still thought
only of hiding, of lying low till all was quiet again; and he
listened anxiously. He could not tell how near the voices
were, the words seemed almost in his ears.
\u2018Hola! Gorbag! What are you doing up here? Had enough
of war already?\u2019
\u2018Orders, you lubber. And what are you doing, Shagrat?
Tired of lurking up there? Thinking of coming down to
fight?\u2019
\u2018Orders to you. I\u2019m in command of this pass. So speak
civil. What\u2019s your report?\u2019
\u2018Nothing.\u2019
\u2018Hai! hai! yoi!\u2019 A yell broke into the exchanges of the
leaders. The Orcs lower down had suddenly seen something.
They began to run. So did the others.
\u2018Hai! Hola! Here\u2019s something! Lying right in the road. A
spy, a spy!\u2019 There was a hoot of snarling horns and a babel
of baying voices.
With a dreadful stroke Sam was wakened from his cowering mood. They had seen his master. What would they do?
He had heard tales of the Orcs to make the blood run cold.
It could not be borne. He sprang up. He flung the Quest and
962 the two towers
all his decisions away, and fear and doubt with them. He
knew now where his place was and had been: at his master\u2019s
side, though what he could do there was not clear. Back he
ran down the steps, down the path towards Frodo.
\u2018How many are there?\u2019 he thought. \u2018Thirty or forty from
the tower at least, and a lot more than that from down below,
I guess. How many can I kill before they get me? They\u2019ll see
the flame of the sword, as soon as I draw it, and they\u2019ll get
me sooner or later. I wonder if any song will ever mention it:
How Samwise fell in the High Pass and made a wall of bodies
round his master. No, no song. Of course not, for the Ring\u2019ll
be found, and there\u2019ll be no more songs. I can\u2019t help it. My
place is by Mr. Frodo. They must understand that \u2013 Elrond
and the Council, and the great Lords and Ladies with all
their wisdom. Their plans have gone wrong. I can\u2019t be their
Ring-bearer. Not without Mr. Frodo.\u2019
But the Orcs were out of his dim sight now. He had had
no time to consider himself, but now he realized that he was
weary, weary almost to exhaustion: his legs would not carry
him as he wished. He was too slow. The path seemed miles
long. Where had they all got to in the mist?
There they were again! A good way ahead still. A cluster
of figures round something lying on the ground; a few seemed
to be darting this way and that, bent like dogs on a trail. He
tried to make a spurt.
\u2018Come on, Sam!\u2019 he said, \u2018or you\u2019ll be too late again.\u2019 He
loosened the sword in its sheath. In a minute he would draw
it, and then\u2014\u2014
There was a wild clamour, hooting and laughing, as something was lifted from the ground. \u2018Ya hoi! Ya harri hoi! Up!
Up!\u2019
Then a voice shouted: \u2018Now off! The quick way. Back to the
Undergate! She\u2019ll not trouble us tonight by all the signs.\u2019 The
whole band of orc-figures began to move. Four in the middle
were carrying a body high on their shoulders. \u2018Ya hoi!\u2019<\/p>\n\n\n\n
the choices of master samwise 963
They had taken Frodo\u2019s body. They were off. He could
not catch them up. Still he laboured on. The Orcs reached
the tunnel and were passing in. Those with the burden went
first, and behind them there was a good deal of struggling
and jostling. Sam came on. He drew the sword, a flicker of
blue in his wavering hand, but they did not see it. Even as he
came panting up, the last of them vanished into the black
hole.
For a moment he stood, gasping, clutching his breast. Then
he drew his sleeve across his face, wiping away the grime,
and sweat, and tears. \u2018Curse the filth!\u2019 he said, and sprang
after them into the darkness.
It no longer seemed very dark to him in the tunnel, rather
it was as if he had stepped out of a thin mist into a heavier
fog. His weariness was growing but his will hardened all the
more. He thought he could see the light of torches a little
way ahead, but try as he would, he could not catch them
up. Orcs go fast in tunnels, and this tunnel they knew well;
for in spite of Shelob they were forced to use it often as
the swiftest way from the Dead City over the mountains. In
what far-off time the main tunnel and the great round pit
had been made, where Shelob had taken up her abode in
ages past, they did not know; but many byways they had
themselves delved about it on either side, so as to escape the
lair in their goings to and fro on the business of their masters.
Tonight they did not intend to go far down, but were
hastening to find a side-passage that led back to their watchtower on the cliff. Most of them were gleeful, delighted with
what they had found and seen, and as they ran they gabbled
and yammered after the fashion of their kind. Sam heard the
noise of their harsh voices, flat and hard in the dead air, and
he could distinguish two voices from among all the rest: they
were louder, and nearer to him. The captains of the two
parties seemed to be bringing up the rear, debating as they
went.<\/p>\n\n\n\n
964 the two towers
\u2018Can\u2019t you stop your rabble making such a racket, Shagrat?\u2019 grunted the one. \u2018We don\u2019t want Shelob on us.\u2019
\u2018Go on, Gorbag! Yours are making more than half the
noise,\u2019 said the other. \u2018But let the lads play! No need to worry
about Shelob for a bit, I reckon. She\u2019s sat on a nail, it seems,
and we shan\u2019t cry about that. Didn\u2019t you see: a nasty mess
all the way back to that cursed crack of hers? If we\u2019ve stopped
it once, we\u2019ve stopped it a hundred times. So let \u2019em laugh.
And we\u2019ve struck a bit of luck at last: got something that
Lugbu\u00b4rz wants.\u2019
\u2018Lugbu\u00b4rz wants it, eh? What is it, d\u2019you think? Elvish it
looked to me, but undersized. What\u2019s the danger in a thing
like that?\u2019
\u2018Don\u2019t know till we\u2019ve had a look.\u2019
\u2018Oho! So they haven\u2019t told you what to expect? They don\u2019t
tell us all they know, do they? Not by half. But they can make
mistakes, even the Top Ones can.\u2019
\u2018Sh, Gorbag!\u2019 Shagrat\u2019s voice was lowered, so that even
with his strangely sharpened hearing Sam could only just
catch what was said. \u2018They may, but they\u2019ve got eyes and
ears everywhere; some among my lot, as like as not. But
there\u2019s no doubt about it, they\u2019re troubled about something.
The Nazgu\u02c6l down below are, by your account; and Lugbu\u00b4rz
is too. Something nearly slipped.\u2019
\u2018Nearly, you say!\u2019 said Gorbag.
\u2018All right,\u2019 said Shagrat, \u2018but we\u2019ll talk of that later. Wait
till we get to the Under-way. There\u2019s a place there where we
can talk a bit, while the lads go on.\u2019
Shortly afterwards Sam saw the torches disappear. Then
there was a rumbling noise, and just as he hurried up, a
bump. As far as he could guess the Orcs had turned and
gone into the very opening which Frodo and he had tried
and found blocked. It was still blocked.
There seemed to be a great stone in the way, but the Orcs
had got through somehow, for he could hear their voices on
the other side. They were still running along, deeper and
deeper into the mountain, back towards the tower. Sam felt
the choices of master samwise 965
desperate. They were carrying off his master\u2019s body for some
foul purpose and he could not follow. He thrust and pushed
at the block, and he threw himself against it, but it did not
yield. Then not far inside, or so he thought, he heard the two
captains\u2019 voices talking again. He stood still listening for a
little, hoping perhaps to learn something useful. Perhaps
Gorbag, who seemed to belong to Minas Morgul, would
come out, and he could then slip in.
\u2018No, I don\u2019t know,\u2019 said Gorbag\u2019s voice. \u2018The messages go
through quicker than anything could fly, as a rule. But I don\u2019t
enquire how it\u2019s done. Safest not to. Grr! Those Nazgu\u02c6l give
me the creeps. And they skin the body off you as soon as
look at you, and leave you all cold in the dark on the other
side. But He likes \u2019em; they\u2019re His favourites nowadays, so
it\u2019s no use grumbling. I tell you, it\u2019s no game serving down
in the city.\u2019
\u2018You should try being up here with Shelob for company,\u2019
said Shagrat.
\u2018I\u2019d like to try somewhere where there\u2019s none of \u2019em. But
the war\u2019s on now, and when that\u2019s over things may be easier.\u2019
\u2018It\u2019s going well, they say.\u2019
\u2018They would,\u2019 grunted Gorbag. \u2018We\u2019ll see. But anyway, if
it does go well, there should be a lot more room. What d\u2019you
say? \u2013 if we get a chance, you and me\u2019ll slip off and set up
somewhere on our own with a few trusty lads, somewhere
where there\u2019s good loot nice and handy, and no big bosses.\u2019
\u2018Ah!\u2019 said Shagrat. \u2018Like old times.\u2019
\u2018Yes,\u2019 said Gorbag. \u2018But don\u2019t count on it. I\u2019m not easy in
my mind. As I said, the Big Bosses, ay,\u2019 his voice sank almost
to a whisper, \u2018ay, even the Biggest, can make mistakes. Something nearly slipped, you say. I say, something has slipped.
And we\u2019ve got to look out. Always the poor Uruks to put
slips right, and small thanks. But don\u2019t forget: the enemies
don\u2019t love us any more than they love Him, and if they get
topsides on Him, we\u2019re done too. But see here: when were
you ordered out?\u2019
\u2018About an hour ago, just before you saw us. A message
966 the two towers
came: Nazgu\u02c6l uneasy. Spies feared on Stairs. Double vigilance.
Patrol to head of Stairs. I came at once.\u2019
\u2018Bad business,\u2019 said Gorbag. \u2018See here \u2013 our Silent
Watchers were uneasy more than two days ago, that I know.
But my patrol wasn\u2019t ordered out for another day, nor any
message sent to Lugbu\u00b4rz either: owing to the Great Signal
going up, and the High Nazgu\u02c6l going off to the war, and all
that. And then they couldn\u2019t get Lugbu\u00b4rz to pay attention for
a good while, I\u2019m told.\u2019
\u2018The Eye was busy elsewhere, I suppose,\u2019 said Shagrat.
\u2018Big things going on away west, they say.\u2019
\u2018I daresay,\u2019 growled Gorbag. \u2018But in the meantime enemies
have got up the Stairs. And what were you up to? You\u2019re
supposed to keep watch, aren\u2019t you, special orders or no?
What are you for?\u2019
\u2018That\u2019s enough! Don\u2019t try and teach me my job. We were
awake all right. We knew there were funny things going on.\u2019
\u2018Very funny!\u2019
\u2018Yes, very funny: lights and shouting and all. But Shelob
was on the go. My lads saw her and her Sneak.\u2019
\u2018Her Sneak? What\u2019s that?\u2019
\u2018You must have seen him: little thin black fellow; like a
spider himself, or perhaps more like a starved frog. He\u2019s been
here before. Came out of Lugbu\u00b4rz the first time, years ago,
and we had word from High Up to let him pass. He\u2019s been
up the Stairs once or twice since then, but we\u2019ve left him
alone: seems to have some understanding with Her Ladyship.
I suppose he\u2019s no good to eat: she wouldn\u2019t worry about
words from High Up. But a fine guard you keep in the valley:
he was up here a day before all this racket. Early last night
we saw him. Anyway my lads reported that Her Ladyship
was having some fun, and that seemed good enough for me,
until the message came. I thought her Sneak had brought her
a toy, or that you\u2019d perhaps sent her a present, a prisoner of
war or something. I don\u2019t interfere when she\u2019s playing. Nothing gets by Shelob when she\u2019s on the hunt.\u2019
\u2018Nothing, say you! Didn\u2019t you use your eyes back there?
the choices of master samwise 967
I tell you I\u2019m not easy in my mind. Whatever came up the
Stairs, did get by. It cut her web and got clean out of the
hole. That\u2019s something to think about!\u2019
\u2018Ah well, but she got him in the end, didn\u2019t she?\u2019
\u2018Got him? Got who? This little fellow? But if he was the
only one, then she\u2019d have had him off to her larder long
before, and there he\u2019d be now. And if Lugbu\u00b4rz wanted him,
you\u2019d have to go and get him. Nice for you. But there was
more than one.\u2019
At this point Sam began to listen more attentively and
pressed his ear against the stone.
\u2018Who cut the cords she\u2019d put round him, Shagrat? Same
one as cut the web. Didn\u2019t you see that? And who stuck a
pin into Her Ladyship? Same one, I reckon. And where is
he? Where is he, Shagrat?\u2019
Shagrat made no reply.
\u2018You may well put your thinking cap on, if you\u2019ve got one.
It\u2019s no laughing matter. No one, no one has ever stuck a pin
in Shelob before, as you should know well enough. There\u2019s
no grief in that; but think \u2013 there\u2019s someone loose hereabouts
as is more dangerous than any other damned rebel that ever
walked since the bad old times, since the Great Siege. Something has slipped.\u2019
\u2018And what is it then?\u2019 growled Shagrat.
\u2018By all the signs, Captain Shagrat, I\u2019d say there\u2019s a large
warrior loose, Elf most likely, with an elf-sword anyway, and
an axe as well maybe; and he\u2019s loose in your bounds, too,
and you\u2019ve never spotted him. Very funny indeed!\u2019 Gorbag
spat. Sam smiled grimly at this description of himself.
\u2018Ah well, you always did take a gloomy view,\u2019 said Shagrat.
\u2018You can read the signs how you like, but there may be other
ways to explain them. Anyhow, I\u2019ve got watchers at every
point, and I\u2019m going to deal with one thing at a time. When
I\u2019ve had a look at the fellow we have caught, then I\u2019ll begin
to worry about something else.\u2019
\u2018It\u2019s my guess you won\u2019t find much in that little fellow,\u2019
said Gorbag. \u2018He may have had nothing to do with the real
968 the two towers
mischief. The big fellow with the sharp sword doesn\u2019t seem
to have thought him worth much anyhow \u2013 just left him lying:
regular Elvish trick.\u2019
\u2018We\u2019ll see. Come on now! We\u2019ve talked enough. Let\u2019s go
and have a look at the prisoner!\u2019
\u2018What are you going to do with him? Don\u2019t forget I spotted
him first. If there\u2019s any game, me and my lads must be in it.\u2019
\u2018Now, now,\u2019 growled Shagrat, \u2018I have my orders. And it\u2019s
more than my belly\u2019s worth, or yours, to break \u2019em. Any
trespasser found by the guard is to be held at the tower.
Prisoner is to be stripped. Full description of every article,
garment, weapon, letter, ring, or trinket is to be sent to
Lugbu\u00b4rz at once, and to Lugbu\u00b4rz only. And the prisoner is
to be kept safe and intact, under pain of death for every
member of the guard, until He sends or comes Himself.
That\u2019s plain enough, and that\u2019s what I\u2019m going to do.\u2019
\u2018Stripped, eh?\u2019 said Gorbag. \u2018What, teeth, nails, hair, and
all?\u2019
\u2018No, none of that. He\u2019s for Lugbu\u00b4rz, I tell you. He\u2019s wanted
safe and whole.\u2019
\u2018You\u2019ll find that difficult,\u2019 laughed Gorbag. \u2018He\u2019s nothing
but carrion now. What Lugbu\u00b4rz will do with such stuff I
can\u2019t guess. He might as well go in the pot.\u2019
\u2018You fool,\u2019 snarled Shagrat. \u2018You\u2019ve been talking very
clever, but there\u2019s a lot you don\u2019t know, though most other
folk do. You\u2019ll be for the pot or for Shelob, if you don\u2019t take
care. Carrion! Is that all you know of Her Ladyship? When
she binds with cords, she\u2019s after meat. She doesn\u2019t eat dead
meat, nor suck cold blood. This fellow isn\u2019t dead!\u2019
Sam reeled, clutching at the stone. He felt as if the whole
dark world was turning upside down. So great was the shock
that he almost swooned, but even as he fought to keep a hold
on his senses, deep inside him he was aware of the comment:
\u2018You fool, he isn\u2019t dead, and your heart knew it. Don\u2019t trust
your head, Samwise, it is not the best part of you. The trouble
with you is that you never really had any hope. Now what is
the choices of master samwise 969
to be done?\u2019 For the moment nothing, but to prop himself
against the unmoving stone and listen, listen to the vile orcvoices.
\u2018Garn!\u2019 said Shagrat. \u2018She\u2019s got more than one poison.
When she\u2019s hunting, she just gives \u2019em a dab in the neck and
they go as limp as boned fish, and then she has her way with
them. D\u2019you remember old Ufthak? We lost him for days.
Then we found him in a corner; hanging up he was, but he
was wide awake and glaring. How we laughed! She\u2019d forgotten him, maybe, but we didn\u2019t touch him \u2013 no good interfering with Her. Nar \u2013 this little filth, he\u2019ll wake up, in a few
hours; and beyond feeling a bit sick for a bit, he\u2019ll be all right.
Or would be, if Lugbu\u00b4rz would let him alone. And of course,
beyond wondering where he is and what\u2019s happened to him.\u2019
\u2018And what\u2019s going to happen to him,\u2019 laughed Gorbag.
\u2018We can tell him a few stories at any rate, if we can\u2019t do
anything else. I don\u2019t suppose he\u2019s ever been in lovely
Lugbu\u00b4rz, so he may like to know what to expect. This is
going to be more funny than I thought. Let\u2019s go!\u2019
\u2018There\u2019s going to be no fun, I tell you,\u2019 said Shagrat. \u2018And
he\u2019s got to be kept safe, or we\u2019re all as good as dead.\u2019
\u2018All right! But if I were you, I\u2019d catch the big one that\u2019s
loose, before you send in any report to Lugbu\u00b4rz. It won\u2019t
sound too pretty to say you\u2019ve caught the kitten and let the
cat escape.\u2019
The voices began to move away. Sam heard the sound of
feet receding. He was recovering from his shock, and now a
wild fury was on him. \u2018I got it all wrong!\u2019 he cried. \u2018I knew I
would. Now they\u2019ve got him, the devils! the filth! Never leave
your master, never, never: that was my right rule. And I knew
it in my heart. May I be forgiven! Now I\u2019ve got to get back
to him. Somehow, somehow!\u2019
He drew his sword again and beat on the stone with the
hilt, but it only gave out a dull sound. The sword, however,
blazed so brightly now that he could see dimly in its light. To
970 the two towers
his surprise he noticed that the great block was shaped like a
heavy door, and was less than twice his own height. Above it
was a dark blank space between the top and the low arch of
the opening. It was probably only meant to be a stop against
the intrusion of Shelob, fastened on the inside with some latch
or bolt beyond the reach of her cunning. With his remaining
strength Sam leaped and caught the top, scrambled up, and
dropped; and then he ran madly, sword blazing in hand,
round a bend and up a winding tunnel.
The news that his master was still alive roused him to a
last effort beyond thought of weariness. He could not see
anything ahead, for this new passage twisted and turned constantly; but he thought he was catching the two Orcs up:
their voices were growing nearer again. Now they seemed
quite close.
\u2018That\u2019s what I\u2019m going to do,\u2019 said Shagrat in angry tones.
\u2018Put him right up in the top chamber.\u2019
\u2018What for?\u2019 growled Gorbag. \u2018Haven\u2019t you any lock-ups
down below?\u2019
\u2018He\u2019s going out of harm\u2019s way, I tell you,\u2019 answered Shagrat. \u2018See? He\u2019s precious. I don\u2019t trust all my lads, and none
of yours; nor you neither, when you\u2019re mad for fun. He\u2019s
going where I want him, and where you won\u2019t come, if you
don\u2019t keep civil. Up to the top, I say. He\u2019ll be safe there.\u2019
\u2018Will he?\u2019 said Sam. \u2018You\u2019re forgetting the great big Elvish
warrior that\u2019s loose!\u2019 And with that he raced round the last
corner, only to find that by some trick of the tunnel, or of the
hearing which the Ring gave him, he had misjudged the
distance.
The two orc-figures were still some way ahead. He could
see them now, black and squat against a red glare. The passage ran straight at last, up an incline; and at the end, wide
open, were great double doors, leading probably to deep
chambers far below the high horn of the tower. Already
the Orcs with their burden had passed inside. Gorbag and
Shagrat were drawing near the gate.
the choices of master samwise 971
Sam heard a burst of hoarse singing, blaring of horns and
banging of gongs, a hideous clamour. Gorbag and Shagrat
were already on the threshold.
Sam yelled and brandished Sting, but his little voice was
drowned in the tumult. No one heeded him.
The great doors slammed to. Boom. The bars of iron fell
into place inside. Clang. The gate was shut. Sam hurled
himself against the bolted brazen plates and fell senseless to
the ground. He was out in the darkness. Frodo was alive but
taken by the Enemy…<\/p>\n","protected":false},"excerpt":{"rendered":"
Aragorn sped on up the hill. Every now and again he bent tothe ground. Hobbits go light, and their footprints are not easyeven for a Ranger to read, but not far from the top a springcrossed the path, and in the wet earth he saw what he wasseeking.\u2018I read the signs aright,\u2019 he said to […]<\/p>\n","protected":false},"author":1,"featured_media":184,"parent":0,"menu_order":0,"comment_status":"closed","ping_status":"closed","template":"","meta":{"saved_in_kubio":false,"_uag_custom_page_level_css":"","footnotes":""},"class_list":["post-161","page","type-page","status-publish","has-post-thumbnail","hentry"],"kubio_ai_page_context":{"short_desc":"","purpose":"general"},"uagb_featured_image_src":{"full":["https:\/\/saeed.a-zo.nl\/wp-content\/uploads\/2026\/05\/202210201752983-1.jpg",2048,868,false],"thumbnail":["https:\/\/saeed.a-zo.nl\/wp-content\/uploads\/2026\/05\/202210201752983-1-150x150.jpg",150,150,true],"medium":["https:\/\/saeed.a-zo.nl\/wp-content\/uploads\/2026\/05\/202210201752983-1-300x127.jpg",300,127,true],"medium_large":["https:\/\/saeed.a-zo.nl\/wp-content\/uploads\/2026\/05\/202210201752983-1-768x326.jpg",768,326,true],"large":["https:\/\/saeed.a-zo.nl\/wp-content\/uploads\/2026\/05\/202210201752983-1-1024x434.jpg",1024,434,true],"1536x1536":["https:\/\/saeed.a-zo.nl\/wp-content\/uploads\/2026\/05\/202210201752983-1-1536x651.jpg",1536,651,true],"2048x2048":["https:\/\/saeed.a-zo.nl\/wp-content\/uploads\/2026\/05\/202210201752983-1.jpg",2048,868,false],"tp-image-grid":["https:\/\/saeed.a-zo.nl\/wp-content\/uploads\/2026\/05\/202210201752983-1.jpg",700,297,false],"kubio-fullhd":["https:\/\/saeed.a-zo.nl\/wp-content\/uploads\/2026\/05\/202210201752983-1.jpg",1920,814,false]},"uagb_author_info":{"display_name":"admin","author_link":"https:\/\/saeed.a-zo.nl\/?author=1"},"uagb_comment_info":0,"uagb_excerpt":"Aragorn sped on up the hill. Every now and again he bent tothe ground. Hobbits go light, and their footprints are not easyeven for a Ranger to read, but not far from the top a springcrossed the path, and in the wet earth he saw what he wasseeking.\u2018I read the signs aright,\u2019 he said to…","_links":{"self":[{"href":"https:\/\/saeed.a-zo.nl\/index.php?rest_route=\/wp\/v2\/pages\/161","targetHints":{"allow":["GET"]}}],"collection":[{"href":"https:\/\/saeed.a-zo.nl\/index.php?rest_route=\/wp\/v2\/pages"}],"about":[{"href":"https:\/\/saeed.a-zo.nl\/index.php?rest_route=\/wp\/v2\/types\/page"}],"author":[{"embeddable":true,"href":"https:\/\/saeed.a-zo.nl\/index.php?rest_route=\/wp\/v2\/users\/1"}],"replies":[{"embeddable":true,"href":"https:\/\/saeed.a-zo.nl\/index.php?rest_route=%2Fwp%2Fv2%2Fcomments&post=161"}],"version-history":[{"count":1,"href":"https:\/\/saeed.a-zo.nl\/index.php?rest_route=\/wp\/v2\/pages\/161\/revisions"}],"predecessor-version":[{"id":181,"href":"https:\/\/saeed.a-zo.nl\/index.php?rest_route=\/wp\/v2\/pages\/161\/revisions\/181"}],"wp:featuredmedia":[{"embeddable":true,"href":"https:\/\/saeed.a-zo.nl\/index.php?rest_route=\/wp\/v2\/media\/184"}],"wp:attachment":[{"href":"https:\/\/saeed.a-zo.nl\/index.php?rest_route=%2Fwp%2Fv2%2Fmedia&parent=161"}],"curies":[{"name":"wp","href":"https:\/\/api.w.org\/{rel}","templated":true}]}}